【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2010 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国大纲卷Ⅰ)
英语
本试卷分为第一卷(选择题)和第二卷(非选择题)两部分
第一卷
第一部分 听力 （共两节，满分30 分）
第一节（共5 小题：每小题1．5 分，满分7．5 分）
听下面5 段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项选出最佳
选项，并标在试卷的相应位置，听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和
阅读下小题，每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What will Dorothy do on the weekend?
A．Go out with her friend． B．Work on her paper． C．Make some plans．
2．What was the normal price of the T-shirt?
A．$15． B．$30． C．$50．
3．What has the woman decided to do on Sunday afternoon?
A．To attend a wedding． B．To visit an exhibition． C．To meet a friend．
4．When does the bank close on Saturday?
A．At 1：00 pm． B．At 3：00 pm． C．At 4：00 pm．
5．Where are the speakers?
A．In a store． B．In a classroom． C．At a hotel．
第二节（共15 小题：每小题1．5 分，满分22．5 分）
听下面5 段对话。每段对话有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出的最
佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5 秒钟；
听完后，各小题给出5 秒钟的做答时间。每段对话读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答第6、7 题。
6．What do we know about Nora?
A．She prefers a room of her own．
B．She likes to work with other girls．
C．She lives near the city center．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
7．What is good about the flat?
A．It has a large sitting room． B．It has good furniture． C．It has a big kitchen．
听第7 段材料，回答第8、9 题。
8．Where has Barbara been?
A．Milan． B．Florence． C．Rome．
9．What has Barbara got in her suitcase?
A．Shoes． B．Stones． C．Books．
听第8 段材料，回答第10 至12 题。
10．Who is making the telephone call?
A．Thomas Brothers． B．Mike Landon． C．Jack Cooper．
11．What relation is the woman to Mr． Cooper?
A．His wife． B．His boss． C．His secretary．
12．What is the message about?
A．A meeting． B．A visit to France． C．The date for a trip．
听第9 段材料，回答第13 至16 题。
13．Who could the man speaker most probably be?
A．A person who saw the accident．
B．The driver of the lorry．
C．A police officer．
14．What was Mrs．Franks doing when the accident took place?
A．Walking along Churchill Avenue．
B．Getting ready to cross the road．
C．Standing outside a bank．
15．When did the accident happen?
A．At about 8：00 am． B．At about 9：00 am． C．At about 10：00 am．
16．How did the accident happen?
A．A lorry hit a car．
B．A car ran into a lorry．
C．A bank clerk rushed into the street．
听第10 段材料，回答每17 至30 题。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
17．What is the talk mainly about?
A．The history of the school．
B．The courses for the term．
C．The plan for the day．
18．Where can the visitors learn about the subjects for new students?
A．In the school hall．
B．In the science labs．
C．In the classrooms．
19．What can students do in the practical areas?
A．Take science courses．
B．Enjoy excellent meals．
C．Attend workshops．
20．When are the visitors expected to ask questions?
A．During the lunch hour．
B．After the welcome speech．
C．Before the tour of the labs．
第二部分 英语知识运用(共两节，满分45 分)
第一节 单项填空(共15 小题；每小题1 分，满分15 分)
从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
21．—Have you finished reading Jane Eyre?
—No， I my homework all day yesterday．
A．was doing B．would do C．had done D．do
22．The workers the glasses and marked on each box "This Side Up"．
A．carried B．delivered C．pressed D．packed
23．I'll spend half of my holiday practising English and half learning drawing．
A．another B．the other C．other's D．other
24．As a child， Jack studied in a village school， is named after his grandfather．
A．which B．where C．what D．that
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
25．Mary made coffee her guests were finishing their meal．
A．so that B．although C．while D．as if
26．I have seldom seen my mother pleased with my progress as she is now．
A．so B．very C．too D．rather
27．Mrs． White showed her students some old maps from the library．
A．to borrow B．to be borrowed C．borrowed D．borrowing
28．When you are home， give a call to let me know you safely．
A．are arriving B．have arrived C．had arrived D．will arrive
29．Just be patient． You expect the world to change so soon．
A．can't B．needn't C．may not D．will not
30．The little boy won't go to sleep his mother tells him a story．
A．or B．unless C．but D．whether
31．—Everybody is going to climb the mountain． Can I go too， mom?
— Wait till you are old enough， dear．
A．Will you? B．Why not? C．I hope so． D．I'm afraid not．
32．The discovery of gold in Australia led thousands to believe that a fortune ．
A．is made B．would make C．was to be made D．had made
33．We haven't discussed yet we are going to place our new furniture．
A．that B．which C．what D．where
34．With Father's Day around the corner， I have taken some money out of the bank ____
presents for my dad．
A．buy B．to buy C．buying D．to have bought
35．—Was he sorry for what he'd done?
— ．
A．No wonder B．Well done C．Not really D．Go ahead
第二节 完形填空(共20 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分30 分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中，选出可以填入空白处
的最佳选项。
It was a busy morning， about 8：30， when an elderly gentleman in his 80s came to the
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
hospital． I heard him saying to the nurse that he was in a hurry for an appointment (约会) at 9：
30．
The nurse had him take a 36 in the waiting area， 37 him it would be at
least 40 minutes 38 someone would be able to see him． I saw him 39 his
watch and decided， since I was 40 busy — my patient didn't 41 at the
appointed hour， I would examine his wound． While taking care of his wound， I asked him if
he had another doctor's appointment．
The gentleman said no and told me that he 42 to go to the nursing home to eat
breakfast with his 43 ． He told me that she had been 44 for a while and that
she had a special disease． I asked if she would be 45 if he was a bit late． He replied
that she 46 knew who he was， that she had not been able to 47 him for five
years now． I was 48 ， and asked him， "And you 49 go every morning，
even though she doesn't know who you are?"
He smiled and said， "She doesn't know me， but I know who she is． " I had to hold
back 50 as he left．
Now I 51 that in marriages， true love is 52 of all that is． The
happiest people don't 53 have the best of everything； they just 54 the
best of everything they have． 55 isn't about how to live through the storm， but how to
dance in the rain．
36． A．breath
B．test
C．seat
D．break
37． A．persuading
B．promising
C．understanding
D．telling
38． A．if
B．before
C．since
D．after
39． A．taking off
B．fixing
C．looking at
D．winding
40． A．very
B．also
C．seldom
D．not
41． A．turn up
B．show off
C．come on
D．go away
42． A．needed
B．forgot
C．agreed
D．happened
43． A．daughter
B．wife
C．mother
D．sister
44． A．late
B．well
C．around
D．there
45． A．lonely
B．worried
C．doubtful
D．hungry
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
46． A．so far
B．neither
C．no longer
D．already
47． A．recognize
B．answer
C．believe
D．expect
48． A．moved
B．disappointed
C．surprised
D．satisfied
49． A．only
B．then
C．thus
D．still
50． A．curiosity
B．tears
C．words
D．judgment
51． A．realize
B．suggest
C．hope
D．prove
52． A．agreement
B．expression
C．acceptance
D．exhibition
53． A．necessarily
B．completely
C．naturally
D．frequently
54． A．learn
B．make
C．favor
D．try
55． A．Adventure
B．Beauty
C．Trust
D．Life
第三部分 阅读理解(共20 小题；每小题2 分，满分40 分)
阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
Shakespeare's Birthplace and Exhibition of Shakespeare's World
Welcome to the world-famous house where William Shakespeare was born in 1564 and
where he grew up． The property (房产) remained in the ownership of Shakespeare's family until
1806． The House has welcomed visitors travelling from all over the world， for over 250 years．
◆Enter through the Visitors' Centre and see the highly-praised exhibition Shakespeare's World， a
lively and full introduction to the life and work of Shakespeare．
◆Stand in the rooms where Shakespeare grew up．
◆Discover examples of furniture and needlework from Shakespeare's period．
◆Enjoy the traditional (传统的) English garden， planted with trees and flowers mentioned in the
poet's works．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
The Birthplace is within easy walking distance of all the car parks shown on the map； nearest
is Windsor Street (3 minutes' walk)．
The House may present difficulties but the Visitors' Centre， its exhibition， and the garden are
accessible (可进入的) to wheelchair users．
The Shakespeare Coffee House (opposite the Birthplace)．
56．How much is the admission for a family of two grown-ups and two children?
A．￡9．80． B．￡12．00． C．￡14．20． D．￡16．40．
57．Where is the nearest parking place to Shakespeare's Birthplace?
A．Behind the exhibition hall． B．Opposite the Visitors' Centre．
C．At Windsor Street． D．Near the Coffee House．
58．A wheelchair user may need help to enter ．
A．the House B．the garden
C．the Visitors' Centre D．the exhibition hall
B
EDGEWOOD — Every morning at Dixie Heights High School， customers pour into a
special experiment： the district's first coffee shop run mostly by students with special learning
needs．
Well before classes start， students and teachers order Lattes， Cappuccinos and Hot
Chocolates． Then， during the first period， teachers call in orders on their room phones， and
students make deliveries．
By closing time at 9：20 a．m．， the shop usually sells 90 drinks．
"Whoever made the chi tea， Ms．Schatzman says it was good，" Christy McKinley， a
second year student， announced recently， after hanging up with the teacher．
The shop is called the Dixie PIT， which stands for Power in Transition． Although some of
the students are not disabled， many are， and the PIT helps them prepare for life after high school．
They learn not only how to run a coffee shop but also how to deal with their affairs． They
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
keep a timecard and receive paychecks， which they keep in check registers．
Special-education teachers Kim Chevalier and Sue Casey introduced the Dixie PIT from a
similar program at Kennesaw Mountain High School in Georgia．
Not that it was easy． Chevalier's first problem to overcome was product-related． Should
schools be selling coffee? What about sugar content?
Kenton County Food Service Director Ginger Gray helped． She made sure all the drinks，
which use non-fat milk， fell within nutrition (营养) guidelines．
The whole school has joined in to help．
Teachers agreed to give up their lounge (休息室) in the mornings． Art students painted the
name of the shop on the wall． Business students designed the paychecks． The basketball team
helped pay for cups．
59．What is the text mainly about?
A．A best-selling coffee．
B．A special educational program．
C．Government support for schools．
D．A new type of teacher-student relationship．
60．The Dixie PIT program was introduced in order to ．
A．raise money for school affairs
B．do some research on nutrition
C．develop students' practical skills
D．supply teachers with drinks
61．How did Christy McKinley know Ms． Schatzman's opinion of the chi tea?
A． She met her in the shop．
B． She heard her telling others．
C． She talked to her on the phone．
D． She went to her office to deliver the tea．
62．We know from the text that Ginger Gray ．
A．manages the Dixie PIT program in Kenton County
B．sees that the drinks meet health standards
C．teaches at Dixie Heights High School
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
D．owns the school's coffee shop
C
Along the river banks of the Amazon and the Orinoco there lives a bird that swims before it
can fly， flies like a fat chicken， eats green leaves， has the stomach of a cow and has claws (爪)
on its wings when young． They build their homes about 4．6m above the river， an important
feature (特征) for the safety of the young． It is called the hoatzin．
In appearance， the birds of both sexes look very much alike with brown on the back and
cream and red on the underside． The head is small， with a large set of feathers on the top，
bright red eyes， and blue skin． Its nearest relatives are the common birds， cuckoos． Its most
striking feature， though， is only found in the young．
Baby hoatzins have a claw on the leading edge of each wing and another at the end of each
wing tip． Using these four claws， together with the beak (喙)， they can climb about in the
bushes， looking very much like primitive birds must have done． When the young hoatzins have
learned to fly， they lose their claws．
During the drier months between December and March hoatzins fly about the forest in
groups of 20 to 30 birds， but in April， when the rainy season begins， they collect together in
smaller living units of two to seven birds for producing purposes．
63．What is the text mainly about?
A．Hoatzins in dry and rainy seasons．
B．The relatives and enemies of hoatzins．
C．Primitive birds and hoatzins of the Amazon．
D．The appearance and living habits of hoatzins．
64．Young hoatzins are different from their parents in that ．
A．they look like young cuckoos
B．they have claws on the wings
C．they eat a lot like a cow
D．they live on river banks
65．What can we infer about primitive birds from the text?
A．They had claws to help them climb．
B．They could fly long distances．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
C．They had four wings like hoatzins．
D．They had a head with long feathers on the top．
66．Why do hoatzins collect together in smaller groups when the rainy season comes?
A．To find more food．
B．To protect themselves better．
C．To keep themselves warm．
D．To produce their young．
D
Science can't explain the power of pets， but many studies have shown that the company of
pets can help lower blood pressure (血压) and raise chances of recovering from a heart attack，
reduce loneliness and spread all-round good cheer．
Any owner will tell you how much joy a pet brings． For some， an animal provides more
comfort than a husband/wife． A 2002 study by Karen Allen of the State University of New York
measured stress (紧张) levels and blood pressure in people — half of them pet owners — while
they performed 5 minutes of mental arithmetic (算术) or held a hand in ice water． Subjects
completed the tasks alone， with a husband/wife， a close friend or with a pet． People with pets
did it best． Those tested with their animal friends had smaller change in blood pressure and
returned most quickly to baseline heart rates． With pets in the room， people also made fewer
math mistakes than when doing in front of other companions． It seems people feel more relaxed
(放松) around pets， says Allen， who thinks it may be because pets don't judge．
A study reported last fall suggests that having a pet dog not only raises your spirits but may
also have an effect on your eating habits． Researchers at Northwestern Memorial Hospital spent a
year studying 36 fat people and their equally fat dogs on diet-and-exercise programs； a separate
group of 56 people without pets were put on a diet program． On average， people lost about 11
pounds， or 5% of their body weight． Their dogs did even better， losing an average of 12
pounds， more than 15% of their body weight． Dog owners didn't lose any more weight than
those without dogs but， say researchers， got more exercise overall — mostly with their dogs —
and found it worth doing．
67．What does the text mainly discuss?
A．What pets bring to their owners．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
B．How pets help people calm down．
C．People's opinions of keeping pets．
D．Pet's value in medical research．
68．We learn from the text that a person with heart disease has a better chance of getting well
if ．
A．he has a pet companion
B．he has less stress of work
C．he often does mental arithmetic
D．he is taken care of by his family
69．According to Allen， why did the people do better with pets around when facing stressful
tasks?
A．They have lower blood pressure．
B．They become more patient．
C．They are less nervous．
D．They are in higher spirits．
70．The research mentioned in the last paragraph reports that ．
A．people with dogs did more exercise
B．dogs lost the same weight as people did
C．dogs liked exercise much more than people did
D．people without dogs found the program unhelpful
E
There were smiling children all the way． Clearly they knew at what time the train passed
their homes and they made it their business to stand along the railway， wave to complete
strangers and cheer them up as they rushed towards Penang． Often whole families stood outside
their homes and waved and smiled as if those on the trains were their favorite relatives． This is
the simple village people of Malaysia． I was moved．
I had always traveled to Malaysia by plane or car， so this was the first time I was on a
train． I did not particularly relish the long train journey and had brought along a dozen magazines
to read and reread． I looked about the train． There was not one familiar face． I sighed and sat
down to read my Economics．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
It was not long before the train was across the Causeway and in Malaysia． Johore Baru was
just another city like Singapore， so I was tired of looking at the crowds of people as they hurried
past． As we went beyond the city， I watched the straight rows of rubber trees and miles and
miles of green． Then the first village came into sight． Immediately I came alive； I decided to
wave back．
From then on my journey became interesting． I threw my magazines into the waste basket
and decided to join in Malaysian life． Then everything came alive． The mountains seemed to
speak to me． Even the trees were smiling． I stared at everything as if I was looking at it for the
first time．
The day passed fast and I even forgot to have my lunch until I felt hungry． I looked at my
watch and was surprised that it was 3：00 pm． Soon the train pulled up at Butterworth． I looked
at the people all around me． They all looked beautiful． When my uncle arrived with a smile， I
threw my arms around him to give him a warm hug (拥抱)． I had never done this before． He
seemed surprised and then his weather-beaten face warmed up with a huge smile． We walked arm
in arm to his car．
I looked forward to the return journey．
71．The author expected the train trip to be ．
A．adventurous B．pleasant C．exciting D．dull
72．What did the author remember most fondly of her train trip?
A．The friendly country people． B．The mountains along the way．
C．The crowds of people in the streets． D．The simple lunch served on the train．
73．Which of the following words can best take the place of the word "relish" in the second
paragraph?
A．choose B．enjoy C．prepare for D．carry on
74．Where was the writer going?
A．Johore Baru． B．The Causeway．
C．Butterworth． D．Singapore．
75．What can we learn from the story?
A．Comfort in traveling by train． B．Pleasure of living in the country．
C．Reading gives people delight． D．Smiles brighten people up．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
第二卷
第四部分 写作(共两节，满分35 分)
第一节 短文改错(共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分)
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行右
边横线上画一个勾(√)；如有错误(每行只有一个错误)，则按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划
掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下画一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
It was a chance of a lifetime to win the first 76．_______
prize on the Story Writing Show． All I had to do 77．_______
was to write a story or present it． My teachers 78．_______
have been telling me how great my writing was． 79．_______
So if they had said was true， I would have a chance 80．_______
of winning the prize． What were better， I had useful 81．_______
help． There was Uncle Chen， gentleman living 82．_______
near my house， who was a very much famous writer． 83．_______
He agreed to reading my story and give me some 84．_______
advices on how to write like a real writer． 85．_______
第二节 书面表达(满分25 分)
假设你是育才中学学生会主席李华。你校将举办一次英语演讲比赛(speech contest)，希
望附近某大学的外籍教师Smith 女士来做评委。请参照以下比赛通知给她写一封信。
英语演讲比赛
主题：人与自然
时间：6 月15 日下午2：00-5：00
地点：501 教室
参赛选手：10 名学生
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
联系人：李华(电话44876655)
欢迎大家光临
注意：词数100 左右。
Dear Ms．Smith，
_______________________________________________________________________________
______________________
With best wishes，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2010 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国大纲卷Ⅰ)
英语答案
1-5 BBABC 6-10 ACAAB 11-15 CACCB 16-20 BCBCA
21．A【解析】考查谓语动词的时态。根据时间状语all day yesterday 可知"昨天我一整天都
在写作业"。表示在过去某个时间段正在进行的动作，应用过去进行时，因此答案为A。
22．D【解析】考查动词辨析。句意：工人们把玻璃杯装箱，并给每个箱子贴上标签，写上
"此面朝上"。carry"提，搬，运送，携带"； deliver"递送"； press"按，强迫"；pack"(把……)
打包"。只有pack 符合句意，因此答案为D。
23．B【解析】考查代词辨析。句意：假期我会把一半时间用于练习英语，另一半用于学习
绘画。half 表示"一半"，the other half 表示"另一半"。the other 指两个事物中的"另一个"。
因此答案为B。
24．A【解析】考查定语从句中关系词的选择。定语从句在逗号之后，可判断为非限制性定
语从句。先行词a village school 在定语从句中作主语，因此用关系代词which，故选A。
25．C【解析】考查状语从句中连词的选择。句意：趁客人们正在吃饭，玛丽煮好了咖啡。
while 表示"在……期间"，符合语意。因此答案为C。
26．A【解析】考查副词的辨析。句意：我很少看到妈妈像现在这样对我的进步这么满意。
句中的副词seldom 表示否定含义，相当于not，题干中暗含"not so．．．as"结构，故答案
为A。
27．C【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意：怀特老师向她的学生展示了一些从图书馆借来的旧
地图。maps 与borrow 为动宾关系，因此空白处应用过去分词作后置定语，故答案为C。
28．B【解析】考查谓语动词的时态。句意：当你到家时，给我打个电话，好让我知道你平
安抵达。由When you are home 可知宾语从句中应用现在完成时表示已经发生的动作，
因此答案为B。
29．A【解析】考查情态动词辨析。句意：耐心点儿。你不能指望世界立刻发生变化。can't
表示"不能"；needn't"不必"；may not 表示"不可能"；will not 表示"不会"。只有A 符合
语意。
30．B【解析】考查状语从句中连词的选择。句意：如果妈妈不给他讲故事，那个小男孩儿
就不睡觉。unless 表示"除非，如果不"，表示否定的条件，符合语意。or"或者"，表选
择；but"但是"，表转折；whether"是否"。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
31．D【解析】考查交际用语。根据空后的答语"Wait till you are old enough，dear．"可知答
句句意应为：你现在还太小，不能去爬山。因此应选择表示否定的答语，故选D。
32．C【解析】考查谓语动词的时态和语态。句意：(他们)在澳大利亚发现了金子，这使成
千上万的人相信他们就要发财了。主句的谓语动词为一般过去时，因此believe 后的宾
语从句中谓语动词用过去将来时表示过去即将发生的动作，短语make a fortune 意为"
赚大钱"，结合语意，此处应用被动语态，因此答案为C。
33．D【解析】考查名词性从句。题干中 We haven't discussed yet 后为宾语从句，从句中缺
少地点状语，因此空白处应填where， 故答案为D。
34．B【解析】考查非谓语动词。父亲节即将来临，我已经从银行取了些钱要给父亲买礼物。
空白处应用动词不定式作目的状语，因此答案为B。
35．C【解析】考查交际用语。"他对自己的所作所为后悔吗?""不太后悔。"not really 表示否
定，语气较弱，符合语境。no wonder"难怪， 怪不得"；well done"做得不错"；go ahead"
继续，接着"，均不符合语境。因此答案为C。
36．C【解析】护士让老人在候诊区找个座位坐下。take a seat 就座。
37．D【解析】(护士)"告诉"(telling)老人，因为他事先没有和医生预约，因此，至少要等40
分钟才可能轮到医生给他治疗。
38．B【解析】before"在……之前"。句中含"it will be +时间段+before"结构，表示"过……
才……"。
39．C【解析】我看到老人"看"(looking at)表，于是临时作出了一个决定。
40．D【解析】由于和我预约的病人"没有"(not)在预约的时间到达，于是我决定先给老人诊
治。
41．A【解析】turn up"出现，露面"，这里指到达。
42．A【解析】老人告诉我他"需要"(needed)在9：30 去养老院。
43．B【解析】他要和老伴儿(wife)一起吃早餐。
44．D【解析】他告诉我，因为老伴儿有病，已经在养老院(there)住了一段时间了。
45．B【解析】我问他要是他晚去一会儿，他的老伴儿会不会着急(worried)。
46．C【解析】老人回答说，她再也(no longer)不知道他是谁了。
47．A【解析】他说，他的老伴儿已有5 年都认不出(recognize)他了。
48．C【解析】这种情况使我感到非常惊讶(surprised)。
49．D【解析】我问老人："尽管她认不出你是谁，可是你仍旧(still)每天早晨去看她?"
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
50．B【解析】老人笑着回答："她不认识我，可是我认识她呀。"老人执着的爱深深地打动
了我。当老人从医院离开时，我不得不控制自己即将涌出的"泪水(tears)"。
51．A【解析】现在，我终于认识(realize)到了婚姻中爱的真谛。
52．C【解析】在婚姻生活中，真正的爱就是包容(acceptance)一切。
53．A【解析】最幸福的人未必拥有最美好的东西。not necessarily"未必"。
54．B【解析】最幸福的人只是善于充分利用他们拥有的一切。make the best of "充分利用"。
55．D【解析】生活(Life)不是如何经历暴风雨，而是如何在雨中跳舞。
56．B【解析】细节理解题。根据第二个方框里的信息Family ￡12．00 可知全家(包括两个
大人三个孩子)门票为12 英镑。故答案为B。
57．C【解析】细节理解题。根据第二个方框右边第一段的信息可知，最近的停车场是Windsor
Street， 到莎士比亚故居步行仅需三分钟。故答案为C。
58．A【解析】推理判断题。根据第二个方框右边第二段的信息可知，对于行动不便者来说，
进入莎士比亚故居可能比较困难，但是，他们可以使用轮椅进入the Visitors' Centre， its
exhibition 和the garden。故答案为A。
59．B【解析】主旨大意题。全文介绍了Dixie Heights High School 的一个特殊教学实验项目，
包括该项目的创办人是谁、项目如何运作、开展该项目的目的以及赞助者的情况。答案
为B。
60．C【解析】推理判断题。根据第五段中的"．．．the PIT helps them prepare for life after high
school"和第六段中的"They learn not only how to run a coffee shop but also how to deal
with their affairs"可知，该项目的目的是培养那些有特殊需要的学生的生存技能。故答
案为C。
61．C【解析】推理判断题。根据第四段中的 after hanging up with the teacher 可知Christy
McKinley 和她的老师通了电话，了解到老师对咖啡馆的评价。故答案为C。
62．B【解析】推理判断题。由倒数第三段的内容可知，作为食品服务公司的负责人，Ginger
Gray 使Dixie Heights High School 的学校咖啡馆提供的饮料的营养合乎健康标准。故答
案为B。
63．D【解析】主旨大意题。全文介绍了麝雉的外形和生活习性，故答案为D。
64．B【解析】推理判断题。根据第一段中的"has claws (爪) on its wings when young"和第三
段中的"When the young hoatzins have learned to fly， they lose their claws"可知，麝雉幼
鸟与成鸟不同的是幼鸟翅膀上长有爪子。答案为B。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
65．A【解析】推理判断题。根据第三段中的"Using these four claws， together with the beak(喙)，
they can climb about in the bushes， looking very much like primitive birds must have done"
可知，原始的鸟可能使用爪子攀爬。答案为A。
66．D【解析】细节理解题。根据最后一段中的"but in April， when the rainy season begins，
they collect together in smaller living units of two to seven birds for producing purposes"可
知，它们在雨季聚在一起是为了繁殖后代。答案为D。
67．A【解析】主旨大意题。全文介绍了宠物给人们带来的种种好处。D 项只说宠物在医学
研究方面的价值，陈述不够全面。B、C 项文章并没有提及，故选A。
68．A【解析】细节理解题。根据第一段的信息可知，宠物的陪伴可以帮人们降低血压和提
高心脏病康复的几率。故答案为A。
69．C【解析】推理判断题。根据第二段中的最后一句可知，研究者Allen 认为，宠物在身
边时，被测试者会更加放松，所以在执行有压力的任务时能够表现更好，可能是因为宠
物不会对他们的表现进行评判。答案为C。
70．A【解析】推理判断题。由最后一段可知，一项研究的结果表明，养狗不仅可以振奋精
神，还会影响人的饮食习惯。文章最后一句表明，养狗的人进行的锻炼比较多，且多半
是和狗一起锻炼。B 项错误，C、D 两项文中没有提及，故答案为A。
71．D【解析】推理判断题。根据第二段中的"I did not particularly relish the long train… reread． I
looked about … read my Economics．"可知，作者原以为旅途会非常"枯燥(dull)"，所以
准备了杂志在旅途中阅读。答案为D。
72．A【解析】细节理解题。第一段描述了作者在旅途中看到的美好景象，可简单概括为：
淳朴村民们的友好举动。答案为A。
73．B【解析】词义猜测题。根据语境"我不是特别……乘火车长途旅行，于是带了一些杂
志读"可推测"relish"意为"喜欢"，与enjoy 同义。故答案为B。
74．C【解析】细节理解题。根据倒数第二段中的"Soon the train pulled up at Butterworth"可
知，作者的目的地是Butterworth。故答案为C。
75．D【解析】推理判断题。根据倒数第二段可知，作者感觉很快就度过了长途旅行，甚至
忘记了吃午饭。这是因为旅途非常有意思，正是马来西亚人的微笑和友好举动使作者的
心情非常愉快。故答案为D。
76．√
77．on→in【解析】在故事写作比赛中，应用介词in。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
78．or→and【解析】write a story 与 present it 为并列关系，应用连词and。
79．have→had【解析】文章的时态基调为过去时，因此，本句应用过去完成时。
80．在if 后加what【解析】they had said 为主语从句，主语从句中缺宾语，故用what。
81．were→was【解析】what was better "更好的是"，为习惯用法。
82．gentleman 前加a【解析】gentleman 是可数名词，前面应有冠词，这里表示泛指，故用
a。
83．删除much【解析】famous 前已有very 修饰，much 多余。
84．reading→read【解析】agree to do"同意做某事"，为固定搭配，to 后用动词原形。
85．advices→advice【解析】advice 为不可数名词。
第二节 书面表达
【范文赏读】
Dear Ms． Smith，
I'm Li Hua， the chair of the Students' Union of Yucai Middle School， which is close to your
university． I'm writing to invite you to be a judge at our English speech contest which will be
held in our school on June 15． It will start at 2：00 pm and last for about three hours． Ten
students will deliver their speeches on the given topic"Man and Nature"． We hope that you will
accept our invitation if it is convenient for you． Please call me at 44876655 if you have any
questions．
I'm looking forward to your reply．
With best wishes，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2010 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国大纲卷Ⅱ)
英语
本试卷分为第一卷(选择题)和第二卷(非选择题)两部分。满分150 分。考试时间120 分
钟。
第一卷(选择题)
第一部分 英语知识运用（共三节，满分50 分）
第一节：语音知识（共5 小题：每小题1 分，满分5 分）
从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，找出其划线部分与所给单词的划线部分读音相同的选项。
1．come
A．cold B．cock C．comfort D．improve
2．dead
A．eager B．great C．least D．health
3．united
A．use B．ugly C．upstairs D．put
4．ours
A．outside B．cousins C．nervous D．clocks
5．thirsty
A．theatre B．thus C．although D．feather
第二节：语法和词汇知识（共15 小题：每小题1 分，满分15 分）
从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
6．—Is it all right if I keep this photo?
— ．
A．No， you don't B．No， it shouldn't
C．I'm afraid not D．Don't keep it
7．Tom was about to close the window his attention was caught by a bird．
A．when B．if C．and D．till
8．My mother opened the drawer to the knives and spoons．
A．put away B．put up C．put on D．put together
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
9．Barbara is easy to recognize as she's the only one of the women who evening dress．
A．wear B．wears C．has worn D．have worn
10．—Have you finished the book?
—No， I've read up to the children discover the secret cave．
A．which B．what C．that D．where
11．Though to see us， the professor gave us a warm welcome．
A．surprising B．was surprised
C．surprised D．being surprised
12．Neither side is prepared to talk to unless we can smooth things over between them．
A．others B．the other C．another D．one other
13．The island is attractive in spring and autumn because of the pleasant weather in both
seasons．
A．partly B．merely C．nearly D．equally
14．The doctor thought would be good for you to have a holiday．
A．this B．that C．one D．it
15．Linda， make sure the tables before the guests arrive．
A．be set B．set C．are set D．are setting
16．I refuse to accept the blame for something was someone else's fault．
A．who B．that C．as D．what
17．I'm afraid Mr． Harding see you now． He's busy．
A．can't B．mustn't C．shouldn't D．needn't
18．—Can I help you? Are you looking for anything in particular today?
— ．We're just looking．
A．Yes， please B．No， thank you
C．Yes， you can D．No， you needn't
19．Excuse me． I I was blocking your way．
A．didn't realize B．don't realize
C．haven't realized D．wasn't realizing
20．Mr．Black is very happy because the clothes made in his factory have never been ．
A．popular B．more popular C．most popular D．the most popular
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
第三节：完形填空(共20 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分30 分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中，选出可以填入空白处
的最佳选项。
A man who knows how to write a personal letter has a very powerful tool． A letter can be
enjoyed， read and 21 ． It can set up a warm conversation between two people far
apart(远离的)； it can keep a 22 with very little effort．
I will give 23 ．A few years ago my older brother and I were not getting 24 ．We
had been close as 25 but had grown apart．Our meetings were not 26 ； our
conversation was filled with arguments and quarrels； and every effort to clear the air seemed to
only 27 our misunderstanding． Then he 28 a small island in the Caribbean and
we 29 touch． One day he wrote me a letter．He described his island and its people，told me
what he was doing，said how he felt，and encouraged me to 30 ． Rereading the letter， I
was 31 by its humor(幽默)and clever expressions． These were all qualities for which I had
32 respected my older brother but 33 he no longer had them． I had never known he
could write so 34 ．And with that one letter we became friends 35 ．
It might never have occurred to 36 to write me if he had not been in a place where
there were no 37 ． For him， writing was a necessity． It also turned out to be the best way
for us to get back in touch．Because we live in an age of 38 communication(通讯)， people
often 39 that they don't always have to phone or email．They have a 40 ．And that
is to write．
21． A．received
B．rewritten
C．returned
D．reread
22． A．record
B．promise
C．friendship
D．secret
23． A．an example
B．a lesson
C．an experience
D．a talk
24． A．through
B．together
C．along
D．away
25． A．brothers
B．children
C．fellows
D．classmates
26． A．normal
B．necessary
C．pleasant
D．possible
27． A．deepen
B．start
C．express
D．settle
28． A．toured
B．stopped over
C．reached
D．moved to
29． A．lost
B．kept in
C．needed
D．got in
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
30． A．think
B．write
C．enjoy
D．read
31． A．driven
B．beaten
C．surprised
D．honored
32． A．never
B．seldom
C．sometimes
D．once
33． A．realized
B．judged
C．thought
D．expected
34． A．well
B．often
C．much
D．soon
35． A．later
B．anyhow
C．too
D．again
36． A．us
B．anyone else
C．someone
D．my brother
37． A．mail services
B．transport services C．phones
D．relatives
38． A．poor
B．easy
C．popular
D．busy
39． A．believe
B．decide
C．argue
D．forget
40． A．habit
B．choice
C．method
D．plan
第二部分 阅读理解(共25 小题；第一节每小题2 分，第二节每小题1 分；满分45 分)
第一节：阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C、D）中，选出最佳选项，
A
When I was six， Dad brought home a dog one day， who was called "Brownie"． My
brothers and I all loved Brownie and did different things with her． One of us would walk her，
another would feed her， then there were baths， playing catch and many other games． Brownie，
in return， loved each and every one of us． One thing that most touched my heart was that she
would go to whoever was sick and just be with them． We always felt better when she was around．
One day， as I was getting her food， she chewed up(咬破) one of Dad's shoes， which had
to be thrown away in the end． I knew Dad would be mad and I had to let her know what she did
was wrong． When I looked at her and said， "Bad girl，" she looked down at the ground and then
went and hid． I saw a tear in her eyes．
Brownie turned out to be more than just our family pet． She went everywhere with
us． People would stop and ask if they could pet her． Of course she'd let anyone pet her． She
was just the most lovable dog． There were many times when we'd be out walking and a small
child would come over and pull on her hair． She never barked(吠)or tried to get away． Funny
thing is she would smile． This frightened people because they thought she was showing her
teeth． Far from the truth， she loved everyone．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Now many years have passed since Brownie died of old age． I still miss the days when she
was with us．
41．What would Brownie do when someone was ill in the family?
A．Look at them sadly． B．Keep them company．
C．Play games with them． D．Touch them gently．
42．We can infer from Paragraph 2 that Brownie ．
A．would eat anything when hungry
B．felt sorry for her mistake
C．loved playing hide-and-seek
D．disliked the author's dad
43．Why does the author say that Brownie was more than just a family pet?
A．She was treated as a member of the family．
B．She played games with anyone she liked．
C．She was loved by everybody she met．
D．She went everywhere with the family．
44．Some people got frightened by Brownie when she ．
A．smiled B．barked
C．rushed to them D．tried to be funny
45．Which of the following best describes Brownie?
A．Shy． B．Polite． C．Brave． D．Caring．
B
When you're lying on the white sands of the Mexican Riviera， the stresses(压力) of the
world seem a million miles away． Hey， stop! This is no vacation — you have to finish
something!
Here lies the problem for travel writer and food critic(评论家)Edie Jarolim． "I always loved
traveling and always liked to eat， but it never occurred to me that I could make money doing both
of those things．" Jarolim said． Now you can read her travel advice everywhere — in Arts and
Antiques， in Brides， or in one of her three books， The Complete Idiot's Travel Guide to
Mexico's Beach Resorts．
Her job in travel writing began some eight years ago． After getting a PhD in English in
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Canada， she took a test for Frommer's travel guides， passed it， and got the job． After working
at Frommer's， Jarolim worked for a while at Rough Guides in London， then Fodor's， where she
fell so in love with a description of the Southwest of the U．S． that she moved there．
Now as a travel writer， she spends one-third of her year on the road． The rest of the time is
spent completing her tasks and writing reviews of restaurants at home in Tucson， Arizona．
As adventurous as the job sounds， the hard part is fact-checking all the information． Sure，
it's great to write about a tourist attraction， but you'd better get the local(当地的)museum hours
correct or you could really ruin someone's vacation．
46．Which country does Jarolim live in now?
A．Mexico． B．The U．S． C．The U．K． D．Canada．
47．What is most difficult for Jarolim?
A．Working in different places to collect information．
B．Checking all the facts to be written in the guides．
C．Finishing her work as soon as possible．
D．Passing a test to write travel guides．
48．What do we know about Jarolim from the text?
A．She is successful in her job．
B．She finds her life full of stresses．
C．She spends half of her time traveling．
D．She is especially interested in museums．
49．What would be the best title for the text?
A．Adventures in Travel Writing
B．Working as a Food Critic
C．Travel Guides on the Market
D．Vacationing for a Living
C
Thousands of people living in the Chinese capital will celebrate the start of the Chinese New
Year by heading for the ski resorts(滑雪场)． Never mind that Beijing's dry weather seldom
produces snow． It is cold enough in winter for snow-making machines to make a covering for the
hills north to the capital． And the rapid growth of a pleasure-seeking middle class has formed the
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
basis for this new craze(热潮)．
Since Beijing's first ski resort was opened ten years ago， the sport has enjoyed an
astonishing increase． There are now more than a dozen resorts． Clothes markets in the city have
added bright colored ski suits to their winter collections． Mr． Wei， a manager of a
newly-opened ski resort in Beijing， sees the growth of an industry that could soon lead Chinese
to head for the ski resorts of Europe． In recent years ski resorts offering natural snow have
opened in China． But many are in faraway areas of the country and can't really match the
equipment and services of some ski resorts in Europe．
Beijing's skiing craze is partly a result of the recent increase in private(私有的) cars． This
has led to the growth of a leisure industry in the capital's suburbs(郊区)，which until the late-1990s
were unreachable to ordinary people． According to Mr． Wei， about 40% of the visitors to his
resort come in their own cars． The rest are bused in by schools， businesses or government
offices．
The problem is making money． Starting ski resorts requires quite a lot of money：hiring land
from the local government，preparing the hills，buying snow machines，making sure there are
enough water and electricity to run them， and buying ski equipment for hiring out to
customers． The ski resort where Mr． Wei works cost nearly $4m to set up． And， as so often
in China when someone comes up with a good idea， many others rush in and price wars break
out． Beijing now offers some of the cheapest ski training classes in the world， though with most
people rather new to the sport， expecting a few more doing the same job．
50．What does this text mainly talk about?
A．Convenience for skiers brought about by private cars．
B．Skiing as a new way of enjoying one's spare time．
C．Things to be considered when starting a ski resort．
D．A sudden increase of ski training classes in Beijing．
51．Why are some Chinese likely to go skiing in Europe?
A．To visit more ski areas．
B．To ski on natural snow．
C．For a large collection of ski suits．
D．For better services and equipment．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
52．The underlined words"leisure industry" in Paragraph 3 refer to ．
A．transport to ski resorts
B．production of family cars
C．business of providing spare time enjoyments
D．part-time work for people living in the suburbs
53．What is the main problem in running a ski resort?
A．Difficulty in hiring land．
B．Lack of business experience．
C．Price wars with other ski resorts．
D．Shortage of water and electricity．
D
Coolest Hotels in the World
Ariau Amazon Towers
The Ariau Amazon Towers hotel lets you sleep in a tree house． Eight towers make up this
hotel that offers over 300 rooms． If you really want to get into the spirit， book the Tarzan Suite
which is large enough for a big family． You'll be thirty feet up in the air and can travel between
the towers through their wooden walkways．
Prices：starting at $300 one night for each person for a regular room and going all the way up
to $3000 for the Tarzan Suite．
For more information， visit the website：http：// www． ariautowers． com
The Ice Hotel
Every winter in Jukkasjarvi， Sweden ，a special kind of hotel called the Ice Hotel is
built． Each year， world-famous artists are invited to design and produce works of art from the
ice， many of which can be found in the rooms． You'll have your choice between hot or cold
rooms， but you will be well advised to stay at least one night in a cold room for a true experience．
Prices：starting at $318 one night for each person for either a cold room or a warm one．
For more information， visit the website：http：//www． icehotel． com
Propeller Island
Propeller Island City Lodge is a very special hotel that was designed by a German
artist． Each room provides you with the possibility of living in a work of art． Every single piece
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
of furniture in the thirty rooms of the hotel has been hand-made and each room is completely
different． You'll be able to choose a room based on your own personal tastes．
Prices： starting at just$91 a night， and an additional(另外)person for only 20 extra dollars．
For more information， visit the website：http：// www．propeller-island．com
For information about other cool hotels in the world， visit the website：
http：//www． bahamabeachclub．com
54．What is special about the Ariau Amazon Towers hotel?
A．You can sleep in tree houses．
B．You can choose any of the towers．
C．It is designed for big families．
D．Every room has a walkway．
55．For two persons spending a night in one of these hotels， they have to pay at least ．
A．$111 B．$182 C．$600 D．$636
56．Which website should you visit if you want to find out whether there exists a hotel under the
sea?
A．http：//www．icehotel． com
B．http：//www．ariautowers． com
C．http：//www．propeller-island．com
D．http：//www．bahamabeachclub．com
57．Which hotel would invite artists to come to work every year?
A．Propeller Island City Lodge． B．Ariau Amazon Towers．
C．The Ice Hotel． D．Bahama Beach Club．
E
How words came into being is unknown． All we assume(推测) is that some early men
invented certain sounds， in one way or another， to express thoughts and feelings， actions and
things， so that they could talk with each other． Later they agreed upon certain signs， called
letters， which could be put together to show those sounds， and which could be written
down． Those sounds， whether spoken or written in letters， are called words．
The power of words， then， lies in their associations — the things they bring up to our
minds． Words become filled with meaning for us by experience； and the longer we live， the
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
more certain words bring back to us the happy and sad events of our past； and the more we read
and learn， the more the number of words that mean something to us increases．
Great writers are those who not only have great thoughts but also express these thoughts in
words which have powerful effects on our minds and feelings． This clever use of words is what
we call literary style(文体)．Above all， the real poet is a master of words． He can express his
meaning in words which sing like music， and which by their position and association can move
men to tears． We should therefore learn to choose our words carefully and use them correctly， or
they will make our speech silly and common．
58．We learn from the text that language might have begun with ．
A．expressions B．actions C．signs D．sounds
59．What is mainly discussed in Paragraph 2?
A．The learning of new words．
B．The importance of old words．
C．The relation of human experience with words．
D．The gradual change and development of words．
60．In the last paragraph， what does the author suggest that we should do?
A．Use words skillfully． B．Make musical speeches．
C．Learn poems by heart． D．Associate with listeners．
第二节：根据对话内容，从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项
为多余选项。
W：Hi， John．
M：Hi， Lucy． 61 ．
W：Yes． I'm required to tell a story in English before the lesson begins．
M：Oh， I see． 62 ．
W：You're right． I need to practice on the stage before they all come．
M： 63 ．
W：Yes， here， in my pocket．．．Oops， where is it?
M：Don't worry． 64 ．
W：．．．No， not in the bag， either． I'm afraid I left it at home．
M： 65 ．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
W：Aha! It's just the key to the classroom! Thank you so much．
A．Glad to see you．
B．What's the story about?
C．What's that around your neck?
D．Maybe you put it in your schoolbag．
E．Do you have the key to the classroom?
F．You're going to school rather early today．
G．So you want to get to the classroom earlier to make some preparation?
第二卷(非选择题)
第三部分 写作(共三节，满分55 分)
第一节 单词拼写(共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分)
根据下列句子及所给汉语注释．在相应题号的横线上写出空缺处各单词的正确形式。(每
空只写一词)
66．The course will start in (十二月)．
67．She (提醒)me that I hadn't written to Mother．
68．I hope to be back in a (两星期)．
69．My (最喜欢的)colour is green．
70．The baby in the next room (睡醒)and began to cry．
71． (水桶)are often used for holding and carrying water．
72．They look like the teeth of a (凶猛的)animal．
73．It is (危险的)for children under five years old to be left alone at home．
74．Because of his special experience， he was chosen to be an (助理)to the president
for energy affairs．
75．Two years later， he left his parents and entered a (医学的)college．
第二节短文改错(共10 小题：每小题1.5 分。满分15 分)
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行右
边横线上画一个勾(√)；如有错误(每行只有一个错误)，则按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线(╲)划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线
划掉。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下画一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
Christie was one of my best friend at high school． 76．_____
At that time， we often spend time together． 77．_____
Thank to her help， I made great progress in my 78．_____
study． Last year， she decided to study abroad． In 79．_____
other words， we would be separated for long time． 80．_____
Before her leaving off， I prepared a gift to show 81．_____
my best wishes to him． She said it was the best 82．_____
gift she has ever had． From then on， we've 83．_____
kept touch with each other through e-mails． I 84．_____
look forward to see her again in the near future． 85． _____
第三节 书面表达(满分30 分)
假设你是李华，你的美国笔友Peter 曾表示希望来中国教书。你校现需要招聘外教，请
给他写封信，告知招聘信息。内容主要包括：
1．教授课程：英语口语、英语写作、今日美国、今日英国等
2．授课对象：高中生(至少三年英语基础)
3．工作量：每周12 学时，任选三门课；担任学生英语俱乐部或英语校报顾问(advisor)
注意：
1．词数100 左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3．开头语已为你写好。
Dear Peter，
I remember you told me you were interested in teaching in China．．．
Best，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2010 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国大纲卷Ⅱ)
英语答案
1．C 2．D 3．A 4．B 5．A
6．C【解析】考查交际用语。说话人委婉地拒绝了对方的请求。A、B 两项说法不正确；D
项不符合英语习惯；C 项是正规的客套用语。
7．A【解析】考查连词用法。句意:汤姆正要关窗户，这时他的注意力被一只鸟吸引住了。
本句是"Sb was about to do sth when．．．"结构，表示"某人正要做某事，这时突然……"。
8．A【解析】考查动词短语辨析。打开抽屉的目的是把刀和调羹放进去。put away 表示"把……
收起来放好"。后三项分别表示"张贴" "穿上" "组合"，都不符合语意。
9．B【解析】考查时态和主谓一致。who 引导的定语从句所修饰的先行词前有the only 限制，
所以从句用单数谓语动词，再结合本句语意可知用一般现在时。
10．D【解析】考查宾语从句。答语的意思是"我已经读到了孩子们发现了那个秘密洞穴的
地方"。where 引导的是宾语从句，where 在该从句中作地点状语。
11．C【解析】考查省略。前半句是"Though he was surprised to see us"的省略形式。一般情
况下，如果状语从句的主语与主句的主语相同，并且从句的谓语含有be 动词，通常省
略状语从句中的主语和be 动词。
12．B【解析】考查代词用法。句意:双方都不肯与对方交谈，除非我们消除他们之间的障碍。
根据句中的neither 可知共有两方，所以另外一方用the other。
13．D【解析】考查副词用法。根据本句后半部分中的内容可知这座岛屿在春天和秋天同样
吸引人，所以用equally 表示"相等地，同样"。
14．D【解析】考查代词用法。在thought 后的宾语从句中，it 是形式主语，真正的主语是"to
have a holiday"。
15．C【解析】考查时态和语态。在make sure 后的宾语从句中，谓语动词通常用一般现在
时，且the tables 与set 之间是动宾关系。故选C。
16．B【解析】考查定语从句。"that was someone else's fault"是定语从句，修饰先行词something，
that 在从句中作主语。
17．A【解析】考查情态动词。根据下一句中的内容可知Mr．Harding 现在"不能"见你。can't
不能；mustn't 表示"禁止"；shouldn't 表示“不应该”；needn't 表示"不必"。
18．B【解析】考查交际用语。根据答语的第二句可知空格处表示的是否定含义，同时又是
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
礼貌的谢绝。
19．A【解析】考查时态。根据第二句后半部分的内容可知叙述的是过去的情况，此处表示
的是说话之前没有意识到挡住了对方的路，所以用一般过去时。
20．B【解析】考查形容词等级的特殊用法。布莱克先生非常高兴，因为他的工厂生产的衣
服从未如此受人欢迎。此处比较级与否定词连用表示最高级含义。
21．D【解析】信件可以被欣赏，被读，被"重新读"。前三项都与本句前半部分中的内容不
符。
22．C【解析】根据前一个分句中的内容可知几乎不费力气就可以用信件保持"友谊"。
23．A【解析】上文叙述的是信件的益处，本段则用作者与哥哥重归于好的例子进行证明，
由此可知是"例证"。
24．C【解析】本段中间部分提到两人之间存在误解，由此可知两个人在几年前相处得不好。
get along 相处融洽。
25．B【解析】根据本句后半部分中的内容可知两个人在小的时候关系非常密切，只是随着
年龄的增长才疏远了对方。
26．C【解析】既然两个人的谈话充满了争论和争吵，他们的见面自然是"令人不愉快的"。
27．A【解析】每次试图缓和这种气氛的努力都只会"加深"他们之间的误解。
28．D【解析】后来他"搬到"了加勒比海的一个小岛上。A 项表示"周游"；B 项表示"中途停
留"；C 项表示"到达"，都不符合语境。
29．A【解析】作者的哥哥搬到了另外一个地方，两人自然"失去"了联系。
30．B【解析】对方首先打破僵局，主动给作者写信，显然是鼓励作者也给他"写信"，以便
加强两个人之间的交流。
31．C【解析】作者没有想到哥哥的语言如此幽默，表达方式如此高明，所以感到非常" 惊
奇"。
32．D【解析】所有的这些才能"曾经"让作者十分尊重自己的哥哥。前两项表示的都是否定
含义，可排除。
33．C【解析】作者曾经尊重哥哥的才华，"以为"他如今不再像昔日那样才华横溢。
34．A【解析】上文叙述的是作者从哥哥的来信中又领略到了他往昔的才华，所以作者从未
知道他可以写得这么"好"。
35．D【解析】两个人小时候亲密无间，后来产生了隔阂，如今这封信"又"让兄弟俩成为了
好朋友。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
36．D【解析】本句是对过去情况的虚拟，意思是说如果作者的哥哥没有去那个地方，他也
许永远不会想到给作者写信。
37．C【解析】作者的哥哥去了加勒比海的一个小岛，无法与作者"电话"联系，不得不写信
与作者交流。
38．B【解析】我们生活在通讯发达的时代，用电话和电子邮件等方式联系非常"容易"。
39．D【解析】在通讯发达的时代，人们经常"忘记"他们不必总是使用电话或者电子邮件。
40．B【解析】除了电话和电子邮件之外，人们还有另外一种"选择"，那就是写信。
41．B【解析】细节理解题。根据第一段倒数第二句中的内容可知当家人生病的时候，她都
会去陪伴他们。
42．B【解析】推理判断题。它咬破了作者父亲的一只鞋，听到作者的话后低下了头并躲藏
起来，眼睛中还含着泪水，由此可推断B 项正确。
43．C【解析】推理判断题。从文章第三段内容可知，她不仅仅是作者一家人的宠物，任何
人都可以抚摸她。
44．A【解析】细节理解题。第三段后半部分提到当她露出牙齿的时候，一些人感到害怕，
而实际上她是在"微笑"。
45．D【解析】推理判断题。第一段中提到她爱家中的每一个人，第二段叙述的是她做错事
后的愧疚，第三段描述的是她与众人友好相处，所以D 项最能描述她的特点。
46．B【解析】细节理解题。根据第三段最后一句可知她如今生活在"美国"。
47．B【解析】细节理解题。根据第五段第一句后半部分中的内容可知对她而言最困难的事
情是核实需要写的事实。
48．A【解析】推理判断题。第二段中提到她在旅游的同时不但可以享受美食，而且能够赚
钱，从她的话语中不难推断出她的工作很成功。
49．D【解析】标题归纳题。作为旅游作家，她在享受假期的同时也找到了谋生之路，所以
D 项最能概括文章大意，而且非常新颖。
50．B【解析】主旨大意题。第一段是文章的中心段，根据本段中的内容可知本文谈论的主
题是新兴的滑雪热潮。
51．D【解析】推理判断题。根据第二段最后一句可推测一些人之所以可能去欧洲滑雪是因
为那里的服务和设备更优良。
52．C【解析】词义猜测题。私有车辆的增加促进了滑雪之类的行业的发展，由此可推测画
线部分的含义是"休闲业"。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
53．C【解析】细节理解题。根据最后一段倒数第二句中的内容可知经营滑雪场最主要的问
题是同行之间的价格大战。
54．A【解析】细节理解题。根据第一段第一句中的内容可判断这个旅馆的特殊之处在于人
们可以在树屋中睡觉。
55．A【解析】推理判断题。第三个旅馆的价格最低廉，每人每晚的费用是91 美元，另外
再加一人只需20 美元，两者相加之和是111 美元。
56．D【解析】推理判断题。海底旅馆在文章中没有出现，再结合文章结尾的内容可推断D
项正确。
57．C【解析】细节理解题。在介绍第二个旅馆的内容中，根据第一段第二句中的内容可判
断C 项正确。
58．D【解析】细节理解题。根据第一段第二句前半部分中的内容可知语言可能起源于"声
音"。
59．C【解析】主旨大意题。本段第一句话是中心句，后面都是对前面的进一步解释，因此
C 项正确。
60．A【解析】推理判断题。最后一段先叙述了文字工作者巧妙利用文字起到的非凡效果，
再结合本段最后一句中的内容可推测作者建议我们熟练地运用文字。
61．F 62．G 63．E 64．D 65．C 66．December 67．reminded
68．fortnight 69．favo(u)rite 70．awoke/awaked 71．Buckets 72．fierce
73．dangerous 74．assistant 75．medical
76．friend→friends【解析】根据句中的one of 可知用复数形式。
77．spend→spent【解析】此处叙述的是过去的情况。
78．Thank→Thanks【解析】thanks to 是固定搭配，表示"幸亏；由于"。
79．√【解析】
80．for 后加a【解析】for a long time 表示"很长一段时间"。
81．去掉off【解析】leave off 表示"停止；中断"，而此处所要表达的意思是"离开"，所以去
掉off。
82．him→her【解析】人称代词错误。
83．has→had【解析】主句用的是一般过去时，因此从句用过去完成时。
84．kept 后加in【解析】keep in touch with 是固定搭配，表示"与……保持联系"。
85．see→seeing【解析】look forward to 表示"盼望；渴望"，其中的to 是介词。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
第三节 书面表达
【范文赏读】
Dear Peter，
I remember you told me you were interested in teaching in China． Our school now is
looking for a native-speaker to teach some courses to senior high students． If you come， you can
choose three of the following four courses： Speaking， Writing， Britain Today and America
Today， and teach 12 hours a week．The students who are going to take these courses have at least
three years of English learning experiences． Besides teaching， you will also work as an advisor
to our students’ English club or our school's English newspaper．
Please let me know if you are interested and if you have any other questions． I'd be more
than happy to help．
Best，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2010 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国新课标卷)
英语
本试卷分为第Ⅰ卷(选择题)和第Ⅱ卷(非选择题)两部分。满分150 分。考试时间120
分钟。
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分 听力 （共两节，满分30 分）
第一节（共5 小题：每小题1．5 分，满分7．5 分）
听下面5 段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项选出最佳
选项，并标在试卷的相应位置，听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和
阅读下小题，每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What will Dorothy do on the weekend?
A．Go out with her friend． B．Work on her paper． C．Make some plans．
2．What was the normal price of the T-shirt?
A．$15． B．$30． C．$50．
3．What has the woman decided to do on Sunday afternoon?
A．To attend a wedding． B．To visit an exhibition． C．To meet a friend．
4．When does the bank close on Saturday?
A．At 1：00 pm． B．At 3：00 pm． C．At 4：00 pm．
5．Where are the speakers?
A．In a store． B．In a classroom． C．At a hotel．
第二节（共15 小题：每小题1．5 分，满分22．5 分）
听下面5 段对话。每段对话有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出的最
佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5 秒钟；
听完后，各小题给出5 秒钟的做答时间。每段对话读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答第6、7 题。
6．What do we know about Nora?
A．She prefers a room of her own．
B．She likes to work with other girls．
C．She lives near the city center．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
7．What is good about the flat?
A．It has a large sitting room．
B．It has good furniture．
C．It has a big kitchen．
听第7 段材料，回答第8、9 题。
8．Where has Barbara been?
A．Milan． B．Florence． C．Rome．
9．What has Barbara got in her suitcase?
A．Shoes． B．Stones． C．Books．
听第8 段材料，回答第10 至12 题。
10．Who is making the telephone call?
A．Thomas Brothers． B．Mike Landon． C．Jack Cooper．
11．What relation is the woman to Mr． Cooper?
A．His wife． B．His boss． C．His secretary．
12．What is the message about?
A．A meeting． B．A visit to France． C．The date for a trip．
听第9 段材料，回答第13 至16 题。
13．Who could the man speaker most probably be?
A．A person who saw the accident．
B．The driver of the lorry．
C．A police officer．
14．What was Mrs．Franks doing when the accident took place?
A．Walking along Churchill Avenue．
B．Getting ready to cross the road．
C．Standing outside a bank．
15．When did the accident happen?
A．At about 8：00 am．
B．At about 9：00 am．
C．At about 10：00 am．
16．How did the accident happen?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．A lorry hit a car．
B．A car ran into a lorry．
C．A bank clerk rushed into the street．
听第10 段材料，回答每17 至30 题。
17．What is the talk mainly about?
A．The history of the school．
B．The courses for the term．
C．The plan for the day．
18．Where can the visitors learn about the subjects for new students?
A．In the school hall．
B．In the science labs．
C．In the classrooms．
19．What can students do in the practical areas?
A．Take science courses．
B．Enjoy excellent meals．
C．Attend workshops．
20．When are the visitors expected to ask questions?
A．During the lunch hour．
B．After the welcome speech．
C．Before the tour of the labs．
第二部分 英语知识运用(共两节，满分45 分)
第一节 单项填空(共15 小题；每小题1 分，满分15 分)
从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
21．—Have you finished reading Jane Eyre?
—No， I my homework all day yesterday．
A．was doing B．would do C．had done D．do
22．The workers the glasses and marked on each box "This Side Up"．
A．carried B．delivered C．pressed D．packed
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
23．I'll spend half of my holiday practising English and half learning drawing．
A．another B．the other C．other's D．other
24．As a child， Jack studied in a village school， is named after his grandfather．
A．which B．where C．what D．that
25．Mary made coffee her guests were finishing their meal．
A．so that B．although C．while D．as if
26．I have seldom seen my mother pleased with my progress as she is now．
A．so B．very C．too D．rather
27．Mrs．White showed her students some old maps from the library．
A．to borrow B．to be borrowed C．borrowed D．borrowing
28．When you are home， give a call to let me know you safely．
A．are arriving B．have arrived
C．had arrived D．will arrive
29．Just be patient． You expect the world to change so soon．
A．can't B．needn't C．may not D．will not
30．The little boy won't go to sleep his mother tells him a story．
A．or B．unless C．but D．whether
31．—Everybody is going to climb the mountain． Can I go too， mom?
— Wait till you are old enough， dear．
A．Will you? B．Why not? C．I hope so． D．I'm afraid not．
32．The discovery of gold in Australia led thousands to believe that a fortune ．
A．is made B．would make C．was to be made D．had made
33．We haven't discussed yet we are going to place our new furniture．
A．that B．which C．what D．where
34．With Father's Day around the corner，I have taken some money out of the bank ____ resents
for my dad．
A．buy B．to buy C．buying D．to have bought
35．—Was he sorry for what he'd done?
— ．
A．No wonder B．Well done C．Not really D．Go ahead
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
第二节 完形填空(共20 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分30 分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中，选出可以填入空白处
的最佳选项。
It was a busy morning， about 8：30， when an elderly gentleman in his 80s came to the
hospital． I heard him saying to the nurse that he was in a hurry for an appointment (约会) at 9：
30．
The nurse had him take a 36 in the waiting area， 37 him it would be at
least 40 minutes 38 someone would be able to see him． I saw him 39 his watch
and decided， since I was 40 busy — my patient didn't 41 at the appointed
hour， I would examine his wound． While taking care of his wound， I asked him if he had
another doctor's appointment．
The gentleman said no and told me that he 42 to go to the nursing home to eat
breakfast with his 43 ． He told me that she had been 44 for a while and
that she had a special disease．I asked if she would be 45 if he was a bit late． He replied
that she 46 knew who he was， that she had not been able to 47 him for five years
now． I was 48 ，and asked him，"And you 49 go every morning， even though
she doesn't know who you are?"
He smiled and said， "She doesn't know me， but I know who she is．" I had to hold back
50 as he left．
Now I 51 that in marriages， true love is 52 of all that is． The happiest
people don't 53 have the best of everything； they just 54 the best of
everything they have． 55 isn't about how to live through the storm， but how to dance in the
rain．
36． A．breath
B．test
C．seat
D．break
37． A．persuading
B．promising
C．understanding
D．telling
38． A．if
B．before
C．since
D．after
39． A．taking off
B．fixing
C．looking at
D．winding
40． A．very
B．also
C．seldom
D．not
41． A．turn up
B．show off
C．come on
D．go away
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
42． A．needed
B．forgot
C．agreed
D．happened
43． A．daughter
B．wife
C．mother
D．sister
44． A．late
B．well
C．around
D．there
45． A．lonely
B．worried
C．doubtful
D．hungry
46． A．so far
B．neither
C．no longer
D．already
47． A．recognize
B．answer
C．believe
D．expect
48． A．moved
B．disappointed
C．surprised
D．satisfied
49． A．only
B．then
C．thus
D．still
50． A．curiosity
B．tears
C．words
D．judgment
51． A．realize
B．suggest
C．hope
D．prove
52． A．agreement
B．expression
C．acceptance
D．exhibition
53． A．necessarily
B．completely
C．naturally
D．frequently
54． A．learn
B．make
C．favor
D．try
55． A．Adventure
B．Beauty
C．Trust
D．Life
第三部分 阅读理解(共20 小题；每小题2 分，满分40 分)
阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
Shakespeare's Birthplace and Exhibition of Shakespeare's World
Welcome to the world-famous house where William Shakespeare was born in 1564 and
where he grew up． The property (房产) remained in the ownership of Shakespeare's family until
1806． The House has welcomed visitors travelling from all over the world， for over 250 years．
◆Enter through the Visitors' Centre and see the highly-praised exhibition Shakespeare's
World， a lively and full introduction to the life and work of Shakespeare．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
◆Stand in the rooms where Shakespeare grew up．
◆Discover examples of furniture and needlework from Shakespeare's period．
◆Enjoy the traditional (传统的) English garden， planted with trees and flowers mentioned
in the poet's works．
The Birthplace is within easy walking distance of all the car parks shown on the map；
nearest is Windsor Street (3 minutes' walk)．
The House may present difficulties but the Visitors' Centre， its exhibition， and the
garden are accessible (可进入的) to wheelchair users．
The Shakespeare Coffee House (opposite the Birthplace)．
56．How much is the admission for a family of two grown-ups and two children?
A．£9．80． B．£12．00． C．£14．20． D．£16．40．
57．Where is the nearest parking place to Shakespeare's Birthplace?
A．Behind the exhibition hall．
B．Opposite the Visitors' Centre．
C．At Windsor Street．
D．Near the Coffee House．
58．A wheelchair user may need help to enter ．
A．the House B．the garden
C．the Visitors' Centre D．the exhibition hall
B
EDGEWOOD — Every morning at Dixie Heights High School， customers pour into a
special experiment： the district's first coffee shop run mostly by students with special learning
needs．
Well before classes start， students and teachers order Lattes， Cappuccinos and Hot
Chocolates． Then， during the first period， teachers call in orders on their room phones， and
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
students make deliveries．
By closing time at 9：20 a．m．， the shop usually sells 90 drinks．
"Whoever made the chi tea， Ms． Schatzman says it was good，" Christy McKinley， a
second year student， announced recently， after hanging up with the teacher．
The shop is called the Dixie PIT， which stands for Power in Transition． Although some of
the students are not disabled， many are， and the PIT helps them prepare for life after high school．
They learn not only how to run a coffee shop but also how to deal with their affairs． They
keep a timecard and receive paychecks， which they keep in check registers．
Special-education teachers Kim Chevalier and Sue Casey introduced the Dixie PIT from a
similar program at Kennesaw Mountain High School in Georgia．
Not that it was easy． Chevalier's first problem to overcome was product-related． Should
schools be selling coffee? What about sugar content?
Kenton County Food Service Director Ginger Gray helped． She made sure all the drinks，
which use non-fat milk， fell within nutrition (营养) guidelines．
The whole school has joined in to help．
Teachers agreed to give up their lounge (休息室) in the mornings． Art students painted the
name of the shop on the wall． Business students designed the paychecks． The basketball team
helped pay for cups．
59．What is the text mainly about?
A．A best-selling coffee．
B．A special educational program．
C．Government support for schools．
D．A new type of teacher-student relationship．
60．The Dixie PIT program was introduced in order to ．
A．raise money for school affairs
B．do some research on nutrition
C．develop students' practical skills
D．supply teachers with drinks
61．We know from the text that Ginger Gray ．
A．manages the Dixie PIT program in Kenton County
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
B．sees that the drinks meet health standards
C．teaches at Dixie Heights High School
D．owns the school's coffee shop
C
Along the river banks of the Amazon and the Orinoco there lives a bird that swims before it
can fly， flies like a fat chicken， eats green leaves， has the stomach of a cow and has claws (爪)
on its wings when young． They build their homes about 4．6m above the river， an important
feature (特征) for the safety of the young． It is called the hoatzin．
In appearance， the birds of both sexes look very much alike with brown on the back and
cream and red on the underside． The head is small， with a large set of feathers on the top，
bright red eyes， and blue skin． Its nearest relatives are the common birds， cuckoos． Its most
striking feature， though， is only found in the young．
Baby hoatzins have a claw on the leading edge of each wing and another at the end of each
wing tip． Using these four claws， together with the beak (喙)， they can climb about in the
bushes， looking very much like primitive birds must have done． When the young hoatzins have
learned to fly， they lose their claws．
During the drier months between December and March hoatzins fly about the forest in
groups of 20 to 30 birds， but in April， when the rainy season begins， they collect together in
smaller living units of two to seven birds for producing purposes．
When danger comes in the form of a snake or a monkey， the young hoatzins — maybe three
in one family — jump over the side and into the river． They swim about under the water until it
is safe to return and then， using their claws， lift themselves up through the branches and get
back home． When they have learned to fly they lose their claws and escape enemies not by
swimming but by flying off， in a slow and heavy way， to a neighboring tree．
62．What is the text mainly about?
A．Hoatzins in dry and rainy seasons．
B．The relatives and enemies of hoatzins．
C．Primitive birds and hoatzins of the Amazon．
D．The appearance and living habits of hoatzins．
63．Young hoatzins are different from their parents in that ．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．they look like young cuckoos
B．they have claws on the wings
C．they eat a lot like a cow
D．they live on river banks
64．What can we infer about primitive birds from the text?
A．They had claws to help them climb．
B．They could fly long distances．
C．They had four wings like hoatzins．
D．They had a head with long feathers on the top．
65．Why do hoatzins collect together in smaller groups when the rainy season comes?
A．To find more food．
B．To protect themselves better．
C．To keep themselves warm．
D．To produce their young．
D
There were smiling children all the way． Clearly they knew at what time the train passed
their homes and they made it their business to stand along the railway， wave to complete
strangers and cheer them up as they rushed towards Penang． Often whole families stood outside
their homes and waved and smiled as if those on the trains were their favorite relatives． This is
the simple village people of Malaysia． I was moved．
I had always traveled to Malaysia by plane or car， so this was the first time I was on a
train． I did not particularly relish the long train journey and had brought along a dozen magazines
to read and reread． I looked about the train． There was not one familiar face． I sighed and sat
down to read my Economics．
It was not long before the train was across the Causeway and in Malaysia． Johore Baru was
just another city like Singapore， so I was tired of looking at the crowds of people as they hurried
past． As we went beyond the city， I watched the straight rows of rubber trees and miles and
miles of green． Then the first village came into sight． Immediately I came alive； I decided to
wave back．
From then on my journey became interesting． I threw my magazines into the waste basket
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
and decided to join in Malaysian life． Then everything came alive． The mountains seemed to
speak to me． Even the trees were smiling． I stared at everything as if I was looking at it for the
first time．
The day passed fast and I even forgot to have my lunch until I felt hungry． I looked at my
watch and was surprised that it was 3：00 pm． Soon the train pulled up at Butterworth． I looked
at the people all around me． They all looked beautiful． When my uncle arrived with a smile， I
threw my arms around him to give him a warm hug (拥抱)． I had never done this before． He
seemed surprised and then his weather-beaten face warmed up with a huge smile． We walked arm
in arm to his car．
I looked forward to the return journey．
66．The author expected the train trip to be ．
A．adventurous B．pleasant C．exciting D．dull
67．What did the author remember most fondly of her train trip?
A．The friendly country people．
B．The mountains along the way．
C．The crowds of people in the streets．
D．The simple lunch served on the train．
68．Which of the following words can best take the place of the word "relish" in the second
paragraph?
A．choose B．enjoy C．prepare for D．carry on
69．Where was the writer going?
A．Johore Baru． B．The Causeway．
C．Butterworth． D．Singapore．
70．What can we learn from the story?
A．Comfort in traveling by train．
B．Pleasure of living in the country．
C．Reading gives people delight．
D．Smiles brighten people up．
第二节(共5 小题；每小题2 分，满分10 分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
选项。
Q&A
Question：I have recently got a senior position within my company． One of my new tasks is to
make monthly progress reports on my department in front of other senior
officials． During my first meeting， I presented and then opened the floor to
questions． 71 My first reaction was to answer defensively． Later， I realized that
I shouldn't have felt that way． But how can I keep cool and effectively answer
questions in this type of settings?
Answer： Congratulations on your new position! Presenting in front of your peers (同事) is a hard
task in itself， and it becomes much more difficult when a question-and-answer period
is required． Question-and-answer periods are a great way to clarify the message and
strengthen key points． 72
● 73
When a person is asking a question， show interest and a desire to understand the
question by listening and asking for clarification．
●Buy time．
When facing a hard question ， most people can't give an answer
immediately． Buy time by repeating the question in your own words． 74 These
techniques allow you to quickly organize your thoughts as well as to make sure you
will be correctly answering the question．
●Suggest a private meeting．
A one-on-one meeting is a calmer setting than speaking in front of your
peers． 75
A．Show your true interest．
B．Restate the question with respect．
C．Some ideas can be quite concrete．
D．There were many difficult questions．
E．It can also be more effective in exchanging ideas．
F．You may also ask for clarification on the question．
G．Here are some ideas that can help you prepare for your next meeting．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
第二卷
第四部分 写作(共两节，满分35 分)
第一节 短文改错(共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌中间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共
有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处，每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：把缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除： 把多余的词用斜线（╲）划掉。
修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1. 每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2. 只允许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。
My friend Nick told me story about his experience back in the US， which was very
interested． One day he was having a yard sale and the old man living next door come by to
help． As the old man looked over the things on the yard that were to be sold， he stopped at a box
of golden ball for Christmas trees． On the box was a card say： "25 cents each．" "You will never
sell these for that much，" he told Nick． Convinced， Nick has brought the price up to 10 cents
a piece． Without a moment's delay， my neighbor picked up the box but announced， "I'll take
them．"
第二节 书面表达(满分25 分)
假设你是育才中学学生会主席李华。你校将举办一次英语演讲比赛(speech contest)，希
望附近某大学的外籍教师Smith 女士来做评委。请参照以下比赛通知给她写一封信。
英语演讲比赛
主题：人与自然
时间：6 月15 日下午2：00-5：00
地点：501 教室
参赛选手：10 名学生
联系人：李华(电话44876655)
欢迎大家光临
注意：词数100 左右。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2010 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国新课标卷)
英语答案
1-5 BBABC 6-10 ACAAB 11-15 CACCB 16-20 BCBCA
21．A【解析】考查谓语动词的时态。根据时间状语all day yesterday 可知"昨天我一整天都
在写作业"。表示在过去某个时间段正在进行的动作，应用过去进行时，因此答案为A。
22．D【解析】考查动词辨析。句意：工人们把玻璃杯装箱，并给每个箱子贴上标签，写上
"此面朝上"。carry"提，搬，运送，携带"； deliver"递送"； press"按，强迫"；pack"(把……)
打包"。只有pack 符合句意，因此答案为D。
23．B【解析】考查代词辨析。句意：假期我会把一半时间用于练习英语，另一半用于学习
绘画。half 表示"一半"，the other half 表示"另一半"。the other 指两个事物中的"另一个"。
因此答案为B。
24．A【解析】考查定语从句中关系词的选择。定语从句在逗号之后，可判断为非限制性定
语从句。先行词a village school 在定语从句中作主语，因此用关系代词which，故选A。
25．C【解析】考查状语从句中连词的选择。句意：趁客人们正在吃饭，玛丽煮好了咖啡。
while 表示"在……期间"，符合语意。因此答案为C。
26．A【解析】考查副词的辨析。句意：我很少看到妈妈像现在这样对我的进步这么满意。
句中的副词seldom 表示否定含义，相当于not，题干中暗含"not so．．．as"结构，故答案
为A。
27．C【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意：怀特老师向她的学生展示了一些从图书馆借来的旧
地图。maps 与borrow 为动宾关系，因此空白处应用过去分词作后置定语，故答案为C。
28．B【解析】考查谓语动词的时态。句意：当你到家时，给我打个电话，好让我知道你平
安抵达。由When you are home 可知宾语从句中应用现在完成时表示已经发生的动作，
因此答案为B。
29．A【解析】考查情态动词辨析。句意：耐心点儿。你不能指望世界立刻发生变化。can't
表示"不能"；needn't"不必"；may not 表示"不可能"；will not 表示"不会"。只有A 符合
语意。
30．B【解析】考查状语从句中连词的选择。句意：如果妈妈不给他讲故事，那个小男孩儿
就不睡觉。unless 表示"除非，如果不"，表示否定的条件，符合语意。or"或者"，表选
择；but"但是"，表转折；whether"是否"。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
31．D【解析】考查交际用语。根据空后的"Wait till you are old enough， dear．"可知答句句
意应为：你现在还太小，不能去爬山。因此应选择表示否定的答语，故选D。
32．C【解析】考查谓语动词的时态和语态。句意：(他们)在澳大利亚发现了金子，这使成
千上万的人相信他们就要发财了。主句的谓语动词为一般过去时，因此believe 后的宾
语从句中谓语动词用过去将来时表示过去即将发生的动作，短语make a fortune 意为"
赚大钱"，结合语意，此处应用被动语态，因此答案为C。
33．D【解析】考查名词性从句。题干中 We haven't discussed yet 后为宾语从句，从句中缺
少地点状语，因此空白处应填where， 故答案为D。
34．B【解析】考查非谓语动词。父亲节即将来临，我已经从银行取了些钱要给父亲买礼物。
空白处应用动词不定式作目的状语，因此答案为B。
35．C【解析】考查交际用语。"他对自己的所作所为后悔吗?""不太后悔。"not really 表示否
定，语气较弱，符合语境。no wonder"难怪， 怪不得"；well done"做得不错"；go ahead"
继续，接着"，均不符合语境。因此答案为C。
36．C【解析】护士让老人在候诊区找个座位坐下。take a seat 就座。
37．D【解析】(护士)告诉(telling)老人，因为他事先没有和医生预约，因此，至少要等40
分钟才可能轮到医生给他治疗。
38．B【解析】before"在……之前"。句中含"it will be +时间段+before"结构，表示"过……
才……"。
39．C【解析】我看到老人看(looking at)表，于是临时作出了一个决定。
40．D【解析】由于和我预约的病人没(not)有在预约的时间到达，于是我决定先给老人诊治。
41．A【解析】turn up"出现，露面"，这里指到达。
42．A【解析】老人告诉我他需要(needed)在9：30 去养老院。
43．B【解析】他要和老伴儿(wife)一起吃早餐。
44．D【解析】他告诉我，因为老伴儿有病，已经在养老院(there)住了一段时间了。
45．B【解析】我问他要是他晚去一会儿，他的老伴儿会不会着急(worried)。
46．C【解析】老人回答说，她再也(no longer)不知道他是谁了。
47．A【解析】他说，他的老伴儿已有5 年都认不出(recognize)他了。
48．C【解析】这种情况使我感到非常惊讶(surprised)。
49．D【解析】我问老人："尽管她认不出你是谁，可是你仍旧(still)每天早晨去看她?"
50．B【解析】老人笑着回答："她不认识我，可是我认识她呀。"老人执着的爱深深地打动
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
了我。当老人从医院离开时，我不得不控制自己即将涌出的"泪水(tears)"。
51．A【解析】现在，我终于认识(realize)到了婚姻中爱的真谛。
52．C【解析】在婚姻生活中，真正的爱就是包容(acceptance)一切。
53．A【解析】最幸福的人未必拥有最美好的东西。not necessarily"未必"。
54．B【解析】最幸福的人只是善于充分利用他们拥有的一切。make the best of "充分利用"。
55．D【解析】生活(Life)不是如何经历暴风雨，而是如何在雨中跳舞。
56．B【解析】细节理解题。根据第二个方框里的信息Family £12．00 可知全家(包括两个
大人三个孩子)门票为12 英镑。故答案为B。
57．C【解析】细节理解题。根据第二个方框右边第一段的信息可知，最近的停车场是Windsor
Street， 到莎士比亚故居步行仅需三分钟。故答案为C。
58．A【解析】推理判断题。根据第二个方框右边第二段的信息可知，对于行动不便者来说，
进入莎士比亚故居可能比较困难，但是，他们可以使用轮椅进入the Visitors' Centre， its
exhibition 和the garden。故答案为A。
59．B【解析】主旨大意题。全文介绍了Dixie Heights High School 的一个特殊教学实验项目，
包括该项目的创办人是谁、项目如何运作、开展该项目的目的以及赞助者的情况。答案
为B。
60．C【解析】推理判断题。根据第五段中的"．．．the PIT helps them prepare for life after high
school"和第六段中的"They learn not only how to run a coffee shop but also how to deal
with their affairs．"可知，该项目的目的是培养那些有特殊需要的学生的生存技能。故
答案为C。
61．B【解析】推理判断题。由倒数第三段的内容可知，作为食品服务公司的负责人，Ginger
Gray 使Dixie Heights High School 的学校咖啡馆提供的饮料的营养合乎健康标准。故答
案为B。
62．D【解析】主旨大意题。全文介绍了麝雉的外形和生活习性，故答案为D。
63．B【解析】推理判断题。根据第一段中的"has claws (爪) on its wings when young"和第三
段中的"When the young hoatzins have learned to fly， they lose their claws"可知，麝雉幼
鸟与成鸟不同的是幼鸟翅膀上长有爪子。答案为B。
64．A【解析】推理判断题。根据第三段中的"Using these four claws， together with the beak(喙)，
they can climb about in the bushes， looking very much like primitive birds must have done"
可知，原始的鸟可能使用爪子攀爬。答案为A。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
65．D【解析】细节理解题。根据倒数第二段中的"but in April， when the rainy season begins，
they collect together in smaller living units of two to seven birds for producing purposes"可
知，它们在雨季聚在一起是为了繁殖后代。答案为D。
66．D【解析】推理判断题。根据第二段中的"I did not particularly relish the long
train．．． reread． I looked about ．．． read my Economics．"可知，作者原以为旅途会
非常"枯燥(dull)"，所以准备了杂志在旅途中阅读。答案为D。
67．A【解析】细节理解题。第一段描述了作者在旅途中看到的美好景象，可简单概括为：
淳朴村民们的友好举动。答案为A。
68．B【解析】词义猜测题。根据语境"我不是特别……乘火车长途旅行，于是带了一些杂
志读"可推测"relish"意为"喜欢"，与enjoy 同义。故答案为B。
69．C【解析】细节理解题。根据倒数第二段中的"Soon the train pulled up at Butterworth．"
可知，作者的目的地是Butterworth。故答案为C。
70．D【解析】推理判断题。根据倒数第二段可知，作者感觉很快就度过了长途旅行，甚至
忘记了吃午饭。这是因为旅途非常有意思，正是马来西亚人的微笑和友好举动使作者的
心情非常愉快。故答案为D。
71．D 72．C 73．A 74．F 75．E
第四部分 写作
第一节 短文改错
My friend Nick told me
a
story about his experience back in the US， which was very
interested
interesting ． One day he was having a yard sale and the old man living next door
come
came
by to help． As the old man looked over the things
on
in
the
yard
ground
that were to be sold， he
stopped at a box of golden
ball
balls
for Christmas trees． On the box was a card
say
saying ： "25
cents each．" "You will never sell these for that much，" he told Nick． Convinced， Nick
has brought the price
up
down
to 10 cents a piece． Without a moment's delay，
my
his
neighbor picked up the box
but
and
announced， "I'll take them．"
第二节 书面表达
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
【范文赏读】
Dear Ms． Smith，
I'm Li Hua， the chair of the Students' Union of Yucai Middle School， which is close to your
university． I'm writing to invite you to be a judge at our English speech contest which will be
held in our school on June 15． It will start at 2：00 pm and last for about three hours． Ten
students will deliver their speeches on the given topic "Man and Nature"． We hope that you will
accept our invitation if it is convenient for you． Please call me at 44876655 if you have any
questions．
I'm looking forward to your reply．
With best wishes，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2011 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国大纲卷Ⅰ)
英语
本试卷分为第Ⅰ卷(选择题)和第Ⅱ卷(非选择题)两部分。满分150 分。考试时间120
分钟。
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分 听力 （共两节，满分30 分）
第一节（共5 小题：每小题1．5 分，满分7．5 分）
听下面5 段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项选出最佳
选项，并标在试卷的相应位置，听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和
阅读下小题，每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What does the man like about the play?
A．The story． B．The ending． C．The actor．
2．Which place are the speakers trying to find?
A．A hotel． B．A bank． C．A restaurant．
3．At what time will the two speakers meet?
A．5：20． B．5：10． C．4：40．
4．What will the man do?
A．Change the plan． B．Wait for a phone call． C．Sort things out．
5．What does the woman want to do?
A．See a film with the man．
B．Offer the man some help．
C．Listen to some great music．
第二节（共15 小题：每小题1．5 分，满分22．5 分）
听下面5 段对话。每段对话有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出的最
佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5 秒钟；
听完后，各小题给出5 秒钟的做答时间。每段对话读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答第6、7 题。
6．Where is Ben?
A．In the kitchen． B．At school． C．In the park．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
7．What will the children do in the afternoon?
A．Help set the table． B．Have a party． C．Do their homework．
听第7 段材料，回答第8、9 题。
8．What are the two speakers talking about?
A．A family holiday． B．A business trip． C．A travel plan．
9．Where did Rachel go?
A．Spain． B．Italy． C．China．
听第8 段材料，回答第10 至12 题。
10．How did the woman get to know about third-hand smoke?
A．From young smokers．
B．From a newspaper article．
C．From some smoking parents．
11．Why does the man say that he should keep away from babies?
A．He has just become a father．
B．He wears dirty clothes．
C．He is a smoker．
12．What does the woman suggest smoking parents should do?
A．Stop smoking altogether．
B．Smoke only outside their houses．
C．Reduce dangerous matter in cigarettes．
听第9 段材料，回答第13 至16 题。
13．Where does Michelle Ray come from?
A．A middle-sized city． B．A small town． C．A big city．
14．Which place would Michelle Ray take her visitors to for shopping?
A．The Zen Garden． B．The Highlands． C．The Red River area．
15．What does Michelle Ray do for complete quiet?
A．Go camping． B．Study in a library． C．Read at home．
16．What are the speakers talking about in general?
A．Late-night shopping． B．Asian food． C．Louisville．
听第10 段材料，回答每17 至30 题。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
17．Why do some people say they never have dreams according to Dr．Garfield?
A．They forget about their dreams．
B．They don’t want to tell the truth．
C．They have no bad experiences．
18．Why did Davis stop having dreams?
A．He got a serious heart attack．
B．He was too sad about his brother’s death．
C．He was frightened by a terrible dream．
19．What is Dr．Garfield’s opinion about dreaming?
A．It is very useful．
B．It makes things worse．
C．It prevents the mind from working．
20．Why do some people turn off their dreams completely?
A．To sleep better．
B．To recover from illnesses．
C．To stay away from their problems．
第二部分 英语知识运用(共两节，满分45 分)
第一节 单项填空(共15 小题；每小题1 分，满分15 分)
从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
21．—We could invite John and Barbara to the Friday night party．
—Yes， ? I’ll give them a call right now．
A．why not B．what for C．why D．what
22．Try she might， Sue couldn’t get the door open．
A．if B．when C．since D．as
23．Planning so far ahead no sense — so many things will have changed by next year．
A．made B．is making C．makes D．has made
24．I wasn’t sure if he was really interested or if he polite．
A．was just being B．will just be
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
C．had just been D．would just be
25．—Someone wants you on the phone．
— nobody knows I am here．
A．Although B．And C．But D．So
26．I can the house being untidy， but I hate it if it’s not clean．
A．come up with B．put up with
C．turn to D．stick to
27．The next thing he saw was smoke from behind the house．
A．rose B．rising C．to rise D．risen
28．Only when he reached the tea-house it was the same place he’d been in last year．
A．he realized B．he did realize C．realized he D．did he realize
29．When Alice came to， she did not know how long she there．
A．had been lying B．has been lying C．was lying D．has lain
30．The form cannot be signed by anyone yourself．
A．rather than B．other than C．more than D．better than
31．The prize will go to the writer story shows the most imagination．
A．that B．which C．whose D．what
32．They have arrived at lunchtime but their flight was delayed．
A．will B．can C．must D．should
33．It is generally accepted that boy must learn to stand up and fight like man．
A．a； a B．a； the C．the； the D．a； 不填
34．William found it increasingly difficult to read， for his eyesight was beginning to ．
A．disappear B．fall C．fail D．damage
35．—Artistic people can be very difficult sometimes．
—Well， you married one． ．
A．You name it B．I’ve got it
C．I can’t agree more D．You should know
第二节 完形填空(共20 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分30 分)
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中，选出可以填入空白处
的最佳选项。
In our discussion with people on how education can help them succeed in life， a woman
remembered the first meeting of an introductory 36 course about 20 years ago．
The professor 37 the lecture hall， placed upon his desk a large jar filled with
dried beans(豆)， and invited the students to 38 how many beans the jar
contained． After 39 shouts of wildly wrong guesses the professor smiled a thin， dry
smile， announced the 40 answer， and went on saying， "You have just 41 an
important lesson about science． That is： Never 42 your own senses．"
Twenty years later，the 43 could guess what the professor had in mind．He 44 himself，
perhaps，as inviting his students to start an exciting 45 into an unknown world invisible(无
形的) to the 46 ，which can be discovered only through scientific 47 ． But the
seventeen-year-old girl could not accept or even 48 the invitation．She was just 49 to
understand the world． And she 50 that her firsthand experience could be the 51 ． The
professor， however， said that it was 52 ．He was taking away her only 53 for
knowing and was providing her with no substitute(替代)．"I remember feeling small and 54 ，
" the woman says， "and I did the only thing I could do． I 55 the course that afternoon，
and I haven’t gone near science since．"
36． A．art
B．history
C．science
D．math
37． A．searched for
B．looked at
C．got through
D．marched into
38． A．count
B．guess
C．report
D．watch
39． A．warning
B．giving
C．turning away
D．listening to
40． A．ready
B．possible
C．correct
D．difficult
41． A．learned
B．prepared
C．taught
D．taken
42． A．lose
B．trust
C．sharpen
D．show
43． A．lecturer
B．scientist
C．speaker
D．woman
44． A．described
B．respected
C．saw
D．served
45． A．voyage
B．movement
C．change
D．rush
46． A．professor
B．eye
C．knowledge
D．light
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
47． A．model
B．senses
C．spirit
D．methods
48． A．hear
B．make
C．present
D．refuse
49． A．suggesting
B．beginning
C．pretending
D．waiting
50． A．believed
B．doubted
C．proved
D．explained
51． A．growth
B．strength
C．faith
D．truth
52． A．firm
B．interesting
C．wrong
D．acceptable
53． A．task
B．tool
C．success
D．connection
54． A．cruel
B．proud
C．frightened
D．brave
55． A．dropped
B．started
C．passed
D．missed
第三部分 阅读理解(共20 小题；每小题2 分，满分40 分)
阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
When milk arrived on the doorstep
When I was a boy growing up in New Jersey in the 1960s， we had a milkman delivering
milk to our doorstep． His name was Mr． Basille． He wore a white cap and drove a white
truck． As a 5-year-old boy， I couldn’t take my eyes off the coin changer fixed to his belt． He
noticed this one day during a delivery and gave me a quarter out of his coin changer．
Of course， he delivered more than milk． There was cheese， eggs and so on． If we needed
to change our order， my mother would pen a note — "Please add a bottle of buttermilk next
delivery" — and place it in the box along with the empty bottles． And then， the buttermilk
would magically(魔术般) appear．
All of this was about more than convenience． There existed a close relationship between
families and their milkmen． Mr． Basille even had a key to our house， for those times when it
was so cold outside that we put the box indoors， so that the milk wouldn’t freeze． And I
remember Mr． Basille from time to time taking a break at our kitchen table， having a cup of tea
and telling stories about his delivery．
There is sadly no home milk delivery today． Big companies allowed the production of
cheaper milk， thus making it difficult for milkmen to compete(竞争)． Besides， milk is for sale
everywhere， and it may just not have been practical to have a delivery service．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Recently， an old milk box in the countryside I saw brought back my childhood memories． I
took it home and planted it on the back porch(门廊)． Every so often my son’s friends will ask
what it is． So I start telling stories of my boyhood， and of the milkman who brought us
friendship along with his milk．
56．Mr． Basille gave the boy a quarter out of his coin changer ．
A．to show his magical power
B．to pay for the delivery
C．to satisfy his curiosity
D．to please his mother
57．What can be inferred from the fact that the milkman had the key to the boy’s house?
A．He wanted to have tea there．
B．He was a respectable person．
C．He was treated as a family member．
D．He was fully trusted by the family．
58．Why does home milk delivery no longer exist?
A．Nobody wants to be a milkman now．
B．It has been driven out of the market．
C．Its service is getting poor．
D．It is forbidden by law．
59．Why did the author bring back home an old milk box?
A．He missed the good old days．
B．He wanted to tell interesting stories．
C．He needed it for his milk bottles．
D．He planted flowers in it．
B
The word advertising refers to any kind of public announcement that brings products and
services to the attention of people． Throughout history， advertising has been an effective way to
promote(促进) the trading and selling of goods． In the Middle Ages， merchants employed "town
criers" to read public messages aloud to promote their goods． When printing was invented in the
fifteenth century， pages of advertisements (ads) could be printed easily and were either hung in
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
public places or put in books．
By the end of the seventeenth century， when newspapers were beginning to be read by more
people， printed materials became an important way to promote products and services． The
London Gazette was the first newspaper to set aside a place just for advertising． This was so
successful that by the end of the century several companies started businesses for the purpose of
making newspaper ads for merchants．
Advertising spread quickly throughout the eighteenth century． Ad writers were starting to
pay more attention to the design of the ad text． Everything， from clothes to drinks， was
promoted with clever methods such as repetition of the firm’s name or product， words organized
in eye-catching patterns， the use of pretty pictures and expressions easy to remember．
Near the end of the nineteenth century， companies that were devoted to the production of
ads came to be known as "advertising agencies(广告商)"． The agencies developed new ways to
get people to think of themselves as members of a group． Throughout the twentieth century，
advertising agencies promoted consumerism(消费主义) as a way of life， spreading the belief that
people could be happy only if they bought the "right" products．
60．What was advertising like in the Middle Ages?
A．Merchants were employed to promote products．
B．Ad messages were shouted out in public places．
C．Product information was included in books．
D．Ad signs were put up in towns．
61．What does the word "This" in Paragraph 2 refer to?
A．Advertising in newspapers．
B．Including pictures in ads．
C．Selling goods in markets．
D．Working with ad agencies．
62．The 18th century advertising was special in its ．
A．growing spending B．printing materials
C．advertising companies D．attractive designs
63．Which of the following might be the best title for the text?
A．The Story of Advertising
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
B．The Value of Advertising Designs
C．The Role of Newspaper Advertising
D．The Development of Printing for Advertising
C
While small may be beautiful， tall is just plain uncomfortable it seems， particularly when
it comes to staying in hotels and eating in restaurants．
The Tall Persons Club Great Britain (TPCGB)， which was formed six months ago to
campaign (发起运动) for the needs of the tall， has turned its attention to hotels and
restaurants． Beds that are too small， shower heads that are too low， and restaurant tables with
hardly any leg-room all make life difficult for those of above average height， it says．
But it is not just the extra-tall whose needs are not being met． The average height of the
population has been increasing yet the standard size of beds， doorways， and chairs has remained
unchanged．
"The bedding industry says a bed should be six inches larger than the person using it， so
even a king-size bed at 6'6″ (6 feet and 6 inches) is falling short for 25% of men while the
standard 6'3″ bed caters for(满足需要)less than half of the male (男性) population，" said TPCGB
president Phil Heinricy， " Seven-foot beds would work fine．"
Similarly， restaurant tables can cause no end of problems． Small tables， which mean the
long-legged have to sit a foot or so away from them， are enough to make tall customers go
elsewhere．
Some have already taken note， however． At Queens Moat Houses’ Caledonian Hotel in
Edinburgh， 6'6″ beds are now put in as standard after requests for longer beds from taller visitors，
particularly Americans．
64．What is the purpose of the TPCGB campaign?
A．To provide better services．
B．To rebuild hotels and restaurants．
C．To draw public attention to the needs of the tall．
D．To attract more people to become its members．
65．Which of the following might be a bed of proper length according to Phil Heinricy?
A．7'2″． B．7'． C．6'6″． D．6'3″．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
66．What may happen to restaurants with small tables?
A．They may lose some customers．
B．They may start businesses elsewhere．
C．They have to find easy chairs to match the tables．
D．They have to provide enough space for the long-legged．
67．What change has already been made in a hotel in Edinburgh?
A．Tall people pay more for larger beds．
B．6'6″ beds have taken the place of 6'3″ beds．
C．Special rooms are kept for Americans．
D．Guest rooms are standardized．
D
Cassandra Feeley finds it hard to manage on her husband’s income． So this year she did
something more than a hobby (业余爱好)：She planted vegetables in her yard． For her first
garden， Ms． Feeley has put in 15 tomato plants， and five rows of a variety of vegetables． The
family’s old farm house has become a chicken house， its residents arriving next month． Last
year， Ms． Rita Gartin kept a small garden． This year she has made it much larger because，
she said， "The cost of everything is going up and I was looking to lose a few pounds， too； so
it’s a win-win situation all around．"
They are among the growing number of Americans who， driven by higher living costs and a
falling economy (经济)， have taken up vegetable gardening for the first time． Others have
increased the size of their existing gardens． Seed companies and garden shops say that not since
the 1970s has there been such an increase in interest in growing food at home． Now many
gardens across the country have been sold out for several months． In Austin， Tex， some of the
gardens have a three-year waiting list．
George C． Ball Jr．， owner of a company， said sales of vegetable seeds and plants are up
by 40% over last year， double the average growth of the last five years． Mr． Ball argues that
some of the reasons have been building for the last few years． The big one is the striking rise in
the cost of food like bread and milk， together with the increases in the price of fruits and
vegetables． Food prices have increased because of higher oil prices． People are now driving less，
taking fewer vacations， so there is more time to garden．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
68．What does the word "residents" in Paragraph 1 probably refer to?
A．chickens B．tomatoes C．gardens D．people
69．By saying "a win-win situation all around"， Ms． Gartin means that ．
A．she is happier and her garden bigger
B．she may spend less and lose weight
C．she is selling more and buying less
D．she has grown more varieties of vegetables
70．Why is vegetable gardening becoming increasingly popular?
A．More Americans are doing it for fun．
B．The price of oil is lower than before．
C．There’s a growing need for fruits．
D．The cost of living is on the rise．
71．Which of the following might be the best title for the text?
A．Family Food Planning B．Banking on Gardening
C．A Belt-tightening Move D．Gardening as a Hobby
E
Wanted， Someone for a Kiss
We’re looking for producers to join us on the sound of London Kiss 100 FM． You’ll work
on the station’s music programmes． Music production experience in radio is necessary， along
with rich knowledge of modern dance music． Please apply (申请) in writing to Producer
Vacancies， Kiss 100．
Father Christmas
We’re looking for a very special person， preferably over 40， to fill our Father Christmas
suit．
Working days： Every Saturday from November 24 to December 15 and every day from
December 17 to December 24 except Sundays， 10：30-16：00．
Excellent pay．
Please contact (联系) the Enterprise Shopping Centre， Station Parade， Eastbourne．
Accountants Assistant
When you join the team in our Revenue Administration Unit， you will be providing
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
assistance within all parts of the Revenue Division， dealing with post and other general
duties． If you are educated to GCSE grade C level we would like to talk to you． This position is
equally suitable for a school leaver or for somebody who has office experience．
Wealden District Council
Software Trainer
If you are aged 24-45 and have experience in teaching and training， you could be the person
we are looking for． You should be good at the computer and have some experience in programme
writing． You will be allowed to make your own decisions， and to design courses as well as
present them． Pay upwards of ￡15，000 for the right person． Please apply by sending your CV
(简历) to Mrs R． Oglivie， Palmlace Limited．
72．Who should you get in touch with if you hope to work in a radio station?
A．Producer Vacancies， Kiss 100．
B．Mrs Oglivie， Palmlace Limited．
C．The Enterprise Shopping Centre．
D．Wealden District Council．
73．We learn from the ads that the Enterprise Shopping Centre needs a person who ．
A．is aged between 24 and 40
B．may do some training work
C．should deal with general duties
D．can work for about a month
74．Which position is open to recent school graduates?
A．Producer， London Kiss． B．Father Christmas．
C．Accountants Assistant． D．Software Trainer．
75．What kind of person would probably apply to Palmlace Limited?
A．One with GCSE grade C level．
B．One with some office experience．
C．One having good computer knowledge．
D．One trained in producing music programmes．
第Ⅱ卷
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
第四部分 写作(共两节，满分35 分)
第一节 短文改错(共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分)
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断： 如无错误，在该行
右边横线上画一个勾(√)；如有错误(每行只有一个错误)，则按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线(╲)划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线
划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下画一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
One of my unforgettable memory of my school in 76．____
Xinjiang is that of lunches we brought from our homes． 77．____
I hold my lunch-box in my hand when I was going to 78．____
school． The smell from it was very good． Since the lunch 79．____
bell finally rang， my friends and I met under a tall tree 80．____
and had our lunches． My best friend Aigulie was used 81．____
to share her Nang with me． Nang is a specially kind of 82．____
cake in Xinjiang． I like them very much． Now Aigulie and 83．____
I study at different colleges or we can only see each other 84．____
during the summer vacation． I think over her a lot and I miss 85．____
the food and the good time we had together．
第二节 书面表达(满分25 分)
假定你是李华，正在一所英国学校学习暑期课程，遇到一些困难，希望得到学校辅导中
心(Learning Center)的帮助。根据学校规定，你需书面预约，请按下列要点写一封信：
1．本人简介；
2．求助内容；
3．约定时间；
4．你的联系方式(Email： lihua@1236．com； Phone： 12345678)。
注意：1．词数100 左右；
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3．结束语已为你写好。
Dear Sir/Madam，
___________________________________________
___________________________________________
Look forward to your reply．
Yours，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2011 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国大纲卷Ⅰ)
英语答案
1．C 2．A 3．B 4．B 5．A 6．C 7．B 8．A 9．C 10．B
11．C 12．A 13．A 14．B 15．C 16．C 17．A 18．B 19．A 20．C
21．A【解析】考查交际用语。说话人建议邀请John 和 Barbara 来参加周五晚上的派对。
答话人表示同意，因此空白处填why not，表示"为什么不呢，好哇"。
22．D【解析】考查as 的用法。连词as 引导让步状语从句，从句通常采用倒装语序，即把
表语、状语或动词放在句首。因此可判断空白处填 as。语意：虽然Sue 可能尽力了，
但是她还是无法打开门。
23．C【解析】考查谓语动词的时态。句子的主语为动名词短语Planning so far ahead，谈论
的是现在的一种情况，因此谓语动词用一般现在时的第三人称单数。
24．A【解析】考查谓语动词的时态。be 用于进行时，表示主语当时的状态。语意：我不敢
确定他是真的对此感兴趣还是只是出于礼貌才那样做的。故选A。
25．C【解析】考查连词辨析。句意：——有人打电话找你。——但是没有人知道我在这里
呀。因此空白处填 But，表转折关系。
26．B【解析】考查动词词组辨析。语意：我可以容忍房间里不整齐，但是我讨厌房间里脏。
put up with"容忍，忍受"，符合语意。come up with "想出(办法)"，turn to"转向，求助于
"，stick to"坚持"，都不符合语意。
27．B【解析】考查非谓语动词。语意：后来，他看到房子的后面冒烟了。smoke 与rise 之
间存在着逻辑上的主谓关系，故用rise 的现在分词形式作后置定语。
28．D【解析】考查倒装。当Only+状语位于句首时，主句采用部分倒装语序，因此应把助
动词did 提到主句的主语之前。
29．A【解析】考查谓语动词的时态。语意：当Alice 醒来时，她不知道自己在那里躺了多
久了。由语意可知，爱丽丝在苏醒之前一直在那里躺着。因此空白处应用过去完成进行
时。
30．B【解析】考查介词短语辨析。语意：这个表格不能由除你以外的任何人签字。换言之，
这个表格只能由你签字。rather than"而不是"，other than"除了"， more than"多于，超过
"，better than"优于"，故选B 项。
31．C【解析】考查定语从句。先行词the writer 与定语从句的主语story 之间为所属关系，
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
因此用关系代词 whose 引导定语从句。
32．D【解析】考查情态动词。语意：他们本应该在午饭时间到达，但是他们的航班推迟了。
should have done 表示"本应该做某事(实际却未做)"，符合语意。
33．A【解析】考查冠词的用法。语意：人们普遍认为男孩儿必须学会像男人那样勇敢地站
起来去战斗。两个空都表示泛指，因此都填不定冠词a。
34．C【解析】考查动词辨析。语意：William 发现他读书越来越困难了，因为他的视力开
始衰退了。disappear "消失"；fall"降落，跌倒"；fail"衰退"；damage"损害， 毁坏"。只
有fail 符合语意。
35．D【解析】考查交际用语。语意：——有时搞艺术的人很难相处。——你嫁(娶)了一个
这样的人，你应该知道。因此空白处填You should know"你应该知道"。
36．C【解析】由第二段最后教授说的话可知，这是一节关于自然科学的课，因此填science。
37．D【解析】教授走进教室，把一个盛满豆子的坛子放在讲桌上。march into "走进去"。
38．B【解析】根据第二段第二句中的 wrong guesses 可知此空填guess。教授先让同学们猜
坛子里有多少豆子。
39．D【解析】听了(listening to)同学们的瞎猜后，教授笑了……
40．C【解析】教授公布了正确(correct)答案。
41．A【解析】接着，他说："你们刚刚学习(learned)了关于自然科学的重要一课。"
42．B【解析】那就是：永远不要相信(trust)你们的感觉。上文教授让同学们猜一猜坛子里
有多少豆子，可是大家凭感觉猜的结果并不正确，故此处用trust。
43．D【解析】文章第一句提到一位女士(woman)讲述了自己第一次上自然科学课的经历，
故选D。
44．C【解析】他认为(saw)自己正把学生引入求知的旅途。
45．A【解析】参见上题解析。本句是比喻。教授引导学生学习自然科学，就像是开始了激
动人心的旅程(voyage)。
46．B【解析】那些知识就像隐藏在坛子里的豆子，是肉眼(eye)看不见的。
47．D【解析】只有通过科学的方法(methods)才能发现未知世界的奥秘。
48．A【解析】作者再次采用了比喻的手法。那天，教授给学生演示学习自然科学的方法，
就像是发出了邀请函，请同学们和他一起踏上征程，探索未知的世界。可是，那个17
岁的小姑娘，并没有接受，她甚至没有听到(hear)老师的邀请。
49．B【解析】她只是刚开始(beginning)了解这个世界。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
50．A【解析】她相信(believed)第一手的经验是真实可信的。
51．D【解析】参见上题解析。truth"事实，真理"。
52．C【解析】可是，教授却说那是错误的(wrong)。
53．B【解析】教授拿走了她唯一的求知工具(tool)， 但是并未给她提供一个替代品。
54．C【解析】这位女士回忆说："记得当时我觉得自己非常渺小和恐惧(frightened)。"
55．A【解析】"我只做了一件我能做的事情。那天下午放弃(dropped)了这门课程，此后再
也没有走近科学。"
56．C【解析】推理判断题。根据第一段的倒数第二句As a 5-year-old boy， I couldn’t take my
eyes off the coin changer fixed to his belt．可知，"我"对送奶人腰间的自动换币器非常感
兴趣，总是盯着看，因此他为了满足"我"的好奇心，就从他的自动换币器中给了我一枚
25 美分的硬币。
57．D【解析】推理判断题。根据文章第三段的描述可知，给送奶人Mr． Basille 我家的钥
匙是为了方便他在天冷的时候把奶放到室内。可见我的家人对他很信任。
58．B【解析】推理判断题。根据文章第四段的内容可知，大公司提供的奶非常便宜，送奶
人很难和他们竞争，而且，现在人们到处都能买到奶，这样送奶人失去了生存的空间，
他们被逐出了市场。
59．A【解析】推理判断题。根据最后一段的第一句Recently， an old milk box in the countryside
I saw brought back my childhood memories 可知，作者之所以把那个旧的牛奶箱带回家，
是因为它使作者回忆起过去的美好时光。
60．B【解析】细节理解题。根据第一段的In the Middle Ages，merchants employed "town criers"
to read public messages aloud to promote their goods 一句可知，在中世纪，商人雇用人在
公共场所大声宣传他们的商品，以达到促销的目的。
61．A【解析】代词指代题。根据第二段可知，This 指代上一句话The London Gazette was the
first newspaper to set aside a place just for advertising，即报纸开辟专栏为商品做广告。
62．D【解析】推理判断题。根据第三段的Ad writers were starting to pay more attention to the
design of the ad text 可知，在18 世纪，做广告的人开始注意广告词的设计，这就是18
世纪广告的特点。
63．A【解析】主旨大意题。本文讲述了广告的由来、发展历程以及不同时期的特点，因此
本文的标题应是The Story of Advertising(广告的特点)。
64．C【解析】细节理解题。根据第二段的第一句The Tall Persons Club Great Britain(TPCGB)，
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
which was formed six months ago to campaign(发起运动) for the needs of the tall．．．可知，
该组织发起运动的目的是引起人们对高个子人的需求的关注。
65．B【解析】细节理解题。根据第四段的said TPCGB president Phil Heinricy， "Seven-foot
beds would work fine．"可知，该俱乐部的负责人Phil Heinricy 认为长达7 英尺的床比较
合适。
66．A【解析】推理判断题。根据第五段的第二句可知，如果餐馆里的桌椅较小，高个子顾
客可能会离开，餐馆可能会失去这些顾客。
67．B【解析】推理判断题。根据最后一段的第二句再结合第四段的内容可知，爱丁堡的一
个旅馆已将原来标准为6'3″的床换成6'6″的了。
68．A【解析】推理判断题。由前文The family’s old farm house has become a chicken house
可知，家里的老房子已经变成了养鸡场，暗示下文its residents arriving next month 中的
residents 指的是chickens。
69．B【解析】推理判断题。根据第一段的内容尤其是该段最后一句中Ms． Rita Gartin 所
说的话可知，对她来说，家庭种植蔬菜不仅可以省钱还可以帮助她减肥，所以她称之为
双赢的事情。
70．D【解析】细节理解题。根据第二段的第一句"They are among the growing number of
Americans who，driven by higher living costs and a falling economy(经济)，have taken up
vegetable gardening for the first time．"可知家庭种植蔬菜变得越来越受欢迎是因为生活
成本的上升。
71．B【解析】主旨大意题。本文给读者介绍了美国的一种新现象：很多居民纷纷开始家庭
种植蔬菜或者养殖，目的是省钱，因此文章的最佳标题为B。
72．A【解析】细节理解题。第一则广告招聘的是广播电台的制作人，它的联系人是Producer
Vacancies，Kiss 100。
73．D【解析】细节理解题。第二则广告招聘的是圣诞老人。应聘者从11 月24 日开始工作，
12 月24 日结束工作，工作时间大约持续一个月。
74．C【解析】细节理解题。第三则广告招聘助理会计师。根据该则广告的最后一句中的This
position is equally suitable for a school leaver 可知答案为C，a school leaver 就是指毕业生。
75．C【解析】细节理解题。第四则广告招聘软件培训师，其中的You should be good at the
computer and have some experience in programme writing．一句可知答案为C。
第一节 短文改错
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
76．memory→memories 77．lunches 前加the
78．hold→held 79．Since→When
80．√ 81．删掉was
82．specially→special 83．them→it
84．or→and 85．over→of
第二节 书面表达
【范文赏读】
Dear Sir/Madam，
I’m Li Hua， a Chinese student taking summer courses in your university． I’m writing to
ask for help． I came here last month and found my courses interesting． But I have some
difficulties with note-taking and I have no idea of how to use the library． I was told the Learning
Center provides help for students and I’m anxious to get help from you． I have no class on
Tuesday mornings and Friday afternoons． Please let me know which day is OK with you． You
may email or phone me． Here are my email address and phone number： lihua@1236．com；
12345678．
Look forward to your reply．
Yours，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2011 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国大纲卷Ⅱ)
英语
本试卷包括三部分，共150 分。其中第一部分与第二部分为选择题；第三部分为非选择
题。
第一部分 英语知识运用(共三节，满分50 分)
第一节 语音知识(共5 小题；每小题1 分，满分5 分)
从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，找出其划线部分与所给单词的划线部分读音相同的选项。
1．cushion
A．button B．butcher C．bury D．duty
2．country
A．announce B．cough C．encourage D．shoulder
3．pillow
A．flower B．allow C．knowledge D．follow
4．reach
A．breathe B．really C．pleasure D．heaven
5．Christmas
A．handkerchief B．teacher C．ache D．merchant
第二节 语法和词汇知识(共15 小题；每小题1 分，满分15 分)
从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
6．—Did you forget about my birthday?
— I’ve booked a table at Michel’s restaurant for this evening．
A．What then? B．I’m afraid so． C．How could I? D．For sure．
7．Ted came for the weekend wearing only some shorts and a T-shirt， is a stupid thing to
do in such weather．
A．this B．that C．what D．which
8．If you smoke， please go outside．
A．can B．should C．must D．may
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
9．If you don’t like the drink you ， just leave it and try a different one．
A．ordered B．are ordering C．will order D．had ordered
10．Mary， I John of his promise to help you．
A．told B．reminded C．warned D．advised
11．I got this bicycle for ： My friend gave it to me when she bought a new one．
A．everything B．something C．anything D．nothing
12．It is one thing to enjoy listening to good music， but it is another to play it
well yourself．
A．quite B．very C．rather D．much
13．Jane won’t join us for dinner tonight and ．
A．neither won’t Tom B．Tom won’t either
C．Tom will too D．so will Tom
14．This shop will be closed for repairs further notice．
A．with B．until C．for D．at
15．The island， to the mainland by a bridge， is easy to go to．
A．joining B．to join C．joined D．having joined
16．As he reached front door， Jack saw strange sight．
A．the；不填 B．a； the C．不填； a D．the； a
17．Mr． Stevenson is great to work for — I really couldn’t ask for a boss．
A．better B．good C．best D．still better
18．Sarah pretended to be cheerful， nothing about the argument．
A．says B．said C．to say D．saying
19．It was a nice meal， a little expensive．
A．though B．whether C．as D．since
20．—So you gave her your phone?
— ， she said she’d return it to me when she could afford her own．
A．My pleasure B．Not exactly
C．No doubt D．All right
第三节 完形填空(共20 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分30 分)
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中，选出可以填入空白处
的最佳选项。
There are times when people are so tired that they fall asleep almost anywhere． We can see
there is a lot of sleeping on the bus or train on the 21 home from work in the
evenings． A man will be 22 the newspaper， and seconds later it 23 as if he
is trying to 24 it． Or he will fall asleep on the shoulder of the stranger 25 next to
him． 26 place where unplanned short sleep 27 is in the lecture hall where a student will
start snoring (打鼾) so 28 that the professor has to ask another student to 29 the sleeper
awake． A more embarrassing (尴尬) situation occurs when a student starts falling into sleep and
the 30 of the head pushes the arm off the 31 ， and the movement carries the 32 of
the body along． The student wakes up on the floor with no 33 of getting there． The worst
time to fall asleep is when 34 ． Police reports are full of 35 that occur when
people fall into sleep and go 36 the road． If the drivers are 37 ， they are not
seriously hurt． One woman’s car， 38 ， went into the river． She woke up in four feet
of 39 and thought it was raining． When people are really 40 ， nothing will
stop them from falling asleep — no matter where they are．
21． A．way
B．track
C．path
D．road
22． A．buying
B．folding
C．delivering
D．reading
23． A．acts
B．shows
C．appears
D．sounds
24． A．open
B．eat
C．find
D．finish
25． A．lying
B．waiting
C．talking
D．sitting
26． A．Next
B．Every
C．Another
D．One
27． A．goes on
B．ends up
C．lasts
D．returns
28． A．bravely
B．happily
C．loudly
D．carelessly
29． A．leave
B．shake
C．keep
D．watch
30． A．size
B．shape
C．weight
D．strength
31． A．cushion
B．desk
C．shoulder
D．book
32． A．action
B．position
C．rest
D．side
33． A．memory
B．reason
C．question
D．purpose
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
34． A．thinking
B．working
C．walking
D．driving
35． A．changes
B．events
C．ideas
D．accidents
36． A．up
B．off
C．along
D．down
37． A．lucky
B．awake
C．calm
D．strong
38． A．in time
B．at first
C．as usual
D．for example
39． A．dust
B．water
C．grass
D．bush
40． A．tired
B．drunk
C．lonely
D．lazy
第二部分 阅读理解(共25 小题；满分45 分)
第一节 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
Since 1984， Philadelphia has been cleaning up its act． One by one， graffiti-covered walls
are being changed into outdoor art． So far， more than 1，800 murals (壁画) have been
painted． Philadelphia now has more murals than any other American city．
The walls that were once ugly with graffiti (涂鸦) are now covered with beautiful pictures of
historical heroes and modern art， thanks to the Mural Arts Program (MAP)． Its work makes
schools and public places attractive， and its citizens very proud． The program began as part of
Philadelphia’s Anti-Graffiti Network． Jane Golden is the MAP’s artistic director． "When people
ask me what our program is about，" she says， "I answer them with one word： hope．" Each year，
the MAP offers youth art programs and workshops． Some one-time graffiti writers even help
paint MAP murals．
The MAP’s work， says Golden， is all about developing a sense of community (社
区)． When a neighborhood requests a mural， the MAP works with the people there to develop a
message． Some messages have been "Safe Streets"，"Love and Care"， and "Peace Walk"．
The MAP receives up to 50 requests for murals each week． Last year， the workers painted
140 murals．
"The making of a mural enters people’s collective memory as an extraordinary， pleasant
moment in neighborhood history，" says Golden， who began as a muralist in Los Angeles．
41．What can be the best title for the text?
A．Love， from Graffiti Writers to Muralists
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
B．MAP， a New Company in Philadelphia
C．Jane， an Excellent Mural Artist
D．Hope， One Wall at a Time
42．What is the Mural Arts Program in Philadelphia aimed at?
A．Helping the young find jobs．
B．Protecting the neighborhood．
C．Fighting against graffiti．
D．Attracting more visitors．
43．How does the MAP decide on the message for a mural?
A．By having discussions with people in the community．
B．By seeking advice from the city government．
C．By learning from the young graffiti writers．
D．By studying the history of the city．
44．Which of the following words best describes the work of the MAP?
A．Difficult． B．Dangerous． C．Experimental． D．Successful．
B
For those who study the development of intelligence (智力) in the animal world，
self-awareness is an important measurement． An animal that is aware (意识) of itself has a high
level of intelligence．
Awareness can be tested by studying whether the animal recognizes itself in the mirror， that
is，its own reflected image (反射出的影像)． Many animals fail this exercise bitterly， paying
very little attention to the reflected image． Only humans， and some intelligent animals like apes
and dolphins，have been shown to recognize that the image in the mirror is of themselves．
Now another animal has joined the club． In the Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences， researchers report that an Asian elephant has passed the mirror self-reflection test．
"We thought that elephants were the next important animal，" said Diana Reiss of the Wildlife
Conservation Society， an author of the study with Joshua M． Plotnik and Fans B．M． de Waal
of Emory University． With their large brains， Reiss said， elephants "seemed like cousins to
apes and dolphins"．
The researchers tested Happy， Maxine and Patty， three elephants at the Bronx Zoo． They
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
put an 8-foot-square mirror on a wall of the animals’ play area (out of the sight of zoo visitors) and
recorded what happened with cameras， including one built in the mirror．
The elephants used their long noses to find what was behind it， and to examine parts of their
bodies．
Of the three， Happy then passed the test， in which a clear mark was painted on one side of
her face． She could tell the mark was there by looking in the mirror， and she used the mirror to
touch the mark with her long nose．
Diana Reiss said， "We knew elephants were intelligent， but now we can talk about their
intelligence in a better way．"
45． What can mirror tests tell us about animals?
A．Whether they have large brains．
B．Whether they have self-awareness．
C．Whether they enjoy outdoor exercises．
D．Whether they enjoy playing with mirrors．
46．Why does the author mention apes and dolphins in the text?
A．They are most familiar to readers．
B．They are big favorites with zoo visitors．
C．They are included in the study by Reiss．
D．They are already known to be intelligent．
47．What made Happy different from Maxine and Patty?
A．She used her nose to search behind the mirror．
B．She recognized her own image in the mirror．
C．She painted a mark on her own face．
D．She found the hidden camera．
C
Student Membership — Cambridge Arts Cinema
Cambridge Arts Cinema is one of the art houses in Britain and home of the internationally
celebrated Cambridge Film Festival．Since 1947 generations of students have discovered the
wealth of world cinema．Now you too can make the most of it and save money．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
At the Arts you can…
●choose from up to 40 films a month
●see up to 8 premieres(首映) each month
●catch screenings when you like –we open
early and close late
●increase your knowledge of film with our
special events – each year we run seasons
on various types of films and directors
●meet the filmmakers
What you get as a member
●invitation to a preview screening (试映)
●£1 off the standard prices (£4.50/£3.50) for
any screening including special events
●your own copy of each cinema programme
mailed free of charge
●a card with your own membership number
●50% off membership to the Cambridge
Darkroom Gallery
So what are you waiting for?
Just fill in the form and
return it either in person or
by post to：
Box Office
Cambridge Arts Cinema
8 Market Passage
Cambridge CN2 3PF
It costs £15 to join and your
card can be used from 1st
October 2011 to 30th June
2012．
Cinema Information：
01223 572929(24hr)
Box Office：
01223 504444
48．Which of the following is the most famous event held at Cambridge Arts Cinema?
A．The Cambridge Film Festival．
B．Meetings with filmmakers．
C．The preview screening．
D．Monthly premieres．
49．If you’re a member of Cambridge Arts Cinema， you will enjoy free ．
A．Darkroom Gallery shows
B．mailed programmes
C．special film events
D．film shows
50．How long will the membership for Cambridge Arts Cinema last?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．Four months． B．Eight months． C．Nine months． D．One year．
51．For what purpose is the text written?
A．Offering students cheaper tickets．
B．Announcing the opening of a premiere．
C．Telling the public of the cinema’s address．
D．Increasing the cinema’s membership．
D
The way we do things round here
Some years ago， I was hired by an American bank． I received a letter from the head of the
Personnel Department that started， "Dear John， I am quite pleased that you have decided to join
us．" That "quite" saddened me． I thought he was saying "we’re kind of pleased you decided to
join us although I wish we had hired someone else．" Then I discovered that in American English
"quite" sometimes means "very"， while in British English it means "fairly"．
So the first lesson about working in other countries is to learn the language and by that I
don’t just mean the words people speak． It is body language， dress， manners， ideas and so
on． The way people do things highlights many of the differences we see between cultures (文化)．
Some of these differences may be only on the surface — dress， food and hours of work —
while others may be deeper and take longer to deal with． Mostly， it is just a question of getting
used to the differences and accepting them， like the climate (气候)， while getting on with
business．
Some of the differences may be an improvement． People are more polite； the service is
better；you ask for something to be done and it happens without having to ask again． However，
other differences can be troubling， like punctuality (准时)． If you invite people to a party at 7
o’clock your guests will consider it polite to turn up exactly on time in Germany， five minutes
early in the American Midwest， an hour early in Japan， 15 minutes afterwards in the UK， up
to an hour afterwards in Italy and some time in the evening in Greece． I prefer not to use the
word "late" because there is nothing wrong with the times people arrive． It is simply the accepted
thing to do in their own country．
52．The author was unhappy as mentioned in Paragraph 1 because he thought ．
A．the American bank didn’t think much of him
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
B．the American bank might hire another person
C．it’s difficult to get used to American culture
D．it’s easy to misunderstand Americans
53．The word "highlights" in Paragraph 2 probably means ．
A．encourages B．helps to narrow
C．increases D．draws attention to
54．According to the author， what should we do with most cultural differences?
A．Ask the native people for help．
B．Understand and accept them．
C．Do things in our own way．
D．Do in-depth research．
55．When invited to a party the people who are usually punctual are ．
A．Italians B．Germans C．Greeks D．the British
E
"I didn’t hear them call my name，" explained Shelley Hennig to Active Teens (AT) as she
talked about that exciting moment on national television when she won the honor of Miss Teen
USA 2004．"Are you ready?" is what she heard． Then she said， "I shook my head no， and then
they said ‘yes’ and it was announced again．"
It was four days after that life changing moment for the seventeen-year-old high school
student from Destrehan， Louisiana — she was still on cloud nine．
"I was so shocked! I never believed that it could actually really happen．" Present in the
audience (观众) that day were： her mother and father， older brother， her friends， and her
dance teacher．
Understanding why members of her family and her friends would be there， AT asked why
her dance teacher had traveled so far to see her compete (比赛)． "She’s always been my role
model．I’ve danced with her since I was six． She’s been through so many difficulties and came
through them all． I’ve learned to get over bad life’s experiences and learned how to move on
because of her．"
One of those bad life’s experiences for Shelley happened three years ago when her brother
Brad was killed in a drunk driving accident． He was 18． She found writing helped her get
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
through the rough days． She said， "I write a lot about my brother． I write a lot， a lot， a
lot．．．"
As Miss Louisiana Teen， she traveled around the state speaking to teens (青少年) about the
dangers of drinking and driving． In her role as Miss Teen USA， Shelley will continue to speak
to youth about safe driving， in addition to many other things to help the youth．
When AT asked Miss Teen USA if she had any advice for our readers， she said， "Don’t let
anyone change you． Hang out with people that make you feel good about yourself． That way，
it is easy to be yourself．"
56．What do the words "on cloud nine" in Paragraph 2 probably mean?
A．frightened B．troubled C．very happy D．very angry
57．Shelley takes her dance teacher as a role model mainly because she is ．
A．determined B．friendly C．strict D．experienced
58．How many children did the Hennigs have according to the text?
A．1． B．2． C．3． D．4．
59．What did Shelley often do after she became Miss Louisiana Teen?
A．She visited drunken drivers．
B．She gave dance performances．
C．She made speeches on safe driving．
D．She helped other teens with their studies．
60．What suggestion does Shelley give to the teens?
A．Be yourself with the support of friends．
B．Meet friends whenever possible．
C．Go easy on yourself and others．
D．Have a good role model．
第二节 根据对话内容，从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项
为多余选项。
—Excuse me， have you been waiting long?
—About ten minutes．
— 61 ．
—Not while I’ve been standing here． I’m waiting for the number seven myself．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
—Good． Hot today， isn’t it?
—Yes， it is． 62 ．
—Me too． This is unusual for March． I don’t remember it ever being so hot and dry in March
before．
—You’re from Florida then．
—Not really． 63 ．
—My mother and I have just moved here from Indiana．
—Pretty cold in Indiana， isn’t it?
—Yes． That’s why we moved． But we didn’t know that it would be so hot here． We should
have gone to California． 64 ．
—No． It’s always a little late． Do you have the time? My watch has stopped working．
— 65 ．
—Don’t worry． It never comes exactly on the half hour like it should．
A．I wish that it would rain and cool off．
B．Do you think that we’ve missed the bus?
C．No， it is always quite cool here in summer．
D．It is twenty to one by my watch， but it is a little fast．
E．Did you notice whether the number seven bus has gone by?
F．I was born in New York， but I’ve lived here for ten years now．
G．I have been waiting here for half an hour and still haven’t seen the bus．
第三部分 写作(共三节，满分55 分)
第一节 单词拼写(共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分)
根据下列句子及所给汉语注释．在相应题号的横线上写出空缺处各单词的正确形式。(每
空只写一词)
66．We’re taking our vacation in (七月)．
67．You can get even better deals if you are prepared to (讨价还价)．
68．The cards had been (卡住) through the letterbox．
69．Smith went to Chicago for (技术) training．
70．Bob is six feet in (身高)．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
71．You’ll (逐渐) get better at it — it’s just a question of practice．
72．He put the rubbish into the (塑料) bag and took it downstairs．
73．He (道歉) publicly for his mistake the day before yesterday．
74．Tall people like rooms with high (天花板)．
75．Eve was cutting the grass， and (同时) Les was planting roses．
第二节短文改错(共10 小题：每小题1.5 分。满分15 分)
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行右
边横线上画一个勾(√)；如有错误(每行只有一个错误)，则按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线(╲)划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线
划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下画一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
Dear George，
It’s been a week after we left your family and we are now 76．_______
back home． Thank you very much for showing them around 77．_______
your city and providing us for the wonderful meals． After 78．_______
we said goodbye to you， we went to Washington D．C．， 79．_______
where we stayed for three days． My brother was so much fond 80．_______
of the museums there that he begged my parents to staying 81．_______
another couple of day． However， my father had to return to 82．_______
work on Monday so we fly back last Saturday afternoon． It 83．_______
was really a nice experience． If you’d like to make trip to 84．_______
our city some day， I will be better than happy to be your guide． 85．_______
Yours，
Mike
第三节 书面表达(满分30 分)
假定你是李华，你所喜爱的Global Mirror 周报创刊五周年之际征集读者意见。请你依
据以下内容给主编写封信，内容主要包括：
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
1．说明你是该报的忠实读者
2．赞赏该报优点：
1)兼顾国内外新闻
2)介绍名人成功故事
3．提出建议：
刊登指导英语学习的文章
注意：
1．词数100 左右，开头语已为你写好；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
Dear Editor-in-Chief，
Congratulations on the 5th anniversary of Global Mirror!
________________________________________________
Sincerely yours，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2011 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国大纲卷Ⅱ)
英语答案
1．B 2．C 3．D 4．A 5．C
6．C【解析】考查交际用语。根据"I’ve booked a table at Michel’s restaurant for this evening．"
可知，答话人并没有忘记对方的生日，因此选择C，How could I?表示 "我怎么能忘呢?"。
What then?"那会怎么样呢?"，I’m afraid so．"恐怕是这样。"，For sure．"肯定；确定。"，
均不符合语境。
7．D【解析】考查定语从句。分析句子结构可知，该句为定语从句，首先排除A 和C；根
据空前的逗号可知，该句为非限制性定语从句，排除B。该从句应用which 引导，which
在从句中作主语，代指前面的整个句子。
8．C【解析】考查情态动词。句意：如果你非要吸烟，请到外面。此处must 表示"偏要，非
要"。
9．A【解析】考查时态。句意：如果你不喜欢你点的饮料就别喝，可以试试别的。根据句
意，"点饮料"的动作应发生在过去，因此使用一般过去时。
10．B【解析】考查动词词义辨析及其搭配。根据of 的提示，首先排除A 和D；remind sb． of
sth． 表示"提醒某人某事"；warn sb． of sth．表示"告诫某人某事"。句意：玛丽，我
提醒了约翰他要帮助你的承诺。根据句意可知选择B。
11．D【解析】考查不定代词。根据"My friend gave it to me"可知，我免费得到了这辆自行车，
因此用nothing，for nothing 表示"免费；不花钱"。
12．A【解析】考查副词及其搭配。句意：喜欢听好音乐是一回事，但你自己演奏得好完全
是另一回事。quite another 表示"完全不同"。
13．B【解析】考查特殊句式。句意：简不会来参加我们今晚的宴会，汤姆也不会来。此处
是否定句，故使用either，而too 一般用于肯定句中。此处也可以用so 倒装的否定式，
即 neither/nor will Tom， 注意A 项中neither 表否定意义，所以不能用won’t。
14．B【解析】考查介词。句意：在另行通知前，这家店将停止整顿。until further notice 表
示"在另行通知前"。
15．C【解析】考查非谓语动词。此处为原因状语，因join 与逻辑主语The island 构成被动
关系而使用过去分词，故选C。
16．D【解析】考查冠词。第一空，the front door 表示"前门"，表示特指用the；第二空，表
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
示"一种奇异的景象"，表示泛指，故用a。
17．A【解析】考查比较级用法。"can’t/couldn’t ．．．+比较级"表示最高级含义。根据前半
句"Mr． Stevenson is great to work for"可知，Stevenson 是一个不错的老板，因此说"我
真的找不到一个比他还好的老板了"，表示在我看来他是最好的。
18．D【解析】考查非谓语动词。say 与其逻辑主语Sarah 构成主谓关系，因此使用现在分
词，作伴随状语，选择D。
19．A【解析】考查连词。句意：那顿饭真美味，尽管有点贵。though"尽管"，引导让步状
语从句，该句使用了省略形式，补全后为"though it was a little expensive"。注意as 也可
以表示"尽管"， 但as 作"尽管"讲时，必须使用倒装结构。
20．B【解析】考查交际用语。句意："所以你把你的手机给她了?""事实上不是，她说她自
己能买得起的时候就把它还给我。"Not exactly 表示"不完全如此"。My pleasure"不客气"，
为道谢的答语；No doubt"毫无疑问"；All right"行，好"，均不符合语境。
21．A【解析】on the way home 表示"在回家的路上"，为固定表达方式，不使用track"小路；
跑道"，path"小路；小径"和road"道路"。
22．D【解析】文章第一句话为主题句，表示人们因劳累几乎在任何地方都能睡着。此处表
示一个人看着报纸就睡着了，故选择D。
23．C【解析】it appears as if．．．表示"看起来好像"。几秒钟以后他就好像要吃它。此处指
他拿着报纸打瞌睡。解题时应注意空前it 的提示，如果用acts 应用he 作主语，因此不
能选A。
24．B【解析】看着报纸打瞌睡的样子看起来就像要吃了报纸一样，故选择B。
25．D【解析】上文举的是在车上睡觉的例子，此处是指他靠在坐在旁边的陌生人的肩膀上
睡着了，故选择D。
26．C【解析】此处指另一个计划外进行短暂睡眠的地方是在讲堂。another 指不定数目中的
另一个。
27．A【解析】go on 表示"进行"，此处指计划外进行短暂睡眠的地方，因此选择A。end up
表示"结束，告终"。
28．C【解析】此处为so．．．that 结构，根据结果状语从句的提示可知，他的鼾声打得很响，
因此用loudly。
29．B【解析】教授让另一个学生把睡着的学生摇醒。shake 表示"摇动"。
30．C【解析】根据下文第33 题处可知，学生睡着了并从课桌上滑下去，睡在地板上，因
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
此此处指头的重量压得手臂滑下了课桌，故选C 项。
31．B【解析】解析参见上题。
32．C【解析】这个动作把身体的其他部分也带下去了，指滑到了桌子底下，故选C 项。rest
表示"剩余的部分"。
33．A【解析】此处指学生醒来发现自己在地板上，不记得怎么在那里的。memory 表示"记
忆"。
34．D【解析】根据下文第37 题前的drivers 的提示可知，最糟糕的睡觉的时间是在开车时。
35．D【解析】警局报告里满是人们因驾驶时睡着而驶离路面发生的事故。accident 指"意外
的事故"，而event 常指"大事件，事情"，因此用accidents。
36．B【解析】go off the road 此处表示"驶离路面"。go up"上升；上涨"，go along"沿着"，
go down"下降；减少"，均不符合语境。
37．A【解析】如果司机幸运的话，他们不会受严重的伤。
38．D【解析】此处为幸运的例子，因此选择D， for example"例如"。in time"及时，迟早"；
at first"起初"；as usual"像往常一样"。
39．B【解析】根据上文"went into the river"提示可知，她醒来时是在四英尺深的水里。
40．A【解析】当人们真的疲惫的时候，没有什么能阻止他们入睡——无论他们在哪里。此
处与文章的首句呼应，应选择A。
41．D【解析】标题归纳题。文章主要介绍了费城曾经满是涂鸦的墙壁慢慢被美丽的壁画覆
盖，故标题与墙有关。接着文章又介绍了这种变化的产生是一个壁画艺术项目努力的结
果。再由第二段Jane Golden 的话可知，当人们问及该项目是关于什么的时候，她用一
个词来概括，即hope，故D 为最佳标题。
42．C【解析】推理判断题。根据第一、二段，一面又一面曾经被涂鸦的墙壁正被美丽的壁
画覆盖，以使社区更具魅力，因此对抗涂鸦应是该项目的目的。
43．A【解析】细节理解题。根据第三段的第二句可知，当社区居民请求画一张壁画时，该
项目的工作人员就和当地人一起工作来制订一个主题思想，因此选择A。
44．D【解析】推理判断题。根据第一段及倒数第二段可知，该项目很成功，因此选择D。
45．B【解析】细节理解题。根据第二段的第一句可知，通过研究动物是否能在镜中识别自
己可以测试它们是否有自我意识。
46．D【解析】推理判断题。根据第二段最后一句可知，作者提到猿和海豚是因为它们和人
一样可以识别镜中自己的影像，是人们已知的高智商的动物。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
47．B【解析】细节理解题。根据倒数第二段，三头大象中只有Happy 通过了镜子测试，也
就是说只有她能识别镜中自己的影像，因此这是她有别于其他大象的地方，故选择B。
48．A【解析】细节理解题。根据文章第一段的第一句可知，该影院是剑桥电影节的举办地，
在四个选项中，剑桥电影节是该影院举办的最著名的活动，故选A。
49．B【解析】细节理解题。根据表格中What you get as a member 中的第三条可知，作为会
员，你可以拥有免费为你邮寄的电影节目备份，B 项正确。
50．C【解析】细节理解题。根据表格中"．．．your card can be used from 1st October 2011 to 30th
June 2012"可知，会员期限为9 个月。
51．D【解析】写作意图题。本文为一则广告，主要是吸引学生成为剑桥艺术影院的会员，
因此D 项正确。
52．A【解析】细节理解题。根据第一段中的"I thought he was saying‘we’re kind of pleased you
decided to join us although I wish we had hired someone else．’" 可知，作者以为这个美国
银行表达的意思是自己并不是他们的最佳人选，认为这家银行对他评价不高，所以不高
兴。
53．D【解析】词义猜测题。此处指人们做事的方式使我们看到的许多文化差异更加明显，
故选D。highlight 表示"强调，突出，使醒目"。
54．B【解析】细节理解题。根据第三段最后一句"Mostly， it is just a question of getting used
to the differences and accepting them．．．"可知，应对大多数文化差异的方法是习惯并接
受它们，故选择B。
55．B【解析】细节理解题。根据最后一段中"．．． your guests will consider it polite to turn up
exactly on time in Germany"可知，德国人参加宴会时，通常是准时出现的。
56．C【解析】词义猜测题。根据第一段可知，她赢得了2004 年美国妙龄小姐的荣誉，对
此她很吃惊，有些喜出望外，因此在此后的四天里她仍然非常高兴。 on cloud nine 表
示"极乐，狂喜"。
57．A【解析】细节理解题。根据第四段中的"She’s been through so many difficulties and came
through them all．"可知，她的舞蹈老师经历并克服了许多困难，determined 表示"有决
心的，意志坚定的"，故选择A。
58．C【解析】推理判断题。根据第三段可知，那天观众席上有她的母亲、父亲、大哥、朋
友和舞蹈老师；根据第五段可知，她的另一个哥哥在三年前的一次车祸中丧生，由此推
知应选C 项。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
59．C【解析】细节理解题。根据倒数第二段的第一句可知，她到各地向青少年做关于酒后
驾驶危险的演讲。
60．A【解析】细节理解题。根据文章最后一段中她说的话可知，她的建议是"应和使你感
觉良好的人在一起。那样的话，你会很容易做你自己。"故选A，表示"在朋友的支持下
做你自己。"
61．E 62．A 63．F 64．B 65．D
66．July 67．bargain 68．stuck 69．technical 70．height
71．gradually 72．plastic 73．apologized 74．ceilings
75．meanwhile/meantime
76．after 改为since。【解析】句式It is/has been +一段时间+since．．．表示"自从……以来已
经有多久了"。解题时注意时态的提示。
77．them 改为us。【解析】根据第一句可知，此处应表示"感谢你带我们参观你们的城市"，
故用us。
78．for 改为with。【解析】provide sb． with sth．表示"为某人供应某物"，为固定搭配。
79．√。
80．去掉much。【解析】此处为so．．．that．．．结构，so 修饰形容词fond，故去掉much。
81．staying 改为stay。【解析】beg sb． to do sth．表示"请求某人做某事"，为固定搭配。
82．day 改为days。【解析】another couple of 后应接复数名词。a couple of days 表示"几天"。
83．fly 改为flew。【解析】根据时间状语last Saturday afternoon 提示可知，此处应使用一般
过去时。
84．make 后加a。【解析】make a trip 表示"旅行"，为固定搭配。
85．better 改为 more。【解析】more than 用于修饰形容词时表示"非常"，此处表示"我非常
愿意做你的向导"。better than 表示"好于"，不符合语境。
第三节 书面表达
【范文赏读】
Dear Editor-in-Chief，
Congratulations on the 5th anniversary of Global Mirror!
I’m a regular reader of your newspaper． I like it very much mainly for the following two
reasons． First， it covers both national and international news so that， by simply turning the
pages， I can learn all important things that have happened during the week． Equally attractive
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
are the success stories of world-famous people， which help me understand how a person can
work hard to make the world a better place．
As a young student， I suggest that Global Mirror carry articles to guide us in our English
learning， and I hope that it will become even more popular．
Sincerely yours，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2011 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国新课标卷)
英语
本试卷分为第Ⅰ卷(选择题)和第Ⅱ卷(非选择题)两部分。满分150 分。考试时间120 分
钟。
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分 听力 （共两节，满分30 分）
第一节（共5 小题：每小题1．5 分，满分7．5 分）
听下面5 段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项选出最佳
选项，并标在试卷的相应位置，听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和
阅读下小题，每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What does the man like about the play?
A．The story． B．The ending． C．The actor．
2．Which place are the speakers trying to find?
A．A hotel． B．A bank． C．A restaurant．
3．At what time will the two speakers meet?
A．5：20． B．5：10． C．4：40．
4．What will the man do?
A．Change the plan． B．Wait for a phone call． C．Sort things out．
5．What does the woman want to do?
A．See a film with the man．
B．Offer the man some help．
C．Listen to some great music．
第二节（共15 小题：每小题1．5 分，满分22．5 分）
听下面5 段对话。每段对话有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出的最
佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5 秒钟；
听完后，各小题给出5 秒钟的做答时间。每段对话读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答第6、7 题。
6．Where is Ben?
A．In the kitchen． B．At school． C．In the park．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
7．What will the children do in the afternoon?
A．Help set the table． B．Have a party． C．Do their homework．
听第7 段材料，回答第8、9 题。
8．What are the two speakers talking about?
A．A family holiday． B．A business trip． C．A travel plan．
9．Where did Rachel go?
A．Spain． B．Italy． C．China．
听第8 段材料，回答第10 至12 题。
10．How did the woman get to know about third-hand smoke?
A．From young smokers．
B．From a newspaper article．
C．From some smoking parents．
11．Why does the man say that he should keep away from babies?
A．He has just become a father．
B．He wears dirty clothes．
C．He is a smoker．
12．What does the woman suggest smoking parents should do?
A．Stop smoking altogether．
B．Smoke only outside their houses．
C．Reduce dangerous matter in cigarettes．
听第9 段材料，回答第13 至16 题。
13．Where does Michelle Ray come from?
A．A middle-sized city． B．A small town． C．A big city．
14．Which place would Michelle Ray take her visitors to for shopping?
A．The Zen Garden． B．The Highlands． C．The Red River area．
15．What does Michelle Ray do for complete quiet?
A．Go camping． B．Study in a library． C．Read at home．
16．What are the speakers talking about in general?
A．Late-night shopping． B．Asian food． C．Louisville．
听第10 段材料，回答每17 至30 题。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
17．Why do some people say they never have dreams according to Dr．Garfield?
A．They forget about their dreams．
B．They don’t want to tell the truth．
C．They have no bad experiences．
18．Why did Davis stop having dreams?
A．He got a serious heart attack．
B．He was too sad about his brother’s death．
C．He was frightened by a terrible dream．
19．What is Dr． Garfield’s opinion about dreaming?
A．It is very useful．
B．It makes things worse．
C．It prevents the mind from working．
20．Why do some people turn off their dreams completely?
A．To sleep better．
B．To recover from illnesses．
C．To stay away from their problems．
第二部分 英语知识运用(共两节，满分45 分)
第一节 单项填空(共15 小题；每小题1 分，满分15 分)
从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
21．—We could invite John and Barbara to the Friday night party．
—Yes， ? I’ll give them a call right now．
A．why not B．what for C．why D．what
22．Try she might， Sue couldn’t get the door open．
A．if B．when C．since D．as
23．Planning so far ahead no sense — so many things will have changed by next year．
A．made B．is making C．makes D．has made
24．I wasn’t sure if he was really interested or if he polite．
A．was just being B．will just be
C．had just been D．would just be
25．—Someone wants you on the phone．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
— nobody knows I am here．
A．Although B．And C．But D．So
26．I can the house being untidy， but I hate it if it’s not clean．
A．come up with B．put up with C．turn to D．stick to
27．The next thing he saw was smoke from behind the house．
A．rose B．rising C．to rise D．risen
28．Only when he reached the tea-house it was the same place he’d been in last year．
A．he realized B．he did realize
C．realized he D．did he realize
29．When Alice came to， she did not know how long she there．
A．had been lying B．has been lying
C．was lying D．has lain
30．The form cannot be signed by anyone yourself．
A．rather than B．other than C．more than D．better than
31．The prize will go to the writer story shows the most imagination．
A．that B．which C．whose D．what
32．They have arrived at lunchtime but their flight was delayed．
A．will B．can C．must D．should
33．It is generally accepted that boy must learn to stand up and fight like man．
A．a； a B．a； the C．the； the D．a； 不填
34．William found it increasingly difficult to read， for his eyesight was beginning to ．
A．disappear B．fall C．fail D．damage
35．—Artistic people can be very difficult sometimes．
—Well， you married one． ．
A．You name it B．I’ve got it
C．I can’t agree more D．You should know
第二节 完形填空(共20 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分30 分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中，选出可以填入空白处
的最佳选项。
In our discussion with people on how education can help them succeed in life， a woman
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
remembered the first meeting of an introductory 36 course about 20 years ago．
The professor 37 the lecture hall， placed upon his desk a large jar filled with
dried beans( 豆) ， and invited the students to 38 how many beans the jar
contained． After 39 shouts of wildly wrong guesses the professor smiled a thin， dry
smile，announced the 40 answer， and went on saying， "You have just 41 an
important lesson about science． That is： Never 42 your own senses．"
Twenty years later， the 43 could guess what the professor had in mind． He 44
himself， perhaps， as inviting his students to start an exciting 45 into an unknown world
invisible(无形的) to the 46 ，which can be discovered only through scientific 47 ． But
the seventeen-year-old girl could not accept or even 48 the invitation．She was just 49 to
understand the world． And she 50 that her firsthand experience could be the 51 ． The
professor， however， said that it was 52 ． He was taking away her only 53 for
knowing and was providing her with no substitute(替代)．"I remember feeling small and 54 ，
" the woman says， "and I did the only thing I could do． I 55 the course that afternoon，
and I haven’t gone near science since．"
36． A．art
B．history
C．science
D．math
37． A．searched for
B．looked at
C．got through
D．marched into
38． A．count
B．guess
C．report
D．watch
39． A．warning
B．giving
C．turning away
D．listening to
40． A．ready
B．possible
C．correct
D．difficult
41． A．learned
B．prepared
C．taught
D．taken
42． A．lose
B．trust
C．sharpen
D．show
43． A．lecturer
B．scientist
C．speaker
D．woman
44． A．described
B．respected
C．saw
D．served
45． A．voyage
B．movement
C．change
D．rush
46． A．professor
B．eye
C．knowledge
D．light
47． A．model
B．senses
C．spirit
D．methods
48． A．hear
B．make
C．present
D．refuse
49． A．suggesting
B．beginning
C．pretending
D．waiting
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
50． A．believed
B．doubted
C．proved
D．explained
51． A．growth
B．strength
C．faith
D．truth
52． A．firm
B．interesting
C．wrong
D．acceptable
53． A．task
B．tool
C．success
D．connection
54． A．cruel
B．proud
C．frightened
D．brave
55． A．dropped
B．started
C．passed
D．missed
第三部分 阅读理解(共20 小题；每小题2 分，满分40 分)
阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
When milk arrived on the doorstep
When I was a boy growing up in New Jersey in the 1960s， we had a milkman delivering
milk to our doorstep． His name was Mr． Basille． He wore a white cap and drove a white
truck． As a 5-year-old boy， I couldn’t take my eyes off the coin changer fixed to his belt． He
noticed this one day during a delivery and gave me a quarter out of his coin changer．
Of course， he delivered more than milk． There was cheese， eggs and so on． If we needed
to change our order， my mother would pen a note — "Please add a bottle of buttermilk next
delivery" — and place it in the box along with the empty bottles． And then， the buttermilk
would magically(魔术般) appear．
All of this was about more than convenience． There existed a close relationship between
families and their milkmen． Mr． Basille even had a key to our house， for those times when it
was so cold outside that we put the box indoors， so that the milk wouldn’t freeze． And I
remember Mr． Basille from time to time taking a break at our kitchen table， having a cup of tea
and telling stories about his delivery．
There is sadly no home milk delivery today． Big companies allowed the production of
cheaper milk， thus making it difficult for milkmen to compete(竞争)． Besides， milk is for sale
everywhere， and it may just not have been practical to have a delivery service．
Recently， an old milk box in the countryside I saw brought back my childhood memories． I
took it home and planted it on the back porch(门廊)． Every so often my son’s friends will ask
what it is． So I start telling stories of my boyhood， and of the milkman who brought us
friendship along with his milk．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
56．Mr．Basille gave the boy a quarter out of his coin changer ．
A．to show his magical power
B．to pay for the delivery
C．to satisfy his curiosity
D．to please his mother
57．What can be inferred from the fact that the milkman had the key to the boy’s house?
A．He wanted to have tea there．
B．He was a respectable person．
C．He was treated as a family member．
D．He was fully trusted by the family．
58．Why does home milk delivery no longer exist?
A．Nobody wants to be a milkman now．
B．It has been driven out of the market．
C．Its service is getting poor．
D．It is forbidden by law．
59．Why did the author bring back home an old milk box?
A．He missed the good old days．
B．He wanted to tell interesting stories．
C．He needed it for his milk bottles．
D．He planted flowers in it．
B
While small may be beautiful， tall is just plain uncomfortable it seems， particularly when
it comes to staying in hotels and eating in restaurants．
The Tall Persons Club Great Britain (TPCGB)， which was formed six months ago to
campaign (发起运动) for the needs of the tall， has turned its attention to hotels and
restaurants． Beds that are too small， shower heads that are too low， and restaurant tables with
hardly any leg-room all make life difficult for those of above average height， it says．
But it is not just the extra-tall whose needs are not being met． The average height of the
population has been increasing yet the standard size of beds， doorways， and chairs has remained
unchanged．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
"The bedding industry says a bed should be six inches larger than the person using it， so
even a king-size bed at 6'6″ (6 feet and 6 inches) is falling short for 25% of men while the
standard 6'3″ bed caters for(满足需要)less than half of the male (男性) population，" said TPCGB
president Phil Heinricy， " Seven-foot beds would work fine．"
Similarly， restaurant tables can cause no end of problems． Small tables， which mean the
long-legged have to sit a foot or so away from them， are enough to make tall customers go
elsewhere．
Some have already taken note， however． At Queens Moat Houses’ Caledonian Hotel in
Edinburgh， 6'6″ beds are now put in as standard after requests for longer beds from taller visitors，
particularly Americans．
60．What is the purpose of the TPCGB campaign?
A．To provide better services．
B．To rebuild hotels and restaurants．
C．To draw public attention to the needs of the tall．
D．To attract more people to become its members．
61．Which of the following might be a bed of proper length according to Phil Heinricy?
A．7'2″． B．7'． C．6'6″． D．6'3″．
62．What may happen to restaurants with small tables?
A．They may lose some customers．
B．They may start businesses elsewhere．
C．They have to find easy chairs to match the tables．
D．They have to provide enough space for the long-legged．
63．What change has already been made in a hotel in Edinburgh?
A．Tall people pay more for larger beds．
B．6'6″ beds have taken the place of 6'3″ beds．
C．Special rooms are kept for Americans．
D．Guest rooms are standardized．
C
Cassandra Feeley finds it hard to manage on her husband’s income． So this year she did
something more than a hobby (业余爱好)：She planted vegetables in her yard． For her first
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
garden， Ms． Feeley has put in 15 tomato plants， and five rows of a variety of vegetables． The
family’s old farm house has become a chicken house， its residents arriving next month． Last
year， Ms． Rita Gartin kept a small garden． This year she has made it much larger because，
she said， "The cost of everything is going up and I was looking to lose a few pounds， too； so
it’s a win-win situation all around．"
They are among the growing number of Americans who， driven by higher living costs and a
falling economy (经济)， have taken up vegetable gardening for the first time． Others have
increased the size of their existing gardens． Seed companies and garden shops say that not since
the 1970s has there been such an increase in interest in growing food at home． Now many
gardens across the country have been sold out for several months． In Austin， Tex， some of the
gardens have a three-year waiting list．
George C． Ball Jr．， owner of a company， said sales of vegetable seeds and plants are up
by 40% over last year， double the average growth of the last five years． Mr． Ball argues that
some of the reasons have been building for the last few years． The big one is the striking rise in
the cost of food like bread and milk， together with the increases in the price of fruits and
vegetables． Food prices have increased because of higher oil prices． People are now driving less，
taking fewer vacations， so there is more time to garden．
64．What does the word "residents" in Paragraph 1 probably refer to?
A．chickens B．tomatoes C．gardens D．people
65．Why is vegetable gardening becoming increasingly popular?
A．More Americans are doing it for fun．
B．The price of oil is lower than before．
C．There’s a growing need for fruits．
D．The cost of living is on the rise．
66．Which of the following might be the best title for the text?
A．Family Food Planning B．Banking on Gardening
C．A Belt-tightening Move D．Gardening as a Hobby
D
Wanted， Someone for a Kiss
We’re looking for producers to join us on the sound of London Kiss 100 FM． You’ll work
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
on the station’s music programmes． Music production experience in radio is necessary， along
with rich knowledge of modern dance music． Please apply (申请) in writing to Producer
Vacancies， Kiss 100．
Father Christmas
We’re looking for a very special person， preferably over 40， to fill our Father Christmas
suit．
Working days： Every Saturday from November 24 to December 15 and every day from
December 17 to December 24 except Sundays， 10：30-16：00．
Excellent pay．
Please contact (联系) the Enterprise Shopping Centre， Station Parade， Eastbourne．
Accountants Assistant
When you join the team in our Revenue Administration Unit， you will be providing
assistance within all parts of the Revenue Division， dealing with post and other general
duties． If you are educated to GCSE grade C level we would like to talk to you． This position is
equally suitable for a school leaver or for somebody who has office experience．
Wealden District Council
Software Trainer
If you are aged 24-45 and have experience in teaching and training， you could be the person
we are looking for． You should be good at the computer and have some experience in programme
writing． You will be allowed to make your own decisions， and to design courses as well as
present them． Pay upwards of ￡15，000 for the right person． Please apply by sending your CV
(简历) to Mrs R． Oglivie， Palmlace Limited．
67．Who should you get in touch with if you hope to work in a radio station?
A．Producer Vacancies， Kiss 100．
B．Mrs Oglivie， Palmlace Limited．
C．The Enterprise Shopping Centre．
D．Wealden District Council．
68．We learn from the ads that the Enterprise Shopping Centre needs a person who ．
A．is aged between 24 and 40
B．may do some training work
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
C．should deal with general duties
D．can work for about a month
69．Which position is open to recent school graduates?
A．Producer， London Kiss．
B．Father Christmas．
C．Accountants Assistant．
D．Software Trainer．
70．What kind of person would probably apply to Palmlace Limited?
A．One with GCSE grade C level．
B．One with some office experience．
C．One having good computer knowledge．
D．One trained in producing music programmes．
第二节(共5 小题；每小题2 分。满分10 分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余
选项。
Money Matters
Parents should help their children understand money． 71 So you may start talking
about money when your child shows an interest in buying things， candy or toys， for example．
1．The basic function of money
Begin explaining the basic function of money by showing how people trade money for goods
or services． It is important to show your child how money is traded for the things he wants to
have．
If he wants to have a toy， give him the money and let him hand the money to the cashier(收
银员)． 72 When your child grows a bit older and understands the basic function of money，
you can start explaining more complex ways of using money．
2．Money lessons
Approach money lessons with openness and honesty． 73 If you must say no to a
child’s request to spend money， explain， "You have enough toy trucks for now．" Or， if the
request is for many different things， say， "You have to make a choice between this toy and that
toy．"
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
3． 74
Begin at the grocery store． Pick out two similar brands of a product — a name-brand butter
and a generic(无商标产品)，for example． You can show your child how to make choices between
different brands of a product so that you can save money． 75 If he chooses the cheaper
brand， allow him to make another purchase with the money saved． Later， you may explain how
the more expensive choice leaves less money for other purchases．
A．Wise decisions
B．The value of money
C．Permit the child to choose between them．
D．Tell your child why he can — or cannot — have certain things．
E．Ask yourself what things that cost money are most important to you．
F．Talk about how the money bought the thing after you leave the toy store．
G．The best time to teach a child anything about money is when he shows an interest．
第Ⅱ卷
第四部分 写作(共两节，满分35 分)
第一节 短文改错(共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌中间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共
有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处，每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：把缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除： 把多余的词用斜线（╲）划掉。
修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。
My summer travel started terribly． I was at the Shanghai Railway Station buy a ticket to
Hangzhou． I was going to visit a friend here and after that I would go to Xiamen for long
holiday． I bought my ticket but turned around to pick up my bag from the floor and then I
realized that someone had stolen it． Luckily I had all my money on my pocket， but the only
clothes I had was those I had on． It felt very strange to travel without any luggages． When I
finally arrived at my friend he lent to me lots of clothes． I feel very happy that I could change my
clothes at last．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
第二节 书面表达(满分25 分)
假定你是李华，正在一所英国学校学习暑期课程，遇到一些困难，希望得到学校辅导中
心(Learning Center)的帮助。根据学校规定，你需书面预约，请按下列要点写一封信：
1．本人简介；
2．求助内容；
3．约定时间；
4．你的联系方式(Email： lihua@1236．com； Phone： 12345678)。
注意：1．词数100 左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3．结束语已为你写好。
Dear Sir/Madam，
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Look forward to your reply．
Yours，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2011 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国新课标卷)
英语答案
1．C 2．A 3．B 4．B 5．A 6．C 7．B 8．A 9．C 10．B
11．C 12．A 13．A 14．B 15．C 16．C 17．A 18．B 19．A 20．C
21．A【解析】考查交际用语。说话人建议邀请John 和 Barbara 来参加周五晚上的派对。
答话人表示同意，因此空白处填why not，表示"为什么不呢，好哇"。
22．D【解析】考查as 的用法。连词as 引导让步状语从句，从句通常采用倒装语序，即把
表语、状语或动词放在句首。因此可判断空白处填 as。语意：虽然Sue 可能尽力了，
但是她还是无法打开门。
23．C【解析】考查谓语动词的时态。句子的主语为动名词短语Planning so far ahead，谈论
的是现在的一种情况，因此谓语动词用一般现在时的第三人称单数。
24．A【解析】考查谓语动词的时态。be 用于进行时，表示主语当时的状态。语意：我不敢
确定他是真的对此感兴趣还是只是出于礼貌才那样做的。故选A。
25．C【解析】考查连词辨析。句意：——有人打电话找你。——但是没有人知道我在这里
呀。因此空白处填 But，表转折关系。
26．B【解析】考查动词词组辨析。语意：我可以容忍房间里不整齐，但是我讨厌房间里脏。
put up with"容忍，忍受"，符合语意。come up with "想出(办法)"，turn to"转向，求助于
"，stick to"坚持"，都不符合语意。
27．B【解析】考查非谓语动词。语意：后来，他看到房子的后面冒烟了。smoke 与rise 之
间存在着逻辑上的主谓关系，故用rise 的现在分词形式作后置定语。
28．D【解析】考查倒装。当Only+状语位于句首时，主句采用部分倒装语序，因此应把助
动词did 提到主句的主语之前。
29．A【解析】考查谓语动词的时态。语意：当Alice 醒来时，她不知道自己在那里躺了多
久了。由语意可知，爱丽丝在苏醒之前一直在那里躺着。因此空白处应用过去完成进行
时。
30．B【解析】考查介词短语辨析。语意：这个表格不能由除你以外的任何人签字。换言之，
这个表格只能由你签字。rather than"而不是"，other than"除了"， more than"多于，超过
"，better than"优于"，故选B 项。
31．C【解析】考查定语从句。先行词the writer 与定语从句的主语story 之间为所属关系，
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
因此用关系代词 whose 引导定语从句。
32．D【解析】考查情态动词。语意：他们本应该在午饭时间到达，但是他们的航班推迟了。
should have done 表示"本应该做某事(实际却未做)"，符合语意。
33．A【解析】考查冠词的用法。语意：人们普遍认为男孩儿必须学会像男人那样勇敢地站
起来去战斗。两个空都表示泛指，因此都填不定冠词a。
34．C【解析】考查动词辨析。语意：William 发现他读书越来越困难了，因为他的视力开
始衰退了。disappear "消失"；fall"降落，跌倒"；fail"衰退"；damage"损害， 毁坏"。只
有fail 符合语意。
35．D【解析】考查交际用语。语意：——有时搞艺术的人很难相处。——你嫁(娶)了一个
这样的人，你应该知道。因此空白处填You should know"你应该知道"。
36．C【解析】由第二段最后教授说的话可知，这是一节关于自然科学的课，因此填science。
37．D【解析】教授走进教室，把一个盛满豆子的坛子放在讲桌上。march into "走进去"。
38．B【解析】根据第二段第二句中的 wrong guesses 可知此空填guess。教授先让同学们猜
坛子里有多少豆子。
39．D【解析】听了(listening to)同学们的瞎猜后，教授笑了……
40．C【解析】教授公布了正确(correct)答案。
41．A【解析】接着，他说："你们刚刚学习(learned)了关于自然科学的重要一课。"
42．B【解析】那就是：永远不要相信(trust)你们的感觉。 上文教授让同学们猜一猜坛子里
有多少豆子，可是大家凭感觉猜的结果并不正确，故此处用trust。
43．D【解析】文章第一句提到一位女士(woman)讲述了自己第一次上自然科学课的经历，
故选D。
44．C【解析】他认为(saw)自己正把学生引入求知的旅途。
45．A【解析】参见上题解析。本句是比喻。教授引导学生学习自然科学，就像是开始了激
动人心的旅程(voyage)。
46．B【解析】那些知识就像隐藏在坛子里的豆子，是肉眼(eye)看不见的。
47．D【解析】只有通过科学的方法(methods)才能发现未知世界的奥秘。
48．A【解析】作者再次采用了比喻的手法。那天，教授给学生演示学习自然科学的方法，
就像是发出了邀请函，请同学们和他一起踏上征程，探索未知的世界。可是，那个17
岁的小姑娘并没有接受，她甚至没有听到(hear)老师的邀请。
49．B【解析】她只是刚开始(beginning)了解这个世界。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
50．A【解析】她相信(believed)第一手的经验是真实可信的。
51．D【解析】参见上题解析。truth"事实，真理"。
52．C【解析】可是，教授却说那是错误的(wrong)。
53．B【解析】教授拿走了她唯一的求知工具(tool)， 但是并未给她提供一个替代品。
54．C【解析】这位女士回忆说："记得当时我觉得自己非常渺小和恐惧(frightened)。"
55．A【解析】"我只做了一件我能做的事情。那天下午放弃(dropped)了这门课程，此后再
也没有走近科学。"
56．C【解析】推理判断题。根据第一段的倒数第二句As a 5-year-old boy， I couldn’t take my
eyes off the coin changer fixed to his belt．可知，"我"对送奶人腰间的自动换币器非常感
兴趣，总是盯着看，因此他为了满足"我"的好奇心，就从他的自动换币器中给了我一枚
25 美分的硬币。
57．D【解析】推理判断题。根据文章第三段的描述可知，给送奶人Mr． Basille 我家的钥
匙是为了方便他在天冷的时候把奶放到室内。可见我的家人对他很信任。
58．B【解析】推理判断题。根据文章第四段的内容可知，大公司提供的奶非常便宜，送奶
人很难和他们竞争，而且，现在人们到处都能买到奶，这样送奶人失去了生存的空间，
他们被逐出了市场。
59．A【解析】推理判断题。根据最后一段的第一句Recently， an old milk box in the countryside
I saw brought back my childhood memories 可知，作者之所以把那个旧的牛奶箱带回家，
是因为它使作者回忆起过去的美好时光。
60．C【解析】细节理解题。根据第二段的第一句The Tall Persons Club Great Britain(TPCGB)，
which was formed six months ago to campaign(发起运动) for the needs of the tall．．．可知，
该组织发起运动的目的是引起人们对高个子人的需求的关注。
61．B【解析】细节理解题。根据第四段的said TPCGB president Phil Heinricy， "Seven-foot
beds would work fine．"可知，该俱乐部的负责人Phil Heinricy 认为长达7 英尺的床比较
合适。
62．A【解析】推理判断题。根据第五段的第二句可知，如果餐馆里的桌椅较小，高个子顾
客可能会离开，餐馆可能会失去这些顾客。
63．B【解析】推理判断题。根据最后一段的第二句再结合第四段的内容可知，爱丁堡的一
个旅馆已将原来标准为6'3″的床换成6'6″的了。
64．A【解析】推理判断题。由前文The family’s old farm house has become a chicken house
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
可知，家里的老房子已经变成了养鸡场，暗示下文its residents arriving next month 中的
residents 指的是chickens。
65．D【解析】细节理解题。根据第二段的第一句They are among the growing number of
Americans who，driven by higher living costs and a falling economy(经济)，have taken up
vegetable gardening for the first time．可知家庭种植蔬菜变得越来越受欢迎是因为生活成
本的上升。
66．B【解析】主旨大意题。本文给读者介绍了美国的一种新现象：很多居民纷纷开始家庭
种植蔬菜或者养殖，目的是省钱，因此文章的最佳标题为B。
67．A【解析】细节理解题。第一则广告招聘的是广播电台的制作人，它的联系人是Producer
Vacancies，Kiss 100。
68．D【解析】细节理解题。第二则广告招聘的是圣诞老人。应聘者从11 月24 日开始工作，
12 月24 日结束工作，工作时间大约持续一个月。
69．C【解析】细节理解题。第三则广告招聘助理会计师。根据该则广告的最后一句中的This
position is equally suitable for a school leaver 可知答案为C，a school leaver 就是指毕业生。
70．C【解析】细节理解题。第四则广告招聘软件培训师，其中的You should be good at the
computer and have some experience in programme writing．一句可知答案为C。
71．G 72．F 73．D 74．A 75．C
第一节 短文改错
My summer travel started terribly． I was at the Shanghai Railway Station
buy
buying
a ticket
to Hangzhou． I was going to visit a friend
here
there
and after that I would go to Xiamen for
a
long holiday． I bought my ticket
but
and
turned around to pick up my bag from the floor
and then I realized that someone had stolen it． Luckily I had all my money
on
in
my pocket，
but the only clothes I had
was
were
those I had on． It felt very strange to travel without any
luggages
luggage
． When I finally arrived at my
friend
friend's
he lent to me lots of clothes． I
feel
felt
very happy that I could change my clothes at last．
第二节 书面表达
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
【范文赏读】
Dear Sir/Madam，
I’m Li Hua， a Chinese student taking summer courses in your university． I’m writing to
ask for help． I came here last month and found my courses interesting． But I have some
difficulties with note-taking and I have no idea of how to use the library． I was told the Learning
Center provides help for students and I’m anxious to get help from you． I have no class on
Tuesday mornings and Friday afternoons． Please let me know which day is OK with you． You
may email or phone me． Here are my email address and phone number： lihua@1236．com；
12345678．
Look forward to your reply．
Yours，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2012 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国大纲卷Ⅰ)
英语
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分 听力 （共两节，满分30 分）
第一节（共5 小题：每小题1．5 分，满分7．5 分）
听下面5 段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项选出最佳
选项，并标在试卷的相应位置，听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和
阅读下小题，每段对话仅读一遍。
1．Where does this conversation probably take place?
A．In a bookstore．
B．In a classroom
C．In a library
2． At what time will the film begin?
A．7：20
B．7：15
C．7：00
3．What are the two speakers mainly talking about?
A．Their friend Jane． B．A weekend trip C．A radio programme
4．What will the woman probably do?
A． Catch a train B． See the man off
C． Go shopping
5．Why did the woman apologize?
A．She made a late delivery
B．She went to the wrong place
C．She couldn’t take the cake back
第二节（共15 小题：每小题1．5 分，满分22．5 分）
听下面5 段对话。每段对话有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出的最
佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对 话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5 秒
钟；听完后，各小题给出5 秒钟的做答时间。每段对话读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答第6、7 题。
6．Whose CD is broken?
A．Kathy’s
B．Mum’s
C．Jack’s
7．What does the boy promise to do for the girl?
A．Buy her new CD． B．Do some cleaning．
C．Give her 10 dollars．
听第7 段材料，回答第8、9 题。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
8．What did the man think of the meal?
A．Just so-so．
B．Quite satisfactory
C．A bit disappointing．
9．What was the 15% on the bill paid for ?
A．The food
B．The drinks
C．The service．
听第8 段材料，回答第10 至12 题。
10．Why is the man at the shop?
A．To order a camera for his wife．
B． To have a camera repaired．
C． To get camera changed．
11．What colour does the man want?
A． Pink． B． Black C．Orange．
12．What will the man do afterwards?
A．Make a phone call． B．Wait until further notice．
C． Come again the next day．
听第9 段材料，回答第13 至16 题。
13．What would Joe probably do during the Thanksgiving holiday?
A． Go to a play． B．Stay at home． C．Visit Kingston．
14．What is Ariel going to do in Toronto
A． Attend a party． B． Meet her aunt． C．See a car show．
15．Why is Ariel in a hurry to leave?
A．To call up Betty． B．To buy some DVDs． C．To pick up Daniel．
16．What might be the relationship between the speakers?
A．Classmates． B．Fellow workers． C．Guide and tourist．
听第10 段材料，回答每17 至30 题。
17．Where does Thomas Manning work?
A． In the Guinness Company． B．At a radio station． C．In a museum．
18．Where did the idea of a book of records come from?
A． A bird-shooting trip． B．A visit to Europe． C．A television talk show．
19．When did Sir Hugh’s first book of records appear?
A．In 1875 B． In 1950 C．In，1955
20．What are the two speakers going to talk about next?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A． More records of unusual facts．
B． The founder of the company．
C． The oldest person in the world．
第二部分 英语知识运用(共两节，满分45 分)
第一节 单项填空(共15 小题；每小题1 分，满分15 分)
从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
21．—Which one of these do you want?
— ．Either will do．
A．I don’t mind B．I’m sure C．No problem D．Go ahead
22．Sarah looked at finished painting with satisfaction．
A．不填；a B．a； the C．the； 不填 D．the； a
23．"Life is like walking in the snow，" Granny used to say， "because every step ．"
A．has shown B．is showing C．shows D．showed
24．It is by no means clear the president can do to end the strike．
A．how B．which C．that D．what
25．I don’t believe we’ve met before， I must say you do look familiar．
A．therefore B．although C．since D．unless
26．The result is not very important to us， but if we do win， then so much ．
A．the best B．best C．better D．the better
27．Mary is really good at taking notes in class． She can almost every word her teacher
says．
A．put out B．put down C．put away D．put together
28．The party will be held in the garden， weather ．
A．permitting B．to permit C．permitted D．permit
29．This restaurant wasn’t that other restaurant we went to．
A．half as good as B．as half good as C．as good as half D．good as half as
30．I use a clock to wake me up because at six o’clock each morning the train comes by my
house．
A．couldn’t B．mustn’t C．shouldn’t D．needn’t
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
31．Larry asks Bill and Peter to go on a picnic with him，but of them wants to，because they
have work to do．
A．either B．any C．neither D．none
32．Film has a much shorter history， especially when such art forms as music and
painting．
A．having compared to B．comparing to C．compare to D．compared to
33．I had been working on math for the whole afternoon and the numbers before my eyes．
A．swim B．swum C．swam D．had swum
34．You have to move out of the way the truck cannot get past you．
A．so B．or C．and D．but
35．If she doesn’t want to go， nothing you can say will her．
A．persuade B．promise C．invite D．support
第二节 完形填空(共20 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分30 分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中，选出可以填入空白处
的最佳选项。
Body language is the quiet， secret and most powerful language of all! It speaks 36 than
words． According to specialists， our bodies send out more 37 than we realize． In fact，
non-verbal(非言语) communication takes up about 50% of what we really 38 ． And body
language is particularly 39 when we attempt to communicate across cultures．Indeed，what is
called body language is so 40 a part of us that it’s actually often unnoticed．And
misunderstandings occur as a result of it． 41 ， different societies treat the 42 between
people differently． Northern Europeans usually do not like having 43 contact(接触)even
with friends，and certainly not with 44 ． People from Latin American countries， 45 ，
touch each other quite a lot． Therefore， it’s possible that in 46 ， it may look like a Latino
is 47 a Norwegian all over the room． The Latino， trying to express friendship， will keep
moving 48 ． The Norwegian， very probably seeing this as pushiness， will keep 49 —
which the Latino will in return regard as 50 ．
Clearly， a great deal is going on when people 51 ． And only a part of it is in the
words themselves． And when parties are from 52 cultures， there’s a strong possibility
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
of 53 ． But whatever the situation， the best 54 is to obey the Golden Rule： treat
others as you would like to be 55 ．
36． A．straighter
B．louder
C．harder
D．further
37． A．sounds
B．invitations
C．feelings
D．messages
38． A．hope
B．receive
C．discover
D．mean
39． A．immediate
B．misleading
C．important
D．difficult
40． A．well
B．far
C．much
D．long
41． A．For example
B．Thus
C．However
D．In short
42． A．trade
B．distance
C．connections
D．greetings
43． A．eye
B．verbal
C．bodily
D．telephone
44． A．strangers
B．relatives
C．neighbours
D．enemies
45． A．in other words
B．on the other hand C．in a similar way
D．by all means
46． A．trouble
B．conversation
C．silence
D．experiment
47． A．disturbing
B．helping
C．guiding
D．following
48． A．closer
B．faster
C．in
D．away
49． A．stepping forward B．going on
C．backing away
D．coming out
50． A．weakness
B．carelessness
C．friendliness
D．coldness
51． A．talk
B．travel
C．laugh
D．think
52． A．different
B．European
C．Latino
D．rich
53． A．curiosity
B．excitement
C．misunderstanding D．nervousness
54． A．chance
B．time
C．result
D．advice
55． A．noticed
B．treated
C．respected
D．pleased
第三部分 阅读理解(共20 小题；每小题2 分，满分40 分)
阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
Honey(蜂蜜)from the African forest is not only a kind of natural sugar， it is also
delicious． Most people， and many animals， like eating it． However， the only way for them
to get that honey is to find a wild bees’ nest(巢)and take the honey from it． Often， these nests
are high up in trees， and it is difficult to find them． In parts of Africa， though， people and
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
animals looking for honey have a strange and unexpected helper — a little bird called a honey
guide．
The honey guide does not actually like honey， but it does like the wax (蜂蜡) in the
beehives (蜂房)．The little bird cannot reach this wax，which is deep inside the bees’ nest．So，
when it finds a suitable nest，it looks for someone to help it．The honey guide gives a loud cry that
attracts the attention of both passing animals and people．Once it has their attention，it flies
through the forest，waiting from time to time for the curious animal or person as it leads them to
the nest．When they finally arrive at the nest， the follower reaches in to get at the delicious honey
as the bird patiently waits and watches． Some of the honey， and the wax， always falls to the
ground， and this is when the honey guide takes its share．
Scientists do not know why the honey guide likes eating the wax， but it is very determined
in its efforts to get it． The birds seem to be able to smell wax from a long distance away． They
will quickly arrive whenever a beekeeper is taking honey from his beehives， and will even enter
churches when beeswax candles are being lit．
56．Why is it difficult to find a wild bees’ nest?
A．It’s small in size． B．It’s hidden in trees．
C．It’s covered with wax． D．It’s hard to recognize．
57．What do the words "the follower" in Paragraph 2 refer to?
A．A bee． B．A bird． C．A honey seeker． D．A beekeeper．
58．The honey guide is special in the way ．
A．it gets its food B．it goes to church
C．it sings in the forest D．it reaches into bees’ nests
59．What can be the best title for the text?
A．Wild Bees B．Wax and Honey
C．Beekeeping in Africa D．Honey-Lover’s Helper
B
About twenty of us had been fortunate enough to receive invitations to a film-studio(影棚)to
take part in a crowd-scene． Although our "act" would last only for a short time， we could see
quite a number of interesting things．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
We all stood at the far end of the studio as workmen prepared the scene， setting up trees at
the edge of a winding path． Very soon， bright lights were turned on and the big movie-camera
was wheeled into position． The director shouted something to the camera operator and then went
to speak to the two famous actors nearby． Since it was hot in the studio， it came as a surprise to
us to see one of the actors put on a heavy overcoat and start walking along the path． A big fan
began blowing tiny white feathers down on him， and soon the trees were covered in
"snow"． Two more fans were turned on， and a "strong wind" blew through the trees． The
picture looked so real that it made us feel cold．
The next scene was a complete contrast (对比)． The way it was filmed was quite
unusual． Pictures taken on an island in the Pacific were shown on a glass screen (幕)． An actor
and actress stood in front of the scene so that they looked as if they were at the water’s edge on an
island． By a simple trick like this， palm trees， sandy beaches， and blue， clear skies had been
brought into the studio!
Since it was our turn next， we were left wondering what scene would be prepared for
us． For a full three minutes in our lives we would be experiencing the excitement of being film
"stars"!
60．Who is the author?
A．A cameraman． B．A film director．
C．A crowd-scene actor． D．A workman for scene setting．
61．What made the author feel cold?
A．The heavy snowfall． B．The man-made scene．
C．The low temperature． D．The film being shown．
62．What would happen in the "three minutes" mentioned in the last paragraph?
A．A new scene would be filmed．
B．More stars would act in the film．
C．The author would leave the studio．
D．The next scene would be prepared．
C
Last night I was driving from Harrisburg to Lewisburg，a distance of about eighty miles． It
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
was late． Several times I got stuck behind a slow-moving truck on a narrow road with a solid
white line on my left， and I became increasingly impatient．
At one point along an open road， I came to a crossing with a traffic light． I was alone on
the road by now， but as I drove near the light， it turned red and I made a stop． I looked left，
right and behind me． Nothing． Not a car， no suggestion of car lamps， but there I sat， waiting
for the light to change， the only human being for at least a mile in any direction．
I started wondering why I refused to run the light． I was not afraid of being caught，
because there was clearly no policeman around， and there certainly would have been no danger
in going through it．
Much later that night， the question of why I’d stopped for that light came back to me． I
think I stopped because it’s part of a contract(契约)we all have with each other． It’s not only the
law， but it’s an agreement we have， and we trust each other to honor it： we don’t go through
red lights．
Trust is our first inclination(倾向)．Doubting others does not seem to be natural to us． The
whole construction of our society depends on mutual(相互)trust， not distrust． We do what we
say we’ll do； we show up when we say we’ll show up； and we pay when we say we’ll pay． We
trust each other in these matters， and we’re angry or disappointed with the person or organization
that breaks the trust we have in them．
I was so proud of myself for stopping for the red light that night．
63．Why did the author get impatient while driving?
A．He was lonely on the road．
B．He was slowed down by a truck．
C．He got tired of driving too long．
D．He came across too many traffic lights．
64．What was the author’s immediate action when the traffic light turned red?
A．Stopping still．
B．Driving through it．
C．Looking around for other cars．
D．Checking out for traffic police．
65．The event made the author strongly believe that ．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．traffic rules may be unnecessary
B．doubting others is human nature
C．patience is important to drivers
D．a society needs mutual trust
66．Why was the author proud of himself?
A．He kept his promise． B．He held back his anger．
C．He followed his inclination． D．He made a right decision．
D
Grown-ups are often surprised by how well they remember something they learned as
children but have never practiced ever since． A man who has not had a chance to go swimming
for years can still swim as well as ever when he gets back in the water． He can get on a bicycle
after many years and still ride away． He can play catch and hit a ball as well as his son． A
mother who has not thought about the words for years can teach her daughter the poem that begins
"Twinkle， twinkle， little star" or remember the story of Cinderella or Goldilocks and the Three
Bears．
One explanation is the law of overlearning， which can be stated as follows： Once we have
learned something， additional learning trials(尝试)increase the length of time we will remember
it．
In childhood we usually continue to practice such skills as swimming， bicycle riding， and
playing baseball long after we have learned them． We continue to listen to and remind ourselves
of words such as "Twinkle， twinkle， little star" and childhood tales such as Cinderella and
Goldilocks． We not only learn but overlearn．
The multiplication tables(乘法口诀表)are an exception to the general rule that we forget
rather quickly the things that we learn in school， because they are another of the things we
overlearn in childhood．
The law of overlearning explains why cramming(突击学习)for an examination， though it
may result in a passing grade， is not a satisfactory way to learn a college course． By cramming，
a student may learn the subject well enough to get by on the examination， but he is likely soon to
forget almost everything he learned．A little overlearning，on the other hand， is really necessary
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
for one’s future development．
67．What is the main idea of Paragraph 1?
A．People remember well what they learned in childhood．
B．Children have a better memory than grown-ups．
C．Poem reading is a good way to learn words．
D．Stories for children are easy to remember．
68．The author explains the law of overlearning by ．
A．presenting research findings B．setting down general rules
C．making a comparison D．using examples
69．According to the author， being able to use multiplication tables is ．
A．a result of overlearning
B．a special case of cramming
C．a skill to deal with math problems
D．a basic step towards advanced studies
70．What does the word "they" in Paragraph 4 refer to?
A．Commonly accepted rules． B．The multiplication tables．
C．Things easily forgotten． D．School subjects．
71．What is the author’s opinion on cramming?
A．It leads to failure in college exams．
B．It’s helpful only in a limited way．
C．It’s possible to result in poor memory．
D．It increases students’ learning interest．
E
Are you looking for some new and exciting places to take your kids to? Try some of these
places：
•Visit art museums．They offer a variety of activities to excite your kids’ interest．Many offer
workshops for making hand-made pieces， traveling exhibits， book signings(签名) by children’s
favorite writers，and even musical performances and other arts．
•Head to a natural history museum．This is where kids can discover the past from dinosaur
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
models to rock collections and pictures of stars in the sky．Also，ask what kind of workshops and
educational programs are prepared for kids and any special events that are coming up．
•Go to a Youtheater．Look for one in your area offering plays for child and family
visitors． Pre-show play shops are conducted by area artists and educators where kids can discover
the secret about performing arts．Puppet(木偶)making and stage make-up are just a couple of the
special offerings you might find．
•Try hands-on science．Visit one of the many hands-on science museums around the
country． These science play-lands are great fun for kids and grown-ups alike．They’ll keep your
child mentally and physically active the whole day through while pushing buttons， experimenting，
and building．When everyone is tired，enjoy a fun family science show， commonly found in these
museums．
72．If a child is interested in the universe， he probably will visit ．
A．a Youtheater B．an art museum
C．a natural history museum D．a hands-on science museum
73．What can kids do at a Youtheater?
A．Look at rock collections． B．See dinosaur models．
C．Watch puppet making． D．Give performances．
74．What does "hands-on science" mean in the last paragraph?
A．Science games designed by kids． B．Learning science by doing things．
C．A show of kids’ science work． D．Reading science books．
75．Where does this text probably come from?
A．A science textbook． B．A tourist map．
C．A museum guide． D．A news report．
第Ⅱ卷
第四部分 写作(共两节，满分35 分)
第一节 短文改错(共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分)
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行右
边横线上画一个勾(√)；如有错误(每行只有一个错误)，则按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线(
)划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下画一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
Every one of us can make a great efforts to 76．
cut off the use of energy in our country． To begin with， all 77．
of us can start reducing to the use of oil by driving only 78．
when we have a real need． That won’t be easy，I know， 79．
but we have to start anywhere． What’s more， we can go to 80．
work by bike once and twice a week， and we can also buy 81．
smaller cars that burn less oil． Other way is to watch our 82．
everyday use of water and electric at home． For example， 83．
how many times have you walked out of a room and leave the 84．
lights or television when no one else was there? 85．
第二节 书面表达(满分25 分)
假定你是李华，从互联网(the Internet)上得知一个国际中学生组织将在新加坡(Singapore)
举办夏令营，欢迎各国学生参加。请写一封电子邮件申请参加。
内容主要包括：
1．自我介绍(包括英语能力)；
2．参加意图(介绍中国、了解其他国家)；
3．希望获准。
注意：
1．词数100 左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3．邮件开头和结尾已为你写好。
Dear Sir or Madam，
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Regards，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2012 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国大纲卷Ⅰ)
英语答案
1-5 CABCA 6-10 CBBCC 11-15 ABBAC 16-20 BAACA
21．A【解析】本题考查交际用语。空格处句意：我不介意。答语的下一句提到任何一个都
可以，由此可知说话人不介意。B 项表示"我确信"，C 项通常用来表示事情容易做或乐
于相助，D 项表示允许，都不符合语境。
22．C【解析】本题考查冠词的用法。句意：Sarah 满意地看着那幅完工的油画。根据painting
前的修饰成分finished 可知是特指那幅画；后一个空格后的satisfaction 是抽象名词并且
表示泛指，不用冠词。
23．C【解析】本题考查时态。句意："人生就像在雪中走路，"奶奶过去经常说，"因为每一
步都留有足迹。"本句叙述的是客观事实，所以用一般现在时。此处show 用作不及物动
词，意为"露出，显出"。
24．D【解析】本题考查名词性从句。句意：总统能做什么来结束罢工，这点完全不清楚。
本句中的It 是形式主语，真正的主语是从句what the president can do to end the strike。
在从句中，what 作do 的宾语。
25．B【解析】本题考查连词的用法。句意：虽然我得说你的确看起来很面熟，但是我相信
我们以前没有见过面。结合前后两部分的内容可知后半句引导的是让步状语从句。A 项
表示"因此"，C 项表示"因为，自从"，D 项表示"除非"，语意逻辑都不恰当。
26．D【解析】本题考查形容词的级。句意：结果对我们来说不太重要，但是如果我们确实
赢了，那就更好了。so much the better 表示"那就更好了"。此处是获胜与不获胜的比较，
所以用比较级。
27．B【解析】本题考查动词短语辨析。句意：Mary 真的很擅长在课堂上做笔记。她几乎
能记下老师说的每一句话。此处put down 表示"记下"。A 项表示"扑灭"，C 项表示"收
起来放好"，D 项表示"合在一起"，都不符合句意。
28．A【解析】本题考查独立主格结构。句意：如果天气允许，聚会将在花园中举行。逗号
前后两部分的主语不同，由此可判断逗号后面部分是独立主格结构，weather 与permit
之间是主谓关系，所以用permitting。weather permitting 相当于条件状语从句if weather
permits。
29．A【解析】本题考查倍数表达法。句意：这家饭店还不如我们以前去的那家饭店的一半
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
好。在表达倍数时，应把倍数词放在前面，由此可判断A 项正确。本句所用到的倍数
表达法是"倍数词+as ．．． as ．．．"。
30．D【解析】本题考查情态动词。句意：我不必用钟表唤醒自己，因为火车每天早上六点
经过我的房子。根据原因状语从句的内容可知此处表示的是"不必"。A 项表示没有能力，
B 项表示禁止，C 项表示不应该，都与所给语境不符。
31．C【解析】本题考查代词的用法。句意：Larry 让Bill 和Peter 和他一起去野餐，但是他
们两个人没有一人想去，因为他们都有工作要做。前面提到的是Bill 和Peter 两个人，
再结合转折连词but 和谓语动词wants 可知是对两者进行否定，所以用neither。
32．D【解析】本题考查非谓语动词。句意：电影的历史要短得多，尤其是同音乐、绘画之
类的艺术形式比较的时候。当主句的主语与从句的主语相同时，通常省略从句中的主语
和be 动词，后半句的完整形式是especially when it is compared to such art forms as music
and painting。film 与compare 之间是动宾关系。
33．C【解析】本题考查时态。句意：我整个下午都在做数学，那些数字在我眼前晃来晃去。
前一分句用了过去完成进行时，由此可知叙述的是过去的情况，后一分句用一般过去时
描述做数学时的情况。
34．B【解析】本题考查连词的用法。句意：你必须让一下路，否则卡车无法通过。此处or
表示"否则，不然"。A 项表示因果关系，C 项表示顺承关系，D 项表示转折关系，都不
合乎常理。
35．A【解析】本题考查动词辨析。句意：如果她不想去，你说什么也不能说服她。persuade
表示"说服"。后三项分别表示"许诺""邀请""支持"，语意都不恰当。
36．B【解析】根据首句的内容可知身势语比话语表达更"响亮"。可联想"Actions speak louder
than words．"。
37．D【解析】结合前两句的内容可知，身势语能够传递出的"信息"比我们意识到的更多。
38．D【解析】事实上，非言语交际占我们交际总量的50%。what we really mean"我们实际
想说的东西"。
39．C【解析】当我们试图进行跨文化交际的时候，身势语显得尤其"重要"。
40．C【解析】身势语是我们身体的一部分，以至于它实际上经常被忽视。此处much 表示
的是程度。
41．A【解析】上一句提到忽视身势语会导致误解的发生，再结合本句的内容可知，此处是
在举例。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
42．B【解析】后两句叙述的是北欧人和拉美国家的人对待身体接触的差异，由此可知，不
同的社会群体在人与人的"距离"问题上不尽相同。
43．C【解析】根据下文可知，北欧人通常不太喜欢"身体"接触。
44．A．【解析】本句中提到北欧人甚至不喜欢与朋友进行身体接触，由此可知他们当然不
会与"陌生人"进行身体接触。
45．B【解析】上一句提到北欧人不喜欢身体接触，而本句提到拉美国家的人身体接触很多，
所以用on the other hand，表示"另一方面"，与上文形成对比。
46．B【解析】身势语在"交谈"中才能体现出来，其余选项都与交际的关系不密切。
47．D【解析】根据"People from Latin American countries， ， touch each other quite a lot．"
可知，在交谈中，拉丁美洲人看起来总是"跟着"挪威人满房间跑。
48．A【解析】由上文内容可知，拉丁美洲人会不断地靠近，以示亲近。
49．C【解析】北欧人不喜欢身体接触，由此可知挪威人很可能认为这种亲近行为很粗鲁并
不断"后退"。
50．D【解析】拉丁美洲人不断靠近对方以示亲近，可对方不断后退躲避，由此可知，拉丁
美洲人会将这种行为看做"冷淡"。
51．A【解析】上文叙述的是身势语，身势语属于"交谈"的范畴。显然，当人们交谈的时候，
很多东西在进行。只有很少一部分是用语言来完成的。
52．A【解析】此处与第一段中的"And body language is particularly when we attempt to
communicate across cultures．"相呼应，表示拥有"不同"文化背景的人。
53．C【解析】根据上文提到的北欧人和拉美人相处的例子可知，来自不同文化的人聚集在
一起时很可能产生"误解"。另外，上文中的"And misunderstandings occur as a result of it．"
也是线索提示。
54．D【解析】不管情况如何，最好的建议是遵从这条黄金法则。
55．B【解析】你希望别人怎样待你，你就应该怎样待别人。
【备注】本文主要讲身势语在交际中的重要性，并举了一些相关的例子。
56．B【解析】本题考查细节理解。根据第一段中的"Often， these nests are high up in trees，
and it is difficult to find them．"可判断出，之所以难以发现蜂巢是因为它隐藏在高高的
树上。
57．C【解析】本题考查词义猜测。结合上文中的"．．． both passing animals and people ．．．"
以及"．．． the curious animal or person ．．．"可推知，the follower 指的是"寻找蜂蜜者"。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
58．A【解析】本题考查推理判断。这种鸟是借助他人之手最终获得自己想要的食物的，这
正是它的特殊之处。
59．D【解析】本题考查主旨大意。第一段最后一句点明了本文的中心话题，下文都围绕这
种小鸟展开叙述，所以D 项最能概括文章大意。
【备注】非洲森林中甜美的蜂蜜让人类和动物垂涎欲滴，可寻找隐藏在高树上的蜂巢却
并非易事。幸运的是，一种对蜂蜡情有独钟的奇怪的小鸟可以主动提供帮助，顺便分一杯羹。
60．C【解析】本题考查推理判断。根据第一段第一句以及最后一段开头部分的内容可推测
作者是"群众演员"。
61．B【解析】本题考查细节理解。根据第二段后半部分的内容可知，人为营造的逼真场景
让作者感到寒冷。
62．A【解析】本题考查推理判断。作者在第二段中提到拍摄的是寒冬场面，第三段中拍摄
的是沙滩场面，最后一段提到作者等人不知道在一生的三分钟内将有什么样的成为电影
"明星"的兴奋经历，由此可推断将要拍摄新的场面。
【备注】能够被选为群众演员进入影棚亲身体验当电影"明星"实在是无比幸运的事情。
以假乱真的人工场景让你仿佛身临其境，为你拍摄的短暂画面又是什么呢?
63．B【解析】本题考查细节理解。根据第一段后半部分的内容可知，作者因前方有一辆缓
慢行驶的卡车而变得不耐烦。
64．A【解析】本题考查细节理解。根据第二段中的"．．．it turned red and I made a stop"可知，
作者的瞬时反应是立刻停车。
65．D【解析】本题考查细节理解。根据倒数第二段第三句的内容可知，这件事让作者深信
社会需要相互信任。
66．D【解析】本题考查推理判断。由第二、三段作者在无人的十字路口的左顾右盼及后来
的所思所想，再结合最后一段可知，作者在无人的十字路口遵守了交通规则，没有闯红
灯，这个决定是正确的，因此，作者为此深感自豪。
【备注】漆黑的夜晚，空旷的道路，作者独自等候在红灯前，只为自己内心的那份信任。
67．A【解析】本题考查段落大意。第一句是本段的中心句，根据本段的内容可知A 项最能
概括本段的大意。
68．D【解析】本题考查推理判断。根据第三段中的内容可知作者用不同的事例来解释过度
学习法则。
69．A【解析】本题考查推理判断。第四段中提到我们通常会很快忘掉在学校中学到的知识，
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
而乘法口诀表是一个例外，再结合本段后半部分的内容可知作者认为这是过度学习的结
果。
70．B【解析】本题考查词义猜测。画线词是童年时代过度学习的另外一件事情，结合本段
前半部分中的内容可推测此处指"乘法口诀表"。
71．B【解析】本题考查作者态度。根据最后一段中间部分的内容可知，作者认为突击学习
的作用很有限。
【备注】虽然从未练习，依然驾轻就熟，这就是过度学习的神奇功能。因此，突击学习
虽能短期奏效，却不宜提倡。
72．C【解析】本题考查细节理解。根据•Head to a natural history museum．一段中的第二句
话可知，孩子们在这里可以了解大自然发展的历史，故C 项正确。
73．C【解析】本题考查细节理解。根据•Go to a Youtheater．一段的内容可知，在这里孩子
们可以看到木偶的制作，了解舞台化妆等内容。
74．B【解析】本题考查推理判断。根据•Try hands-on science．一段的内容可知，"hands-on
science"的意思是孩子们通过自己动手来学习和体验科学知识。
75．C【解析】本题考查推理判断。综合文章的内容，可判断本文出自一份博物馆宣传册。
【备注】想要为孩子寻找新鲜而又刺激的地方吗?形形色色的寓教于乐的博物馆是非常
理想的选择。
76．去掉a 或将efforts 改为effort。【解析】make great efforts/make a great effort 表示"尽极大
努力"。
77．off 改为down。【解析】cut off 表示"切断，中断"，而此处所要表达的意思是"减少，缩
减"，故把off 改为down。
78．去掉to。【解析】reduce 作"减少，缩小"讲时，为及物动词，其后可直接接名词，故其
后的to 应去掉。
79．√。
80．anywhere 改为somewhere。【解析】此处表示的是从"某处"，而不是从"任何地方"。
81．第一个and 改为or。【解析】此处表示的是选择关系，而不是并列关系。
82．Other 改为Another。【解析】根据上下文内容可知，此处表示的是"另外一种方法"，故
应把Other 改为Another。
83．electric 改为electricity。【解析】electric 是形容词，此处须用名词形式，作of 的宾语，
与water 并列。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
84．leave 改为left。【解析】此处应用left 与walked 并列。
85．television 后加on。【解析】此处表示的是让灯或者电视开着，故television 后应加on。
第二节 书面表达
【范文赏读】
Dear Sir or Madam，
I’m Li Hua， a middle school student from China． I read the announcement of the summer
camp that you have posted on the Internet and I am interested in it． I know that you welcome
students from different countries and I’d like to take part in it． I’ve been learning English for 10
years， and I speak fluent English． What is more， I’ll be able to tell students from other
countries about China and learn about their countries as well． I hope I will be accepted as a
member of your summer camp．
Looking forward to your reply!
Regards，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2012 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国大纲卷Ⅱ)
英语
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分 英语知识运用(共三节，满分50 分)
第一节 语音知识（共5 小题；每小题1 分。满分5 分）
从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，找出画线部分与所给单词的画线部分读音相同的选项。
1．theater
A．treasure B．wheat C．season D．realize
2．persuade
A．usual B．insist C．sugar D．trousers
3．company
A．alone B．carrot C．money D．knock
4．opposite
A．service B．outside C．pioneer D．police
5．society
A．official B．recent C．chocolate D．difficult
第二节 单项填空(共15 小题；每小题1 分，满分15 分)
从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
6．—What shall we do tonight then?
— — whatever you want．
A．Help yourself B．It’s a deal C．No problem D．It’s up to you
7．He missed gold in the high jump，but will get second chance in the long jump．
A．the； the B．不填； a C．the； a D．a；不填
8．That evening， I will tell you more about later， I ended up working very late．
A．that B．which C．what D．when
9．Sarah made to the airport just in time to catch her plane this morning．
A．herself B．this C．that D．it
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
10．Tony lent me the money， that I’d do as much for him．
A．hoping B．to hope C．hoped D．having hoped
11．I had hardly got to the office my wife phoned me to go back home at once．
A．when B．than C．until D．after
12．We to paint the whole house but finished only the front part that day．
A．set about B．set up C．set out D．set down
13．Next to biology， I like physics ．
A．better B．best C．the better D．very well
14．—Did you ask Sophia for help?
—I need to — I managed perfectly well on my own．
A．wouldn’t B．don’t C．didn’t D．won’t
15．The old man sat in front of the television every evening， happy anything that happened
to be on．
A．to watch B．watching C．watched D．to have watched
16．100 ℃ is the temperature which water will boil．
A．for B．at C．on D．of
17．I’m going to Europe on vacation together with John if I find the money．
A．can B．might C．would D．need
18．The manager the workers how to improve the program since 9 am．
A．has told B．is telling C．has been telling D．will have told
19．The Harry Potter books are quite popular； they are in great in this city．
A．quantity B．progress C．production D．demand
20．—Try not to work yourself too hard． Take it easy．
—Thanks．
A．So what? B．No way． C．What for? D．You too．
第三节 完形填空(共20 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分30 分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中，选出可以填入空白处
的最佳选项。
Around twenty years ago I was living in York． 21 I had a lot of experience and a
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Master’s degree， I could not find 22 work．
I was 23 a school bus to make ends meet and 24 with a friend of mine， for I had
lost my flat． I had 25 five interviews (面试) with a company and one day between bus runs
they called to say I did not 26 the job． "Why has my life become so 27 ?" I thought
painfully．
As I pulled the bus over to 28 a little girl， she handed me an earring 29 I should
keep it 30 somebody claimed (认领) it． The earring was painted black and said "BE
HAPPY"．
At first I got angry． Then it 31 me — I had been giving all of my 32 to what
was going wrong with my 33 rather than what was right! I decided then and there to make
a 34 of fifty things I was happy with． Later， I decided to 35 more things
to the list． That night there was a phone call for 36 from a lady who was a director at a
large 37 ． She asked me if I would 38 a one-day lecture on stress (压力) management
to 200 medical workers． I said yes．
My 39 there went very well， and before long I got a well-paid job． To this day I know
that it was because I changed my way of 40 that I completely changed my life．
21． A．As
B．Though
C．If
D．When
22． A．successful
B．extra
C．satisfying
D．convenient
23． A．driving
B．repairing
C．taking
D．designing
24． A．working
B．travelling
C．discussing
D．living
25． A．prepared for
B．attended
C．asked for
D．held
26． A．lose
B．like
C．find
D．get
27． A．hard
B．busy
C．serious
D．short
28． A．wave at
B．drop off
C．call on
D．look for
29． A．ordering
B．promising
C．saying
D．showing
30． A．in case
B．or else
C．as if
D．now that
31． A．hurt
B．hit
C．caught
D．moved
32． A．feelings
B．attention
C．strength
D．interests
33． A．opinions
B．education
C．experiences
D．life
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
34． A．list
B．book
C．check
D．copy
35． A．connect
B．turn
C．keep
D．add
36． A．her
B．a passenger
C．me
D．my friend
37． A．hospital
B．factory
C．restaurant
D．hotel
38． A．listen to
B．review
C．give
D．talk about
39． A．plan
B．choice
C．day
D．tour
40． A．operation
B．speaking
C．employment
D．thinking
第二部分 阅读理解(共20 小题；每小题2 分，满分40 分)
阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
Cold weather can be hard on pets， just like it can be hard on people． Sometimes owners
forget that their pets are just as used to the warm shelter (住所) as they are． Some owners will
leave their animals outside for a long period of time， thinking that all animals are used to living
outdoors． This can put their pets in danger of serious illness． There are things you can do to
keep your animal warm and safe．
Keep your pets inside as much as you can when the weather is bad． If you have to take them
out， stay outside with them． When you’re cold enough to go inside， they probably are too． If
you must leave them outside for a long time， make sure they have a warm， solid shelter against
the wind， thick bedding， and plenty of non-frozen water．
If left alone outside， dogs and cats can be very smart in their search for warm shelter． They
can dig into snow banks or hide somewhere． Watch them closely when they are left outdoors，
and provide them with shelter of good quality． Keep an eye on your pet’s water． Sometimes
owners don’t realize that a water bowl has frozen and their pet can’t get anything to
drink． Animals that don’t have clean and unfrozen water may drink dirty water outside， which
may contain something unhealthy for them．
41．What do we learn about pets from Paragraph 1?
A．They are often forgotten by their owners．
B．They are used to living outdoors．
C．They build their own shelters．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
D．They like to stay in warm places．
42．Why are pet owners asked to stay with their pets when they are out in cold weather?
A．To know when to bring them inside．
B．To keep them from eating bad food．
C．To help them find shelters．
D．To keep them company．
43．If pets are left on their own outdoors in cold weather， they may ．
A．run short of clean water B．dig deep holes for fun
C．dirty the snow nearby D．get lost in the wild
44．What is the purpose of this text?
A．To solve a problem． B．To give practical advice．
C．To tell an interesting story． D．To present a research result．
B
You may think that sailing is a difficult sport， but it is really not hard to learn it． You do not
need to be strong． But you need to be quick． And you need to understand a few basic rules
about the wind．
First， you must ask yourself， "Where is the wind coming from? Is it coming from ahead or
behind or from the side?" You must think about this all the time on the boat． The wind direction
tells you what to do with the sail．
Let’s start with the wind blowing from behind． This means the wind and the boat are going
in the same direction． Then you must always keep the sail outside the boat． It should be at a 90°
angle (角度) to the boat． Then it will catch the wind best．
If the wind is blowing from the side， it is blowing across the boat． In this case， you must
keep the sail half way outside the boat． It should be at a 45° angle to the boat． It needs to be out
far enough to catch the wind， but it shouldn’t flap (摆动)． It shouldn’t look like a flag on a
flagpole． If it is flapping， it is probably out too far， and the boat will slow down．
Sailing into the wind is not possible． If you try， the sail will flap and the boat will
stop． You may want to go in that direction． It is possible， but you can’t go in a straight
line． You must go first in one direction and then in another． This is called tacking． When you
are tacking， you must always keep the sail inside the boat．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
45．What should you consider first while sailing?
A．Sailors’ strength． B．Wave levels． C．Wind directions． D．Size of sails．
46．What does the word "It" underlined in Paragraph 4 refer to?
A．The boat． B．The wind． C．The sail． D．The angle．
47．What do you have to do when sailing against the wind?
A．Move in a straight line． B．Allow the sail to flap．
C．Lower the sail． D．Tack the boat．
48．Where can you probably find the text?
A．In a popular magazine． B．In a tourist guidebook．
C．In a physics textbook． D．In an official report．
C
Facial expressions carry meaning that is determined by situations and relationships． For
example， in American culture (文化) the smile is in general an expression of pleasure． Yet it
also has other uses． A woman’s smile at a police officer does not carry the same meaning as the
smile she gives to a young child． A smile may show love or politeness． It can also hide true
feelings． It often causes confusion (困惑) across cultures． For example， many people in Russia
consider smiling at strangers in public to be unusual and even improper． Yet many Americans
smile freely at strangers in public places (although this is less common in big cities)． Some
Russians believe that Americans smile in the wrong places； some Americans believe that
Russians don’t smile enough． In Southeast Asian cultures， a smile is frequently used to cover
painful feelings． Vietnamese people may tell a sad story but end the story with a smile．
Our faces show emotions (情感)， but we should not attempt to "read" people from another
culture as we would "read" someone from our own culture． The fact that members of one culture
do not express their emotions as openly as do members of another does not mean that they do not
experience emotions ． Rather ， there are cultural differences in the amount of facial
expressiveness permitted． For example， in public and in formal situations many Japanese do not
show their emotions as freely as Americans do． When with friends， Japanese and Americans
seem to show their emotions similarly．
It is difficult to generalize about Americans and facial expressiveness because of personal and
cultural differences in the United States． People from certain cultural backgrounds in the United
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
States seem to be more facially expressive than others． The key is to try not to judge people
whose ways of showing emotion are different． If we judge according to our own cultural habits，
we may make the mistake of "reading" the other person incorrectly．
49．What does the smile usually mean in the U．S．?
A．Love． B．Politeness． C．Joy． D．Thankfulness．
50．The author mentions the smile of the Vietnamese to prove that a smile can ．
A．show friendliness to strangers B．be used to hide true feelings
C．be used in the wrong places D．show personal habits
51．What should we do before attempting to "read" people?
A．Learn about their relations with others．
B．Understand their cultural backgrounds．
C．Find out about their past experience．
D．Figure out what they will do next．
52．What would be the best title for the test?
A．Cultural Differences B．Smiles and Relationships
C．Facial Expressiveness D．Habits and Emotions
D
ADDIS ABABA， Ethiopia — One of the world’s most famous fossils (化石) — the 3．2
million-year-old Lucy skeleton (骨骼) unearthed in Ethiopia in 1974 — will go on an exhibition
tour abroad for the first time in the United States， officials said Tuesday．
Even the Ethiopian public has only seen Lucy twice． The Lucy on exhibition at the
Ethiopian National Museum in the capital， Addis Ababa， is a replica while the real remains are
usually locked in a secret storeroom． A team from the Museum of National Science in Houston，
Texas， spent four years discussing with the Ethiopians for the U．S． tour， which will start in
Houston next September．
"Ethiopia’s rich culture of both the past and today， is one of the best kept secrets in the
world，" said Joel Bartsch， director of the Houston museum．
The six-year tour will also go to Washington， New York， Denver and Chicago． Officials
said six other U．S． cities may be on the tour． But they said plans had not yet been worked out．
Traveling with Lucy will be 190 other fossils．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Lucy， her name taken from a Beatles song that played in a camp the night of her discovery，
is part of the skeleton of what was once a 31/2 -foot-tall ape-man (猿人)．
53．The author writes this text mainly to ．
A．introduce a few U．S． museums
B．describe some research work
C．discuss the value of an ape-man
D．report a coming event
54．What do the words "a replica" in Paragraph 2 refer to?
A．A painting of the skeleton． B．A photograph of Lucy．
C．A copy of the skeleton． D．A written record of Lucy．
55．How many cities has Lucy’s U．S． tour plan already included?
A．Four． B．Five． C．Six． D．Eleven．
56．What was the skeleton named after?
A．An ape-man． B．A song． C．A singer． D．A camp．
E
Make Up Your Mind to Succeed
Kind-hearted parents have unknowingly left their children defenseless against failure． The
generation born between 1980 and 2001 grew up playing sports where scores and performance
were played down because "everyone’s a winner"． And their report cards sounded more positive
(正面的) than ever before． As a result， Stanford University professor Carol Dweck， PhD，
calls them "the overpraised generation"．
Dweck has been studying how people deal with failure for 40 years． Her research has led
her to find out two clearly different mind-sets that have a great effect on how we react to
it． Here’s how they work：
A fixed mind-set is grounded in the belief that talent (才能) is genetic — you’re a born artist，
point guard， or numbers person． The fixed mind-set believes it’s sure to succeed without much
effort and regards failure as personal shame． When things get difficult， it’s quick to blame， lie，
and even stay away from future difficulties．
On the other hand， a growth mind-set believes that no talent is entirely heaven-sent and that
effort and learning make everything possible． Because the ego (自尊) isn’t on the line as much，
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
the growth mind-set sees failure as a chance rather than shame． When faced with a difficulty，
it’s quick to rethink， change and try again． In fact， it enjoys this experience．
We are all born with growth mind-sets． (Otherwise， we wouldn’t be able to live in the
world．) But parents， teachers， and instructors often push us into fixed mind-sets by encouraging
certain actions and misdirecting praise． Dweck’s book， Mind-set： The New Psychology of
Success， and online instructional program explain this in depth． But she says there are many
little things you can start doing today to make sure that your children， grandchildren and even
you are never defeated by failure．
57．What does the author think about the present generation?
A．They don’t do well at school．
B．They are often misunderstood．
C．They are eager to win in sports．
D．They are given too much praise．
58．A fixed mind-set person is probably one who ．
A．doesn’t want to work hard B．cares a lot about personal safety
C．cannot share his ideas with others D．can succeed with the help of teachers
59．What does the growth mind-set believe?
A．Admitting failure is shameful． B．Talent comes with one’s birth．
C．Scores should be highly valued． D．Getting over difficulties is enjoyable．
60．What should parents do for their children based on Dweck’s study?
A．Encourage them to learn from failures．
B．Prevent them from making mistakes．
C．Guide them in doing little things．
D．Help them grow with praise．
第二节 根据对话内容。从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为
多余的。
Daughter：Dad． You love me， don’t you?
Father：Of course， I do． 61
Daughter：Well， I saw this great offer for a free phone here in the newspaper， and．．．
Father： 62
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Daughter：Well， the phone is free．．． after the $50 I pay is returned to me．
Father：Ah， so that’s the catch． 63
Daughter：Dad． All my friends have one．
Father：Ah， I don’t know． 64
Daughter：But the monthly charge for this service is only $29．99， with 1，000 free weekday
minutes nationwide， and unlimited weekend minutes．
Father：I don’t know．
Daughter：Please Dad． With the new phone you won’t have to worry about me while I’m driving
the new car．
Father： 65
Daughter：The new car you’ll need to buy so I can use the phone．
A．Ah．．． what’s on your mind?
B．New car? What new car?
C．Free? Nothing’s ever free．
D．What did you do to the new car?
E．And why on earth do you need a phone?
F．They always charge a lot for the service．
G．But what is the term of the service agreement?
第Ⅱ卷
第三部分 写作(共三节，满分55 分)
第一节 单词拼写(共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分)
66．Do you speak any (外国) languages?． 66．
67．Rebecca was the (骄傲) of her family． 67．
68．Will you stop (打断) me when I’m talking?． 68．
69．David Beckham’s (国籍) is British． 69．
70．The (现代) history of Italy dates from 1860．． 70．
71．Bob’s (侄子) is a freshman at Harvard University． 71．
72．Alice wanted to borrow Jack’s computer， but he (拒绝)． 78．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
73．Her (书架) are filled with books and photos． 73．
74．What are you girls (耳语) about? 74．
75．Don’t (咳嗽) more than you can help． 75．
第二节 短文填空(共10 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分15 分)
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行右
边横线上画一个勾(√)；如有错误(每行只有一个错误)，则按下列情况改正：
该行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线(╲)划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线
划掉。
该行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
该行错一个词：在错的词下画一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
Dear Editor，
I’m writing to tell you opinion about water saving． 76．
Water is important． We， as well as animal， cannot live 77．
without water and neither agriculture or industry can go 78．
without it． Yet it seemed water is becoming less and less． 79．
Many countries in the world find we don’t have enough water． 80．
To deal with a problem， I think， we should first go all 81．
out to plant trees though trees will help save water． Next， no 82．
drinking water should be left running． Third， we should find 83．
ways to reuse the water using in washing， especially bath 84．
water for which is quite a lot， and that will save much water． 85．
Sincerely，
Li Hua
第三节 书面表达(满分30 分)
假定你是李华。你班同学决定为小明举办生日聚会。请你写信邀请外教Susan 参加，要
点包括：
1．时间：周五晚8 点至9 点
2．地点：学生俱乐部
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
3．内容：生日歌、蛋糕、游戏等
4．要求：备小礼物
注意：
1．词数100 左右，开头语已为你写好；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
Hi Susan，
We’re throwing a surprise party for Xiaoming’s birthday．．．________________
__________________________________________________________________
____________．
Yours，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2012 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国大纲卷Ⅱ)
英语答案
1．D 2．B 3．C 4．A 5．B
6．D【解析】考查交际用语。根据破折号后面的内容可知，答话人表示一切听从对方的安
排，因此选择D 项"由你决定"。前三项分别表示"请自便""就这么定了""没问题"，均不
符合语境。
7．C【解析】考查冠词用法。句意：他在跳高中错失了金牌，但在跳远中还有一次机会。
前一个空格处特指跳高中的金牌，故用the；后一个空格处是不定冠词与序数词连用表
示"再一；又一"。
8．B【解析】考查定语从句。句意：那天晚上，我工作到很晚，我以后会告诉你更多相关
的情况。which I will tell you more about later 是非限制性定语从句，which 在从句中作
about 的宾语，代指that evening。
9．D【解析】考查代词用法。句意：Sarah 赶到了机场，正好及时赶上了今天早上的飞机。
此处make it 表示"及时到达，赶上"，是固定搭配。
10．A【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意：Tony 把钱借给了我，希望我能为他做尽可能多的事
情。Tony 与hope 之间是主动关系，因此，此处用现在分词短语作状语。
11．A【解析】考查固定结构。句意：我刚到办公室，我妻子就打电话让我立刻回家。本句
是"hardly ．．． when ．．．"结构，表示"刚……就……"。
12．C【解析】考查动词短语辨析。句意：我们开始着手刷整座房子，但是那天只刷完了前
面的部分。set out to do sth 表示"着手做某事"，符合句意。其他三项均不符合句意。
13．B【解析】考查形容词的比较级和最高级。句意：仅次于生物，我最喜欢物理。此处是
除了生物之外的多门学科的比较，所以用最高级形式。
14．C【解析】考查时态。句意：——你让Sophia 帮忙了吗?——我不需要——我自己完全
能行。结合问句的时态以及答语后半部分的时态可知，应用一般过去时。故C 项正确。
15．A【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意：老人每天晚上坐在电视机前，看电视上播放的任何
电视节目都很高兴。后半句是形容词短语作状语。
16．B【解析】考查介词用法。句意：100 摄氏度是水的沸点。此处at 表示"达，在(某一温
度、速度、水平或价格等)"。at which water will boil 是定语从句，修饰先行词the
temperature。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
17．A【解析】考查情态动词。句意：如果我能找到钱，我就和John 一起去欧洲度假。结
合前后部分的内容可知，此处表示的是能力。故用can"能，会"。
18．C【解析】考查时态。句意：经理自从上午9 点起一直在告诉工人们如何改进项目。根
据句末的时间状语since 9 am 及句意可知，此处强调的是动作的持续，所以用现在完成
进行时，表示"一直在做……"。
19．D【解析】考查名词辨析。句意：《哈利·波特》系列图书很受欢迎，在这座城市的需求
量很大。be in demand 意为"广受欢迎，需求大"，符合句意。
20．D【解析】考查交际用语。句意：——工作不要那么拼命。慢慢来。——谢谢。你也一
样。根据句意可知，对方劝答话人工作不要太拼命，要慢慢来。说话人表示感谢，并希
望对方也这样。故D 项正确。
21．B【解析】结合本句的内容可知，"尽管"作者经验丰富并且拥有硕士学位，但仍然找不
到令人满意的工作。
22．C【解析】参见上题解析。satisfying "令人满意的"，符合语境。
23．A【解析】结合第三段开头部分的"As I pulled the bus over ．．．"可知作者靠"开"校车勉
强维持生计。
24．D【解析】本句后半部分提到因为作者已经失去了自己的公寓，由此可知作者与一个朋
友"住"在一起。
25．B【解析】根据该空后句子的内容可知，作者"参加"了一家公司的五次面试。
26．D【解析】本句前半部分提到作者多次参加一家公司的面试，再根据该段最后一句的内
容可知，他们打来电话说作者没有"得到"这份工作。
27．A【解析】作者没有找到满意的工作，又失去了自己的公寓，多次面试后又遭受了失败
的打击，因此痛苦地埋怨生活的"艰难"。
28．B【解析】第二段的开头部分提到作者靠开校车维持生计，由此可知作者把车停在路边，
让一个小女孩"下车"。
29．C【解析】小女孩给了作者一只耳环，并"说"让作者保存这只耳环。
30．A【解析】根据空后的"somebody claimed(认领) it"可推测出，小女孩将捡到的耳环交给
了作者保管，"以防"有人认领。
31．B【解析】作者起初非常生气，后来突然有了新的想法。此处it hit sb．为固定用法，表
示"某人突然想起"。
32．B【解析】作者突然意识到自己一直以来都在"关注"生活中错误的事情，而不是正确的
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
事情。
33．D【解析】参见上题解析。而且此处与第二段最后部分中的"Why has my life become
so ．．．"相呼应。故答案为D 项。
34．A【解析】作者当场决定列出一份让自己高兴的50 件事情的"清单"。另外，下一句中的
the list 也是线索提示。
35．D【解析】后来，作者决定在清单上"添加"更多的内容。"add sth． to sth．"表示"把……
添加到……"。
36．C【解析】根据下一句中的内容可知一位女士将电话打给了作者。
37．A【解析】根据下一句中的medical workers 可知这位女士是一家大"医院"的领导。
38．C【解析】这位女士询问作者是否愿意给200 名医务工作者"作"一次为期一天的压力管
理讲座。
39．C【解析】此处与上一段最后部分中的"．．．a one-day ．．．"相呼应，表示那一天(事情)
进展得非常顺利。
40．D【解析】时至今日，作者知道是因为改变了"思考"的方式才彻底改变了自己的人生。
此处也与"I had been giving all of my to what was going wrong with my rather than
what was right!"相呼应。
【备注】生活的艰难让作者难以忍受，一只耳环改变了作者原有的思考方式和生活态度，
也从此改变了作者的人生。
41．D【解析】考查细节理解。根据本段第二句的内容可知宠物喜欢待在温暖的场所。
42．A【解析】考查推理判断。根据第二段中的"When you’re cold enough to go inside， they
probably are too．"可推知，原因是了解何时把它们带回温暖的场所。
43．A【解析】考查推理判断。根据最后一段最后一句的内容可知，它们可能会缺少清洁的
水。
44．B【解析】考查主旨大意。第一段最后一句点明了文章的中心话题，再根据本文内容可
知，本文意在提供实用性建议。
【备注】习惯了生活在温暖舒适的住所的宠物，如何安全地应对寒冷的天气?身为主人，
你该做些什么呢?请好好看一下这篇文章吧。
45．C【解析】考查细节理解。根据第二段第一句中的内容可知，航行时首先要考虑"风向"。
46．C【解析】考查代词指代。此处与上一句中的It 指代的是同一个内容，再结合本段第二
句中的内容可推测出，It 指的是"帆"。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
47．D【解析】考查细节理解。根据最后一段中的"You must go first in one．．． This is called
tacking．"可知，选D。
48．A【解析】考查文章出处。文章第一段开门见山地指出帆船运动不难，只要反应敏捷并
了解风向即可，由此可推断本文可能出自"通俗杂志"。
49．C【解析】考查细节理解。根据第一段第二句中的内容可知，在美国，微笑通常意味着
"快乐"。
50．B【解析】考查细节理解。根据第一段最后两句的内容可知，作者提到越南人的微笑是
为了证明微笑可以被用来掩饰真实的情感。
51．B【解析】考查推理判断。结合全文内容尤其是第二段可推知，在试图"读懂"他人之前，
应该先理解他们的文化背景。
52．C【解析】考查标题判断。文章第一段第一句直接切入本文的话题"面部表情"，再结合
全文内容可知，C 项作为本文标题最合适。
53．D【解析】考查写作目的。本文是一则报道，第一段是文章的中心段，根据本段的内容
可知，作者写本文的主要目的是报道一件即将发生的事情。
54．C【解析】考查词义猜测。根据画线部分后面的"the real remains"可推知，画线部分指的
是骨骼复制品。
55．B【解析】考查细节理解。结合第二段后半部分的内容以及第四段的第一句可知，包括
Houston， Washington， New York， Denver 和Chicago 五个城市。
56．B【解析】考查细节理解。根据最后一段前半部分的内容可知，这个骨骼是根据甲壳虫
乐队的一首歌曲命名的。
【备注】一具320 万年的猿人骨骼化石即将首次在国外巡回展览，相关事宜正在紧锣密
鼓的策划之中。
57．D【解析】考查作者的态度。根据第一段中提到的体育活动和成绩单两个事例可知，作
者认为现在的一代人被给予的夸奖太多。另外，本段最后一句中的"the overpraised
generation"也是线索提示。
58．A【解析】考查推理判断。第三段中提到这种类型的人相信自己拥有天生的才能，无需
太多努力就可以成功，由此可推知，这种类型的人不想努力工作。
59．D【解析】考查细节理解。根据倒数第二段的内容，尤其是最后一句可知，这种类型的
人享受克服困难的过程，即他们认为克服困难是件很愉快的事情。
60．A【解析】考查推理判断。最后一段中提到我们生来都属于成长型思维方式的人，再结
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
合本段最后一句的内容可推知，父母应该鼓励孩子从失败中学习。
【备注】心地善良的父母给予了孩子太多的夸奖，本意虽好，实不可取。让孩子面对困
难，从失败中汲取教训，方是良策。
61．A 62．C 63．E 64．F 65．B
66．foreign 67．pride 68．interrupting 69．nationality
70．modern 71．nephew 72．refused 73．bookshelves/bookcases
74．whispering 75．cough
76．opinion 前加my。【解析】表示我的观点。
77．animal 改为animals。【解析】animal 是可数名词，再结合句首的We 及句意可知，这里
animal 应用复数形式。
78．or 改为nor。【解析】本句是"neither．．． nor．．．"结构，表示"既不……也不……"。
79．seemed 改为seems。【解析】本文叙述的是现在的客观事实，故seemed 应改为seems。
80．we 改为they。【解析】根据句意可知，此处应用they 指代Many countries。
81．a 改为the/this/that。【解析】此处是特指上文提到的水资源不足的问题，故应把a 改为
the/this/that。
82．though 改为because/since/as。【解析】根据上下文内容可知，此处是因果关系，而不是
让步关系。
83．√。
84．using 改为used。【解析】used in washing 是过去分词短语作后置定语，修饰the water，
use 与the water 之间是动宾关系。
85．去掉for。【解析】which is quite a lot 是定语从句，修饰先行词water。
第三节 书面表达
【范文赏读】：
Hi Susan，
We’re throwing a surprise party for Xiaoming’s birthday． We’d like to invite you to the
party． We want to give him a surprise， so please keep quiet about it． We’ll gather at the
Students’ Club at 8 pm this Friday， after the evening classes． And it’s going to last about an
hour． We each will prepare a little present． When he comes， we’ll light the candles and sing
"Happy Birthday" together for him． Then the cake will be cut and we’ll sing songs and play
games． It’ll be nice to see how excited he will be． I’m sure you’ll have a good time at the party，
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
too．
Yours，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2012 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(新课标全国卷)
英语
第一部分 听力 （共两节，满分30 分）
第一节（共5 小题：每小题1．5 分，满分7．5 分）
听下面5 段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项选出最佳
选项，并标在试卷的相应位置，听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和
阅读下小题，每段对话仅读一遍。
1．Where does this conversation probably take place?
A．In a bookstore． B．In a classroom
C．In a library
2． At what time will the film begin?
A．7:20
B．7:15
C．7:00
3．What are the two speakers mainly talking about?
A．Their friend Jane． B．A weekend trip C．A radio programme
4．What will the woman probably do?
A． Catch a train B． See the man off C． Go shopping
5．Why did the woman apologize?
A．She made a late delivery
B．She went to the wrong place
C．She couldn’t take the cake back
第二节（共15 小题：每小题1．5 分，满分22．5 分）
听下面5 段对话。每段对话有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出的最
佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对 话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5 秒
钟；听完后，各小题给出5 秒钟的做答时间。每段对话读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答第6、7 题。
6．Whose CD is broken?
A．Kathy’s
B．Mum’s
C．Jack’s
7．What does the boy promise to do for the girl?
A．Buy her new CD． B．Do some cleaning．
C．Give her 10 dollars．
听第7 段材料，回答第8、9 题。
8．What did the man think of the meal?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．Just so-so．
B．Quite satisfactory
C．A bit disappointing．
9．What was the 15% on the bill paid for ?
A．The food
B．The drinks
C．The service．
听第8 段材料，回答第10 至12 题。
10．Why is the man at the shop?
A．To order a camera for his wife．
B． To have a camera repaired．
C． To get camera changed．
11．What colour does the man want?
A． Pink． B． Black C．Orange．
12．What will the man do afterwards?
A．Make a phone call． B．Wait until further notice．
C． Come again the next day．
听第9 段材料，回答第13 至16 题。
13．What would Joe probably do during the Thanksgiving holiday?
A． Go to a play． B．Stay at home． C．Visit Kingston．
14．What is Ariel going to do in Toronto
A． Attend a party． B． Meet her aunt． C．See a car show．
15．Why is Ariel in a hurry to leave?
A．To call up Betty． B．To buy some DVDs． C．To pick up Daniel．
16．What might be the relationship between the speakers?
A．Classmates． B．Fellow workers． C．Guide and tourist．
听第10 段材料，回答每17 至30 题。
17．Where does Thomas Manning work?
A． In the Guinness Company． B．At a radio station． C．In a museum．
18．Where did the idea of a book of records come from?
A． A bird-shooting trip． B．A visit to Europe． C．A television talk show．
19．When did Sir Hugh’s first book of records appear?
A．In 1875 B． In 1950 C．In，1955
20．What are the two speakers going to talk about next?
A． More records of unusual facts．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
B． The founder of the company．
C． The oldest person in the world．
第二部分 英语知识运用(共两节，满分45 分)
第一节 单项选择(共15 小题；每小题1 分，满分15 分)
从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
21．—Which one of these do you want?
— ．Either will do．
A．I don’t mind B．I’m sure C．No problem D．Go ahead
22．Sarah looked at finished painting with satisfaction．
A．不填；a B．a； the C．the； 不填 D．the； a
23．"Life is like walking in the snow，" Granny used to say， "because every step ．"
A．has shown B．is showing C．shows D．showed
24．It is by no means clear the president can do to end the strike．
A．how B．which C．that D．what
25．I don’t believe we’ve met before， I must say you do look familiar．
A．therefore B．although C．since D．unless
26．The result is not very important to us， but if we do win， then so much ．
A．the best B．best C．better D．the better
27．Mary is really good at taking notes in class． She can almost every word her teacher
says．
A．put out B．put down C．put away D．put together
28．The party will be held in the garden， weather ．
A．permitting B．to permit C．permitted D．permit
29．This restaurant wasn’t that other restaurant we went to．
A．half as good as B．as half good as
C．as good as half D．good as half as
30．I use a clock to wake me up because at six o’clock each morning the train comes by
my house．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．couldn’t B．mustn’t C．shouldn’t D．needn’t
31．Larry asks Bill and Peter to go on a picnic with him， but of them wants to，because
they have work to do．
A．either B．any C．neither D．none
32．Film has a much shorter history， especially when such art forms as music
and painting．
A．having compared to B．comparing to
C．compare to D．compared to
33．I had been working on math for the whole afternoon and the numbers before my
eyes．
A．swim B．swum C．swam D．had swum
34．You have to move out of the way the truck cannot get past you．
A．so B．or C．and D．but
35．If she doesn’t want to go， nothing you can say will her．
A．persuade B．promise C．invite D．support
第二节 完形填空(共20 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分30 分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中，选出可以填入空白处
的最佳选项。
Body language is the quiet，secret and most powerful language of all! It speaks 36 than
words． According to specialists， our bodies send out more 37 than we realize． In fact，
non-verbal(非言语) communication takes up about 50% of what we really 38 ．And
body language is particularly 39 when we attempt to communicate across cultures．Indeed，
what is called body language is so 40 a part of us that it’s actually often unnoticed．And
misunderstandings occur as a result of it． 41 ，different societies treat the 42 between
people differently． Northern Europeans usually do not like having 43 contact(接
触)even with friends，and certainly not with 44 ．People from Latin American countries，
45 ，touch each other quite a lot．Therefore，it’s possible that in 46 ， it may look like
a Latino is 47 a Norwegian all over the room． The Latino， trying to express friendship，
will keep moving 48 ． The Norwegian，very probably seeing this as pushiness，will
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
keep 49 — which the Latino will in return regard as 50 ．
Clearly， a great deal is going on when people 51 ． And only a part of it is in the
words themselves． And when parties are from 52 cultures， there’s a strong possibility
of 53 ． But whatever the situation， the best 54 is to obey the Golden Rule：
treat others as you would like to be 55 ．
36． A．straighter
B．louder
C．harder
D．further
37． A．sounds
B．invitations
C．feelings
D．messages
38． A．hope
B．receive
C．discover
D．mean
39． A．immediate
B．misleading
C．important
D．difficult
40． A．well
B．far
C．much
D．long
41． A．For example
B．Thus
C．However
D．In short
42． A．trade
B．distance
C．connections
D．greetings
43． A．eye
B．verbal
C．bodily
D．telephone
44． A．strangers
B．relatives
C．neighbours
D．enemies
45． A．in other words
B．on the other hand C．in a similar way
D．by all means
46． A．trouble
B．conversation
C．silence
D．experiment
47． A．disturbing
B．helping
C．guiding
D．following
48． A．closer
B．faster
C．in
D．away
49． A．stepping forward B．going on
C．backing away
D．coming out
50． A．weakness
B．carelessness
C．friendliness
D．coldness
51． A．talk
B．travel
C．laugh
D．think
52． A．different
B．European
C．Latino
D．rich
53． A．curiosity
B．excitement
C．misunderstanding D．nervousness
54． A．chance
B．time
C．result
D．advice
55． A．noticed
B．treated
C．respected
D．pleased
第三部分 阅读理解(共20 小题；每小题2 分，满分40 分)
阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
Are you looking for some new and exciting places to take your kids to? Try some of these
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
places：
•Visit art museums． They offer a variety of activities to excite your kids’ interest． Many
offer workshops for making hand-made pieces， traveling exhibits， book signings(签名) by
children’s favorite writers， and even musical performances and other arts．
•Head to a natural history museum． This is where kids can discover the past from dinosaur
models to rock collections and pictures of stars in the sky． Also， ask what kind of workshops
and educational programs are prepared for kids and any special events that are coming up．
•Go to a Youtheater．Look for one in your area offering plays for child and family
visitors． Pre-show play shops are conducted by area artists and educators where kids can discover
the secret about performing arts．Puppet(木偶)making and stage make-up are just a couple of the
special offerings you might find．
•Try hands-on science．Visit one of the many hands-on science museums around the
country． These science play-lands are great fun for kids and grown-ups alike． They’ll keep your
child mentally and physically active the whole day through while pushing buttons， experimenting，
and building．When everyone is tired， enjoy a fun family science show， commonly found in
these museums．
56．If a child is interested in the universe， he probably will visit ．
A．a Youtheater B．an art museum
C．a natural history museum D．a hands-on science museum
57．What can kids do at a Youtheater?
A．Look at rock collections． B．See dinosaur models．
C．Watch puppet making． D．Give performances．
58．What does "hands-on science" mean in the last paragraph?
A．Science games designed by kids．
B．Learning science by doing things．
C．A show of kids’ science work．
D．Reading science books．
59．Where does this text probably come from?
A．A science textbook． B．A tourist map．
C．A museum guide． D．A news report．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
B
Honey from the African forest is not only a kind of natural sugar， it is also delicious． Most
people， and many animals， like eating it． However， the only way for them to get that honey
is to find a wild bees’ nest and take the honey from it． Often， these nests are high up in trees，
and it is difficult to find them． In parts of Africa， though， people and animals looking for honey
have a strange and unexpected helper — a little bird called a honey guide．
The honey guide does not actually like honey， but it does like the wax in the beehives (蜂
房)．The little bird cannot reach this wax， which is deep inside the bees’ nest． So， when it finds
a suitable nest， it looks for someone to help it． The honey guide gives a loud cry that attracts the
attention of both passing animals and people． Once it has their attention， it flies through the
forest， waiting from time to time for the curious animal or person as it leads them to the
nest． When they finally arrive at the nest， the follower reaches in to get at the delicious honey as
the bird patiently waits and watches． Some of the honey， and the wax， always falls to the
ground， and this is when the honey guide takes its share．
Scientists do not know why the honey guide likes eating the wax， but it is very determined
in its efforts to get it． The birds seem to be able to smell wax from a long distance away． They
will quickly arrive whenever a beekeeper is taking honey from his beehives， and will even enter
churches when beeswax candles are being lit．
60．Why is it difficult to find a wild bees’ nest?
A．It’s small in size． B．It’s hidden in trees．
C．It’s covered with wax． D．It’s hard to recognize．
61．What do the words "the follower" in Paragraph 2 refer to?
A．A bee． B．A bird． C．A honey seeker． D．A beekeeper．
62．The honey guide is special in the way ．
A．it gets its food B．it goes to church
C．it sings in the forest D．it reaches into bees’ nests
63．What can be the best title for the text?
A．Wild Bees B．Wax and Honey
C．Beekeeping in Africa D．Honey-Lover’s Helper
C
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
About twenty of us had been fortunate enough to receive invitations to a film-studio(影棚)to
take part in a crowd-scene． Although our "act" would last only for a short time， we could see
quite a number of interesting things．
We all stood at the far end of the studio as workmen prepared the scene，setting up trees at the
edge of a winding path．Very soon，bright lights were turned on and the big movie-camera was
wheeled into position．The director shouted something to the camera operator and then went to
speak to the two famous actors nearby．Since it was hot in the studio，it came as a surprise to us to
see one of the actors put on a heavy overcoat and start walking along the path．A big fan began
blowing tiny white feathers down on him，and soon the trees were covered in "snow"．Two more
fans were turned on，and a "strong wind" blew through the trees．The picture looked so real that it
made us feel cold．
The next scene was a complete contrast (对比)．The way it was filmed was quite
unusual．Pictures taken on an island in the Pacific were shown on a glass screen．An actor and
actress stood in front of the scene so that they looked as if they were at the water’s edge on an
island． By a simple trick like this， palm trees， sandy beaches， and blue， clear skies had been
brought into the studio!
Since it was our turn next，we were left wondering what scene would be prepared for us．For
a full three minutes in our lives we would be experiencing the excitement of being film "stars"!
64．Who is the author?
A．A cameraman． B．A film director．
C．A crowd-scene actor． D．A workman for scene setting．
65．What made the author feel cold?
A．The heavy snowfall． B．The man-made scene．
C．The low temperature． D．The film being shown．
66．What would happen in the "three minutes" mentioned in the last paragraph?
A．A new scene would be filmed．
B．More stars would act in the film．
C．The author would leave the studio．
D．The next scene would be prepared．
D
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Grown-ups are often surprised by how well they remember something they learned as
children but have never practiced ever since． A man who has not had a chance to go swimming
for years can still swim as well as ever when he gets back in the water． He can get on a bicycle
after many years and still ride away． He can play catch and hit a ball as well as his son． A
mother who has not thought about the words for years can teach her daughter the poem that begins
"Twinkle， twinkle， little star" or remember the story of Cinderella or Goldilocks and the Three
Bears．
One explanation is the law of overlearning， which can be stated as follows： Once we have
learned something，additional learning trials increase the length of time we will remember it．
In childhood we usually continue to practice such skills as swimming， bicycle riding， and
playing baseball long after we have learned them． We continue to listen to and remind ourselves
of words such as "Twinkle，twinkle，little star" and childhood tales such as Cinderella and
Goldilocks．We not only learn but overlearn．
The multiplication tables(乘法口诀表)are an exception to the general rule that we forget
rather quickly the things that we learn in school， because they are another of the things we
overlearn in childhood．
The law of overlearning explains why cramming(突击学习)for an examination，though it
may result in a passing grade， is not a satisfactory way to learn a college course．By cramming，
a student may learn the subject well enough to get by on the examination，but he is likely soon to
forget almost everything he learned．A little overlearning，on the other hand， is really necessary
for one’s future development．
67．What is the main idea of Paragraph 1?
A．People remember well what they learned in childhood．
B．Children have a better memory than grown-ups．
C．Poem reading is a good way to learn words．
D．Stories for children are easy to remember．
68．The author explains the law of overlearning by ．
A．presenting research findings B．setting down general rules
C．making a comparison D．using examples
69．According to the author， being able to use multiplication tables is ．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．a result of overlearning
B．a special case of cramming
C．a skill to deal with math problems
D．a basic step towards advanced studies
70．What is the author’s opinion on cramming?
A．It leads to failure in college exams．
B．It’s helpful only in a limited way．
C．It’s possible to result in poor memory．
D．It increases students’ learning interest．
第二节(共5 小题；每小题2 分，满分10 分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余
选项。
Kids’ health： Four steps for fighting stress
Everybody gets stressed from time to time． 71 Some ways of dealing with stress —
like screaming or hitting someone — don’t solve(解决) much． But other ways， like talking to
someone you trust， can lead you to solving your problem or at least feeling better．
Try taking these four steps the next time you are stressed：
(1)Get support． When you need help， reach out to the people who care about you． Talk
to a trusted adult， such as a parent or other relatives． 72 They might have had similar
problems， such as dealing with a test， or the death of a beloved pet．
(2)Don’t take it out on yourself． Sometimes when kids are stressed and upset they take it
out on themselves． Oh， dear， that’s not a good idea． Remember that there are always people
to help you． Don’t take it out on yourself． 73
(3)Try to solve the problem． After you’re calm and you have support from adults and
friends， it’s time to get down to business． 74 Even if you can’t solve it all， you can
solve a piece of it．
(4)Be positive． Most stress is temporary (暂时的)． Remember stress does go away，
especially when you figure out the problem and start working on solving it．
These steps aren’t magic， but they do work． And if you can stay positive as you make your
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
way through a tough time， you’ll help yourself feel better even faster． 75
A．Ask for a helping hand to get you through the tough situation．
B．Notice your friends’ feelings and find a way to help them．
C．Different people feel stress in different ways．
D．Ah，it feels so good when the stress is gone．
E．You need to figure out what the problem is．
F．And don’t forget about your friends．
G．Then，find a way to calm down．
第Ⅱ卷
第四部分 写作(共两节，满分35 分)
第一节 短文改错(共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌中间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共
有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处，每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：把缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除： 把多余的词用斜线（╲）划掉。
修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。
I learned early in life that I had to be more patient and little aggressive． From the time I was
about four until I was about six， I destroyed each of my toy． I was happy when the toys worked，
but when things did wrong， I got angry and broke it． For a while parents bought me new
toys． But before long they began to see which was happening． When I tear apart my fifth
birthday toy train， my father said， "That’s it． No more toys to you．" My punishment lasted
a year． Meanwhile， I found out that with more patience I must make my toys to last． My
attitude changed from then on．
第二节 书面表达(满分25 分)
假定你是李华，从互联网上得知一个国际中学生组织将在新加坡(Singapore)举办夏令营，
欢迎各国学生参加。请写一封电子邮件申请参加。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
内容主要包括：
1．自我介绍(包括英语能力)；
2．参加意图(介绍中国、了解其他国家)；
3．希望获准。
注意：
1．词数100 左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3．邮件开头和结尾已为你写好。
Dear Sir or Madam，
________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________
Regards，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2012 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(新课标全国卷)
英语答案
1-5 CABCA 6-10 CBBCC 11-15 ABBAC 16-20 BAACA
21．A【解析】考查交际用语。空格处句意：我不介意。答语的下一句提到任何一个都可以，
由此可知说话人不介意。B 项表示"我确信"，C 项通常用来表示事情容易做或乐于相助，
D 项表示允许，都不符合语境。
22．C【解析】考查冠词的用法。句意：Sarah 满意地看着那幅完工的油画。根据painting
前的修饰成分finished 可知是特指那幅画；后一个空格后的satisfaction 是抽象名词并且
表示泛指，不用冠词。
23．C【解析】考查时态。句意："人生就像在雪中走路，"奶奶过去经常说，"因为每一步都
留有足迹。"本句叙述的是客观事实，所以用一般现在时。此处show 用作不及物动词，
意为"露出，显出"。
24．D【解析】考查名词性从句。句意：总统能做什么来结束罢工，这点完全不清楚。本句
中的It 是形式主语，真正的主语是从句what the president can do to end the strike。在从
句中，what 作do 的宾语。
25．B【解析】考查连词的用法。句意：虽然我得说你的确看起来很面熟，但是我认为我们
以前没有见过。结合前后两部分的内容可知后半句引导的是让步状语从句。A 项表示"
因此"，C 项表示"因为，自从"，D 项表示"除非"，语意逻辑都不恰当。
26．D【解析】考查形容词的级。句意：结果对我们来说不太重要，但是如果我们确实赢了，
那就更好了。so much the better 表示"那就更好了"。此处是获胜与不获胜的比较，所以
用比较级。
27．B【解析】考查动词短语辨析。句意：Mary 真的很擅长在课堂上做笔记。她几乎能记
下老师说的每一句话。此处put down 表示"记下"。A 项表示"扑灭"，C 项表示"收起来
放好"，D 项表示"合在一起"，都不符合句意。
28．A【解析】考查独立主格结构。句意：如果天气允许，聚会将在花园中举行。逗号前后
两部分的主语不同，由此可判断逗号后面部分是独立主格结构，weather 与permit 之间
是主谓关系，所以用permitting。weather permitting 相当于条件状语从句if weather permits。
29．A【解析】考查倍数表达法。句意：这家饭店还不如我们以前去的那家饭店的一半好。
在表达倍数时，应把倍数词放在前面，由此可判断A 项正确。本句所用到的倍数表达
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
法是"倍数词+as ．．． as ．．．"。
30．D【解析】考查情态动词。句意：我不必用钟表唤醒自己，因为火车每天早上六点经过
我的房子。根据原因状语从句的内容可知此处表示的是"不必"。A 项表示没有能力，B
项表示禁止，C 项表示不应该，都与所给语境不符。
31．C【解析】考查代词的用法。句意：Larry 让Bill 和Peter 和他一起去野餐，但是他们两
个人没有一人想去，因为他们都有工作要做。前面提到的是Bill 和Peter 两个人，再结
合转折连词but 和谓语动词wants 可知是对两者进行否定，所以用neither。
32．D【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意：电影的历史要短得多，尤其是同音乐、绘画之类的
艺术形式比较的时候。当主句的主语与从句的主语相同时，通常省略从句中的主语和
be 动词，后半句的完整形式是especially when it is compared to such art forms as music and
painting。compare 与Film 之间是动宾关系。
33．C【解析】考查时态。句意：我整个下午都在做数学，那些数字在我眼前晃来晃去。前
一分句用了过去完成进行时，由此可知叙述的是过去的情况，后一分句用一般过去时描
述做数学时的情况。
34．B【解析】考查连词的用法。句意：你必须让一下路，否则卡车无法通过。此处or 表示
"否则，不然"。A 项表示因果关系，C 项表示顺承关系，D 项表示转折关系，都不合乎
常理。
35．A【解析】考查动词辨析。句意：如果她不想去，你说什么也不能说服她。persuade 表
示"说服"。后三项分别表示"许诺""邀请""支持"，语意都不恰当。
36．B【解析】根据首句的内容可知身势语比话语表达更"响亮"。可联想"Actions speak louder
than words．"。
37．D【解析】结合前两句的内容可知，身势语能够传递出的"信息"比我们意识到的更多。
38．D【解析】事实上，非言语交际占我们交际总量的50%。what we really mean"我们实际
想说的东西"。
39．C【解析】当我们试图进行跨文化交际的时候，身势语显得尤其"重要"。
40．C【解析】身势语是我们身体的一部分，以至于它实际上经常被忽视。此处much 表示
的是程度。
41．A【解析】上一句提到忽视身势语会导致误解的发生，再结合本句的内容可知，此处是
在举例。
42．B【解析】后两句叙述的是北欧人和拉美国家的人对待身体接触的差异，由此可知，不
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
同的社会群体在人与人的"距离"问题上不尽相同。
43．C【解析】根据下文可知，北欧人通常不太喜欢"身体"接触。
44．A【解析】本句中提到北欧人甚至不喜欢与朋友进行身体接触，由此可知他们当然不会
与"陌生人"进行身体接触。
45．B【解析】上一句提到北欧人不喜欢身体接触，而本句提到拉美国家的人身体接触很多，
所以用on the other hand，表示"另一方面"，与上文形成对比。
46．B【解析】身势语在"交谈"中才能体现出来，其余选项都与交际的关系不密切。
47．D【解析】根据"People from Latin American countries， 45 ， touch each other quite a
lot．"可知，在交谈中，拉丁美洲人看起来总是"跟着"挪威人满房间跑。
48．A【解析】由上文内容可知，拉丁美洲人会不断地靠近，以示亲近。
49．C【解析】北欧人不喜欢身体接触，由此可知挪威人很可能认为这种亲近行为很粗鲁并
不断"后退"。
50．D【解析】拉丁美洲人不断靠近对方以示亲近，可对方不断后退躲避，由此可知，拉丁
美洲人会将这种行为看做"冷淡"。
51．A【解析】上文叙述的是身势语，身势语属于"交谈"的范畴。显然，当人们交谈的时候，
很多东西在进行。只有很少一部分是用语言来完成的。
52．A【解析】此处与第一段中的"And body language is particularly 39 when we attempt
to communicate across cultures．"相呼应，表示拥有"不同"文化背景的人。
53．C【解析】根据上文提到的北欧人和拉美人相处的例子可知，来自不同文化的人聚集在
一起时很可能产生"误解"。另外，上文中的"And misunderstandings occur as a result of it．"
也是线索提示。
54．D【解析】不管情况如何，最好的建议是遵从这条黄金法则。
55．B【解析】你希望别人怎样待你，你就应该怎样待别人。
56．C 考查细节理解。根据•Head to a natural history museum 一段中的第二句话可知，孩子们
在这里可以了解大自然发展的历史，故C 项正确。
57．C 考查细节理解。根据•Go to a Youtheater 一段的内容可知，在这里孩子们可以看到木偶
的制作，了解舞台化妆等内容。
58．B 考查推理判断根据•Try hands-on science 一段的内容可知，"hands-on science"的意思是
孩子们通过自己动手来学习和体验科学知识。
59．C 考查推理判断。综合文章的内容，可判断本文出自一份博物馆宣传册。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
60．B【解析】考查细节理解。根据第一段中的"Often， these nests are high up in trees， and
it is difficult to find them．"可判断出，之所以难以发现蜂巢是因为它隐藏在高高的树上。
61．C【解析】考查词义猜测。结合上文中的"．．． both passing animals and people ．．．"以
及"．．． the curious animal or person ．．．"可推知，the follower 指的是"寻找蜂蜜者"。
62．A【解析】考查推理判断。这种鸟是借助他人之手最终获得自己想要的食物的，这正是
它的特殊之处。
63．D【解析】考查主旨大意。第一段最后一句点明了本文的中心话题，下文都围绕这种小
鸟展开叙述，所以D 项最能概括文章大意。
64．C【解析】考查推理判断。根据第一段第一句以及最后一段开头部分的内容可推测作者
是"群众演员"。
65．B【解析】考查细节理解。根据第二段后半部分的内容可知，人为营造的逼真场景让作
者感到寒冷。
66．A【解析】考查推理判断。作者在第二段中提到拍摄的是寒冬场面，第三段中拍摄的是
沙滩场面，最后一段提到作者等人不知道在一生的三分钟内将有什么样的成为电影"明
星"的兴奋经历，由此可推断将要拍摄新的场面。
67．A【解析】考查段落大意。第一句是本段的中心句，根据本段的内容可知A 项最能概括
本段的大意。
68．D【解析】考查推理判断。根据第三段中的内容可知作者用不同的事例来解释过度学习
法则。
69．A【解析】考查推理判断。第四段中提到我们通常会很快忘掉在学校中学到的知识，而
乘法口诀表是一个例外，再结合本段后半部分的内容可知作者认为这是过度学习的结果。
70．B【解析】考查作者态度。根据最后一段中间部分的内容可知，作者认为突击学习的作
用很有限。
71．C 72．F 73．A 74．E 75．D
第一节 短文改错
I learned early in life that I had to be more patient and
little
less
aggressive． From the time
I was about four until I was about six， I destroyed each of my
toy
toys
． I was happy when the
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
toys worked， but when things
did
went
/
go
wrong， I got angry and broke
it
them
． For a
while my
parents bought me new toys． But before long they began to see
which
what
was
happening． When I
tear
tore
apart my fifth birthday toy train， my father said， "That’s it． No
more toys
to
for
you．" My punishment lasted a year． Meanwhile， I found out that with more
patience I
must
could / might
make my toys to last． My attitude changed from then on．
第二节 书面表达
【范文赏读】
Dear Sir or Madam，
I’m Li Hua， a middle school student from China． I read the announcement of the summer
camp that you have posted on the Internet and I am interested in it． I know that you welcome
students from different countries and I’d like to take part in it． I’ve been learning English for 10
years， and I speak fluent English． What is more， I’ll be able to tell students from other
countries about China and learn about their countries as well． I hope I will be accepted as a
member of your summer camp．
Looking forward to your reply!
Regards，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2013 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国大纲卷)
英语
第一部分 听力(共两节，满分30 分)
第一节（共5 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分7．5 分）
听下面5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最
佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题
和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What does the man want to do?
A．Take photos．
B．Buy a camera．
C．Help the woman．
2．What are the speakers talking about？
A．A noisy night．
B．Their life in town． C．A place of living．
3．Where is the man now?
A．On his way．
B．In a restaurant．
C．At home
4．What will Celia do?
A．Find a player．
B．Watch a game．
C．Play basketball．
5．What day is it when the conversation takes place?
A．Saturday．
B．Sunday．
C．Monday．
第二节（共15 小题：每小题1．5 分，满分22．5 分）
听下面5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个
选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个
小题，每小题5 秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答6、7 题。
6．What is Sara going to do?
A．Buy John a gift．
B．Give John a surprise．
C．Invite John to France．
7． What does the man think of Sara’s plan?
A．Funny．
B．Exciting．
C．Strange．
听第7 段材料，回答第8、9 题。
8． Why does Diana say sorry to Peter?
A．She has to give up her travel pan．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
B．She wants to visit another city．
C．She needs to put off her test．
9． What does Diana want Peter to do?
A．Help her with her study．
B．Take a book to her friend．
C．Teach a geography lesson．
听第8 段材料，回答第10 至12 题。
10．Why does the man call the woman?
A．To tell her about her new job．
B．To ask about her job program．
C．To plan a meeting with her．
11．Who needs a new flat?
A．Alex．
B．Andrea．
C．Miranda．
12．Where is the woman now?
A．In Baltimore．
B．In New York．
C．In Avon．
听第9 段材料，回答第13 至16 题。
13．What does Jan consider most important when he judges a restaurant?
A．Where the restaurant is．
B．Whether the prices are low．
C．How well the food is prepared．
14．When did Jan begin to write for a magazine?
A．After he came back to Sweden．
B．Before he went to the United States．
C．As soon as he got his first job in 1982．
15． What may Jan do to find a good restaurant?
A．Talk to people in the street．
B．Speak to taxi drivers．
C．Ask hotel clerks．
16．What do we know about Jan?
A．He cooks for a restaurant．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
B．He travels a lot for his work．
C．He prefers American food．
听第10 段材料，回答第17 至20 题
17．What do we know about the Plaza Leon?
A．it’s new building．
B．it’s a small town．
C．it’s public place．
18．When do parents and children like going to the Plaza Leon?
A．Saturday nights．
B．Sunday afternoons．
C．Fridays and Saturdays．
19．Which street is known for its food shops and markets?
A．Via del Mar Street．
B．Fernando Street． C．Hernandes Street．
20．Why does the speaker like Horatio Street best?
A．It has an old stone surface．
B．it is named after a writer．
C．It is a famous university
第二部分 英语知识运用(共两节，满分45 分)
第一节 单项选择(共15 小题；每小题1 分，满分15 分)
从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
21．— I’m sorry I made a mistake!
— ．Nobody is perfect．
A．Take your time B．You’re right
C．Whatever you say D．Take it easy
22．Would you like to with us to the film tonight?
A．come along B．come off C．come across D．come through
23．I was glad to meet Jenny again， I didn’t want to spend all day with her．
A．but B．and C．so D．or
24．When I arrived， Bryan took me to see the house I would be staying．
A．what B．when C．where D．which
25．I got to the office earlier that day， the 7：30 train from Paddington．
A．caught B．to have caught C．to catch D．having caught
26．Since nobody gave him any help， he have done the research on his own．
A．can B．must C．would D．need
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
27．We very early so we packed the night before．
A．leave B．had left C．were leaving D．have left
28．The watch was very good， and he 20 percent down for it．
A．paid B．cost C．bought D．spent
29．It may not be a great suggestion．But before is put forward，we’ll make do with it．
A．a good one B．a better one C．the best one D．a best one
30．It was only after he had read the papers Mr．Gross realized the task before
him was extremely difficult to complete．
A．when B．that C．which D．what
31．A serious study of physics is impossible some knowledge of mathematics．
A．against B．before C．beyond D．without
32．Only by increasing the number of doctors by 50 percent properly in this hospital．
A．can be the patients treated B．can the patients be treated
C．the patients can be treated D．treated can be the patients
33．Four and half hours of discussion took us up to midnight，and break for cheese，
chocolate and tea with sugar．
A．a； a B．the； the C．不填；the D．a；不填
34．It’s an either-or situation — we can buy a new car this year or we can go on holiday but we
can’t do ．
A．others B．either C．another D．both
35．—Are you sure you won’t come for a drink with us?
— ， if you insist．
A．Not at all B．It depends C．All right then D．I don’t care
第二节 完形填空(共20 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分30 分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中，选出可以填入空白处
的最佳选项。
Michael Greenberg is a very popular New Yorker． He is not famous in sports or the arts．But
people in the streets 36 him， especially those who are 37 ．
For those people，he is "Gloves" Greenberg．How did he get that 38 ? He looks
like any other businessman，wearing a suit and carrying a briefcase (公文箱)． But he’s
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
39 ． His briefcase always has some gloves．
In winter， Mr． Greenberg does not 40 like other New Yorkers， who look at the
sidewalk and 41 the street．He looks around at 42 ．He stops when he 43
someone with no gloves． He gives them a pair and then he 44 ， looking for more
people with cold 45 ．
On winter days，Mr．Greenberg 46 gloves．During the rest of the year，he 47
gloves． People who have heard about him 48 him gloves， and he has many in his
apartment．
Mr． Greenberg 49 doing this 21 years ago． Now， many poor New Yorkers
know him and 50 his behavior(行动)． But people who don’t know him are sometimes
51 him．They don’t realize that he just wants to make them 52 ．
It runs in the 53 ． Michael’s father always helped the poor as he believed it
made everyone happier．Michael Greenberg feels the 54 ．A pair of gloves may be a
55 thing， but it can make a big difference in winter．
36． A．know about
B．learn from
C．cheer for
D．look after
37． A．old
B．busy
C．kind
D．poor
38． A．job
B．name
C．chance
D．message
39． A．calm
B．different
C．crazy
D．curious
40． A．act
B．sound
C．feel
D．dress
41． A．cross over
B．drive along
C．hurry down
D．keep off
42． A．cars
B．people
C．street numbers
D．traffic lights
43． A．helps
B．chooses
C．greets
D．sees
44． A．holds up
B．hangs out
C．moves on
D．turns around
45． A．hands
B．ears
C．faces
D．eyes
46． A．searches for
B．stores up
C．gives away
D．puts on
47． A．borrows
B．sells
C．returns
D．buys
48． A．call
B．send
C．lend
D．show
49． A．delayed
B．remembered
C．began
D．enjoyed
50． A．understand
B．dislike
C．study
D．excuse
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
51． A．sorry for
B．satisfied with
C．proud of
D．surprised by
52． A．smart
B．rich
C．special
D．happy
53． A．city
B．family
C．neighborhood
D．company
54． A．honor
B．pain
C．same
D．cold
55． A．small
B．useful
C．delightful
D．comforting
第三部分 阅读理解(共20 小题；每小题2 分，满分40 分)
阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
Doctors are known to be terrible pilots． They don’t listen because they already know it
all． I was lucky： I became a pilot in 1970， almost ten years before I graduated from medical
school． I didn’t realize then， but becoming a pilot makes me a better surgeon(外科医生)． I
loved flying． As I flew bigger， faster planes， and in worse weather， I learned about crew
resource management (机组资源管理)， or CRM， a new idea to make flying safer． It means
that crew members should listen and speak up for a good result， regardless of positions．
I first read about CRM in 1980． Not long after that， an attending doctor and I were flying
in bad weather． The controller had us turn too late to get our landing ready． The attending
doctor was flying； I was safety pilot． He was so busy because of the bad turn， he had forgotten
to put the landing gear (起落架) down．He was a better pilot — and my boss — so it felt unusual
to speak up． But I had to： Our lives were in danger． I put aside my uneasiness and said， "We
need to put the landing gear down now!" That was my first real lesson in the power of CRM， and
I’ve used it in the operating room ever since．
CRM requires that the pilot/surgeon encourage others to speak up． It further requires that
when opinions are from the opposite， the doctor doesn’t overreact， which might prevent fellow
doctors from voicing opinions again． So when I’m in the operating room， I ask for ideas and
help from others． Sometimes they’re not willing to speak up． But I hope that if I continue to
encourage them， someday someone will keep me from "landing gear up"．
56．What does the author say about doctors in general?
A．They like flying by themselves．
B．They are unwilling to take advice．
C．They pretend to be good pilots．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
D．They are quick learners of CRM．
57．The author deepened his understanding of the power of CRM when ．
A．he saved the plane by speaking up
B．he was in charge of a flying task
C．his boss landed the plane too late
D．his boss operated on a patient
58．In the last paragraph "landing gear up" probably means ．
A．following flying requirements
B．overreacting to different opinions
C．listening to what fellow doctors say
D．making a mistake that may cost lives
59．Which of the following can be the best title for the text?
A．CRM： A New Way to Make Flying Safe
B．Flying Makes Me a Better Doctor
C．The Making of a Good Pilot
D．A Pilot-Turned Doctor
B
In 1947 a group of famous people from the art world headed by an Austrian conductor
decided to hold an international festival(节日) of music， dance and theatre in Edinburgh． The
idea was to reunite Europe after the Second World War．
It quickly attracted famous names such as Alec Guinness， Richard Burton， Dame Margot
Fonteyn and Marlene Dietrich as well as the big symphony orchestras (交响乐团)． It became a
fixed event every August and now attracts 400，000 people yearly．
At the same time， the "Fringe" appeared as a challenge(挑战) to the official festival． Eight
theatre groups turned up uninvited in 1947， in the belief that everyone should have the right to
perform， and they did so in a public house disused for years．
Soon， groups of students firstly from Edinburgh University， and later from the universities
of Oxford and Cambridge， Durham and Birmingham were making the journey to the Scottish
capital each summer to perform theatre by little-known writers of plays in small church halls to
the people of Edinburgh．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Today the "Fringe"， once less recognized， has far outgrown the festival with around 1，
500 performances of theatre， music and dance on every one of the 21 days it lasts． And yet as
early as 1959， with only 19 theatre groups performing， some said it was getting too big．
A paid administrator(行政人员) was first employed only in 1971， and today there are eight
administrators working all year round and the number rises to 150 during August itself． In 2004
there were 200 places housing 1，695 shows by over 600 different groups from 50 different
countries． More than 1．25 million tickets were sold．
60．What was the purpose of Edinburgh Festival at the beginning?
A．To bring Europe together again．
B．To honor heroes of World War Ⅱ．
C．To introduce young theatre groups．
D．To attract great artists from Europe．
61．Why did some uninvited theatre groups come to Edinburgh in 1947?
A．They owned a public house there．
B．They came to take up a challenge．
C．They thought they were also famous．
D．They wanted to take part in the festival．
62．Who joined the "Fringe" after it appeared?
A．Popular writers．
B．University students．
C．Artists from around the world．
D．Performers of music and dance．
63．We may learn from the text that Edinburgh Festival ．
A．has become a non-official event
B．has gone beyond an art festival
C．gives shows all year round
D．keeps growing rapidly
C
Given that many people’s moods (情绪) are regulated by the chemical action of chocolate， it
was probably only a matter of time before somebody made the chocolate shop similar to a
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
drugstore of Chinese medicine． Looking like a setting from the film Charlie & the Chocolate
Factory ， Singapore’s Chocolate Research Facility (CRF) has over 100 varieties of
chocolates． Its founder is Chris Lee who grew up at his parents’ corner store with one hand
almost always in the jar of sweets．
If the CRF seems to be a smart idea， that’s because Lee is not merely a seasoned salesperson
but also head of a marketing department that has business relations with big names such as Levi’s
and Sony． That idea surely results in the imagination at work when it comes to making different
flavored (味道) chocolates．
The CRF’s produce is "green"， made within the country and divided into 10 lines， with the
Alcohol Series being the most popular． The Exotic Series — with Sichuan pepper(辣椒)， red
bean (豆)， cheese and other flavors — also does well and is fun to taste． And for chocolate
snobs， who think that they have a better knowledge of chocolate than others， the Connoisseur
Series uses cocoa beans from Togo， Cuba， Venezuela， and Ghana， among others．
64．What is good about chocolate?
A．It serves as a suitable gift．
B．It works as an effective medicine．
C．It helps improve the state of mind．
D．It strengthens business relations．
65．Why is Chris Lee able to develop his idea of the CRF?
A．He knows the importance of research．
B．He learns from shops of similar types．
C．He has the support of many big names．
D．He has a lot of marketing experience．
66．Which line of the CRF produce sells best?
A．The Connoisseur Series．
B．The Exotic Series．
C．The Alcohol Series．
D．The Sichuan Series．
67．The words "chocolate snobs" in Paragraph 3 probably refer to people who ．
A．are particular about chocolate
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
B．know little about cocoa beans
C．look down upon others
D．like to try new flavors
D
Low-Cost Gifts for Mother’s Day
Gift No． 1
Offer to be your mother’s health friend． Promise to be there for any and all doctor’s visits
whether a disease or a regular medical check-up． Most mothers always say "no need"， but
another set of eyes and ears is always a good idea at a doctor’s visit． The best part? This one is
free．
Gift No． 2
Help your mother organize all of her medical records， which include the test results and
medical information． Put them all in one place． Be sure to make a list of all of her medicines
and what times she takes them． "Having all this information in one place could end up saving
your mother’s life，" Dr． Marie Savard said．
Gift No． 3
Enough sleep is connected to general health conditions． "Buy your mother cotton sheets and
comfortable pillows to encourage better sleep，" Savard said． "We know that good sleep is very
important to our health．"
Gift No． 4
Some gift companies such as Presents for Purpose allow you to pay it forward this Mother’s
Day by picking gifts in which 10 percent of the price you pay goes to a charity(慈善机构)．Gift
givers can choose from a wide variety of useful but inexpensive things — many of which are
"green" — and then choose a meaningful charity from a list． When your mother gets the gift，
she will be told that she has helped the chosen charity．
68．What are you advised to do for your mother at doctor’s visits?
A．Take notes． B．Be with her．
C．Buy medicine． D．Give her gifts．
69．What can be a gift of organization for your mother?
A．keeping her medical information together．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
B．Buying all gifts for her from one company．
C．Making a list of her medical check-ups．
D．Storing her medicines in a safe place．
70．Where can you find a gift idea to improve your mother’s sleep?
A．In Gift No． 1． B．In Gift No． 2．
C．In Gift No． 3． D．In Gift No． 4．
71．Buying gifts from Presents for Purpose allows mothers to ．
A．enjoy good sleep B．be well-organized
C．get extra support D．give others help
E
The oldest and most common source(来源)of renewable energy known to man， biomass is
one of the most important forms of energy production in the United States and elsewhere． Since
such a wide variety of biomass materials is everywhere — from trees and grasses to agricultural
and city-life wastes — biomass promises to play a continuing role in providing power and heat for
millions of people around the world．
According to the Union of Concerned Scientists(UCS)，biomass is a kind of renewable
energy source that produces no carbon dioxide(二氧化碳)，because the energy it contains comes
from the sun． When plant matter is burned， it gives off the sun’s energy． In this way， biomass
serves as a sort of natural battery(电池) for storing the sun’s energy． As long as biomass is
produced continuously — with only as much grown as is used — the"battery"lasts forever．
According to the Energy Information Administration，biomass has been one of the leading
renewable energy sources in the United States for several years running through 2007， making up
between 0．5 and 0．9 percent of the nation’s total electricity supply． In 2008 — although the
numbers aren’t all in yet — wind power probably took over first place because of the rapid
development of wind farms across the country．
Producing power from biomass helps reduce some 11 million tons of carbon dioxide each
year． Some homeowners also try to make their own heat by using biomass materials． Such
practice may save homeowners’ money， but it also produces a lot of pollution． So，the best way
is to encourage power plants to use it．
72．Why is biomass considered as "a sort of natural battery"?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．It burns merely plant matter．
B．It keeps producing electricity．
C．It stores the energy from the sun．
D．It produces zero carbon dioxide．
73．We learn from the text that in 2008 ．
A．wind power would be the leader of renewable energy
B．there was a rapid growth of electricity production
C．biomass might become the main energy source
D．0．5~0．9%of power supply came from biomass
74．Why does the author encourage power plants to use biomass?
A．To prevent the waste of energy．
B．To increase production safety．
C．To reduce pollution．
D．To save money．
75．Where does the text probably come from?
A．A research plan． B．A science magazine．
C．A book review． D．A business report．
第四部分 写作(共两节，满分35 分)
第一节 短文改错(共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分)
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行右
边横线上画一个勾(√)；如有错误(每行只有一个错误)，则按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线(
)划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线
划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下画一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
In my family， there are three people． My father is
hardworking but goes to work in the field every day． 76．______
He isn’t good at talk but he gets on well with other 77．______
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
people． My mother is very much kind and is 78．______
friendly to everybody． So when I have the problem 79．______
I will turn to her for help． My friends say I am clever． 80．______
When the teacher asks us very difficult questions， 81．______
I’ll think quickly and stand to answer． At home my 82．______
father often thinks I’m silly． He said if I decide 83．______
to do something， it takes him much times to stop me． 84．______
This is how I need to improve in the future． 85．______
第二节 书面表达(满分25 分)
假定你是李华，自制了一些中国结(Chinese knot)。给开网店的美国朋友Tom 写封信，
请他代卖，要点包括：
1．外观(尺寸、颜色、材料)
2．象征意义
3．价格
注意：1．词数100 左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3．开头语已为你写好。
Dear Tom，
_________________________________________________________________
___________________________________
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2013 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国大纲卷)
英语答案
1—5 ACACB 6—10 BBABA 11—15 BACAA 16—20 BCBCC
21．D【解析】考查交际用语。根据前句句意"抱歉，我犯错误了" 及空格后"人无完人"可知，
说话者在安慰对方：凡事看开些。Take it easy 意为"别紧张，放松些"，符合语境。
22．A【解析】考查动词短语。根据句意"你今晚愿意和我们一起去看电影吗?"可知，此处意
为"一起去"。come along"跟着来，一起去"符合句意。
23．A【解析】考查并列连词。句意：我很高兴再次见到Jenny，但是我不想整天和她在一
起。前后为转折关系，故选A。
24．C【解析】考查定语从句。句意：当我到达时，Bryan 带我去看了我即将居住的房子。
分析句子结构，此处为定语从句，从句中缺少地点状语，应用关系副词where 来引导。
25．D【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意：我赶上了来自Paddington 的那班7：30 的火车，那
天很早就到了办公室。"赶上火车"这一动作是由主语执行的，且先于谓语动词动作"got
to"发生，故应用完成式，选D 项。
26．B【解析】考查情态动词。句意：既然无人帮他，他一定是独自完成了那项研究。此处
是对过去发生事情的肯定的推测，故选B。
27．C【解析】考查时态。句意：我们打算一早出发，因此前一天夜里就打包了行李。此处
表示过去将来，用过去进行时来表示。故选C。
28．A【解析】考查动词辨析。句意：那块表很不错，他以20%的折扣价买下了它。A 项表
示"支付"，后跟具体的钱数，与后面的for 搭配，故本题选A。B 项的主语一般是物，
不能选；C 项后面一般用"商品"作宾语，可排除；D 项与后面的介词不搭配，其后应用
介词on。
29．B【解析】考查形容词比较级。句意：它或许不是一个好建议，但有更好的建议之前，
我们先凑合一下。此处暗含比较，表示"一条更好的建议"，是泛指，故本题选B。
30．B【解析】考查强调句型。句意：看到那些文件后，Gross 先生才意识到他面前的任务
完成起来是极其困难的。本题是强调句型，强调时间状语。注意，It
is/was．．．that/who．．．是强调句的标志，去掉后，句子依然完整。
31．D【解析】考查介词辨析。句意：没有一些数学知识，不可能有认真的物理研究。without
在此表示条件。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
32．B【解析】考查倒装。句意：只有增加50%的医生，病人才能在这家医院得到妥善治疗。
only 位于句首修饰介词短语时，句子要用部分倒装。
33．A【解析】考查冠词。句意：四个半小时的讨论一直持续到半夜，在中间休息时我们吃
了奶酪、巧克力以及加糖的茶。"四个半小时"可以表示为four and a half hours 或four
hours and a half。break 意为"休息"，是可数名词，这里表示泛指，其前应用不定冠词。
故本题选A。
34．D【解析】考查代词。句意：这是一种二选一的情况，我们今年要么买一辆新车，要么
去度假，但两者不可兼得。空格处表示部分否定，应用not．．．both，故本题选D。
35．C【解析】考查交际用语。——你确定不能来和我们喝酒吗?——如果你坚持的话，那
好吧。all right 意为"好吧"。故选C。
36．A【解析】由句中But 可知上下文构成转折关系，Michael Greenberg 并不出名，但街上
的人都知道他。know about"知道，了解"。
37．D【解析】由下文可知，他总是赠人手套，受益人一定是穷人居多，因此本题选D。
38．B【解析】由上句"他是‘手套先生’"可知，人们会发出这样的疑问"他是如何获得这个称
谓的"。name 意为"名称"，符合题意。
39．B【解析】由上文可知他看起来与其他商人无异，穿西装，提公文箱，但他又与众不同，
他的公文箱里总装着一些手套。
40．A【解析】由句末的定语从句可知，他走路不像其他人，那些人总是看着人行道，匆匆
忙忙赶路。此处指他的行为和其他人不一样，故选A。
41．C【解析】根据常识，冬天，路人都会沿着街道匆忙赶路，hurry down 意为"沿着……匆
忙而行"，符合句意。cross over"越过(河等)，横穿过(道路、屋子等)"，drive along"沿着……
开车"，keep off"(使)不接近"，均不符合文意。
42．B【解析】由下文可知，他在赠人手套，故他四处看的应该是人。故选B。
43．D【解析】看到有人没戴手套，他就停下来。
44．C【解析】他遇到没有戴手套的人就停下给他们一副手套，然后继续走，继续寻找没有
戴手套的人。move on"继续行进"，符合文意。
45．A【解析】他要赠的是手套，一定是寻找"手"冷的人。
46．C【解析】他在冬天时赠送手套。give away"赠送"，符合语境。
47．D【解析】呼应上句，在冬天以外的日子里，他一定是"购买"手套。
48．B【解析】由下文"他房间里有许多手套"可推知，听说他事迹的人都"送"他手套。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
49．C【解析】他是在21 年前开始做这件事的。故选C。
50．A【解析】现在许多纽约穷人认识他，并理解他的行为。
51．D【解析】由but 可知，前后为转折关系，认识他的人能理解他的行为，但不认识他的
人有时会对他的行为感到惊奇。
52．D【解析】由下一句可知，他们没有意识到他只是想使他们高兴。
53．B【解析】由下文的内容可知，他家代代如此(都是这样做的)。
54．C【解析】Michael Greenberg 也是这样的感受，帮助人能使大家更幸福。
55．A【解析】一副手套可能是很小的物品，但它在冬天却可以发挥很大的作用。
56．B【解析】考查细节理解。由第一段第二句可知，医生往往不喜欢听建议，因为他们了
解情况。
57．A【解析】考查细节理解。由第二段最后两句可知，作者大胆提醒飞行员(主治医师)放
下起落架，第一次感知了大胆说出来的力量，并从此以后在手术室也这样做。
58．D【解析】考查词义猜测。根据句意"但是我希望，如果我继续鼓励他们，有人会在某
一天阻止我犯‘将起落架升起来’这样严重的错误"可知，此处"landing gear up"借指所犯
的可能会以生命为代价的错误。
59．B【解析】考查标题判断。作者将自己从飞行员职业经历中所获取的经验运用到行医生
涯中，使自己善于倾听别人的建议，从而使自己成为了一名优秀的医生。B 项符合题意。
60．A【解析】考查细节理解。由第一段最后一句可知，举办爱丁堡艺术节的目的是让欧洲
人民在二战后团结起来。
61．D【解析】考查细节理解。由第三段第二句可知，8 个剧组于1947 年在未受到邀请的情
况下参加了这次音乐节，他们是带着每个人都有权表演的信念来的。D 项符合文意。
62．B【解析】考查细节理解。由第四段可知，先是爱丁堡大学的学生，后来便是牛津、剑
桥、达勒姆和伯明翰的大学的学生，他们纷纷来到苏格兰首府表演。故本题选B。
63．D【解析】考查推理判断。由倒数第二段可知，该节日曾经不受承认，但现在已经成为
持续21 天、每天都有约1，500 种表演的盛大的艺术节。
64．C【解析】考查细节理解。由第一段第一句中的"Given that many people’s moods (情绪)are
regulated by the chemical action of chocolate．．．"可知，巧克力能改善人们的情绪，故本
题选C。
65．D【解析】考查推理判断。由第二段中的"that’s because Lee is not merely a seasoned
salesperson but also head of a marketing department．．．"可知本题选D。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
66．C【解析】考查细节理解。由最后一段第一句"The CRF’s produce is ‘green’，made within
the country and divided into 10 lines， with the Alcohol Series being the most popular．" 可
知本题选C。
67．A【解析】考查推理判断。根据画线部分后的定语从句"who think that they have a better
knowledge of chocolate than others"可知，chocolate snobs 是指那些对巧克力非常熟悉的
人，故可推断出他们也是对巧克力比较挑剔的人。A 项中的be particular about 意为"
对……挑剔"。
分析：given 是介词，意为"鉴于，考虑到"，Given that．．．作状语。主句是it was probably only
a matter of time，意为"……可能只是个时间问题"。
译文：鉴于许多人的情绪受巧克力化学作用的控制，或许使巧克力店像中药店一样(人们能
购买巧克力治病)只是个时间问题。
68．B【解析】考查细节理解。由Gift No．1 中的第二句话"Promise to be there for any and all
doctor’s visits whether a disease or a regular medical check-up"可知，此处建议读者在医生
来访时要陪伴母亲。故本题选B。
69．A【解析】考查细节理解。由Gift No．2 的内容可知答案为A。
70．C【解析】考查细节理解。由Gift No．3 中的内容可知本题选C。
71．D【解析】考查细节理解。由Gift No． 4 中的最后一句可知本题选D。
72．C【解析】考查细节理解。C 项是对biomass(生物质)储存太阳能的特点的形象描述。根
据第二段中的"biomass is a kind of renewable energy source that produces no carbon
dioxide(二氧化碳)，because the energy it contains comes from the sun． When plant matter
is burned， it gives off the sun’s energy． In this way， biomass serves as a sort of natural
battery(电池) for storing the sun’s energy．"可知，生物质是一种不产生二氧化碳的可再生
能源，因为其能源来自于太阳，当生物质燃烧的时候，它释放太阳能。因此，生物质具
备了一种储存太阳能的电池的功能。
73．A【解析】考查细节理解。根据文章第三段最后一句"In 2008 — although the numbers aren’t
all in yet — wind power probably took over first place because of the rapid development of
wind farms across the country．"可知，尽管是不完全统计，由于全国各地风力发电厂的
快速发展，风力发电可能占据了首位。文中的took over first place 与选项A 中的would be
the leader 同义，故选A。
74．C【解析】考查作者观点。文章最后一段提到一些家庭想自行利用"生物质"取暖，这种
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
做法可以省钱，但是也会产生大量污染，所以作者说最好的方法是鼓励发电厂来利用生
物质发电。
75．B【解析】考查推理判断。从整篇文章的特点可知，该文介绍了可再生能源"生物质"，
与"科普"有关，所以，该文最有可能取自"科普杂志"。
76．but→ and。【解析】考查并列连词。goes to work 和is hardworking 是两个并列的谓语，
它们之间不是相反或相对的关系，而是"顺承"关系，所以应该用and 来表示并列。
77．talk→ talking。【解析】考查非谓语动词。at 是介词，它的宾语应该是动名词talking，
而不应该是动词原形。
78．去掉much。【解析】考查副词的用法。副词much 一般用来修饰动词，如：I like the book
very much． 而不用来修饰形容词或副词，但可以修饰形容词比较级或副词比较级。此
处very 修饰kind，much 多余。
79．the→ a。【解析】考查冠词的用法。此处的problem 是"泛指"，因此应该用不定冠词a。
80．√。
81．difficulty →difficult。【解析】考查形容词的用法。此处difficult 作questions 的定语，
应该用形容词，而不是名词。
82．stand 后加up。【解析】考查动词短语。结合常识可知，在课堂上，学生应该是站起来
回答老师提出的问题。
83．said→ says。【解析】考查动词时态。整篇文章都使用了现在时态，讲述的是平时的情
况，而且宾语从句的谓语动词decide 也有提示，故主句的谓语动词也应该用一般现在
时。
84．times→ time。【解析】考查名词的用法。time 意为"时间"时，为不可数名词，没有复数
形式。time 意为"次，回"时是可数名词。
85．how→ what(where)。【解析】考查表语从句(连词)。如果把improve 看作及物动词，则
需要用what 引导表语从句，what 在从句中作improve 的宾语；如果把improve 看作不
及物动词，则需要用where 引导表语从句，where 在从句中作状语。
第二节 书面表达
【范文赏读】
Dear Tom，
How are you doing? I wonder if you could sell some Chinese knots for me． I made them
myself with red still threads， cloths and other materials． They look really beautiful in the shape
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
of a diamond， about 5 inches long and 4 inches wide． In China， these knots stand for friendship，
love and good luck． People can either give them as gifts to friends or hang them in their
houses． They are only 12．99 US dollars each． If anyone wants to know more about the knots，
let them write to me． Also， do let me know if you need further information． Thank you!
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2013 年全国高考试题独家解析(新课标全国卷Ⅰ)
英语试题
本试卷分第Ⅰ卷(选择题)和第Ⅱ卷(非选择题)两部分。全卷满分150 分，考试时间120
分钟
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分 听力(共两节，满分30 分)
第一节（共5 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分7．5 分）
听下面5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最
佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题
和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What does the man want to do?
A．Take photos．
B．Buy a camera．
C．Help the woman．
2．What are the speakers talking about?
A．A noisy night．
B．Their life in town． C．A place of living．
3．Where is the man now?
A．On his way．
B．In a restaurant．
C．At home
4．What will Celia do?
A．Find a player．
B．Watch a game．
C．Play basketball．
5．What day is it when the conversation takes place?
A．Saturday．
B．Sunday．
C．Monday．
第二节（共15 小题：每小题1．5 分，满分22．5 分）
听下面5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个
选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个
小题，每小题5 秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答6、7 题。
6．What is Sara going to do?
A．Buy John a gift．B．Give John a surprise．
C．Invite John to France．
7．What does the man think of Sara’s plan?
A．Funny．
B．Exciting．
C．Strange．
听第7 段材料，回答第8、9 题。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
8．Why does Diana say sorry to peter?
A．She has to give up her travel pan．
B．She wants to visit another city．
C．She needs to put off her test．
9．What does Diana want Peter to do?
A．Help her with her study．
B．Take a book to her friend．
C．Teach a geography lesson．
听第8 段材料，回答第10 至12 题。
10．Why does the man call the woman?
A．To tell her about her new job．
B．To ask about her job program．
C．To plan a meeting with her．
11．Who needs a new flat?
A．Alex．
B．Andrea．
C．Miranda．
12．Where is the woman now?
A．In Baltimore．
B．In New York．
C． In Avon．
听第9 段材料，回答第13 至16 题。
13．What does Jan consider most important when he judges a restaurant?
A．Where the restaurant is．
B．Whether the prices are low．
C．How well the food is prepared．
14．When did Jan begin to write for a magazine?
A．After he came back to Sweden．
B．Before he went to the United States．
C．As soon as he got his first job in 1982．
15．What may Jan do to find a good restaurant?
A．Talk to people in the street． B．Speak to taxi drivers．
C．Ask hotel clerks．
16．What do we know about Jan?
A．He cooks for a restaurant．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
B．He travels a lot of his work．
C．He prefers American food．
听第10 段材料，回答第17 至20 题
17．What do we know about the Plaza Leon?
A．it’s new building． B．it’s a small town． C．it’s public place．
18．When do parents and children like going to the Plaza Leon?
A．Saturday nights．
B．Sunday afternoons．
C．Fridays and Saturdays．
19．Which street is known for its food shops and markets?
A．Via del Mar Street． B．Fernando Street． C．Hernandez Street．
20．Why does the speaker like Horatio Street best?
A．It has an old stone surface．
B．it is named after a writer．
C．It is a famous university
第二部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分55分）
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）
从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
21．— Why, this is nothing but common vegetable soup!
— _______, madam． It's our soup of the day．
A．Let me see B．So it is C．Don't mention it D．Neither do I
22．They might just have a place ___ on the writing course — why don't you give it a try?
A．leave B．left C．leaving D．to leave
23．Try not to cough more than you can ____ since it may cause problems to your lungs．
A．check B．allow C．stop D．help
24．If we _______ now to protect the environment, we'll live to regret it．
A．hadn't acted B．haven't acted C．don't act D．won't act
25．Tony can hardly boil an egg, still _______ cook dinner．
A．less B．little C．much D．more
26．Police have found _______ appears to be the lost ancient statue．
A．which B．where C．how D．what
27．When I first met Bryan I didn't like him, but I _______ my mind．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．have changed B．change C．had changed D．would change
28．The driver wanted to park his car near the roadside but was asked by the police _______．
A．not to do B．not to C．not do D．do not
29．The door _______ open, no matter how hard she pushed．
A．shouldn't B．couldn't C．wouldn't D．mightn't
30．At the last moment, Tom decided to _______ a new character to make the story seem more
likely．
A．put up B．put in C．put on D．put off
31．India attained _______ independence in 1947, after _______ long struggle．
A．不填; a B．the; a C．an; 不填 D．an; the
32．There's no way of knowing why one man makes an important discovery ______ another man,
also intelligent, fails．
A．since B．if C．as D．while
33．"You can't judge a book by its cover," _______．
A．as the saying goes old
B．goes as the old saying
C．as the old saying goes
D．goes as old the saying
34．It was a real race _______ time to get the project done． Luckily, we made it．
A．over B．by C．for D．against
35． The sunlight is white and blinding, _______ hard-edged shadows on the ground．
A．throwing B．being thrown C．to throw D．to be thrown
第二节 完形填空（共20小题：每小题2分，满分40分）
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C、D）中，选出可以填入空白
处的最佳选项。
I went to a group activity, “Sensitivity Sunday”, which was to make us more 36 the
problems faced by disabled people． We were asked to “ 37 a disability” for several hours
one Sunday． Some members, 38 , chose to use wheelchairs． Others wore sound-blocking
earplugs (耳塞) or blindfolds (眼罩)．
Just sitting in the wheelchair was a 39 experience． I had never considered
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
before how 40 it would be to use one． As soon as I sat down，my 41 made the chair
begin to roll． Its wheels were not 42 ． Then I wondered where to put my 43 ． It took
me quite a while to get the metal footrest into 44 ． I took my first uneasy look at what was
to be my only means of 45 for several hours． For disabled people, “adopting a wheelchair”
is not a temporary (临时的) 46 ．
I tried to find a 47 position and thought it might be restful, 48 kind of nice,
to be 49 around for a while． Looking around, I 50 I would have to handle the thing
myself! My hands started to ache as I 51 the heavy metal wheels． I came to know that
controlling the 52 of the wheelchair was not going to be a (an) 53 task．
My wheelchair experiment was soon 54 ． It made a deep impression on me． A few
hours of “disability” gave me only a taste of the 55 , both physical and mental, that disabled
people must overcome．
36．A． curious about B．interested in C．aware of D．careful with
37．A． cure B．prevent C．adopt D．analyze
38．A． instead B．strangely C．as usual D．like me
39．A． learning B．working C．satisfying D．relaxing
40．A． convenient B．awkward C．boring D．exciting
41．A． height B．force C．skill D．weight
42．A． locked B．repaired C．powered D．grasped
43．A． hands B．feet C．keys D．handles
44．A． place B．action C．play D．effect
45．A． operation B．communication C．transportation D．production
46．A． exploration B．education C．experiment D．entertainment
47．A． flexible B．safe C．starting D．comfortable
48．A． yet B．just C．still D．even
49．A． shown B．pushed C．driven D．guided
50．A． realized B．suggested C．agreed D．admitted
51．A． lifted B．turned C．pressed D．seized
52．A． path B．position C．direction D．way
53．A． easy B．heavy C．major D．extra
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
54．A．forgotten B．repeated C．conducted D．finished
55．A．weaknesses B．challenges C．anxieties D．illnesses
第三部分 阅读理解（共两节，满分60分）
第一节（共15小题；每小题2分，满分45分）
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C 和D）中，选出最佳选项。
A
Some people will do just about anything to save money． And I am one of them． Take my
family’s last vacation． It was my six-year-old son’s winter break from school, and we were
heading home from Fort Lauderdale after a weeklong trip． The flight was overbooked, and Delta,
the airline, offered us $400 per person in credits to give up our seats and leave the next day． I
had meetings in New York, so I had to get back． But that didn't mean my husband and my son
couldn't stay． I took my nine-month-old and took off for home．
The next day, my husband and son were offered more credits to take an even later
flight． Yes, I encouraged-okay, ordered-them to wait it out at the airport, to "earn" more Delta
Dollars． Our total take: $1,600． Not bad, huh?
Now some people may think I'm a bad mother and not such a great wife either． But as a
big-time bargain hunter, I know the value of a dollar． And these days, a good deal is something
few of us can afford to pass up．
I've made living looking for the best deals and exposing (揭露) the worst tricks． I have been
the consumer reporter of NBC's Today show for over a decade． I have written a couple of books
including one titled Tricks of the Trade: A Consumer Survival Guide． And I really do what I believe
in．
I tell you this because there is no shame in getting your money’s worth． I’m also tightfisted
when it comes to shoes, clothes for my children, and expensive restaurants． But I wouldn't
hesitate to spend on a good haircut． It keeps its shape longer, and it's the first thing people
notice． And I will also spend on a classic piece of furniture． Quality lasts．
56．Why did Delta give the author's family credits?
A．They took a later flight． B．They had early bookings．
C．Their flight had been delayed． D．Their flight had been cancelled．
57．What can we learn about the author?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．She rarely misses a good deal． B．She seldom makes a compromise．
C．She is very strict with her children． D．She is interested in cheap products．
58．What does the author do?
A．She's a teacher． B．She's a housewife．
C．She's a media person． D．She's a businesswoman．
59．What does the author want to tell us?
A．How to expose bad tricks． B．How to reserve airline seats．
C．How to spend money wisely． D．How to make a business deal．
B
The baby is just one day old and has not yet left hospital． She is quiet but alert (警
觉)．Twenty centimeters from her face researchers have placed a white card with two black spots
on it．She stares at it carefully．A researcher removes the card and replaces it by another, this
time with the spots differently spaced． As the cards change from one to the other, her gaze(凝
视) starts to lose its focus - until a third, with three black spots, is presented． Her gaze returns:
she looks at it for twice as long as she did at the previous card． Can she tell that the number two
is different from three, just 24 hours after coming into the world?
Or do newborns simply prefer more to fewer? The same experiment, but with three spots
shown before two, shows the same return of interest when the number of spots
changes． Perhaps it is just the newness? When slightly older babies were shown cards with
pictures of objects (a comb, a key, an orange and so on), changing the number of objects had an
effect separate from changing the objects themselves． Could it be the pattern that two things
make, as opposed to three? No again． Babies paid more attention to squares moving randomly
on a screen when their number changed from two to three, or three to two． The effect even
crosses between senses． Babies who were repeatedly shown two spots became more excited
when they then heard three drumbeats than when they heard just two; likewise(同样地) when
the researchers started with drumbeats and moved to spots．
60．The experiment described in Paragraph 1 is related to the baby’s ．
A．sense of hearing． B．sense of sight．
C．sense of touch． D．sense of smell．
61．Babies are sensitive to the change in______．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．the size of cards． B．the colour of pictures．
C．the shape of patterns． D．the number of objects．
62．Why did the researchers test the babies with drumbeats?
A．To reduce the difficulty of the experiment．
B．To see how babies recognize sounds．
C．To carry their experiment further．
D．To keep the babies’ interest．
63．Where does this text probably come from?
A．Science fiction． B．Children’s literature．
C．An advertisement． D．A science report．
C
It happened to me recently． I was telling someone how much I had enjoyed reading Barack
Obama’s Dreams From My Father and how it had changed my views of our President． A friend I
was talking to agreed with me that it was, in his words, “a brilliantly（精彩地）written
book”． However, he then went on to talk about Mr Obama in a way which suggested he had no
idea of his background at all． I sensed that I was talking to a book liar．
And it seems that my friend is not the only one． Approximately two thirds of people have
lied about reading a book which they haven’t． In the World Book Day’s “Report on Guilty
Secrets”, Dreams From My Father is at number 9． The report lists ten books, and various authors,
which people have lied about reading, and as I’m not one to lie too often (I’d hate to be caught
out), I’ll admit here and now that I haven’t read the entire top ten． But I am pleased to say that,
unlike 42 percent of people, I have read the book at number one, George Orwell’s 1984． I think
it’s really brilliant．
The World Book Day report also has some other interesting information in it． It says that
many people lie about having read Jane Austen, Charles Dickens, Fyodor Dostoevsky (I haven’t
read him, but haven’t lied about it either) and Herman Melville．
Asked why they lied, the most common reason was to “impress” someone they were
speaking to． This could be tricky if the conversation became more in–depth!
But when asked which authors they actually enjoy, people named J． K． Rowling, John
Grisham, Sophie Kinsella (ah, the big sellers, in other words)． Forty-two percent of people asked
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
admitted they turned to the back of the book to read the end before finishing the story (I’ll come
clean: I do this and am astonished that 58 percent said they had never done so)．
64．How did the author find his friend a book liar?
A．By judging his manner of speaking．
B．By looking into his background．
C．By mentioning a famous name．
D．By discussing the book itself．
65．Which of the following is a “guilty secret” according to the World Book Day report?
A．Charles Dickens is very low on the top-ten list．
B．42% of people pretended to have read 1984．
C．The author admitted having read 9 books．
D．Dreams From My Father is hardly read．
66．By lying about reading, a person hopes to ．
A．control the conversation B．appear knowledgeable
C．learn about the book D．make more friends
67．What is the author’s attitude to 58% of readers?
A．Favorable． B．Uncaring
C．Doubtful D．Friendly
D
The National Gallery
Description:
The National Gallery is the British national art museum built on the north side of Trafalgar
Square in London．It houses a diverse collection of more than 2,300 examples of European art
ranging from 13th-century religious paintings to more modern ones by Renoir and Van
Gogh． The older collections of the gallery are reached through the main entrance while the
more modern works in the East Wing are most easily reached from Trafalgar Square by a ground
floor entrance．
Layout:
The modern Sainsbury Wing on the western side of the building houses 13th-to
15th-century paintings, and artists include Duccio, Uccello, Van Eyck, Lippi, Mantegna, Botticelli
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
and Memling．
The main West Wing houses 16th-century paintings, and artists include Leonardo da Vinci,
Cranach, Michelangelo, Raphael, Bruegel, Bronzino, Titan and Veronese．
The North Wing houses 17th-century paintings, and artists include Caravaggio, Rubens,
Poussin, Van Dyck, Velazquez, Claude and Vermeer．
The East Wing houses 18th-to early 20th-century paintings, and artists include Canaletto,
Goya, Turner, Constable, Renoir and Van Gogh
Opening Hours:
The Gallery is open every day from 10am to 6pm (Fridays 10anm to 9pm) and is free, but
charges apply to some special exhibitions．
Getting There:
Nearest underground stations: Charing Cross (2-minute walk), Leicester Square (3-minute
walk), Embankment (7-minute walk), and Piccadilly Circus (8-minute walk)．
68．In which century’s collection can you see religious paintings?
A．The 13th B．The 17th C．The 18th D．The 20th
69．Where are Leonardo da Vinci’s works shown?
A．In the East Wing． B．In the main West Wing．
C．In the Sainsbury Wing． D．In the North Wing．
70．Which underground station is closest to the National Gallery?
A．Piccadilly Circus． B．Leicester Square．
C．Embankment． D．Charring Cross．
第二节(共5小题:每小题3分，满分15分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项中有两项为多余选项。
Business is organized approach to providing customers with the goods and services they
want． The word business also refers to an organization that provides these goods and
services． Most businesses seek to make a profit (利润) —that is, they aim to achieve income
that is more than the costs of operating the business． __71__Commonly called nonprofits, these
organizations are primarily nongovernmental service providers． __72__
Business management is a term used to describe the techniques of planning, direction, and
control of the operations of a business．__73__One is the establishment (制定) of broad basic
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
policies with respect to production; sales; the purchase of equipment, materials and supplies;
and accounting __74__The third relates to the establishment of standards of work in all
departments． Direction is concerned primarily with supervision (监管) and guidance by the
management in authority．__75__
A．Control includes the use of records and reports to compare actual work with the set
standards for work．
B．In this connection there is the difference between top management and operative
management．
C．Examples of nonprofit business include such organizations as social service agencies and
many hospitals．
D．However, some businesses only seek to earn enough to cover their operating costs．
E．The second aspect relates to the application of these policies by departments．
F．In the theory of business management, organization has two main aspects．
G．Planning in business management has three main aspects．
第Ⅱ卷
第四部分 写作（共两页，满分35分）
第一节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
假定英语课上老师要求同桌中间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共
有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处，每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：把缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（╲）划掉。
修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。
I hardly remember my grandmother． She used to holding me on her knees and sing old
songs．I was only four when she passes away． She is just a distant memory for me now．
I remember my grandfather very much．He was tall, with broad shoulder and a beard that
turned from black toward gray over the years． He had a deep voice, which set himself apart
from others in our small town, he was strong and powerful． In a fact, he even scared my
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
classmates away during they came over to play or do homework with me． However, he was the
gentlest man I have never known．
第二节 书面表达（满分25 分）
假定你是李华。请你给笔友Peter 写封信，告诉他你叔叔李明将去他所在城市开会，带
去他想要的那幅中国画，同时询问他是否可以接机。信中还需说明：
李 明：高个子，戴眼镜
航班号：CA985
到 达：8 月6 日上午11:30
注 意：1． 词数100 左右；
2． 可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3． 开头语和结束语已为你写好。
Dear Peter
How are you doing?
Looking forward to your reply．
Yours,
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2013 年全国高考试题独家解析(新课标卷Ⅰ)
英语答案
1—5 ACACB 6—10 BBABA 11—15 BACAA 16—20 BCBCC
21．【答案】：A
【解析】：本题考查交际用语。选项A 适合用于此语境，可表示日常礼貌的交际表达；
而选项B、C、D 均不符合语境和句意要求。
22．【答案】：B
【解析】：本题考查非谓语动词。leave 作动词讲，可表示“使保留，留下备用”，leave
和place 属于被动关系，故left 作place 的后置定语，表示“剩下的位置，保留的位置”。
23．【答案】：D
【解析】：本题考查固定用法。sb. can not help 表示“某人忍不住（或无法抑制）”，本句
将not 前置了，故答案为help。
24．【答案】：C
【解析】：本题考查if 引导的现在真实条件句。if 引导的现在真实条件句的结构为：主
将从现（主句用一般将来时，从句用一般现在时）。本题中，主句为we'll live，从句应
为don't act，一般现在时的否定形式，故答案为选项C。
25．【答案】：A
【解析】：本题考查固定用法。still less 为固定短语，表示“更不用说，更何况”。
26．【答案】：D
【解析】：本题考查what 引导宾语从句。found 后接宾语从句，从句中appears to 缺少
主语成分，所以应该选一个连接代词引导宾语从句，故排除选项B 和C；what 可以引
导宾语从句，在本句中既可作found 的宾语，又可作从句的主语，选项A 不符合题意，
故本题答案为选项D。
27．【答案】：A
【解析】：本题考查现在完成时。现在完成时表示动作从过去一个不确定的时间开始，
一直持续到现在，并且将来有可能继续下去（也可能到此结束），强调过去发生的动作
对现在造成的影响或结果。现在完成时have changed 对现在造成的影响就是我改变了
对Bryan 的看法。
28．【答案】：B
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
【解析】：本题考查动词不定式。ask sb. (not) to do sth.表示“要求某人做（不要做）某事”，
本题中，was asked 用于被动语态，不定式to 后的成分可省略，以避免和前面的动词
park 重复。
29．【答案】：B
【解析】：本题考查情态动词。couldn't 表示“不能，无法”，其余三项均不符合句意要求。
30．【答案】：B
【解析】：本题考查动词短语辨析。put up 提出；提升，使升高；put in 把……写进（信
函，故事等）；put on 饰演，上演；穿，戴；put off 下车；脱掉；推迟，延迟；综上
所述，只有选项B 符合句意要求。
31．【答案】：A
【解析】：本题考查定冠词和不定冠词。independence 是不可数名词，故可排除选项C
和D。independence前不需加定冠词the特指，“实现独立”的表达为attain independence。
32．【答案】：D
【解析】：本题考查连词while。通过句意可知，本题想要表达的是一个转折关系，while
作连词讲，可表示“（对比两件事或两个人）而，然而”；since 意为“因为，由于”；if
意为“如果”；as 意为“当……时；因为；尽管”，故本题答案为选项D。
33．【答案】：C
【解析】：本题考查固定用法。as the old saying goes 为固定表达，意为“古人云，俗话说，
正如古话所说”。
34．【答案】：D
【解析】：本题考查介词。over prep. 在……的上方；在……期间；遍及；by prep. 靠
近；通过，经由；for prep.（表示对象、用途等）给，对，供；为了；关于；against
prep. 逆，对抗；反对；与……相反；综上所述，只有选项D 符合句意要求。
35．【答案】：A
【解析】：本题考查非谓语动词。throw 表示“照射（光线），投射（阴影）”，throw 和
sunlight 属于主动关系，故可排除选项B 和D；不定式表示目的，所以to throw 不符合
句意要求。
36．【答案】：C
【解析】本题考查词组辨析。curious about “对……感到好奇”；interested in “对……有兴
趣”；aware of“知道，意识到，关心”；careful with“小心……”；根据上下文可知，这个
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
小组活动的目的是让我们对残疾人面对的问题更加的了解和关心。选项C 符合题意。
37．【答案】：C
【解析】本题考查动词辨析。cure“治愈”；prevent“防止，预防”；adopt“采用，挑选”；
analyze“分析”；disability 前面有不定冠词a 修饰，表示“某一方面的残疾”，结合上下文
可知本句在具体解释前面提到的小组活动的内容，即“让我们挑选一个残疾方面，在周
日体验几个小时”。
38．【答案】：D
【解析】本题考查上下文语义。instead“反而，却”；strangely“奇怪地”；as usual“像平常
一样”；like me“像我一样”；前面提到每个人都需要选择一个项目，有些人选择了轮椅，
有些人选择了耳塞或眼罩。从下文可知，我也是选择了轮椅，所以答案选D。
39．【答案】：A
【解析】本题考查learning“学习，了解”； working“工作上的，起作用的”；satisfying“令
人满意的”；relaxing“使人放松的”；仅仅是坐在轮椅中都是一个学习了解的过程。
40．【答案】：B
【解析】本题考查形容词辨析。convenient“方便的”；awkward“笨拙的，难操纵的”；
boring“枯燥的”；exciting“令人激动的，使人兴奋的”；从下文可以知道，作者在操作轮
椅时频频出错，所以轮椅对他来说应是很难操纵，所以，答案选B。
41．【答案】：D
【解析】本题考查名词辨析。height“高度”；force“力；权力；暴力”；skill“技巧”；weight“重
量，体重”；force 一般强调用个人意志发出的力量，而weight 指客观重量。本句意为“我
一坐上去，我身体的重量就使轮椅开始转起来。”
42．【答案】：A
【解析】本题考查动词辨析。lock“锁，上锁”；repair“修理”；power“充电”；grasp“抓紧，
抓牢”；前面提到一坐上去，轮椅就转了起来，由此可知轮子是没有上锁的。
43．【答案】：B
【解析】本题考查上下文语义。从下文的footrest 可知，这里作者应该是不知道把脚搁在
哪里。
44．【答案】：A
【解析】本题考查词组搭配。get sth. into place 意为“使……就位，准备就绪”。
45．【答案】：C
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
【解析】本题考查名词辨析。operation“操作”；communication“交流，通讯”；
transportation“交通工具”；production“生产”；文章第一段提到作者会在轮椅中体验好
几个小时，从空格后面的for several hours 可知，这里作者看的是轮椅，而轮椅是一种
交通工具，所以答案选C。
46．【答案】：C
【解析】本题考查名词辨析。exploration“探险，探索”；education“教育”；experiment“尝
试，试验”；entertainment“娱乐”；显然，对于残疾人来说，坐轮椅不是一次临时的尝
试。
47．【 答案】：D
【解析】本题考查形容词辨析。flexible“灵活的”；safe“安全的”；starting“开始的”；
comfortable“舒服的”；此处意为“我试着去找一个比较舒服的姿势。
48．【答案】：B
49．【答案】：B
50．【答案】：A
【解析】48、49、50可以连起来判断答案。从下文“环顾四周，我才意识到我要自己推
这个轮椅！”从作者的感叹语气可以推断，作者一开始还以为会有人来带着他到处走走，
所以觉得这样很不错。48题选B，此处just 意为“真正地，实在，的确”，后面常接形容
词，用于口语中。这是一道比较难的题目。49题选B，be pushed around 表示“被别人
推着到处转转”。50题选A，realize“意识到”。
51．【答案】：B
【解析】本题考查动词辨析。lift“举起来”；turn“转动”；press“按压”；seize“抓住”，作
者是坐在轮椅上，所以这里应该是转动轮椅，答案选B。
52．【答案】：C
【解析】本题考查名词辨析。path“小路”；position“位置”；direction“方向”；way“路，
路线”；这里应该是控制轮椅的方向，答案选C。
53．【 答案】：A
【解析】本题考查上下文语义。前面提到“在转动轮椅的时候，我的手开始痛起来”，由
此可知，控制轮椅的方向并不是一件轻松活，答案选A。
54．【答案】：D
【解析】本题考查动词辨析。forget“遗忘，忘记”；repeat“重复”；conduct“管理，引导，
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
指挥”；finish“结束”。首先可以排除B、C 选项，从后面一句“它给我留下来深刻的印象”
可知，作者并没有很快就忘记这次坐轮椅之旅，所以可以排除A 项。
55．【答案】：B
【解析】本题考查名词辨析。weakness“弱点，缺点”；challenge“挑战”；anxiety“焦虑，
担心”；illness“病，疾病”；从最后的overcome 可知，这里应该是克服“挑战”。
56．【答案】 A. They took a later flight.
【解析】细节题。由Delta 定位到第一段，The flight was overbooked, and Delta, the airline,
offered us $400 per person in credits to give up our seats and leave the next day.可知，因为
航班超额预定，航空公司不得不取消我们的座位，让我们乘坐第二天的航班，正因为
此，他们为我们提供了补贴。由此可知，正确答案为A。
57．【 答案】A. She rarely misses a good deal.
【解析】细节题。由文中第三段And these days, a good deal is something few of us can afford
to pass up.可知，如今几乎没有人负担得起拒绝一个好的交易，而从作者之前的经历来
看，她也甚至钱的价值，所以正确答案为A。
58．【 答案】C. She's a media person.
【解析】细节题。由关键词consumer reporter 定位文章第四段。I have been the consumer
reporter of NBC's Today show for over a decade. I have written a couple of books…作者是
美国广播公司今日秀节目的记者，并且写过一些书。由此可知，作者是个媒体人。因
此，正确答案为C。
59．【 答案】C. How to spend money wisely.
【解析】主旨题。由关键词getting your money worth 定位文章最后一段。I tell you this
because there is no shame in getting your money’s worth.把钱花在恰当的地方，让物有所
值，不是什么害臊的事。由此可知，本文主要告诉我们该如何明智的花钱。因此，正
确答案为C。
60．【 答案】B. sense of sight.
【解析】细节题。第一段中She stares at it carefully. A researcher removes the card and
replaces it by another, this time with the spots differently spaced. As the cards change from
one to the other,her gaze(凝视) starts to lose its focus - until a third, with three black spots,
is presented. Her gaze returns: she looks at it for twice as long as she did at the previous
card.婴儿仔细盯着白板上的两个黑点看。然后纸板交换，婴儿视觉开始不能聚焦核心，
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
换成3个黑点时，婴儿又开始集中注视了。由此可知，该实验是研究婴儿的视觉。因此，
正确答案为B。
61．【 答案】D .the number of objects.
【解析】细节题。还是看第一段，As the cards change from one to the other ,her gaze(starts
to lose its focus - until a third, with three black spots, is presented. Her gaze returns: she
looks at it for twice as long as she did at the previous card.卡片改变时，直到出现3个黑点
纸板时，婴儿又开始集中注视了。由此可知，婴儿对于有不同数目黑点的纸板比较敏
感。因此，正确答案为D。
62．【 答案】C. To carry their experiment further.
【解析】推理题。由关键词drumbeats 定位文章第二段。The effect even crosses between
senses. Babies who were repeatedly shown two spots became more excited when they
then heard three drumbeats than when they heard just two;likewise(同样地) when the
researchers started with drumbeats and moved to spots.测验效果在不同感官间交叉。与
听到两声鼓声相比，当听到三声鼓声的时候婴儿看着两个点会变得更兴奋。由此可知，
鼓声是一个背景，测试的还是婴儿听不同次数鼓声时对看到的纸板数字的反应。因此，
正确答案为C。
63．【 答案】D.A science report.
【解析】推测题。由文中第一段出现researcher,以及第二段中出现experiment，可以推测。
该文是一篇科技报道。因此，正确答案为D。
64．【 答案】D. By discussing the book itself.
【解析】细节题。由关键词find his friend a book liar 定位至文章第一段。由“However, he then
went on to talk about Mr. Obama in a way which suggested he had no idea of his
background at all.”可知，作者发现朋友撒谎，是因为朋友对此书的深入讨论暴露了他对
奥巴马背景的无知，因此，正确答案为D。
65．【 答案】 B. 42% of people pretended to have read 1984.
【解析】推理题。由关键词guilty secret 定位至文章第二段。由“But I am pleased to say that,
unlike 42 percent of people, I have read the book at number one, George Orwell’s 1984. I
think it’s really brilliant.”，结合上文“The report lists ten books, and various authors, which
people have lied about reading”可推测出，有42%的人撒谎说读过1984，因此，正确答
案为B。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
66．【 答案】 D. make more friends
【解析】细节题。由题干By lying about reading, a person hopes to 定位至文章第四段。
由 “Asked why they lied, the most common reason was to ‘impress’ someone they were
speaking to.”可知，大多说人撒谎是想要给别人留下好印象，从而结交更多朋友，因此，
正确答案为D。
67．【 答案】C. Doubtful
【解析】态度题。由关键词58% of readers 定位至文章第五段。由 “I’ll come clean: I do this
and am astonished that 58 percent said they had never done so”可知，作者对这58%的人
表示怀疑，因此，正确答案为D。
68．【 答案】A. The 13th
【解析】细节题。由religious paintings 定位至Description 部分。由 “ranging from
13th-century religious paintings”可知，宗教绘画是13世纪的藏品，因此，正确答案为A。
69．【 答案】B. In the main West Wing.
【解析】细节题。由Leonardo da Vinci定位至Layout 部分。由 “The main West Wing houses
16th-century paintings, and artists include Leonardo da Vinci…”可知，Leonardo dam Vinci
的作品在the main West Wing 展出，因此，正确答案为B。
70．【 答案】 D. Charring Cross.
【解析】细节题。由underground station 定位至Getting There 部分。由此段可知，从Charing
Cross 至美术馆走路只需两分钟，因此，正确答案为D。
71．【 答案】D. However, some businesses only seek to earn enough to cover their operating
costs.
【解析】推理题。本题的后一句出现了一个新名词nonprofits（非盈利），而前文的内容
是在说大多数企业都在寻求利润，那这里语义的突然变化就提示了我们空格处所填内
容应该与seek to make a profit（寻求利益）语义相反，而与nonprofit 相同，因为只有
这样才能自然的引出下文。纵观选项，只有答案D 出现了however，表示语义的转折，
所以正确答案为D。
72．【 答案】C. Examples of nonprofit business include such organizations as social service
agencies and many hospitals.
【解析】推理题。根据文意，前文提到的these organizations are primarily nongovernmental
service providers 中的these organizations 实指non profits organizations，所以此处72题
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
的内容应该是对nongovernmental service providers（非政府服务提供商）的进一步解释。
纵观选项，只有答案C 是在举例子，而且也出现了关键词nonprofit，所以正确答案为
C。
73．【 答案】G. Planning in business management has three main aspects.
【解析】 推理题。这道题的解题方法就是我们说的充分利用“指路词”。下文中出现了
One is...，The third relates...，可见本空是个总起句，概括了什么东西包含有三个方面。
纵观选项，只有答案G 出现了three，且主语planning 正好复现了第二段首句出现的
techniques of planning，所以正确答案为G。
74．【 答案】 E. The second aspect relates to the application of these policies by departments.
【解析】推理题。还是依靠“指路词”，文中出现过了第一和第三，所以本空肯定描述的
是第二方面。纵观选项，只有答案E 出现了the second，所以答案为E。
75．【 答案】A. Control includes the use of records and reports to compare actual work with the
set standards for work.
【解析】推理题。观察第二段可知，商务管理中涉及的techniques of planning, direction
均已经提到，只差最后一个control（控制）还未提及，所以本空一定和control 有关。
纵观选项，只有答案A 出现了关键词control，所以答案为A。
I hardly remember my grandmother. She used to holding
hold
me on her knees and sing
hold old songs. I was only four when she
passes
passed
away. She is just a distant memory for me
now.
I remember my grandfather very
much
well / clearly
. He was tall, with broad shoulder
shoulders
and
a beard well shoulders that turned from black toward
to / into
gray over the years. He had a deep
voice, which set had himself
him
apart from others in our small town, and
he was strong and
powerful. In a fact, him and ache even scared my classmates away during
when
they came over to
play or do homework when with me. However, he was the gentlest man I have never
ever
known.
第一处：本题考查固定用法used to do something，表示“过去常常”。holding 改为hold。
第二处：本题考查时态。该句描述的是过去的事实，应用过去时，passes 改为passed。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
第三处：本题考查副词。very much 很多；一般修饰数量多少；very well 很好；一般修饰动
词。此句是对remember 这个动词的修饰，应用very well。
第四处：本题考查名词单复数。shoulder 此处指的是双肩，所以shoulder 改为复数shoulders。
第五处：本题考查时态。该句描述的是过去某段时间内的事实变化，应用过去完成时。turned
前面加上had。
第六处：本题考查代词。该句为非限制性定语从句，主语是which，指a deep voice，谓语动
词为set，宾语可直接用名词的宾格，不存在反射或强调关系，因而不需要用反身
代词来himself，应用him。
第七处：本题考查并列连词。该句由两个单句构成，前一个单句中带有非限制性定语从句。
两个单句需要用并列连词连接，此处根据句意应用and。
第八处：本题考查固定用法。in fact 事实上，实际上。
第九处：本题考查从属连词。when 当……时候；during 在……期间；由句义可知，此处应用
when。
第十处：本题考查副词。never 意为从未有过；ever 意为曾经，在任何时候。由句义可知，
应用ever。
Dear Peter,
How are you doing?
I’m writing to tell you that my uncle Li Ming is going to your city for a conference, and I’ve asked
him to bring you the Chinese painting you’ve asked for before.
Also, I’d like you to do me a favor. Would you please meet my uncle at the airport and take him to
his hotel since this is his first visit to the U.S.? Thank you in advance!
His flight number is CA985, and it will arrive at 11:30 am, August 6. My uncle is tall and he is
wearing glasses. And he will be in a blue jacket.
Looking forward to your reply.
Yours,
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2013 年全国高考试题独家解析(新课标全国卷Ⅱ)
英语
本试卷分第Ⅰ卷（选择题）和第Ⅱ卷（非选择题）两部分。
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分
英语知识运用(共两节，满分45 分)
第一节 单项填空(共15 小题:每小题1 分，满分15 分)
从A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
1．--I'm sorry I made a mistake!
-- Nobody is perfect．
A．Take your time B．You're right
C．Whatever you say
D．Take it easy
2．Would you like to with us to the film tonight?
A．come along
B．come off
C．come across
D．come through
3．I was glad to meet Jenny again, I didn't want to spend all day with her．
A．but B．and
C．so D．or
4．When I arrived, Bryan took me to see the house_ I would be staying．
A．what
B．when
C．where
D．which
5．I got to the office earlier that day, the 7:30 train from Paddington
A．caught B．to have caught C．to catch D．having caught
6．Since nobody gave him any help, he have done the research on his own．
A．can B．must C．would D．need
7．We very early so we packed the night before．
A．leave B．had left C．were leaving D．have left
8．The watch was very good, and he 20 percent down for it．
A．paid B．cost C．bought D．spent
9．It may not be a great suggestion· But before ______ is put forward, we’ll make do with it．
A．a good one B．a better one C．the best one D．a best one
10．It was only after he had read the papers Mr．Gross realized the task before him was
extremely difficult to complete．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．when B．that C．which D．what
11．A serious study of physics is impossible some knowledge of mathematics．
A．against B．before C．beyond D．without
12．Only by increasing the number of doctors by 50 percent properly in this hospital．
A．can be the patients B．can the patients be treated
C．the patients can be treated D．treated can be the patients
13．Four and half hours of discussion took us up to midnight, and break for cheese,
chocolate and tea with sugar．
A．a; a B．the; the C．不填；the D．a;不填
14．It's an either-or situation - we can buy a new car this year or we can go on holiday but we
can’t do ．
A．others B．either C．another D．both
15．-Are you sure you won't come for a drink with us?
- , if you insist
A．Not at all B．It depends C．All right then D．I don't care
第二节 完形填空（共20 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分30 分）
阅读下面短文，从短文后面各题所给的四个选项(A、 B、C 和 D)中，选出可以填入空
白处的最佳选项。
Michael Greenberg is a very popular New Yorker．He is not famous in sports or the arts．But
people in the streets 16 him， especially those who are 17 ．
For those people， he is "Gloves" Greenberg． How did he get that 18 ? He looks like any
other businessman，wearing a suit and carrying a briefcase (公文箱)． But he's 19 _． His
briefcase always has some gloves．
In winter，Mr．Greenberg does not 20 like other New Yorkers，who look at the sidewalk
and 21 the street．He looks around at 22 ．He stops when he 23 someone with no
gloves．He gives them a pair and then he 24 ，looking for more people with cold 25 ．
On winter days，Mr．Greenberg 26 gloves．During the rest of the year，he 27
gloves．People who have heard about him 28 him gloves，and he has many in his apartment．
Mr． Greenberg 29 doing this 21 years ago．Now，many poor New Yorkers know him
and 30 his behavior．But people who don't know him are sometimes 31 him．They
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
don't realize that he just wants to make them 32 ．
It runs in the 33 ．Michael's father always helped the poor as he believed it made
everyone happier． Michael Greenberg feels the 34 ．A pair of gloves may be a 35
thing，but it can make a big difference in winter．
16．A．know about
B．learn from
C．cheer for
D．look after
17．A．old
B．busy
C．kind
D．poor
18．A．job
B．name
C．chance
D．message
19．A．calm
B．different
C．crazy
D．curious
20．A．act
B．sound
C．feel
D．dress
21．A．cross over B．drive along
C．hurry down
D．keep off
22．A． cars
B．people
C．street numbers D．traffic lights
23．A．helps
B．chooses
C．greets
D．sees
24．A．holds up B．hangs out
C．moves on
D．turns around
25．A．hands
B．ears
C．faces
D．eyes
26．A．searches for B．stores up
C．gives away
D．puts on
27．A．borrows
B．sells
C．returns
D．buys
28．A．call
B．send
C．lend
D．show
29．A．delayed B．remembered C．began
D．enjoyed
30．A．understand
B．dislike
C．study
D．excuse
31．A．sorry for B．satisfied with
C．proud of
D．surprised by
32．A．smart
B．rich
C．special
D．happy
33．A．city
B．family
C．neighborhood D．company
34．A．honor
B．pain
C．same
D．cold
35．A．small
B．useful
C．delightful
D．comforting
第二部分阅读理解(共两节，满分40 分)
第一节(共15 小题:每小题2 分，满分30 分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、 B、 C 和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
Doctor are known to be terrible pilots． They don't listen because they already know it all． I
was lucky: I became a pilot in 1970， almost ten years before I graduated from medical school． I
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
didn't realize then， but becoming a pilot makes me a better surgeon． I loved flying． As I flew
bigger， faster planes， and in worse weather． I learned about crew resource management (机
组资源管理)， or CRM， a new idea to make flying safer． It means that crew members should
listen and speak up for a good result， regardless of positions．
I first read about CRM in 1980． Not long after that， an attending doctor and I were flying
in bad weather． The controller had us turn too late to get our landing ready． The attending
doctor was flying; I was safety pilot He was so busy because of the bad turn， he had forgotten to
put the landing gear (起落架) down．He was a better pilot - and my boss - so it felt unusual to
speak up． But I had to: Our lives were in danger．I put aside my uneasiness and said， "We need
to put the landing gear down now!" That was my first real lesson in the power of CRM，and I've
used it in the operating room ever since．
CRM requires that the pilot/surgeon encourage others to speak up．It further requires that
when opinions are from the opposite，the doctor doesn't overreact，which might prevent fellow
doctors from voicing opinions again．So when I'm in the operating room， I ask for ideas and help
from others．Sometimes they're not willing to speak up． But I hope that if I continue to
encourage them，someday someone will keep me from “landing gear up”．
36．What dose the author say about doctors in general?
A．They like flying by themselves．
B．They are unwilling to take advice．
C．They pretend to be good pilots．
D．They are quick learners of CRM．
37．The author deepened his understanding of the power of CRM when_______．
A．he saved the plane by speaking up
B．he was in charge of a flying task
C．his boss landed the plane too late
D．his boss operated on a patient
38．In the last paragraph“landing gear up”probably means ______．
A．following flying requirements．
B．overreacting to different opinions．
C．listening to what fellow doctors say
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
D．making a mistake that may cost lives
39．Which of the following can be the best title for the text?
A．CRM:A New Way to Make Flying Safe
B．Flying Makes Me a Better Doctor
C．The Making of a Good Pilot
D．A Pilot-Turned Doctor
B
In 1947 a group of famous people from the art world headed by an Austrian conductor
decided to hold an international festival of music，dance and theatre in Edinburgh． The idea was
to reunite Europe after the Second World War．
It quickly attracted famous names such as Alec Guinness，Richard Burton， Dame Margot
Fonteyn and Marlene Dietrich as well as the big symphony orchestras(交响乐团)。It became a
fixed event every August and now attracts 400，000 people yearly．
At the same time， the “Fringe” appeared as a challenge to the official festival．Eight theatre
groups turned up uninvited in 1947，in the belief that everyone should have the right to perform，
and they did so in a public house disused for years．
Soon，groups of students firstly from Edinburgh University， and later from the universities
of Oxford and Cambridge，Durham and Birmingham were making the journey to the Scottish
capital each summer to perform theatre by little-known writers of plays in small church halls to
the people of Edinburgh．
Today the “Fringe”，once less recognized， has far outgrown the festival with around 1，500
performances of theatre，music and dance on every one of the 21 days it lasts． And yet as early
as 1959，with only 19 theatre groups performing，some said it was getting too big．
A paid administrator was first employed only in 1971， and today there are eight
administrators working all year round and the number rises to 150 during August itself． In 2004
there were 200 places housing 1，695 shows by over 600 different groups from 50 different
countries． More than 1.25 million tickets were sold．
40．What was the purpose of Edinburgh Festival at he beginning?
A．To bring Europe together again．
B．To honor heroes of World War Ⅱ．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
C．To introduce young theatre groups．
D．To attract great artists from Europe．
41．Why did some uninvited theatre groups come to Edinburgh in 1947?
A．They owned a public house there．
B．They came to take up a challenge．
C．They thought they were also famous．
D．They wanted to take part in the festival．
42．Who joined the "Fringe" after it appeared?
A．Popular writers
B．University students．
C．Artists from around the world．
D．Performers of music and dance．
43．We may learn from the text that Edinburgh Festival_______．
A．has become a non-official event
B．has gone beyond an art festival
C．gives shows all year round
D．keeps growing rapidly
C
Given that many people's moods (情绪)are regulated by the chemical action of chocolate，
it was probably only a matter of time before somebody made the chocolate shop similar to a
drugstore of Chinese medicine． Looking like a setting from the film Charlie & the Chocolate
Factory， Singapore's Chocolate Research Facility (CRF) has over 100 varieties of chocolates．its
founder is Chris Lee who grew up at his parents' comer store with one hand almost always in the
jar of sweets．
If the CRF seems to be a smart idea， that's because Lee is not merely a seasoned
salesperson but also head of a marketing department that has business relations with big names
such as Levi's and Sony． That idea surely results in the imagination at work when it comes to
making different flavored(味道)chocolates．
The CRF's produce is "green"． made within the country and divided into 10 lines， with the
Alcohol Series being the most popular． The Exotic Series 一with Sichuan pepper， red bean
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
(豆)．cheese and other flavors 一also does well and is fun to taste．And for chocolate snobs，
who think that they have a better knowledge of chocolate than others，the Connoisseur Series
uses cocoa beans from Togo，Cuba，Venezuela，and Ghana，among others．
44．What is good about chocolate?
A．It serves as a suitable gift．
B．It works as an effective medicine．
C．It helps improve the state of mind．
D．It strengthens business relations．
45．Why is Chris Lee able to develop his idea of the CRF?
A．He knows the importance of research．
B．He learns form shops of similar types．
C．He has the support of many big names
D．He has a lot of marketing experience．
46．Which line of the CRF produce sells best?
A．The Connoisseur Series．
B．The Exotic Series．
C．The Alcohol Series．
D．The Sichuan Series．
47．The words "chocolate snobs" in Paragraph 3 probably refer to people who ．
A．are particular about chocolate
B．know little about cocoa beans
C．look down upon others
D．like to try new flavors
D
Low-Cost Gifts for Mother's Day
Gift No．1
Offer to be your mother's health friend．Promise to be there for any and all doctor's visits
whether a disease or a regular medical check-up．Most mothers always say "no need，" another
set of eyes and ears is always a good idea at a doctor's visit．The best part ? This one is free．
Gift No．2
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Help your mother organize all of her medical records， which include the test results and
medical information． Put them all in one place． Be sure to make a list of all of her medicines
and what times she takes them． "Having all this information in one place could end up saving
your mother's life，" Dr．Marie Savard said．
Gift No．3
Enough sleep is connected to general health conditions． "Buy your mother cotton sheets
and comfortable pillows to encourage better sleep，" Savard said． "We know that good sleep is
very important to our health．"
Gift No．4
Some gift companies such as Presents for Purpose allow you to pay it forward this Mother's
Day by picking gifts in which 10 percent of the price you pay goes to a charity (慈善机构) Gift
givers can choose from a wide variety of useful but inexpensive things -many of which are
"green" - and then choose a meaningful charity from a list． When your mother gets the gift，
she will be told that she has helped the chosen charity．
48．What are you advised to do for your mother at doctor's visits?
A．Take notes． B．Be with her．
C．Buy medicine． D．Give her gifts．
49．Where can you find a gift idea to improve your mother’s sleep?
A．In Gift No．1． B．In Gift No．2．
C．In Gift No．3． D．In Gift No．4．
50．Buying gifts from Presents for Purpose allows mothers to
A．enjoy good sleep B．be well-organized
C．get extra support D．give others help
第二节（共5 小题；每小题2 分，满分10 分）
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余
选项。
Public Speaking Training
●Get a coach
51 ，so get help． Since there are about a billion companies out there all ready
to offer you public speaking training and courses， here are some things to look for when
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
deciding the training that's right for you．
●Focus on positives
Any training you do to become more effective at public speaking should always focus on the
positive aspects of what you already do well． Nothing can hurt confidence more than being told
that you aren't doing well． ， so good public speaking training should develop those
instead of telling you what you shouldn't do．
● 53
If you find a public speaking course that looks as though it's going to give you lots of dos and
don'ts， walk away! Your brain is so full of what you're going to be talking about． 54 ． As
far as we're concerned， there are basically no hard and fast rules about public speaking． Your
audience can be your friends．
●You are a special person not a clone
Most importantly，good public speaking training should treat you as a special one， with
your own personal habits． 55 ． Your training course should help you bring out your
personality，not try to turn you into someone you're not．
A．You aren't like anybody else
B．You already do lots of things well
C．Turn your back on too many rules
D．Check the rules about dos and don'ts
E．Whatever the presentation， public speaking is tough
F．The one thing you don't want is for them to fall asleep
G．So trying to force a whole set of rules into it will just make things worse
第三部分 写作（共两页，满分35 分）
第一节 短文改错（共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分）
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共
有10 处语言错误，每句中最多有两处，每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：把缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（\）划掉。
修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1． 每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2． 只允许修改10 处，多者（从第11 处起）不计分。
The book I’m reading of talks about afternoon tea in Britain． It is said to have started in the
early 1800’s． Have tea in the late afternoon provides a bridge between lunch and dinner， that
might not be served until 8 o’clock at night． This custom soon becomes another meal of
day． Interesting， it had a connection by the British porcelain(瓷器) industry． Tea in China was
traditionally drank from cups without handles． When tea got popular in Britain， there was a
crying need for good cup with handles to suit British habits． This made for the grow in the
porcelain industry．
第二节 书面表达（满分25 分）
假定你是李华，自制一些中国结（Chinese knot）。给开网店的美国朋友Tom 写封信，请
他代卖，要点包括：
1．外观（尺寸、颜色、材料）
2．象征意义
3．价格
注意：1．词数100 左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3．开头语已为你写好。
Dear Tom ，
How are you doing? ___________________________________________
_______________________________________________
Li Hua
2013 年全国高考试题独家解析(新课标卷Ⅱ)
英语答案
1．【答案】D
【解析】考查交际用语。根据后句“人无完人”可知，前一个人犯错误了，应叫他take it easy
（放松）。
2．【答案】A
【解析】考查动词短语辨析。根据句意，与我们一道去看电影，故选A。come along with…
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
与…一道。
3．【答案】A
【解析】考查并列连词。根据句意：再次见到Jenny 我很高兴，但我不想整天都和她一
起度过。
4．【答案】C
【解析】考查定语从句。定语从句中stay 为不及物动词，故不缺主干成分，用关系副
词；先行词为house，指地点，故用关系副词where。
5．【答案】D
【解析】考查非谓语动词。根据句意，因为我赶上了7:30 的车，所以那天我更早地到了
办公室，可知赶车发生在到办公室之前，且与主语I 之间为主动关系，故使用现在分词
完成体表主动完成。
6．【答案】B
【解析】考查情态动词。根据句意，由于没人帮他，因此他定是一个人做的那个调查。
情态动词must 表肯定推测。故选B。
7．【答案】C
【解析】考查动词时态。根据so 后的并列句“我们前一天晚上就打好包了”，可知，“我
们会很早离开”，故使用过去进行时表过去将来的动作。选C。
8．【答案】A
【解析】考查动词辨析。短语pay some money for sth。故答案选A。
9．【答案】B
【解析】考查形容词比较等级。句意：这也许不是一个很好的建议，但在提出一个更好
的建议之前，我们会设法应付的。根据句意用比较级。
10．【答案】B
【解析】考查强调句。题干可还原为：Mr.Gross realized the task before him was extremely
difficult to complete only after he had read the papers，即可判断为强调句，因此填that。
11．【答案】D
【解析】考查介词。根据句意，如果没有一点数学知识，要认真研究物理是不可能的。
故选D（如果没有）·
12．【答案】B
【解析】考查倒装句。Only+状语（从句）提前放于句首，句子应用不完全倒装，即将助
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
动词can 放于主语the patients 之前，故答案选B。
13．【答案】A
【解析】考查冠词。第一空表示“四个半”应用four and a half；短语a break 表示“休息一
会儿”，故答案选A。
14．【答案】D
【解析】考查代词。根据句意：这是一个只能二选一的处境——我们可以今年买一辆新
车，或我们去度假，但是我们不可能两件事都做，not…both 表不完全否定。故选D。
15．【答案】C
【解析】考查交际用语。根据第二个人的回答，“如果你坚持的话”，可知应表示勉强赞同，
故选C。
16．【答案】A
【解析】街上的人都知道他。A 了解，知道…· 的情况；B 向…·学习；C 为…·加油；D 照
顾。故选A。
17．【答案】D
【解析】根据第六段话Many New Yorkers know him 可知，尤其是穷人们，对他很熟悉。
故选D。
18．【答案】B
【解析】那些穷人叫他“Gloves” Greenberg，它是怎样获得这个称号的呢？故选B。
19．【答案】B
【解析】他看起来和其他人一样，穿西装提公文箱，但和别人不一样。根据but 可知表
转折，故选B。
20．【答案】A
【解析】Mr．Greenberg 不像其他纽约人一样，其他人是看看人行道，然后就穿过马路。
而act 表示“行为”，故选A。
21．【答案】C
【解析】who look…引导非限制性定语从句，先行词为other New Yorkers，其他纽约人的
做法是看一下人行道，接着驶过马路。A 穿过；B 沿着…开；D 远离；故选C。
22．【答案】B
【解析】根据下一句可知，Mr．Greenberg 环顾四周，看有没有没戴手套的人，故选B。
23．【答案】D
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
【解析】当看到有人没戴手套时，他就会停下来。故选D。
24．【答案】C
【解析】根据looking for more people 可知，Mr．Greenberg 继续前行，寻找没带手套的
人。短语hold up 举起，支撑，耽搁；hang out 闲逛；move on 继续前进；turn around
转身，好转。故选C。
25．【答案】A
【解析】他沿街发放手套，他寻找的肯定是手冻僵的人，故选A。
26．【答案】C
【解析】search for 搜寻，寻找；store up 储存；give away 分发；put on 穿上。在冬天里，
他发放手套，故选C。
27．【答案】D
【解析】他冬天发手套，过了冬天就买手套，以备冬天发放。故选D。
28．【答案】B
【解析】send sb sth 寄给某人某物，认识他的人都会给他寄去手套，结果，他的公寓里
就有了很多手套，故选B。
29．【答案】C
【解析】他是21 年前开始做这件事的，begin doing 开始做，故选C。
30．【答案】A
【解析】根据下一句可知，知道他的人，都理解他的行为。A 理解；B 不喜欢；C 研究；
D 原谅。故选A。
31．【答案】D
【解析】根据上一句可知，不知道他的人，会不理解他所做的事情。A 为…感到遗憾；B
对…感到满意；C 为…感到自豪；D 对…感到惊讶。故选D。
32．【答案】D
【解析】那些不理解的人没意识到他只是让他们那些穷人快乐，根据最末一段it made
everyone happier 可知，此处填happy。故选D。
33．【答案】B
【解析】乐于助人的精神在Mr．Greenberg 的家庭相传，根据下一句可知，父亲对他有
很深的影响。故选B。
34．【答案】C
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
【解析】他的父亲相信，乐于助人让每个人更快乐，他也这样认为，故选C。
35．【答案】A
【解析】一双手套或许微不足道，但是在冬天就会有很多不同了。本句表转折让步，突
出Mr． Greenberg 的无私奉献精神，故选A。
36．【答案】B
【解析】细节理解题。根据第一行Doctors are known to be terrible pilots· They don’t listen
because they already know it all·可知，作者总体上认为doctors 不喜欢倾听，他们认为他
们什么都懂，故选B。
37．【答案】A
【解析】细节理解题。根据第二段最后一句可知，作者在经历了一次飞行给上级提出了
意见之后，对CRM 有了更深的理解，故选A。
38．【答案】D
【解析】细节理解题。根据第二段的We need to put the landing gear down now 可知，作
者提出的降下起落架的建议，使飞机安全着陆；keep sb from doing 阻止某人做
某事，这里用的是landing gear up，是相反的情况，言外之意，作者希望有人能
够勇敢提出意见，以避免发生危险的事情。划线部分指的是危险的事情，故选
D。
39.【答案】B
【解析】主旨大意题。作者通过当飞行员的经历，学到了CRM，并运用到自己的工作中，
意，故选B。文章主要讲的是CRM 带给作者的好处，B 项“飞行使我成为一个更好的医
生”符合题
40．【答案】A
【解析】细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句可知，组织音乐节的目的是为了重新团结欧
洲。故选A。
41．【答案】D
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第二段in the belief that everyone should have the right to
perform 可知，他们不请自来是因为他们认为每个人都有表演的权利。 故选D。
42．【答案】B
【解析】细节理解题。根据第三段话groups of students firstly from Edinburgh University, and
later from the universities of Oxford and Cambridge, Durham and Birmingham 可知，后来加
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
入的都是大学生，故选B。
43．【答案】D
【解析】主旨大意题。A 项未提及；艺术节一直以来都是演出戏剧、舞蹈等艺术形式，
并未超出艺术范围，排除B；文中只提到由eight administrators 来全年工作和管理，故C
错；根据最后一段最末一句可知，艺术节发展非常迅速，D 符合题意，故选D。
44．【答案】C
【解析】细节理解题。根据文章首句可知，作者假设的是巧克力能够调节人们的情绪，
故选C。
45．【答案】D
【解析】细节理解题。根据第五行Lee is not merely a seasoned salesperson but also head of
a marketing department 可知，Lee 是市场推广部门的头头，Lee 能够成功，主要是因为
他有着丰富的市场推广经验，故选D。
46．【答案】C
【解析】细节理解题。根据第二段第一行with the Alcohol Series being the most popular
可知，卖得最好的是The Alcohol Series，故选C。
47．【答案】A
【解析】词义猜测题。Snob 势利小人，chocolate snobs 指对巧克力很挑剔的人，故选A。
48．【答案】B
【解析】细节理解题。根据第一行Offer to be your mother’s health friend Promise to be
there for any and all doctor’s visits 可知，当妈妈去看医生的时候，要陪伴在她身边，故
选B。
49．【答案】C
【解析】细节理解题。Gift No· 3 中提到了睡眠的问题，根据Buy your mother cotton sheets
and comfortable pillows to encourage better sleep 可知，C 项正确，故选C。
50．【答案】D
【解析】细节理解题。根据Presents for Purpose 定位到Gift No· 4，根据最后一句When your
mother gets the gift, she will be told that she has helped the chosen charity 可知，在
Presents for Purpose 等公司买礼物，能够做慈善事业帮助他人。故选D。
51．【答案】E
【解析】根据下一句ready to offer you public speaking training and courses 可知，开头说
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
的是与public speaking 有关的问题，故选E。
52．【答案】B
【解析】根据第一句可知，演讲要集中在自己做过的成功的事情上，故选B。
53．【答案】C
【解析】本段第一句中提到lots of dos and don’ts, walk away!可知，如果有的培训讲太多
的条条框框的话，最好不要理会这样的培训，故选C。
54．【答案】G
【解析】根据上一句Your brain is so full of what you’re going to be talking about 可知，给
大脑灌输一套规则会使事情变得更糟糕。故选G。
55．【答案】A
【解析】根据treat you as a special one, with your own personal habits 可知，本段讲的是“与
众不同”，故选A。
The book I’m reading of talks about afternoon tea in Britain．It is said to have started in
the early 1800’s．
Have
Having
tea in the late afternoon provides a bridge between lunch and
dinner，that
which
might not be served until 8 o’clock at night．This custom soon becomes
became
another meal of the
day．Interesting
Interestingly
，it had a connection
by
with
the British porcelain(瓷
器) industry． Tea in China was traditionally
drank
drunk
from cups without handles．When tea got
popular in Britain，there was a crying need for good
cup
cups
with handles to suit British
habits．This made for the
grow
growth
in the porcelain industry．
第一处：去掉of。第一行的I’m reading 是定语从句修饰the book，read 为及物动词，故去
掉of。
第二处：第三句have 改为having。做主语的应为动名词。
第三处：that 改为which。考查非限制性定语从句。根据前面逗号可知为非限制性定语从句，
不能用that 引导。
第四处：becomes 改为became。考查时态。根据后文可知为一般过去时。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
第五处：day 前加the。这里特指那天，故用the day。
第六处：interesting 改为interestingly。考查形容词和副词辨析。修饰整个句子用副词。
第七处：by 改为with/ to。考查介词。固定短语：have a connection with/ to…
第八处：drank 改为drink。drink 既可以作名词也可作动词，作名词意为“饮料”，此处用名
词。
第九处：cup 改为cups。考查名词单复数。此处cup 为可数名词，应用复数形式。
第十处：grow 改为growth。for 介词后用名词形式。
【范文赏读】
【Possible Version】
How are you doing? I wonder if you could sell some Chinese knots for me· I made them
myself with red silk threads, cloth and other materials· They look really beautiful in the shape of a
diamond, about 5 inches long and 4 inches wad· In China, these knots stand for friendship, love
and good luck· People can either give them as gifts to friends or hang them in their houses· They
are only 12·99 Us dollars each· If anyone wants to know more about the knots, let them write to
me· Also, do let me know if you need further information· Thank you!
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2014 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国大纲卷)
英语
第一部分 听力（共两节，满分30 分）
第一节（共5 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分7．5 分）
听下面5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最
佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10 称钟的时间来回答有关小题
如阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What does the woman want to do?
A．Find a place．
B．Buy a map．
C．Get an address．
2．What will the man do for the woman?
A．Repair her car． B．Give her a ride．
C．Pick up her aunt．
3．Who might Mr．Peterson be?
A．A new professor． B．A department head． C．A company director．
4．What does the man think of the book?
A．Quite difficult．
B．Very interesting． C．Too simple．
5．What are the speakers talking about?
A．Weather．
B．Clothes．
C．News．
第二节（共15 小题：每小题1．5 分，满分22．5 分）
听下面5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个
选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个
小题，每小题5 秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答6、7 题。
6．Why is Harry unwilling to join the woman?
A．He has a pain in his knee． B．He wants to watch TV． C．He is too lazy．
7．What will the woman probably do next?
A．Stay at home．
B．Take Harry to hospital． C．Do some exercise．
听第7 段材料，回答第8、9 题。
8．When will the man be home from work?
A．At 5:45．
B．At 6:15．
C．At 6:50．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
9．Where will the speakers go?
A．The Green House Cinema．
B．The New State Cinema．
C．The UME Cinema．
听第8 段材料，回答第10 至12 题。
10．How will the speakers go to New York?
A．By air．
B．By taxi．
C．By bus．
11．Why are the speakers making the trip?
A．For business．
B．For shopping．
C．For holiday．
12．What is the probable relationship between the speakers?
A．Driver and passenger． B．Husband and wife．
C．Fellow workers．
听第9 段材料，回答第13 至16 题。
13．Where does this conversation probably take place?
A．In a restaurant．
B．In an office．
C．In a classroom．
14．Where does John do now?
A．He’s a trainer．
B．He’s a tour guide． C．He’s a college student．
15．How much can a new person earn for the first year?
A．$10,500．
B．$12,000．
C．$15,000．
16．How many people will the woman hire?
A．Four．
B．Three．
C．Two．
听第10 段材料，回答第17 至20 题
17．How long has the speaker lived in a big city?
A．One year．
B．Ten years．
C．Eighteen years．
18．What is the speaker’s opinion on public transport?
A．It’s comfortable． B．It’s time-saving．
C．It’s cheap．
19．What is good about living in a small town?
A．It’s safer．
B．It’s healthier．
C．It’s more convenient．
20．What kind of life does the speaker seem to like most?
A．Busy．
B．Colorful．
C．Quiet．
第二部分 英语知识运用(共两节，满分45 分)
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
第一节 单项选择(共15 小题；每小题1 分，满分15 分)
从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
21．—I'm sorry for breaking the cup．
—Oh， — I've got plenty．
A．forget it B．my pleasure C．help yourself D．pardon me
22．Unless some extra money ， the theatre will close．
A．was found B．finds C．is found D．found
23．Today there are more airplanes more people than ever before in the skies．
A．carry B．carrying C．carried D．to be carrying
24．Exactly the potato was introduced into Europe is uncertain， but it was probably
around 1565．
A．whether B．why C．when D．how
25．—Who’s that at the door?
—_________ is the milkman．
A．He
B．It C．This D．That
26． the nurses want a pay increase， they want reduced hours as well．
A．Not do only B．Do not only C．Only not do D．Not only do
27．Raymond's parents wanted him to have possible education．
A．good B．better C．best D．the best
28．I think Mrs． Stark could be between 50 and 60 years of age．
A．anywhere B．anybody C．anyhow D．anything
29．September 30 is the day which you must pay your bill．
A．by B．for C．with D．in
30．Although you find bargains in London， it's not generally a cheap place to shop．
A．should B．need C．must D．can
31．Caroline doesn't have a gift for music， but she it with hard work．
A．goes back on B．takes away from
C．makes up for D．catches up with
32．The reports went missing in 2012 and nobody _________ them since．
A．sees B．saw C．has seen D．had seen
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
33． me tomorrow and I'll let you know the lab result．
A．Calling B．Call C．To call D．Having called
34．Henry was away from home for quite a bit and saw his family．
A．frequently B．seldom C．always D．usually
35．—What did you do last weekend?
—Oh， nothing ．
A．much B．else C．ever D．yet
第二节 完形填空(共20 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分30 分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中，选出可以填入空白处
的最佳选项。
Joe Simpson and Simon Yates were the first people to climb the West Face of the Siula
Grande in the Andes mountains．They reached the top 36 ， but on their way back
conditions were very 37 ． Joe fell and broke his leg． They both knew that if Simon
38 alone， he would probably get back 39 ． But Simon decided to risk his
40 and try to lower Joe down the mountain on a rope (绳)．
As they 41 down ， the weather got worse ． Then another 42
occurred． They couldn't see or hear each other and， 43 ， Simon lowered his friend over the
edge of a precipice (峭壁)． It was 44 for Joe to climb back or for Simon to pull him
up． Joe's 45 was pulling Simon slowly towards the precipice． 46 ， after more
than an hour in the dark and the icy cold， Simon had to 47 ． In tears， he cut the
rope． Joe 48 into a huge crevasse (裂缝) in the ice below． He had no food or water and
he was in terrible pain． He couldn't walk， but he 49 to get out of the crevasse and
started to 50 towards their camp， nearly ten kilometers 51 ．
Simon had 52 the camp at the foot of the mountain． He thought that Joe must
be 53 ， but he didn't want to leave 54 ． Three days later， in the middle of the
night， he heard Joe's voice． He couldn't 55 it． Joe was there， a few meters from their
tent， still alive．
36． A．hurriedly
B．carefully
C．successfully
D．early
37． A．difficult
B．similar
C．special
D．normal
38． A．climbed
B．worked
C．rested
D．continued
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
39． A．unwillingly
B．safely
C．slowly
D．regretfully
40． A．fortune
B．time
C．health
D．life
41． A．lay
B．settled
C．went
D．looked
42． A．damage
B．storm
C．change
D．trouble
43． A．by mistake
B．by chance
C．by choice
D．by luck
44． A．unnecessary
B．practical
C．important
D．impossible
45． A．height
B．weight
C．strength
D．equipment
46． A．Finally
B．Patiently
C．Surely
D．Quickly
47． A．stand back
B．take a rest
C．make a decision
D．hold on
48． A．jumped
B．fell
C．escaped
D．backed
49． A．managed
B．planned
C．waited
D．hoped
50． A．run
B．skate
C．move
D．march
51． A．around
B．away
C．above
D．along
52． A．headed for
B．traveled to
C．left for
D．returned to
53． A．dead
B．hurt
C．weak
D．late
54． A．secretly
B．tiredly
C．immediately
D．anxiously
55． A．find
B．believe
C．make
D．accept
第三部分 阅读理解(共20 小题；每小题2 分，满分40 分)
阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
Arriving in Sydney on his own from India， my husband， Rashid， stayed in a hotel for a
short time while looking for a house for me and our children．
During the first week of his stay， he went out one day to do some shopping． He came back
in the late afternoon to discover that his suitcase was gone． He was extremely worried as the
suitcase had all his important papers， including his passport(护照)．
He reported the case to the police and then sat there， lost and lonely in a strange city，
thinking of the terrible troubles of getting all the paperwork organised again from a distant country
while trying to settle down in a new one．
Late in the evening， the phone rang． It was a stranger． He was trying to pronounce my
husband's name and was asking him a lot of questions． Then he said they had found a pile of
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
papers in their trash can (垃圾桶) that had been left out on the footpath．
My husband rushed to their home to find a kind family holding all his papers and
documents(文件)． Their young daughter had gone to the trash can and found a pile of unfamiliar
papers． Her parents had carefully sorted them out， although they had found mainly foreign
addresses on most of the documents． At last they had seen a half-written letter in the pile in
which my husband had given his new telephone number to a friend．
That family not only restored the important documents to us that day but also restored our
faith and trust in people． We still remember their kindness and often send a warm wish their way．
56．What did Rashid plan to do after his arrival in Sydney?
A．Go shopping． B．Find a house．
C．Join his family． D．Take a vacation．
57．The girl's parents got Rashid's phone number from ．
A．a friend of his family B．a Sydney policeman
C．a letter in his papers D．a stranger in Sydney
58．What does the underlined word "restored" in the last paragraph mean?
A．Showed． B．Sent out． C．Delivered． D．Gave back．
59．Which of the following can be the best title for the text?
A．From India to Australia B．Living in a New Country
C．Turning Trash to Treasure D．In Search of New Friends
B
Since the first Earth Day in 1970， Americans have gotten a lot "greener" toward the
environment(环境)． "We didn't know at that time that there even was an environment， let alone
that there was a problem with it，" says Bruce Anderson， president of Earth Day USA．
But what began as nothing important in public affairs has grown into a social
movement． Business people， political leaders， university professors， and especially millions
of grass-roots Americans are taking part in the movement． "The understanding has increased
many， many times，" says Gaylord Nelson， the former governor from Wisconsin， who thought
up the first Earth Day．
According to US government reports， emissions (排放) from cars and trucks have dropped
from 10．3 million tons a year to 5．5 million tons． The number of cities producing CO beyond
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
the standard has been reduced from 40 to 9． Although serious problems still remain and need to
be dealt with， the world is a safer and healthier place． A kind of "green thinking" has become
part of practices．
Great improvement has been achieved． In 1988 there were only 600 recycling(回收利
用) programs； today in 1995 there are about 6，600． Advanced lights， motors， and building
designs have helped save a lot of energy and therefore prevented pollution．
Twenty-five years ago， there were hardly any education programs for environment． Today，
it's hard to find a public school， university， or law school that does not have such a kind of
program． "Until we do that， nothing else will change!" says Bruce Anderson．
60．According to Anderson， before 1970， Americans had little idea about ．
A．the social movement B．recycling techniques
C．environmental problems D．the importance of Earth Day
61．Where does the support for environmental protection mainly come from?
A．The grass-roots level． B．The business circle．
C．Government officials． D．University professors．
62．What have Americans achieved in environmental protection?
A．They have cut car emissions to the lowest．
B．They have settled their environmental problems．
C．They have lowered their CO levels in forty cities．
D．They have reduced pollution through effective measures．
63．What is especially important for environmental protection according to the last paragraph?
A．Education． B．Planning． C．Green living． D．CO reduction．
C
One of the latest trends (趋势) in American childcare is Chinese au pairs． Au Pair in
Stamford， Conn．， for example， has got increasing numbers of requests for Chinese au pairs
from zero to around 4，000 since 2004． And that's true all across the country．
"I thought it would be very useful for him to learn Chinese at an early age，" Joseph Stocke，
the managing director of a company， says of his 2-year-old son． "I would at least like to give
him the chance to use the language in the future．" After only six months of being cared for by a
25-year-old woman from China， the boy can already understand basic Chinese daily expressions，
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
his dad says．
Li Drake， a Chinese native raising two children in Minnesota with an American husband，
had another reason for looking for an au pair from China： She didn't want her children to miss
out on their roots． "Because I am Chinese， my husband and I wanted the children to keep
exposed to (接触) the language and culture(文化)，" she says．
"Staying with a native speaker is better for children than simply sitting in a classroom，" says
Suzanne Flynn， a professor in language education of children． "But parents must understand
that just one year with an au pair is unlikely to produce wonders． Complete mastery demands
continued learning until the age of 10 or 12．"
The popularity of au pairs from China has been strengthened by the increasing numbers of
American parents who want their children to learn Chinese． It is expected that American demand
for au pairs will continue to rise in the next few years．
64．What does the term "au pair" in the text mean?
A．A mother raising her children on her own．
B．A young foreign woman taking care of children．
C．A professor in language education of children．
D．A child learning a foreign language at home．
65．Li Drake has her children study Chinese because she wants them ．
A．to live in China some day
B．to speak the language at home
C．to catch up with other children
D．to learn about the Chinese culture
66．How can children learn a foreign language best according to Flynn?
A．From their parents． B．By attending classes．
C．From a native speaker． D．By starting at an early age．
67．What can we infer from the text?
A．Learning Chinese is becoming popular in America．
B．Educated women do better in looking after children．
C．Chinese au pairs need to improve their English skills．
D．Children can learn a foreign language well in six months．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
D
Metro Pocket Guide
Metrorail (地铁)
Each passenger needs a farecard to enter and go out． Up to two children under age five may
travel free with a paying customer．
Farecard machines are in every station． Bring small bills because there are no change
machines in the stations and farecard machines only provide up to $5 in change．
Get one day of unlimited Metrorail rides with a One Day Pass． Buy it from a farecard
machine in Metro stations． Use it after 9：30 a．m． until closing on weekdays， and all day on
weekends and holidays．
Hours of service
Open： 5 a．m． Mon．-Fri．
7 a．m． Sat．-Sun．
Close： midnight Sun．-Thurs．
3 a．m． Fri．-Sat． nights
Last train times vary． To avoid missing the last train， please check the last train times
posted in stations．
Metrobus
When paying with exact change，the fare is $1．35．When paying with a SmarTrip® card，
the fare is $1．25．
Fares for senior/disabled customers
Senior citizens 65 and older and disabled customers may ride for half the regular fare． On
Metrorail and Metrobus， use a senior/disabled farecard or SmarTrip® card． For more
information about buying senior/disabled farecards， SmarTrip® cards and passes， please visit
MetropensDoors．com or call 202-637-7000 and 202-637-8000．
Senior citizens and disabled customers can get free guide on how to use proper Metrobus and
Metrorail services by calling 202-962-1100．
Travel tips
•Avoid riding during weekday rush periods — before 9：30 a．m． and between 4 and 6 p．m．
•If you lose something on a bus or train or in a station， please call Lost & Found at
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
202-962-1195．
68．What should you know about farecard machines?
A．They start selling tickets at 9：30 a．m．
B．They are connected to change machines．
C．They offer special service to the elderly．
D．They make change for no more than $5．
69．At what time does Metrorail stop service on Saturday?
A．At midnight． B．At 3 a．m． C．At 5 a．m． D．At 7 p．m．
70．What is good about a SmarTrip® card?
A．It is convenient for old people．
B．It saves money for its users．
C．It can be bought at any time．
D．It is sold on the Internet．
71．Which number should you call if you lose something on the Metro?
A．202-962-1195 B．202-962-1100
C．202-637-7000 D．202-637-8000
E
Which boy hasn't dreamed of being a cool secret agent(特工)? The wonderful fighting
abilities and the world-saving adventures are much more colourful than most people's everyday
lives． Well， Cody Banks is just like any other boy， except that he is not just dreaming． He
has a big secret his friends never know about． He was trained to be a spy(间谍)by a special CIA
programme， which was made to look like a summer camp． He learned high-speed driving，
hand-to-hand fighting and the use of high-tech tools．
After proving he could become a young hero by saving a baby from a runaway car， Banks
gets his first real task． He must make friends with a popular girl at school， Natalie
Connors． Then， he must spy on her father， a scientist who has developed a dangerous
technology(技术)． Banks must stop a group of bad people from forcing Natalie's father into using
the technology to endanger the world．
The CIA may have taught him first-class self-defence moves， but they didn't show him how
to talk to girls． Banks has zero ability when it comes to dealing with girls． How can he get
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
around his problem and get an invitation to the girl's upcoming birthday party? Will he finally
become Natalie's boyfriend and find out whatever he can about her father's work?
Agent Cody Banks has everything that young people are interested in： big explosions，
breathtaking performances and funny girl-dating experiences． It was listed No．2 in the American
box office last week．
"This story is interesting and fun for the whole family to enjoy， and especially cool for
young boys，" said Paul Perkins， a film reviewer in the US．
72．What is Banks' first real task?
A．To test a high-tech tool．
B．To save a baby from a car．
C．To study a new technology．
D．To watch a scientist secretly．
73．Banks wanted to go to Natalie's birthday party to ．
A．meet her father B．know more people
C．make friends with her D．steal some information
74．What is considered as a great danger in the text?
A．The technology developed by Natalie's father．
B．An explosion set off by some bad people．
C．The CIA's training of boys for its tasks．
D．Secret agents' spying on scientists．
75．What is the purpose of the text?
A．Making known the work of the CIA
B．Telling the story about a cool boy．
C．Showing the dark side of science．
D．Introducing a new film．
第四部分 写作(共两节，满分35 分)
第一节 短文改错(共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分)
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行右
边横线上画一个勾(√)；如有错误(每行只有一个错误)，则按下列情况改正：
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线(
)划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线
划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下画一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
All of us need friendship． The understanding 76．___________
between two friends mean both of them have similar 77．___________
ideas and trusting each other． Otherwise， it is 78．___________
impossible for him to help each other and to make 79．___________
their friendship to last long． As an old saying goes， 80．___________
"A friend in need is a friend indeed．" So really friendship 81．___________
should able to stand all sorts of tests． And it is 82．___________
wise to have as many good friends that we can． 83．___________
The more friends we have， the more we can learn for 84．___________
one another， but the more pleasure we can share together． 85．___________
第二节 书面表达(满分25 分)
一家英语报社向中学生征文，主题是"十年后的我"。请根据下列要点和你的畅想完成短
文。
1．家庭；
2．工作；
3．业余生活。
注意：1．词数100 左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3．开头语已为你写好。
I often imagine what my life will be like in the future． __________________
__________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2014 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(大纲全国卷)
英语答案
1-5 ABCBA 6-10 BCACA 11-15 ACBCA 16-20 CBCAB
21．A【解析】考查交际用语。——不好意思，我打破了杯子。——噢，没关系，我有很多
呢。forget it 是道歉的应答语，意思是"没关系，别在意"，符合语境。help yourself"随便
吃，别客气"。
22．C【解析】考查动词时态和语态。句意：除非找些额外的资金，否则这个剧院就要倒闭。
状语从句遵循"主将从现"的原则，同时money 与find 之间是动宾关系，故选C。
23．B【解析】考查非谓语动词。分析句子结构可知，此处是非谓语动词作定语修饰airplanes，
且carry 为airplanes 主动发出的动作，故应用动词-ing 形式carrying。
24．C【解析】考查主语从句。句意：土豆被引进欧洲的确切时间不确定，但是可能是1565
年左右。结合句意可知，when 引导主语从句，且在从句中作时间状语。
25．B【解析】考查代词it。代词it 可指代上文提到的人或物。此处应用it 指代上句中的"
在门口的那个人"。
26．D【解析】考查倒装句。句意：护士们不仅希望涨工资，还希望减少工时。not only．．．连
接并列分句置于句首时，其后要用倒装。
27．D【解析】考查形容词最高级。句意：Raymond 的父母想让他拥有可能的最好的教育。
根据句意可知，此处应用"the+形容词最高级"来表示三者或三者以上程度最高，故选D。
28．A【解析】考查副词。句意：我想Stark 夫人的年龄可能在50 到60 岁之间。anywhere between
50 and 60 years of age "50 到60 岁之间"，是固定用法。
29．A【解析】考查介词。句意：9 月30 日是你最迟的交费日期。by 表示"在……之前，不
迟于"。
30．D【解析】考查情态动词。句意：虽然你能在伦敦买到便宜货，但是一般来说那不是一
个买便宜东西的地方。情态动词can 表示理论上的可能性。
31．C【解析】考查动词短语辨析。句意：Caroline 没有音乐天赋，但是她努力工作弥补了
这一点。make up for"弥补，补偿"，符合句意。
32．C【解析】考查动词时态。句意：这些报告在2012 年不见了，从那以后没有人见到它
们。since 表示"自从……之后"，常与现在完成时连用。
33．B【解析】考查祈使句。分析句子结构可知，这是"祈使句+and+陈述句"句式，因此应
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
用动词原形开头。
34．B【解析】考查副词辨析。句意：Henry 离开家有一段时间了，很少(回来)看他的家人。
frequently"频繁地"；seldom"很少"；always"经常"；usually"通常地"。
35．A【解析】考查易混词辨析。nothing much 意思是"没什么特别的"，符合语境。nothing else"
没有别的"。
36．C【解析】but 一词说明前后为转折关系，他们成功到达山顶。
37．A【解析】依据下文得知他们返回途中天气状况恶劣(difficult)。
38．D【解析】Joe 和Simon 都知道如果Simon 独自继续返回，他倒可以安全地折返营地。
39．B【解析】参见上题解析。
40．D【解析】Simon 决定冒着生命危险用绳子带Joe 下山。
41．C【解析】就在他们俩下山的时候，天气更糟糕了，接着麻烦又来了。go down"下降，
下山"。
42．D【解析】参见上题解析。
43．A【解析】因为他们相互看不见也听不见，Simon 错误地把Joe 从绝壁上往下送，结果
进退两难。by mistake"错误地"；by chance"碰巧"；by choice"自愿"；by luck"侥幸"。
44．D【解析】Joe 自己爬不回来，Simon 也不可能有力气把他拉上来。
45．B【解析】Joe 的重量正在把Simon 慢慢地往下拉，两人处境危险。
46．A【解析】最终在坚持一个多小时后，在黑暗和寒冷中，Simon 不得不作出一个决定。
47．C【解析】参见上题解析。
48．B【解析】结果Joe 摔到了下面的冰缝中。
49．A【解析】依据下文，Joe 成功从冰缝中爬出来一步步接近营地。manage to do"成功做
到"。
50．C【解析】Joe 一条腿断了，不能走，只能缓慢移动。
51．B【解析】营地距离Joe 将近一万米远。away "相距"。
52．D【解析】Simon 早已顺利返回营地。
53．A【解析】Simon 想Joe 坠落悬崖必死无疑。
54．C【解析】但是Simon 不想立即离开营地。
55．B【解析】三天后，Joe 居然爬回来了，Simon 难以相信这人间奇迹。
56．B【解析】考查细节理解。依据第一段中的"stayed in a hotel for a short time while looking
for a house for me and our children"得知作者的丈夫打前站，先住宾馆找房子，然后家人
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
再过来团聚。
57．C【解析】考查细节理解。依据第五段最后一句得知，他们从文档中一封未写完的信件
中找到作者的丈夫的新电话号码。
58．D【解析】考查词义猜测。结合语境可知，作者的丈夫不仅找回了自己丢失的物品，还
重建了作者一家对人们的信任。
59．C【解析】考查标题判断。结合语境可知，C 项作为标题最佳，在垃圾堆中找到遗失的
物品，"变废为宝"作为标题形式新颖，主题突出。
分析：这是一个主从复合句。lost and lonely in a strange city 作伴随状语；thinking of the
terrible troubles of getting all the paperwork organised again from a distant country 是现在分词
短语作伴随状语；while trying to settle down in a new one 是状语从句的省略。
译文：他向警方报案，然后坐在那里，很失落，在陌生的城市也很孤单，想想从一个遥
远的国家把那么多文件重新整理一遍会有多大麻烦，而自己还要试图在一个新的国度安家。
60．C【解析】考查细节理解。依据第一段第二句"We didn't know at that time that there even was
an environment， let alone that there was a problem with it"得知1970 年以前美国人对环境
问题所知甚少。
61．A【解析】考查细节理解。依据第二段第二句中的"especially millions of grass-roots
Americans are taking part in the movement"得知，数以百万计的草根美国人才是支持环保
的中流砥柱。
62．D【解析】考查推理判断。依据第二段后半部分推断，美国政府多管齐下，污染问题大
为缓解。A 项错在lowest，B 项错在have settled， C 项错在forty。
63．A【解析】考查推理判断。依据最后一段内容推断，环保意识教育至关重要。
分析：这是直接引语。引语部分含有主从复合句，there even was an environment 是宾语
从句，let alone that there was a problem with it 是平行结构。
译文：美国地球日主席Bruce Anderson 说，"那时候我们根本不知道环境，更不用说知
道环境有问题了。"
64．B【解析】考查词义猜测。结合语境可知au pair 指的是在国外寄居的人，他们帮助房东
照看孩子甚至学习语言换取免费食宿，又称互惠生。
65．D【解析】考查细节理解。依据第三段第二句中的"Because I am Chinese， my husband and
I wanted the children to keep exposed to (接触) the language and culture(文化)"得知他们这
样做的目的是让孩子接触到中国文化。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
66．C【解析】考查推理判断。依据倒数第二段中Suzanne Flynn 所说的话中的"Staying with
a native speaker is better for children than simply sitting in a classroom"可推知C 项正确。
67．A【解析】考查推理判断。依据最后一段尤其是最后一句"It is expected that American
demand for au pairs will continue to rise in the next few years"可推断在美国学习汉语热潮
会继续高涨。
分析：这是一个主从复合句，who 引导定语从句修饰先行词parents。
译文：随着越来越多的美国父母希望自己的孩子学习汉语，来自中国的互惠生受欢迎这
一趋势一直在加强。
68．D【解析】考查细节理解。依据第二段最后一句可知车站提供最大面值为5 美元的零钱。
69．B【解析】考查细节理解。依据原文3 a．m． Fri．-Sat． nights 推断地铁周六凌晨三
点停运。
70．B【解析】考查推理判断。文章中反复出现SmarTrip® Card 一词，再根据Metrobus 下的
内容可知，其最大特点是使用起来有优惠，换言之能为持卡者省钱。
71．A【解析】考查细节理解。依据全文最后一句话推断遗失物品应拨打202-962-1195。
72．D【解析】考查细节理解。依据第二段中的"he must spy on her father， a scientist who has
developed a dangerous technology(技术)"可知，Banks 的第一个真正的任务是秘密观察一
位科学家。故选D。
73．C【解析】考查细节理解。依据第三段的最后一句可知，Banks 参加Natalie 的生日聚会
的目的是接近她并和她交朋友。
74．A【解析】考查推理判断。依据第二段的最后两句可推断出，Natalie 的父亲所掌握的技
术是一项危险的技术，它一旦被坏人利用可能危及世界。故A 项正确。
75．D【解析】考查写作意图。综合本文信息，尤其是最后两段可以判断出，这是一则影评，
目的是介绍这部新电影。故D 项正确。
76．首行无错。
77．mean 改为means。【解析】原句主谓不一致。本句主语是The understanding，动词-ing
形式作主语，谓语动词用单数形式。
78．trusting 改为trust。【解析】原句并列关系错误。这里trust 和前面的have 并列，应用动
词原形。
79．him 改为them。【解析】这里them 代指上文提到的two friends，故应用复数形式。
80．去掉to。【解析】make sb． do sth．表示"让某人做某事"，用省略to 的动词不定式短语
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
作宾语补足语。
81．really 改为real。【解析】原句修饰关系错误。修饰名词应用形容词。
82．able 前加be。【解析】be able to do sth．是固定搭配，表示"有能力做某事"。
83．that 改为as。【解析】as．．．as one can 是常用句型，表示"某人尽可能……"。
84．for 改为from。【解析】learn from sb．是固定词组，表示"向某人学习"。
85．but 改为and。【解析】前后句逻辑上构成并列关系而不是转折关系，故应用and。
第二节 书面表达
【范文赏读】
I often imagine what my life will be like in the future． I think my life will be very different
in ten years． I will be twenty-eight years old by then． I will have my own family， probably
with a lovely child． I hope I'll work in a computer company as a program designer． I'll enjoy my
work and get along well with my colleagues． I'll do a good job in whatever I do． In my free time，
I'll continue to take regular exercise， such as swimming， running and various ball games． On
my holidays， I'll travel around the world． In a word， my life will be much richer and more
colorful．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2014 年全国高考试题独家解析(新课标卷I)
英语试题
第I 卷
第一部分 听力（共两节，满分30 分）
第一节（共5 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分7．5 分）
听下面5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最
佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10 称钟的时间来回答有关小题
如阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What does the woman want to do?
A．Find a place．
B．Buy a map．
C．Get an address．
2．What will the man do for the woman?
A．Repair her car． B．Give her a ride．
C．Pick up her aunt．
3．Who might Mr．Peterson be?
A．A new professor． B．A department head． C．A company director．
4．What does the man think of the book?
A．Quite difficult．
B．Very interesting．
C．Too simple．
5．What are the speakers talking about?
A．Weather．
B．Clothes．
C．News．
第二节（共15 小题：每小题1．5 分，满分22．5 分）
听下面5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个
选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个
小题，每小题5 秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答6、7 题。
6．Why is Harry unwilling to join the woman?
A．He has a pain in his knee． B．He wants to watch TV． C．He is too lazy．
7．What will the woman probably do next?
A．Stay at home．
B．Take Harry to hospital． C．Do some exercise．
听第7 段材料，回答第8、9 题。
8．When will the man be home from work?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．At 5:45．
B．At 6:15．
C．At 6:50．
9．Where will the speakers go?
A．The Green House Cinema． B．The New State Cinema． C．The UME Cinema．
听第8 段材料，回答第10 至12 题。
10．How will the speakers go to New York?
A．By air．
B．By taxi．
C．By bus．
11．Why are the speakers making the trip?
A．For business．
B．For shopping．
C．For holiday．
12．What is the probable relationship between the speakers?
A．Driver and passenger． B．Husband and wife．
C．Fellow workers．
听第9 段材料，回答第13 至16 题。
13．Where does this conversation probably take place?
A．In a restaurant．
B．In an office．
C．In a classroom．
14．Where does John do now?
A．He’s a trainer．
B．He’s a tour guide．
C．He’s a college student．
15．How much can a new person earn for the first year?
A．$10,500．
B．$12,000．
C．$15,000．
16．How many people will the woman hire?
A．Four．
B．Three．
C．Two．
听第10 段材料，回答第17 至20 题
17．How long has the speaker lived in a big city?
A．One year．
B．Ten years．
C．Eighteen years．
18．What is the speaker’s opinion on public transport?
A．It’s comfortable． B．It’s time-saving．
C．It’s cheap．
19．What is good about living in a small town?
A．It’s safer．
B．It’s healthier．
C．It’s more convenient．
20．What kind of life does the speaker seem to like most?
A．Busy．
B．Colorful．
C．Quiet．
第二部分 阅读理解（共两节，满分60 分）
第一节 （共15 小题；每小题3 分，满分45 分）
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C 和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题
卡上将该项涂黑。
A
The Cambridge Science Festival Curiosity Challenge
Dare to Take the Curiosity Challenge!
The Cambridge Science Festival (CSF)is pleased to inform you of the sixth annual Curiosity
Challenge． The challenge invites， even dares school students between the ages of 5 and 14 to
create artwork or a piece of writing that shows their curiosity and how it inspires them to explore
their world．
Students are being dared to draw a picture， write an article， take a photo or write a poem
that shows what they are curious about． To enter the challenge， all artwork or pieces of writing
should be sent to the Cambridge Science Festival， MIT Museum， 265 Mass Avenue，
Cambridge 02139 by Friday， February 8th．
Students who enter the Curiosity Challenge and are selected as winners will be honored at a
special ceremony during the CSF on Sunday， April 21st． Guest speakers will also present prizes
to the students． Winning entries will be published in a book． Student entries will be exhibited
and prizes will be given． Families of those who take part will be included in the celebration and
brunch will be served．
Between March 10th and March 15th， each winner will be given the specifics of the closing
ceremony and the Curiosity Challenge celebration． The program guidelines and other related
information are available at： http：//cambridgesciencefestival．org．
21．Who can take part in the Curiosity Challenge?
A．School students．
B．Cambridge locals．
C．CSF winners．
D．MIT artists．
22．When will the prize-giving ceremony be held?
A．On February 8th．
B．On March 10th．
C．On April 21st．
D．On March 15th．
23．What type of writing is this text?
A．An exhibition guide．
B．An art show review．
C．An announcement．
D．An official report．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
B
Passenger pigeons(旅鸽) once flew over much of the United States in unbelievable
numbers． Written accounts from the 18th and 19th centuries described flocks(群) so large that
they darkened the sky for hours．
It was calculated that when its population reached its highest point, there were more than 3
billion passenger pigeons – a number equal to 24 to 40 percent of the total bird population in the
United States, making it perhaps the most abundant bird in the world． Even as late as 1870
when their numbers had already become smaller, a flock believed to be 1 mile wide and 320
miles (about 515 kilometers) long was seen near Cincinnati．
Sadly, the abundance of passenger pigeons may have been their undoing． Where the birds
were most abundant, people believed there was an ever-lasting supply and killed them by the
thousands． Commercial hunters attracted them to small clearings with grain, waited until
pigeons had settled to feed, then threw large nets over them, taking hundreds at a time． The
birds were shipped to large cities and sold in restaurants．
By the closing decades of the 19th century, the hardwood forests where passenger pigeons
nested had been damaged by Americans’ need for wood, which scattered (驱散) the flocks and
forced the birds to go farther north, where cold temperatures and spring storms contributed to
their decline． Soon the great flocks were gone, never to be seen again．
In 1897, the state of Michigan passed a law prohibiting the killing of passenger pigeons, but
by then, no sizable flocks had been seen in the state for 10 years． The last confirmed wild pigeon
in the United States was shot by a boy in Pike County, Ohio, in 1900． For a time, a few birds
survived under human care． The last of them, known affectionately as Martha, died at the
Cincinnati Zoological Garden on September 1, 1914．
24．In the 18th and early 19th centuries, passenger pigeons _______．
A．were the biggest bird in the world
B．lived mainly in the south of America
C．did great harm to the natural environment
D．were the largest bird population in the US
25．The underlined word “undoing” probably refers to the pigeons’ ______．
A．escape
B．ruin
C．liberation
D． evolution
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
26．What was the main reason for people to kill passenger pigeons?
A．To seek pleasure．
B．To save other birds．
C．To make money．
D．To protect crops．
27．What can we infer about the law passed in Michigan?
A．It was ignored by the public．
B．It was declared too late．
C．It was unfair．
D．It was strict．
C
A typical lion tamer(驯兽师) in people's mind is an entertainer holding a whip(鞭) and a
chair． The whip gets all of the attention， but it's mostly for show． In reality， it's the chair that
does the important work． When a lion tamer holds a chair in front of the lion's face， the lion
tries to focus on all four legs of the chair at the same time． With its focus divided， the lion
becomes confused and is unsure about what to do next． When faced with so many options，
the lion chooses to freeze and wait instead of attacking the man holding the chair．
How often do you find yourself in the same position as the lion? How often do you have
something you want to achieve (e．g． lose weight， start a business， travel more) — only to
end up confused by all of the options in front of you and never make progress?
This upsets me to no end because while all the experts are busy debating about which
option is best， the people who want to improve their lives are left confused by all of the
conflicting information． The end result is that we feel like we can't focus or that we're focused
on the wrong things， and so we take less action， make less progress， and stay the same when
we could be improving．
It doesn't have to be that way． Anytime you find the world waving a chair in your face，
remember this： All you need to do is focus on one thing． You just need to get started． Starting
before you feel ready is one of the habits of successful people． If you have somewhere you want
to go， something you want to accomplish， someone you want to become．．．take immediate
action． If you're clear about where you want to go， the rest of the world will either help you
get there or get out of the way．
28．Why does the lion tamer use a chair?
A．To show off his skills．
B．To trick the lion．
C．To get ready for a fight．
D．To entertain the audience．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
29．In what sense are people similar to a lion facing a chair?
A．They feel puzzled over choices．
B．They hold on to the wrong things．
C．They find it hard to make changed．
D．They have to do something for show．
30．What is the author’s attitude towards the experts mentioned in Paragraph 3?
A．Tolerant． B．Doubtful．
C．Respectful．
D．Supportive．
31．When the world is “waving a chair in your face”, you’re advised to _______．
A．wait for a better chance
B．break your old habits
C．make a quick decision
D．ask for clear guidance
D
As more and more people speak the global languages of English，Chinese，Spanish，and
Arabic，other languages are rapidly disappearing．In fact，half of the 6，000-7，000 languages
spoken around the world today will likely die out by the next century， according to the United
Nations Educational，Scientific， and Cultural Organization(UNESCO)．
In an effort to prevent language loss，scholars from a number of organizations — UNESCO
and National Geographic among them — have for many years been documenting dying
languages and the cultures they reflect．
Mark Turin，a scientist at the Macmillan Center，Yale University， who specializes in the
languages and oral traditions of the Himalayas， is following in that tradition．His recently
published book， A Grammar of Thangmi with an Ethnolinguistic Introduction to the Speakers
and Their Culture， grows out of his experience living， working，and raising a family in a village
in Nepal．
Documenting the Thangmi language and culture is just a starting point for Turin，who seeks
to include other languages and oral traditions across the Himalayan reaches of India，Nepal，
Bhutan，and China．But he is not content to simply record these voices before they disappear
without record．
At the University of Cambridge Turin discovered a wealth of important materials — including
photographs，films，tape recordings， and field notes — which had remained unstudied and were
badly in need of care and protection．
Now， through the two organizations that he has founded — the Digital Himalaya Project
and the World Oral Literature Project — Turin has started a campaign to make such documents，
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
found in libraries and stores around the world，available not just to scholars but to the younger
generations of communities from whom the materials were originally collected．Thanks to digital
technology and the widely available Internet，Turin notes，the endangered languages can be
saved and reconnected with speech communities．
32．Many scholars are making efforts to _____．
A． promote global language
B． rescue disappearing languages
C． search for language communities
D． set up language research organizations
33．What does “that tradition” in Paragraph 3 refer to?
A．Having full records of the languages．
B．Writing books on language teaching．
C．Telling stories about language users．
D．Living with the native speakers．
34．What is Turin’s book based on?
A．The cultural studies in India．
B．The documents available at Yale．
C．His language research in Bhutan． D．His personal experience in Nepal．
35．Which of the following best describes Turin’s work?
A．Write, sell and donate．
B．Record, repair and reward．
C．Design, experiment and report．
D．Collect, protect and reconnect．
第二节 （共5 小题；每小题3 分，满分15 分）
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余
选项。
The jobs of the future have not yet been invented． 36 By helping them develop
classic skills that will serve them well no matter what the future holds．
1． Curiosity
Your children need to be deeply curious． 37 Ask kids, “What ingredients (配料)can
we add to make these pancakes even better next time?” and then try them out． Did those
ingredients make the pancakes better? What could we try next time?
2． Creativity
True creativity is the ability to take something existing and create something new from
it． 38 There are a dozen different things you can do with them． Experimenting with
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
materials to create something new can go a long way in helping them develop their creativity．
3． Personal skills
Understanding how others feel can be a challenge for kids． We know what’s going on inside
our own head, but what about others? Being able to read people helps kid from misreading a
situation and jumping to false conclusions． 39 “Why do you think she’s crying?” “Can
you tell how that man is feeling by looking at his face?” “If someone were to do that to you, how
would you feel?”
4． Self Expression
40 There are many ways to express thoughts and ideas ---- music, acting, drawing,
building, photography． You may find that your child is attracted by one more than another．
A． Encourage kids to cook with you．
B． And we can’t forget science education．
C． We can give kids chances to think about materials in new ways．
D． We can do this in real life or ask questions about characters in stories．
E． Gardening is another great activity for helping kids develop this skill．
F． So how can we help our kids prepare for jobs that don’t yet exist?
G． Being able to communicate ideas in a meaningful way is a valuable skill．
第三部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分55 分）
第一节 完形填空（共20 小题；每小题2 分，满分40 分）
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C 和D）中，选出可以填入空白
处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
As a general rule, all forms of activity lead to boredom when they are performed on a
routine (常规) basis． As a matter of fact, we can see this 41 at work in people of all
42 ． For example, on Christmas morning, children are excited about 43 with their new
toys． But their 44 soon wears off the by January those 45 toys can be found put
away in the basement． The world is full of 46 stamp albums and unfinished models, each
standing as a monument to someone’s 47 interest． When parents bring home a pet, their
child 48 bathes it and brushes its fur． Within a short time, however, the 49 of caring
for the animal is handed over to the parents． Adolescents enter high school with great 50
but are soon looking forward to 51 ． The same is true of the young adults going to
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
college． And then, how many 52 , who now complain (抱怨) about the long drives to work,
53 drove for hour at a time when they first 54 their driver’s licenses (执照)? Before
people retire, they usually 55 to do a lot of 56 things, which they never had 57
to do while working． But 58 after retirement, the golfing, the fishing, the reading and all
of the other pastimes become as boring as the jobs they 59 ． And, like the child in January,
they go searching for new 60 ．
41．A．habit
B．principle
C．way
D．power
42．A．parties
B．races
C．countries
D．ages
43．A．working
B．living
C．playing
D．going
44．A．confidence
B．interest
C．anxiety
D．sorrow
45．A．same
B．extra
C．funny
D．expensive
46．A．well-organized B．colorfully-printed C．half-filled
D．newly-collected
47．A．broad
B．passing
C．different
D．main
48．A．silently
B．impatiently
C．worriedly D．gladly
49．A．promise
B．burden
C．right
D．game
50．A．courage
B．calmness
C．confusion D．excitement
51．A．graduation
B．independence C．responsibility D．success
52．A．children
B．students
C．adults
D．retirees
53．A．carefully
B．eagerly
C．nervously D．bravely
54．A．required
B．obtained
C．noticed
D．discovered
55．A．need
B．learn
C．plan
D．start
56．A．great
B．strange
C．difficult
D．correct
57．A．time
B．money
C．skills
D．knowledge
58．A．only
B．well
C．even D．soon
59．A．lost
B．chose
C．quit
D．left
60．A．pets
B．toys
C．friends
D．colleagues
第II 卷
第三部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分55 分）
第二节（共10 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分15 分）
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容（不多于3 个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Are you facing a situation that looks impossible to fix?
In 1969, the pollution was terrible along the Cuyahoga River near Cleveland, Ohio． It
61 (be) unimaginable that it could ever be cleaned up． The river was so polluted that it 62
(actual) caught fire and burned． Now, years later, this river is one of 63 most
outstanding examples of environmental cleanup．
But the river wasn’t changed in a few days 64 even a few months． It took years of
work 65 (reduce) the industrial pollution and clean the water． Finally, that hard work
paid off and now the water in the river is 66 (clean) than ever．
Maybe you are facing an impossible situation． Maybe you have a habit 67 is
driving your family crazy． Possibly you drink too much or don’t know how to control your credit
card use． When you face such an impossible situation, don’t you want a quick fix and something
to change immediately?
While there are 68 (amaze) stories of instant transformation, for most of us the
69 (change) are gradual and require a lot of effort and work, like cleaning up a polluted
river． Just be 70 (patience)．
第四部分 写作（共两节；满分35 分）
第一节 短文改错（共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分）
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共
有10 处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号()，并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用(＼)划掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1． 每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2． 只允许修改10 处，多者（从第11 处起）不计分。
Nearly five years before， and with the help by our father， my sister and I planted some
cherry tomatoes (圣女果) in our back garden． Since then — for all these year — we had been
allowing tomatoes to self-seed where they please． As result， the plants are growing
somewhere． The fruits are small in size， but juicy and taste． There are so much that we often
share them with our neighbors． Although we allow tomato plants to grow in the same place
year after year， but we have never had any disease or insect attack problems． We are growing
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
wonderfully tomatoes at no cost!
第二节 书面表达（满分25 分）
假定你是李华，计划暑假期间去英国学习英语，为期六周。下面的广告引起了你的注意，
请给该校写封信，询问有关情况（箭头所指内容）
注意：1．词数100 左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
3．参考词汇：住宿-accommodation
2014 年全国高考试题独家解析(新课标卷I)
英语答案
1-5 ABCBA 6-10 BCACA 11-15 ACBCA 16-20 CBCAB
【解题导语】本文介绍了剑桥科学节好奇心挑战活动的相关信息。
21．A【解析】根据第一段的第二句可知，参加这个活动的是5 至14 岁的在校学生，他们
可以提交参赛的艺术作品或作文，展示他们的好奇心。
22．D【解析】根据第三段的前两句可知，4 月21 日将举行一个颁奖活动，为获奖者颁奖。
23．C【解析】本文介绍了剑桥科学节好奇心挑战活动的目的、参赛者的情况、颁奖的时间、
提交作品的日期等，由此可判断本文是一则通知。
【解题导语】本文介绍了在美国生活的旅鸽从数量巨大、铺天盖地到踪迹难觅、逐渐灭
绝的经过。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
24．D【解析】根据第二段的内容可知，据计算，旅鸽数量最多时，有30 多亿只，相当于
美国鸟类总数的24%-40%。到1870 年，旅鸽的数量已经减少了，但是，有人在Cincinnati
附近看到鸽群的规模为1 英里宽，320 英里长。由此可见，在18 至19 世纪，旅鸽的
数量最多。第一段的第二句也是关键信息。
25．B【解析】根据第三段的内容可知，旅鸽的数量巨大最终导致它们灭绝。undoing 意为“毁
灭”，与ruin 同义。
26．C【解析】根据第三段可知，商业猎人用大网来围捕旅鸽，然后运到大城市卖给餐馆，
由此可见，人们捕杀旅鸽主要是为了赚钱。
27．B【解析】根据最后一段的内容可知，1 897 年密歇根州出台了法律，禁止捕杀旅鸽。
此时，人们已经十年没有看到大规模的旅鸽群出没。由此可知，保护旅鸽的法律出台
太晚了。
【解题导语】本文从驯兽师的鞭子和椅子讲起，比喻人也会像狮子被驯兽师的椅子的四
条腿所迷惑一样，往往被太多贪念所累，不知道该怎么做，最终一无所获。
28．A【解析】根据第一段的内容可知，人们看到驯兽师的鞭子，以为是鞭子吸引了狮子的
注意力。其实，吸引狮子注意力的是椅子。当驯兽师在狮子面前挥舞着四条腿的椅子
时，狮子的注意力被分散了，所以它不知所措。
29．A【解析】根据第二段的信息可知，像狮子一样，人们有时也面临多种选择，例如，你
想减肥、开公司、多旅行。这时如果拿不定主意，就会无所适从。
30．B【解析】根据第三段第一句可知，作者非常郁闷：专家们总是在争论哪个选择最佳，
这为人们提供了矛盾的信息，最终导致人们不知道该如何做。由此可见，作者对专家
们的做法是持怀疑态度的，故选B。
31．C【解析】根据最后一段的前两句可知，当有人在你面前挥舞椅子时，你要专注于一件
事情，你要做的就是立刻行动起来。文中的take immediate action 与make a quick
decision 同义。
【解题导语】 本文介绍了耶鲁大学的科学家Mark Turin 为保护濒临消失的语言而做出
的不懈努力。
32．B【解析】第一段说到下个世纪，很多语言将濒临消失。根据第二段中的“In an effort to
prevent language loss”可知，很多学者成立了一些机构，致力于记录即将消失的语言和
它们所体现的文化。
33．A【解析】根据第二段的内容可知，有很多学者～直致力于语言和文化的保护工作。再
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
结合第三段的第一句话可知，耶鲁大学的Mark Turin 也在做这件事，即记录语言，防
止语言的消失。
34．D【解析】根据第三段的最后一句可知，Mark Turin 的书是以自己在尼泊尔的一个村子
里的个人经历为基础的。
35．C【解析】根据文章内容可知，Mark Turin 正在从事的工作是保护即将消失的语言。因
此他要搜集语言、保护语言、然后重新将其连接起来。文中出现了documenting，record，
其实就是指他搜集(collect)语言；文章第五段中的“in need of care and protection”与选
项中的protect 相照应；最后一句出现了reconnected。因此最佳答案为C。
【解题导语】本文针对如何让孩子适应未来的工作提出了四点建议：好奇心、创造性、
人际交往技巧和自我表达。
36．D【解析】根据36 空后的“By helping them develop classic skills that will serve them well”
可知，36 空处应填询问方式的问句，因此选D。
37．A【解析】 本段标题是“Curiosity”。第一句说，孩子需要有好奇心。37 空后主要介绍
在教孩子做薄烤饼的过程中如何激发他们的好奇心。因此本空选A。
38．C【解析】本段标题是“Creativity”。第一句说，真正的创造性就是用现存的材料创造出
新东西的能力。故选C。
39．F【解析】本段标题是“Interpersonal Skills”。第一句说，理解别人的感受对孩子来说可能
是一个挑战。根据空后的问题可知，本空选F，家长可以利用故事书中的人物教育孩
子，引导孩子学会揣摩别人的心思。
40．G【解析】本段标题是“Self-expression”。根据下旬“有很多表达想法的方式”可知，本空
选G，意为“能够用有意义的方式表达想法是一种珍贵的技巧”。
【解题导语】本文通过举例说明这样一个道理：各种形式的活动，如果人们经常做，都
会产生厌倦情绪。
41．A 其实，我们可从各年龄段的人们身上看到这个准则是如何起作用的。第一段的第一句
出现短语As a general rule，本空填principle 呼应名词rule。
42．D 各年龄段的人都会产生厌倦情绪。从下文可知，孩子厌倦玩具、少年厌倦高中、青年
厌倦大学、成年人厌倦开车、老年人厌倦退休后的生活。因此本空填ages。
43．C 在圣诞节早上，孩子们一开始很喜欢玩(playing)他们的新玩具。
44．B 但是，不久他们对新玩具的兴趣(interest)逐渐消失了。
45．A 到了一月，同样的（same）玩具再也不能吸引孩子们了，他们就把那些玩具收起来了。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
46．D 生活中满是装满一半(half-filled)邮票的集邮册和没有完工的模型。后文的“unfinished”
是关键信息。
47．B 这些东西说明很多人曾经喜欢某一件事，结果半途而废。他们的兴趣是短暂的(passing)。
故选B。
48．C 当父母带回家一个宠物时，孩子高兴地（gladly）为它洗澡、刷它的毛。
49．B 但是，过不了多久，照顾动物的重担（burden）又被移交给了父母。
50．D 青少年带着极大的兴奋之情(excitement)进入高中。
51．A 但是，不久他们就盼望着毕业(graduation)。
52．C 前句中的young adults 暗示下文谈论的是成年人。根据文意可知，抱怨每天开车上班
花费时间长的人，应该是成年人。
53．B 而当他们刚刚拿到驾照时，他们翘首企盼(eagerly)一次开好几个小时。 eagerly“渴望
地”，符合文意。
54．B obtain“得到”。这里指考取驾照。
55．D 在退休前，人们通常计划(plan)做很多事情。
56．A 这些事情是他们上班时没有时间做的大事（great things）。
57．A 参见上题解析。他们上班太忙了，没有时间(time)做这些事情。
58．D 但是，退休后不久(soon)，像打高尔夫、钓鱼、阅读及其他所有的消遣方式都变得没
有意思了。
59．C 那些消遣方式就像他们刚离开(leave)的工作一样，非常乏味。
60．B 这些退休老人遭遇的处境，就像一月的孩子一样，开始找新玩具(toys)，寻求刺激了。
【解题导语】 本文通过一个城市清理工业污染的例子说明这样一个道理：只要我们坚
持不懈，我们可以做成那些看似不可能的事情。
61．was【解析】前句有时间状语In 1969，因此描述的是过去的情况。应用一般过去时，本
空填was。
62．actually【解析】空格在动词前，应用副词修饰，本空填actually。
63．the 【解析】后面有形容词的最高级，因此该空填定冠词the。
64．or【解析】本句为否定句，故用or 连接两个并列成分。
65．to reduce【解析】本句是It took．．．to do sth．句型，因此本空填不定式to reduce。
66．cleaner【解析】空后的than ever 暗示空处应填形容词的比较级cleaner。
67．that/which【解析】本句含有定语从句，先行词为a habit，指物，在从句中作主语，应
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
填关系代词that/which。
68．amazing 【解析】本空在名词之前，应用形容词作定语。amazing“惊人的”，修饰名词
stories。
69．changes【解析】本句为主系表结构，空格后的are gradual 暗示本空填名词复数changes。
70．patient【解析】本句为祈使句。在系动词be 后应用形容词作表语，因此本空填patient。
【解题导语】 作者讲述了自己当年种植圣女果所收获的快乐。
Nearly five years before
ago
, and with the help by
of
our father, my sister and I planted some
cherry tomatoes(圣女果) in our back garden．Since then --- for all these year
years
--- we had
have
been allowing tomatoes to self-seed where they please．As
a
result, the plants are growing
somewhere
everywhere
．The fruits are small in size, but juicy and taste
tasty
．There are so much
many
that we
often share them with our neighbors．Although we allow tomato plants to grow in the same
place year after year, but /
but
yet
we have never had any disease or insect attack
problems．We are growing wonderfully
wonderful
tomatoes at no cost!
【解析】第一处：before 改为ago。 这里讲述的是过去发生的事情，着眼点是现在，因此
把before 改为ago。
第二处：by 改为of。 with the help of sb．"在某人的帮助下"，是固定搭配。
第三处：year 改为years。 for all these years"这么多年来"。名词year 应用复数形式。
第四处：had 改为have。 结合文意可知，此处应现在完成时，因此把had 改为have。
第五处：在result 前加a。 as a result"因此"，是固定短语。
第六处：somewhere 改为everywhere。 根据语境可知，到处都是圣女果，因此把somewhere
改为everywhere。
第七处：taste 改为tasty。 句中的juicy 为形容词，因此把taste 改为tasty"好吃的"，用形容
词作表语。
第八处：much 改为many。 圣女果太多了，因此，我常与邻居分享。many 修饰可数名词，
much 修饰不可数名词。因此把much 改为many。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
第九处：but 改为yet。 从句已经出现了连词Although，因此应去掉主句中的but，或将其
改为yet。
第十处：wonderfully 改为wonderful。 应用形容词作定语修饰名词，因此把wonderfully 改
为wonderful。
【范文赏读】
Dear Sir / Madam,
I am a student in China and I plan to go to Britain to attend a summer school during the
vacation． I've seen your ad， and I'd like to know something more about your six-week English
course． First， when will the course start and how many class hours are there per week? Besides，
I wish there would not be too many students in a class． I'd also like to know how much I have to
pay for the course and whether accommodation is included． Would there be host family or
university dormitory?
I am looking forward to your early reply．
Yours faithfully,
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2014 年全国高考试题独家解析(新课标卷II)
英语试题
本试卷分第I 卷（选择题）和第II 卷（非选择题）两部分。
第一部分 听力（共两节，满分30 分）
第一节（共5 个小题：每小题1．5 分，满分7．5 分）
听下面5 段对话。每段对话后有一道小题，从每题所给的A B C 三个选项中选出最佳
选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和
阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What does the woman want to do?
A．Find a place B．Buy a map C．Get an address
2．What will the man do for the woman?
A．Repair her car B．Give her a ride C．Pick up her aunt
3．Who might Mr．Peterson be?
A．A new professor． B．A department head． C．A company director
4．What does the man think of the book?
A．Quite difficult B．Very interesting C．Too simple
5．What are the speakers talking about?
A．Weather B．Clothes C．News
第二节（共15 小题：每小题1．5 分，满分22．5 分）
听下面5 段对话或对白，每段对话或对白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个
选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置，听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个
小题。每小题5 秒钟；听完后，各小题给出5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6 断材料，回答第6、7 题。
6．Why is Harry unwilling to join woman?
A．He has a pain in his knee．
B．He wants watch TV．
C．He is too lazy．
7．What will the woman probably do next?
A．stay at home B．Take Harry to hospital． C．Do some exercise
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
听第7 段材料，回答第8、9 题
8．When will the man be home from work?
A．At 5:45 B．At 6:15 C．At 6:50
9．Where will the speakers go?
A．The Green House Cinema
B．The New State Cinema
C．The UME Cinema
听第8 段材料，回答第10 至12 题。
10．How will the speakers go to New York?
A．By air B．By taxi C．By bus
11．Why are the speakers making the trip?
A．For business B．For shopping C．For holiday
12．What is the probable relationship between the speakers?
A．Driver and passenger B．Husband and wife Fellow workers
听第9 段材料，回答第13 至16 题。
13．where does this conversation probably take place?
A．In a restaurant B．In an office C．In a classroom
14．What does John do now?
A．He’s trainer． B．He’s a tour guide C．He’s a college student
15．How much can a new person for the first year?
A． ＄10,500 B． ＄12,000 C． ＄15,000
16．How many people will the woman hire?
A．Four B．Three C． Two
听第10 段材料，回答第17 至20 题。
17．How long has the speaker lived in a big city?
A．One year B．Ten years C．Eighteen years．
18．What is the speaker’s opinion on public transport?
A．It’s comfortable B．It’s time-saving C．It’s cheap
19．What is good about living in a small town?
A．It’s safer B．It’s healthier C．It’s more convenient
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
20．What kind of life does the speakers seem to like most?
A．Busy B．Colourful C．Quiet
第二部分 阅读理解（共两节，满分40 分）
第一节 (共15 小题；每小题2 分，满分40 分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中,选出最佳选项。并在答题卡上
将该选项涂黑．
A
Arriving in Sydney on his own from India， my husband， Rashid， stayed in a hotel for a
short time while looking for a house for me and our children．
During the first week of his stay， he went out one day to do some shopping． He came back
in the late afternoon to discover that his suitcase was gone． He was extremely worried as the
suitcase had all his important papers， including his passport(护照)．
He reported the case to the police and then sat there， lost and lonely in a strange city，
thinking of the terrible troubles of getting all the paperwork organised again from a distant
country while trying to settle down in a new one．
Late in the evening， the phone rang． It was a stranger． He was trying to pronounce my
husband's name and was asking him a lot of questions． Then he said they had found a pile of
papers in their trash can (垃圾桶) that had been left out on the footpath．
My husband rushed to their home to find a kind family holding all his papers and
documents(文件)． Their young daughter had gone to the trash can and found a pile of
unfamiliar papers． Her parents had carefully sorted them out， although they had found mainly
foreign addresses on most of the documents． At last they had seen a half-written letter in the
pile in which my husband had given his new telephone number to a friend．
That family not only restored the important documents to us that day but also restored our
faith and trust in people． We still remember their kindness and often send a warm wish their
way．
21．What did Rashid plan to do after his arrival in Sydney?
A．Go shopping B．Find a house C．Join his family D．Take his family
22．The girl’s parents got Rashid’s phone number from_______．
A．a friend of his family B．a Sydney policeman
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
C．a letter in his papers D．a stranger in Sydney
23．What does the underlined word “restored” in the last paragraph mean?
A．Showed B．Sent out C．Delivered D．Gave back
24．Which of the following can be the best title for the text?
A．From India to Australia． B．Living in a New Country．
C．Turning Trash to Treasure． D．In Search of New Friends．
B
Since the first Earth Day in 1970， Americans have gotten a lot "greener" toward the
environment． "We didn't know at that time that there even was an environment， let alone that
there was a problem with it，" says Bruce Anderson， president of Earth Day USA．
But what began as nothing important in public affairs has grown into a social
movement． Business people， political leaders， university professors， and especially millions
of grass-roots Americans are taking part in the movement． "The understanding has increased
many， many times，" says Gaylord Nelson， the former governor from Wisconsin， who thought
up the first Earth Day．
According to US government reports， emissions (排放) from cars and trucks have dropped
from 10．3 million tons a year to 5．5 million tons． The number of cities producing CO beyond
the standard has been reduced from 40 to 9． Although serious problems still remain and need
to be dealt with， the world is a safer and healthier place． A kind of "green thinking" has
become part of practices．
Great improvement has been achieved． In 1988 there were only 600 recycling programs；
today in 1995 there are about 6，600． Advanced lights， motors， and building designs have
helped save a lot of energy and therefore prevented pollution．
Twenty-five years ago， there were hardly any education programs for environment． Today，
it's hard to find a public school， university， or law school that does not have such a kind of
program． "Until we do that， nothing else will change!" says Bruce Anderson．
25．According to Anderson， before 1970， Americans had little idea about ．
A．the social movement B．recycling techniques
C．environmental problems D．the importance of Earth Day
26．Where does the support for environmental protection mainly come from?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．The grass-roots level． B．The business circle．
C．Government officials． D．University professors．
27．What have Americans achieved in environmental protection?
A．They have cut car emissions to the lowest．
B．They have settled their environmental problems．
C．They have lowered their CO levels in forty cities．
D．They have reduced pollution through effective measures．
28．What is especially important for environmental protection according to the last paragraph?
A．Education． B．Planning． C．Green living． D．CO reduction．
C
One of the latest trends (趋势) in American childcare is Chinese au pairs． Au Pair in
Stamford， Conn．， for example， has got increasing numbers of requests for Chinese au pairs
from zero to around 4，000 since 2004． And that's true all across the country．
"I thought it would be very useful for him to learn Chinese at an early age，" Joseph Stocke，
the managing director of a company， says of his 2-year-old son． "I would at least like to give
him the chance to use the language in the future．" After only six months of being cared for by a
25-year-old woman from China， the boy can already understand basic Chinese daily expressions，
his dad says．
Li Drake， a Chinese native raising two children in Minnesota with an American husband，
had another reason for looking for an au pair from China： She didn't want her children to miss
out on their roots． "Because I am Chinese， my husband and I wanted the children to keep
exposed to (接触) the language and culture，" she says．
"Staying with a native speaker is better for children than simply sitting in a classroom，" says
Suzanne Flynn， a professor in language education of children． "But parents must understand
that just one year with an au pair is unlikely to produce wonders． Complete mastery demands
continued learning until the age of 10 or 12．"
The popularity of au pairs from China has been strengthened by the increasing numbers of
American parents who want their children to learn Chinese． It is expected that American
demand for au pairs will continue to rise in the next few years．
29．What does the term "au pair" in the text mean?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．A mother raising her children on her own．
B．A child learning a foreign language at home．
C．A professor in language education of children．
D．A young foreign woman taking care of children．
30．Li Drake has her children study Chinese because she wants them ．
A．to live in China some day B．to speak the language at home
C．to catch up with other children D．to learn about the Chinese culture
31．What can we infer from the text?
A．Learning Chinese is becoming popular in America．
B．Educated women do better in looking after children．
C．Chinese au pairs need to improve their English skills．
D．Children can learn a foreign language well in six months．
D
Metro Pocket Guide
Metrorail (地铁)
Each passenger needs a farecard to enter and go out． Up to two children under age five
may travel free with a paying customer．
Farecard machines are in every station． Bring small bills because there are no change
machines in the stations and farecard machines only provide up to $5 in change．
Get one day of unlimited Metrorail rides with a One Day Pass． Buy it from a farecard
machine in Metro stations． Use it after 9：30 a．m． until closing on weekdays， and all day on
weekends and holidays．
Hours of service
Open：5 a．m． Mon．—Fri．
7 a．m． Sat．—Sun．
Close：midnight Sun．—Thurs．
3 a．m． Fri．—Sat． nights
Last train times vary． To avoid missing the last train， please check the last train times
posted in stations．
Metrobus
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
When paying with exact change， the fare is $1．35． When paying with a SmarTrip card，
the fare is $1．25．
Fares for senior/disabled customers
Senior citizens 65 and older and disabled customers may ride for half the regular fare． On
Metrorail and Metrobus， use a senior/disabled farecard or SmarTrip card． For more
information about buying senior/disabled farecards， SmarTrip cards and passes， please visit
MetroOpensDoors．com or call 202-637-7000 and 202-637-8000．
Senior citizens and disabled customers can get free guide on how to use proper Metrobus
and Metrorail services by calling 202-962-1100．
Travel tips (提示)
•Avoid riding during weekday rush periods — before 9：30 a．m． and between 4 and 6 p．m．
•If you lose something on a bus or train or in a station， please call Lost & Found at
202-962-1195．
32．What should you know about farecard machines?
A．They start selling tickets at 9：30 a．m．
B．They are connected to change machines．
C．They offer special service to the elderly．
D．They make change for no more than $5．
33．At what time does Metrorail stop service on Saturday?
A．At midnight． B．At 3 a．m． C．At 5 a．m． D．At 7 p．m．
34．What is good about a SmarTrip card?
A．It is convenient for old people． B．It saves money for its users．
C．It can be bought at any time． D．It is sold on the Internet．
35．Which number should you call if you lose something on the Metro?
A．202-962-1195 B．202-962-1100
C．202-637-7000 D．202-637-8000
第二节(共5 小题；每小题2 分，满分10 分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余
选项。
Tips for Cooking on a Tight Schedule
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
From my experience， there are three main reasons why people don't cook more often：
ability， money， and time． 36 Money is a topic I'll save for another day． So today
I want to give you some wisdom about how to make the most of the time you spend in the
kitchen． Here are three tips for great cooking on a tight schedule：
1．Think ahead． The moments when I think cooking is a pain are when I'm already hungry
and there's nothing ready to eat． So think ahead of the coming week． When will you have time
to cook? Do you have the right materials already? 37 ．
2．Make your time worth it． When you do find time to cook a meal， make the most of it
and save yourself time later on． Are you making one loaf of bread? 38 It takes
around the same amount of time to make more of something． So save yourself the effort for a
future meal．
3． 39 This may surprise you， but one of the best tools for making cooking worth
your time is experimentation． It gives you the chance to hit upon new ideas and recipes that can
work well with your appetite and schedule． The more you learn and the more you try， the
more ability you have to take control of your food and your schedule．
Hopefully that gives you a good start． 40 And don't let a busy schedule discourage
you from making some great changes in the way you eat and live!
A． Try new things．
B． Ability is easily improved．
C． Make three or four instead．
D． Understand your food better．
E． Cooking is a burden for many people．
F． Let cooking and living simply be a joy rather than a burden．
G． A little time planning ahead can save a lot of work later on．
第三部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分45 分）
第一节 完形填空（共20 小题；每题1．5 分，满分30 分）
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项（A, B, C 和D）中，选出可以填入空白处
的最佳选项。
Joe Simpson and Simon Yates were the first people to climb the West Face of the Siula
Grande in the Andes mountains． They reached the top 41 ， but on their way back
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
conditions were very 42 ． Joe fell and broke his leg． They both knew that if Simon 43
alone， he would probably get back 44 ． But Simon decided to risk his 45 and try
to lower Joe down the mountain on a rope (绳)．
As they 46 down， the weather got worse． Then another 47 occurred． They
couldn't see or hear each other and， 48 ， Simon lowered his friend over the edge of a
precipice (峭壁)． It was 49 for Joe to climb back or for Simon to pull him up． Joe's
50 was pulling Simon slowly towards the precipice． 51 ， after more than an hour in the
dark and the icy cold， Simon had to 52 ． In tears， he cut the rope． Joe 53 into
a huge crevasse (裂缝) in the ice below． He had no food or water and he was in terrible
pain． He couldn't walk， but he 54 to get out of the crevasse and started to 55
towards their camp， nearly ten kilometers 56 ．
Simon had 57 the camp at the foot of the mountain． He thought that Joe must
be 58 ， but he didn't want to leave 59 ． Three days later， in the middle of
the night， he heard Joe's voice． He couldn't 60 it． Joe was there， a few meters from
their tent， still alive．
41．A．hurriedly B．carefully C．successfully D．early
42．A．difficult B．similar C．special D．normal
43．A．climbed B．worked C．rested D．continued
44．A．unwillingly B．safely C．slowly D．regretfully
45．A．fortune B．time C．health D．life
46．A．lay B．settled C．went D．looked
47．A．damage B．storm C．change D．trouble
48．A．by mistake B．by chance C．by chance D．by luck
49．A．unnecessary B．practical C．important D．impossible
50．A．height B．weight C．strength D．equipment
51．A．Finally B．Patiently C．Surely D．Quickly
52．A．stand back B．take a rest C．make a decision D．hold on
53．A．jumped B．fell C．escaped D．backed
54．A．managed B．planned C．waited D．hoped
55．A．run B．skate C．move D．march
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
56．A．around B．away C．above D．along
57．A．headed for B．travelled C．left for D．returned to
58．A．dead B．hurt C．weak D．late
59．A．secretly B．tiredly C．immediately D．anxiously
60．A．find B．believe C．make D．accept
第Ⅱ卷
第三部分 英语知识运用
第二节 （共10 分；每小题1．5 分，满分15 分）
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容（不多于3 个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式。
One morning， I was waiting at the bus stop， worried about 61 (be) late for
school． There were many people waiting at the bus stop， 62 some of them looked
very anxious and 63 (disappoint)． When the bus finally came， we all hurried on
board． I got a place next 64 the window， so I had a good view of the sidewalk． A
boy on a bike 65 (catch) my attention． He was riding beside the bus and waving his
arms． I heard a passenger behind me shouting to the driver， but he refused 66 (stop)
until we reached the next stop． Still， the boy kept 67 (ride)． He was carrying
something over his shoulder and shouting． Finally， when we came to the next stop， the boy
ran up to the door of the bus． I heard an excited conversation． Then the driver stood up and
asked，" 68 anyone lose a suitcase at the last stop?" A woman on the bus shouted， "Oh
dear! It's 69 (I)．" She pushed her way to the driver and took the suitcase
thankfully． Everyone on the bus began talking about what the boy had done， and the crowd of
strangers 70 (sudden) became friendly to one another．
第四部分：写作(共两节，满分35 分)
第一节短文改错(共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共
有10 处错误，每句中最多有两处。错误涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(Λ)，并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线(＼)划掉。
修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
注意：
1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10 处，多者(从第11 处起)不计分。
My dream school starts at 8：30 a．m． and ends at 3：30 p．m． They are three lessons
in the morning and two in the afternoon． We didn't need to do so many homework． Therefore，
we have more time with after-school activities． For example， we can do reading for one and a
half hour and play sports for one hour every day．
My dream school look like a big garden． There are all kinds of the flowers and trees around
the classroom buildings． We can lie on the grass for a rest， or sat by the lake listening
music． The teachers here are kind and helpfully． They are not only our teachers but also our
friends．
第二节 书面表达 (25 分)
一家英语报社向中学生征文，主题是“十年后的我”、请根据下列要求和你的想象完成
短文、
1．家庭
2．工作
3．业余生活
注意：1．次数100 左右；2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；3．开头语已为你写
好
I often imagine what my life will be like in the future．___________________ _ __
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
_________________
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2014 年全国高考试题独家解析(新课标卷Ⅱ)
英语答案
1-5 ABCBA 6-10 BCACA 11-15 ACBCA 16-20 CBCAB
【解题导语】这是一篇记叙文，介绍作者的丈夫从印度来到悉尼，结果发现自己随身携
带的手提包不见，里边装有全部的文档，包含护照。几经周折，丢失的物品完璧归赵，作者
的丈夫也感慨万千。
译文：他向警方报案，然后坐在那里，很失落，在陌生的城市也很孤单，想想从一个遥
远的国家把那么多文件重新整理一遍会有多大麻烦，而自己还要试图在一个新的国度安家。
21．B【解析】依据第一段中的"stayed in a hotel for a short time while looking for a house for me
and our children"得知作者的丈夫打前站，先住宾馆找房子，然后家人再过来团聚。
22．C【解析】依据第五段最后一句得知，他们从文档中一封未写完的信件中找到作者的丈
夫的新电话号码。
23．D【解析】结合语境可知，作者的丈夫不仅找回了自己丢失的物品，还重建了作者一家
对人们的信任。
24．C【解析】结合语境可知，C 项作为标题最佳，在垃圾堆中找到遗失的物品，"变废为宝
"作为标题形式新颖，主题突出。
【解题导语】这是一篇说明文，介绍环保意识在美国从无到有，逐渐增强，环保教育势
在必行。
译文：美国地球日主席Bruce Anderson 说，“那时候我们根本不知道环境，更不用说知
道环境有问题了。”
25．C【解析】依据第一段第二句"We didn't know at that time that there even was an
environment， let alone that there was a problem with it"得知1970 年以前美国人对环境
问题所知甚少。
26．A【解析】依据第二段第二句中的"especially millions of grass-roots Americans are taking part
in the movement"得知，数以百万计的草根美国人才是支持环保的中流砥柱。
27．D【解析】依据第二段后半部分推断，美国政府多管齐下，污染问题大为缓解。A 项错
在lowest，B 项错在have settled， C 项错在forty。
28．A【解析】依据最后一段内容推断，环保意识教育至关重要。
【解题导语】这是一篇说明文，介绍中国互惠生(Chinese au pairs)在美国越来越受到青
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
睐。
译文：随着越来越多的美国父母希望自己的孩子学习汉语，来自中国的互惠生受欢迎这
一趋势一直在加强。
29．D【解析】结合语境可知au pair 指的是在国外寄居的人，他们帮助房东照看孩子甚至学
习语言换取免费食宿，又称互惠生。
30．D【解析】依据第三段第二句中的"Because I am Chinese， my husband and I wanted the
children to keep exposed to (接触) the language and culture"得知他们这样做的目的是
让孩子接触到中国文化。
31．A【解析】依据最后一段尤其是最后一句"It is expected that American demand for au pairs
will continue to rise in the next few years"可推断在美国学习汉语热潮会继续高涨。
【解题导语】 这是一篇应用文，介绍地铁指南，就零币兑换、地铁运行时间、老年人
／残疾人优惠、特别提醒等方面给予指导说明。
32．D【解析】依据第二段最后一句可知车站提供最大面值5 美元的零钱。
33．B【解析】依据原文3 a．m．Fri．- Sat．nights 推断地铁周六凌晨三点停运。
34．B【解析】文章中反复出现SmarTrip Card 一词，再根据Metrobus 下的内容可知，其最
大特点是使用起来有优惠，换言之能为持卡者省钱。
35．A【解析】依据全文最后一句话推断遗失物品拨打202 -962 -1195。
【解题导语】这是一篇说明文，文章就时间紧迫的情况下如何烹饪提出很好的三条建议。
36．B【解析】上文提到人们不常做饭的三大原因：能力、金钱和时间。下面紧接着提到金
钱和时间，因此本空谈论做饭的能力。
37．G【解析】本段主题句是Think ahead，故选G 项与之呼应。
38．C【解析】上文提到“你在做一片面包吗？”，下文提到“做更多的东西所花的时间基本
是一样的”，故此处指“那就做上三四片吧”。
39．A【解析】本段提到烹饪需要不断尝试、创新才能惊喜不断。
40．F【解析】前一句提到“那有望给你新的开始”，下文提到“don't let a busy schedule
discourage．．．”，因此F 项衔接最好。
【解题导语】这是一篇感人至深的记叙文，讲述Joe 和Simon 成功登顶后返回途中的惊
险遭遇，他们不屈不挠、互相支持的精神让人为之振奋。
41．C but 一词说明前后为转折关系，他们成功到达山顶。
42．A 依据下文得知他们返回途中天气状况恶劣(difficult)。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
43．D Joe 和Simon 都知道如果Simon 独自继续返回，他倒可以安全地折返营地。
44．B 参见上题解析。
45．D Simon 决定冒着生命危险用绳子带Joe 下山。
46．C 就在他们俩下山的时候，天气更糟糕了，接着麻烦又来了。go down“下降，下山”。
47．D 参见上题解析。
48．A 因为他们相互看不见也听不见，Simon 错误地把Joe 从绝壁上往下送，结果进退两难。
by mistake“错误地”；by chance“碰巧”；by choice“自愿”；by luck“侥幸”。
49．D Joe 自己爬不回来，Simon 也不可能有力气把他拉上来。
50．B Joe 的重量正在把Simon 慢慢地往下拉，两人处境危险。
51．A 最终在坚持一个多小时后，在黑暗和寒冷中，Simon 不得不作出一个决定。
52．C 参见上题解析。
53．B 结果Joe 摔到了下面的冰缝中。
54．A 依据下文，Joe 成功从冰缝中爬出来一步步接近营地。manage to do“成功做到”。
55．C Joe 一条腿断了，不能走，只能缓慢移动。
56．B 营地距离Joe 将近一万米远。away“相距”。
57．D Simon 早已顺利返回营地。
58．A Simon 想Joe 坠落悬崖必死无疑。
59．C 但是Simon 不想立即离开营地。
60．B 三天后，Joe 居然爬回来了，Simon 难以相信这人间奇迹。
【解题导语】这是一篇记叙文。一件小事改变了人们对彼此的态度。
61．being worried about 表示“担忧”，介词后接名词或动名词。
62．and 前后句是并列关系，应用and。很多人在候车，一些人看起来很担忧、失望。
63．disappointed look disappointed 是系表结构，表示“看起来感到失望”。
64．to next to 是固定搭配，表示“紧挨着”。
65．caught catch one's attention 表示“引起某人的注意”，根据文中的时态可知应用一般
过去时。catch 是不规则动词，注意变化。
66．to stop refuse to do sth．表示“拒绝做某事”。
67．riding keep doing sth．表示“反复做某事”。
68．Did 结合语境这里询问说话之前的情况，故用一般过去时。
69．me/mine 一名女士惊呼，“是我丢东西了／那是我的箱子”。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
70．Suddenly 陌生的人群突然间变得友好起来。修饰动词应用副词。
My dream school starts at 8:30 a．m． and ends at 3:30 p．m．
They
There
are three lesson
in the morning and two in the afternoon． We
didn't
don't
need to do so
many
much
homework．
Therefore，we have more time
with
for
after-school activities． For example，we can do
reading
for one and a half
hour
hours
and play sport for one hour every day．
My dream school
look
looks
like a big garden． There are all kinds of the flowers and
trees around the classroom, buildings． We can lie on the grass for a rest，sat
sit
by the lake
listening to
music．The teachers here are kind and
helpfully
helpful
． They are not only our
teachers but also our friends．
【范文赏读】
I often imagine what my life will be like in the future． I think my life will be very different in
ten years． I will be twenty-eight years old by then． I will have my own family， probably with
a lovely child． I hope I'll work in a computer company as a program designer． I'll enjoy my work
and get along well with my colleagues． I'll do a good job in whatever I do． In my free time， I'll
continue to take regular exercise， such as swimming， running and various ball games． On my
holidays， I'll travel around the world． In a word， my life will be much richer and more colorful．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2015 年全国高考试题独家解析(新课标卷Ⅰ)
英语试题
本试卷分第Ⅰ卷和第Ⅱ卷两部分。
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分 听力（共两节，满分30 分）
第一节（共5 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分7.5 分）
听下面5 段对话，每段对话后有一个小题。从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中选出最
佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题
和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What time is it now?
A．9:10. B．9:50. C．10:00.
2．What does the woman think of the weather？
A．It’s nice. B．It’s warm. C．It’s cold.
3．What will the man do?
A．Attend a meeting. B．Give a lecture. C．Leave his office.
4．What is the woman’s opinion about the course?
A．Too hard. B．Worth taking. C．Very easy.
5．What does the woman want the man to do?
A．Speak louder. B．Apologize to her. C．Turn off the radio.
第二节 （共15 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分22.5 分）
听下面5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个
选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个
小题，每小题5 秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答第6、7 题。
6．How long did Michael stay in China?
A．Five days. B．One week. C．Two weeks.
7．Where did Michael go last year?
A．Russia. B．Norway. C．India.
听第7 段材料，回答第8、9 题。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
8．What food does Sally like?
A．Chicken. B．Fish. C．Eggs.
9．What are the speakers going to do?
A．Cook dinner. B．Go shopping. C．Order dishes.
听第8 段材料，回答第10 至12 题。
10．Where are the speakers?
A．In a hospital. B．In the office. C．At home.
11．When is the report due?
A．Thursday. B．Friday. C．Next Monday.
12．What does George suggest Stephanie do with the report?
A．Improve it. B．Hand it in later. C．Leave it with him.
听第9 段材料，回答第13 至16 题。
13．What is the probable relationship between the speakers?
A．Salesperson and customer. B．Homeowner and cleaner.
C．Husband and wife.
14．What kind of apartment do the speakers prefer？
A．One with two bedrooms. B．One without furniture
C．One near market
15．How much rent should one pay for the one-bedroom apartment?
A．$350． B．$400． C．$415.
16．Where is the apartment the speakers would like to see?
A．On Lake Street. B．On Market Street. C．On South Street.
听第10 段材料，回答第17 至20 题。
17．What percentage of the world’s tea exports go to Britain?
A．Almost 15%. B．About 30%. C．Over 40%.
18．Why do tea taster taste tea with milk?
A．Most British people drink tea that way. B．Tea tastes much better with milk.
C．Tea with milk is healthy.
19．Who suggests a price for each tea?
A．Tea tasters. B．Tea exporters. C． Tea companies.
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
20．What is the speaker talking about?
A．The life of tea tasters. B．Afternoon tea in Britain.
C．The London Tea Trade Centre.
第二部分 阅读理解（共两节，满分40 分）
第一节 （共15 小题；每小题2 分，满分30 分）
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C、和 D）中，选出最佳选项。
A
Monthly Talks at London Canal Museum
Our monthly talks start at 19:30 on the first Thursday of each month except August.
Admission is at normal charges and you don’t need to book. They end around 21:00.
November 7th
The Canal Pioneers, by Chris Lewis. James Brindley is recognized as one of the leading early
canal engineers. He was also a major player in training others in the art of canal planning and
building. Chris Lewis will explain how Brindley made such a positive contribution to the education
of that group of early “civil engineers”.
December 5th
Ice for the Metropolis, by Malcolm Tucker. Well before the arrival of freezers, there was a
demand for ice for food preservation and catering, Malcolm will explain the history of importing
natural ice and the technology of building ice wells, and how London’s ice trade grew.
February 6th
An Update on the Cotswold Canals, by Liz Payne. The Stroudwater Canal is moving towards
reopening. The Thames and Severn Canal will take a little longer. We will have a report on the
present state of play.
March 6th
Eyots and Aits—Thames Islands, by Miranda Vickers. The Thames had many islands.
Miranda has undertaken a review of all of them. She will tell us about those of greatest interest.
Online bookings: www. canalmuseum. org. uk/book
More into: www. canalmuseum. org. uk/whatson
London Canal Museum
12-13 New Wharf Road, London NI 9RT
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
www. canalmuseum.org.uk www. canalmuseum. mobi
Tel: 020 77130836
21. When is the talk on James Brindley?
A. February 6th. B. March 6th.
C. November 7th. D. December 5th.
22. What is the topic of the talk in February?
A. The Canal Pioneers. B. Ice for the Metropolis.
C. Eyots and Aits—Thames Islands. D. An Update on the Cotswold Canals.
23. Who will give the talk on the islands in the Thames?
A. Miranda Vickers. B. Malcolm Tucker.
C. Chris Lewis. D. Liz Payne.
B
The freezing Northeast hasn’t been a terribly fun place to spend time this winter, so when
the chance came for a weekend to Sarasota, Florida, my bags were packed before you could say
“sunshine”. I left for the land of warmth and vitamin C(维生素C), thinking of beaches and orange
trees. When we touched down to blue skies and warm air, I sent up a small prayer of gratefulness.
Swimming pools, wine tasting, and pink sunsets (at normal evening hours, not 4 in the afternoon)
filled the weekend, but the best part—particularly to my taste, dulled by months of cold-weather
root vegetables- was a 7 a.m. adventure to the Sarasota farmers’ market that proved to be
more than worth the early wake-up call.
The market, which was founded in 1979, sets up its tents every Saturday from 7:00 am to 1
p.m., rain or shine, along North Lemon and State streets. Baskets of perfect red strawberries; the
red-painted sides of the Java Dawg coffee truck; and most of all, the tomatoes: amazing, large,
soft and round red tomatoes.
Disappointed by many a broken, vine-ripened(蔓上成熟的) promise, I’ve refused to buy
winter tomatoes for years. No matter how attractive they look in the store, once I get them home
they’re unfailingly dry, hard, and tasteless. But I homed in, with uncertainty, on one particular
table at the Brown’s Grove Farm’s stand, full of fresh and soft tomatoes the size of my fist. These
were the real deal—and at that moment, I realized that the best part of Sarasota in winter was
going to be eating things that back home in New York I wouldn’t be experiencing again for
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
months.
Delighted as I was by the tomatoes in sight, my happiness deepened when I learned that
Brown’s Grove Farm is one of the suppliers for Jack Dusty, a newly opened restaurant at the
Sarasota Ritz Carlton, where—luckily for me—I was planning to have dinner that very night.
Without even seeing the menu, I knew I’d be ordering every tomato on it.
24. What did the author think of her winter life in New York?
A. Exciting. B. Boring. C. Relaxing. D. Annoying.
25. What made the author’s getting up early worthwhile?
A. Having a swim. B. Breathing in fresh air.
C. Walking in the morning sun. D. Visiting a local farmer’s market.
26. What can we learn about tomatoes sold in New York in winter?
A. They are soft. B. They look nice.
C. They taste great. D. They are juicy.
27. What was the author going to that evening?
A. Go to a farm. B. Check into a hotel.
C. Eat in a restaurant. D. Buy fresh vegetables.
C
Salvador Dali (1904-1989) was one of the most popular of modern artists. The Pompidou
Centre in Paris is showing its respect and admiration for the artist and his powerful personality
with an exhibition bringing together over 200 paintings, sculptures, drawings and more. Among
the works and masterworks on exhibition the visitor will find the best pieces, most importantly
The Persistence of Memory. There is also L’Enigme sans Fin from 1938, works on paper, objects,
and projects for stage and screen and selected parts from television programmes reflecting the
artist’s showman qualities.
The visitor will enter the World of Dali through an egg and is met with the beginning, the
world of birth. The exhibition follows a path of time and subject with the visitor exiting through
the brain.
The exhibition shows how Dali draws the viewer between two infinities (无限). “From the
infinity small to the infinity large, contraction and expansion coming in and out of focus: amazing
Flemish accuracy and the showy Baroque of old painting that he used in his museum-theatre in
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Figueras,” explains the Pompidou Centre.
The fine selection of the major works was done in close collaboration (合作)with the Museo
Nacional Reina Sofia in Madrid, Spain, and with contributions from other institutions like the
Salvador Dali Museum in St. Petersburg，Florida.
28. Which of the following best describe Dali according to Paragraph 1?
A. Optimistic. B. Productive. C. Generous. D. Traditional.
29. What is Dali’s The Persistence of Memory considered to be?
A. One of his masterworks. B. A successful screen adaptation.
C. An artistic creation for the stage. D. One of the beat TV programmes.
30. How are the exhibits arranged at the World of Dali?
A. By popularity. B. By importance.
C. By size and shape. D. By time and subject.
31. What does the word “contributions” in the last paragraph refer to?
A. Artworks. B. Projects. C. Donations. D. Documents.
D
Conflict is on the menu tonight at the café La Chope. This evening, as on every Thursday
night, psychologist Maud Lehanne is leading two of France’s favorite pastimes, coffee drinking
and the “talking cure”. Here they are learning to get in touch with their true feelings. It isn’t
always easy. They customers—some thirty Parisians who pay just under $2 (plus drinks) per
session—are quick to intellectualize (高谈阔论)，slow to open up and connect. “You are
forbidden to say ‘one feels,’ or ‘people think’,” Lehanne told them. “Say ‘I think,’ ‘Think me’.”
A cafe society where no intellectualizing is allowed? It couldn’t seem more un-French. But
Lehanne’s psychology cafe is about more than knowing oneself: It’s trying to help the city’s
troubled neighborhood cafes. Over the years, Parisian cafes have fallen victim to changes in the
French lifestyle-longer working hours, a fast-food boom and a younger generation’s desire to
spend more time at home. Dozens of new theme cafes appear to change the situation. Cafes
focused around psychology, history, and engineering are catching on, filling tables well into the
evening.
The city’s “psychology cafes”, which offer great comfort, are among the most popular places.
Middle-aged homemakers, retirees, and the unemployed come to such cafes to talk about love,
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
anger, and dreams with a psychologist. And they come to Lehanne’s group just to learn to say
what they feel. “There’s a strong need in Paris for communication,” says Maurice Frisch, a cafe La
Chope regular who works as a religious instructor in a nearby church. “People have few real
friends. And they need to open up.” Lehanne says she’d like to see psychology cafes all over
France. “If people had normal lives, these cafes wouldn’t exist,” she says. “If life weren’t a battle,
people wouldn’t need a special place just to speak.” But then, it wouldn’t be France.
32. What are people encouraged to do at the cafe La Chope?
A. Learn a new subject. B. Keep in touch with friends.
C. Show off their knowledge. D. Express their true feelings.
33. How are cafes affected by French lifestyle changes?
A. They are less frequently visited. B. They stay open for longer hours.
C. They have bigger night crowds. D. They start to serve fast food.
34. What are theme cafes expected to do?
A. Create more jobs. B. Supply better drinks.
C. Save the cafe business. D. Serve the neighborhood.
35. Why are psychology cafes becoming popular in Paris?
A. They bring people true friendship. B. They give people spiritual support.
C. They help people realize their dreams. D. They offer a platform for business links.
第二节 （共 5 小题，每小题 2 分，满分 10 分）
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余
选项。
Building Trust in a Relationship Again
Trust is a learned behavior that we gain from past experiences. 36 Trust is a risk. But you
can’t be successful when there’s a lack of trust in a relationship that results from an action where
the wrongdoer takes no responsibility to fix the mistake.
Unfortunately, we’ve all been victims of betrayal. Whether we’ve been stole from, lied to,
misled, or cheated on, there are different levels of losing trust. Sometimes people simply can’t
trust anymore, 37 It’s understandable, but if you’re willing to build trust in a relationship again,
we have some steps you can take to get you there.
38 Having confidence in yourself will help you make better choices because you can see
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
what the best outcome would be for your well-being.
39 If you’ve been betrayed, you are the victim of your circumstance. But there’s a difference
between being a victim and living with a “victim mentality”. At some point in all of our lives, we’ll
have our trust tested or violated.
You didn’t lose “everything”. Once trust is lost, what is left? Instead of looking at the situation
from this hopeless angle, look at everything you still have and be thankful for all of the good in
your life. 40 instead, it’s a healthy way to work through the experience to allow room for
positive growth and forgiveness.
A. Learn to really trust yourself.
B. It is putting confidence in someone.
C. Stop regarding yourself as the victim.
D. Remember that you can expect the best in return.
E. They’ve been too badly hurt and they can’t bear to let it happen again.
F. This knowledge carries over in their attitude toward their future relationships.
G. Seeing the positive side of things doesn’t mean you’re ignoring what happened.
第三部分 英语知识运用 （共两节，满分 45）
第一节 完形填空（共 20 小题；每小题 1.5 分，满分 30 分）
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C 和 D）中，选出可以填入空
白处的最佳选项。
My kids and I were heading into the supermarket over the weekend. On the way ,we spotted
a man holding a piece of paper that said, “ 41 my job. Family to Feed.”
At this store, a 42 like this is not normal. My 10-year-old noticed him and made a
43 on how bad it must be to have to stand 44 in the cold wind.
In the store, I asked each of my kids to 45 something they thought our “friend” there
would 46 . They got apples, a sandwich and a bottle of juice. Then my 17-year-old suggested
giving him a 47 . I thought about it. We were 48 on cash ourselves, but… well, sometimes
49 from our need instead of our abundance is 50 what we need to do! All the kids
51 something they could do away with for the week.
When we handed him the bag of 52 , he lit up and thanked us with 53 eyes. When I
handed him the gift card, saying he could use it for 54 his family might need, he burst into
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
tears.
This has been a wonderful 55 for our family. For days the kids have been looking for
others we can 56 ! Things would have played out so 57 if I had simply said, “No, we really
don’t have 58 to give more.” Stepping out not only helped a brother in 59 , it also gave my
kids the 60 taste of helping others. It’ll go a long way with them.
41. A. Lost B. Changed C. Quit D. Finished
42. A. condition B. place C. sight D. show
43. A. suggestion B. comment C. decision D. call
44. A. outside B. proudly C. by D. angrily
45. A. draw B. say C. arrange D. pick
46. A. order B. supply C. appreciate D. discover
47. A. dollar B. job C. hot meal D. gift card
48. A. easy B. low C. soft D. loose
49. A. giving B. saving C. spending D. begging
50. A. yet B. even C. still D. just
51. A. declared B. shared C. ignored D. expected
52. A. toys B. medicine C. food D. clothes
53. A. sleepy B. watery C. curious D. sharp
54. A. whoever B. whatever C. whichever D. whenever
55. A. experience B. example C. message D. adventure
56. A. rely on B. respect C. learn from D. help
57. A. suddenly B. vividly C. differently D. perfectly
58. A. time B. power C. patience D. money
59. A. fear B. love C. need D. memory
60. A. strong B. sweet C. strange D. simple
第 II 卷
第三部分 英语知识运用（共两节 满分 45）
第二节 （共10 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分15 分）
阅读下面材料，在空白处填上适当的内容（1 个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式。
Yangshuo, China
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
It was raining lightly when I 61 (arrive) in Yangshuo just before dawn. But I didn’t care. A
few hours 62 , I’d been at home in Hong Kong, with 63 (it) choking smog. Here, the air
was clean and fresh, even with the rain.
I’d skipped nearby Guilin, a dream place for tourists seeking the limestone mountain tops
and dark waters of the Li River 64 are pictured by artists in so many Chinese 65
(painting). Instead, I ‘d head straight for Yangshuo. For those who fly to Guilin, it’s only an hour
away 66 car and offers all the scenery of the better-known city.
Yangshuo 67 (be) really beautiful. A study of travelers 68 (conduct) by the website
TripAdvisor names Yangshuo as one of the top 10 destinations in the world. And the town is fast
becoming a popular weekend destination for people in Asia. Abercrombie & Kent, a travel
company in Hong Kong, says it 69 (regular) arranges quick getaways here for people 70
(live) in Shanghai and Hong Kong.
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35 分）
第一节 短文改错（共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分）
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。作文中
共有10 处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（\）划掉。
修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2.只允许修改10 处，多改（从第11 处起）不计分。
When I was a child, I hoped to live in the city. I think I would be happy there. Now I am living
in a city, but I miss my home in countryside. There the air is clean or the mountains are green.
Unfortunately, on the development of industrialization, the environment has been polluted. Lots
of studies have been shown that global warming has already become a very seriously problem.
The airs we breathe in is getting dirtier and dirtier. Much rare animals are dying out. We must
found ways to protect your environment. If we fail to do so ,we’ll live to regret it .
第二节 书面表达（满分25 分）
假定你是李华，你校英文报“外国文化”栏目拟刊登美国节日风俗和中学生生活的短文。
请给美国朋友彼得写信约稿，要点如下：
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
1.栏目介绍；
2.稿件内容；
3.稿件长度：约400 词；
4.交稿日期：6 月28 日前。
注意：
1.词数 100 左右；
2.可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3.开头语已为你写好。
Dear Peter，
I’d like to ask you to write an article for our school’s English newspaper.
Yours,
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2015 年全国高考试题独家解析(新课标卷Ⅰ)
英语答案
第一部分 听力
1-5 ACABC 6-10 BABCB 11-15 ABCAB 16-20 CBAAC
第二部分 阅读理解
第一节
A
21．C 【解析】根据第一场讲座的介绍中的“James Brindley”可知，讲座的时间是：November
7th。
22．D 【解析】根据第三场讲座的介绍的第一句话“An Update on the Cotswold Canals, by Liz
Payne”可知，2 月6 日的讲座的主题是“An Update on the Cotswold Canals”，主讲人是
Liz Payne。
23．A 【解析】根据第四场讲座的介绍的第一句可知，由Miranda Vickers 主讲的这场讲座
的内容是关于“Thames Islands”的。
B
24．B 【解析】根据文章第一句话中的¨The freezing Northeast hasn't been a terribly fun place
to spend time this winter¨可判断，作者不喜欢在纽约过冬，因此毫不犹豫决定去南
方过周末。
25．D 【解析】根据第一段最后一句中的“the best part…was a 7 a．m． adventure to the Sarasota
farmers’ market that proved to be more than worth the early wake-up call”可知，作者早
上七点起床去集贸市场，看到各种新鲜的蔬菜水果，所以她认为早起很值得。
26．B 【解析】根据第三段可知，多年来，作者在冬季都不买西红柿。由第二句话“No matter
how attractive they look in the store, once I get them home they’re unfailingly dry, hard,
and tasteless”可判断，在纽约市的冬季，西红柿在商 店看起来挺好的，但是拿到家
里吃起来却没有味道。因此答案为B。
27．C 【解析】根据文章的最后一段可知，看到集贸市场上新鲜的西红柿，作者的幸福感大
增，计划当晚就去萨拉索塔市一个新开业的餐馆吃饭。
C
28．B 【解析】根据第一段可知，艺术家萨尔瓦多·达利的200 多幅油画、雕塑和绘画作品
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
等将在巴黎的The Pompidou Centre 展出。由此可判断这个艺术家的创作颇丰。
Optimistic“乐观的”；productive“多产的”；generous“慷慨的”；traditional“传统的”。
故选B。
29．A 【解析】根据第一段中的“Among the works and master works on exhibition the visitor will
find the best pieces, most importantly The Persistence of Memory”可知，萨尔瓦多·达利
的作品The Persistence of Memory 被认为是他的一幅杰作。
30．D 【解析】根据第二段中的“The exhibition follows a path of time and subject with the visitor
exiting through the brain”可知，达利的世界是按照时间和主题组织作品展览的。
31．A 【解析】根据最后一段可知，多家博物馆通力合作共同精选展出作品。文中提到像
西班牙马德里的博物馆和圣彼德斯堡的博物馆这样的机构也提供萨尔瓦多·达利的
作品参加展览。由此推测，contributions 指“作品”，故选A。
D
32．D 【解析】第一段中的“Here they are learning to get in touch with their true feelings”一句
表明，the cafe La Chope 鼓励人们表达自己的真实情感。
33．A 【解析】根据第二段可知，多年来，咖啡馆受到人们生活方式变化的影响。由文中
的“longer working hours，a fast-food boom and a younger generation's desire to spend
more time at home”可推知人们（现在）不经常去咖啡馆了。
34．C 【解析】根据第二段第三句中的“It’s trying to help the city’s troubled neighborhood cafes”
可知，主题咖啡馆的目的就是拯救日趋没落的咖啡行业。
35．B 【解析】根据最后一段可知，“心理咖啡馆”之所以变得受欢迎是因为在这里举办讨论
活动的心理学家能抚慰人们的心灵。文中的“People have few real friends．And they
need to open up”暗示来这里的顾客需要精神支柱。
第二节
36．B 【解析】根据上句“信任是我们从过去的经历中获取的一种行为”和下句“信任是一种
冒险”可知，此空填B，本句是对第一句话的进一步解释：“信任是信赖某人”。
37．E 【解析】上句“有时，人们简直无法再信任（别人）了”；下句“这是可以理解的”由此
可推测本句应是解释人们无法信任某人的原因。故填E。
38．A 【解析】由下句“对自己有信心能帮助你做出更好的选择”可知，前一句应是“学会真
正信任自己”，故填A。
39．C 【解析】由本段最后一句“在我们生活中的某些时候，我们的信任会被检验或打破”
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
可知，此处应填C，意为“不要认为自己是个受害者”。
40．G 【解析】副词“Instead”表示转折。可推测这里应是“看到事物积极的一面并不意味着
你无视已经发生的事”。故填G。
第三部分 英语知识运用
第一节 完形填空
41．A 【解析】根据上下文内容及选项可知，这个人应该是失业了。Lose one's job“失业”，
符合语境。
42．C 【解析】在这家商店（外面）这样的情景并不常见。Sight“看见的事物，情景”，符合
语境。
43．B 【解析】结合语境及选项可知，这里应该指作者10 岁的孩子注意到这个在寒风中乞
讨的人后作出了评论。make a comment “欢迎”，符合语境。
44．A 【解析】根据第一段中“On the way, we spotted a man holding a piece of paper”及空后
的“in the cold wind”可知，这个人应该是不得不站在外面的寒风中乞讨，因此本空填
outside “在外面”。
45．D 【解析】由语境可知，一进商店，作者让孩子们为那个乞讨者挑选（pick）他和他的
家人可能需要的物品。
46．C 【解析】这里指这个乞讨者好他的家人会需要的东西。appreciate “欢迎”，符合语境。
47．D 【解析】根据第四段中的“When I handed him the gift card, saying he could use it”知，
作者17 岁的孩子提议送给乞讨者一张礼品卡(gift card)。
48．B 【解析】由下文中的“but…well, sometimes 49 from our need instead of our abundance
…to do”可知，作者自己家的钱也不多。Low “不足的”，符合语境。
49．A 【解析】由上下文语境可知，这里指从我们的需求中（拿出一些）赠给别人正是我
们需要做的事情。Give “赠送”，符合语境。
50．D 【解析】参见上题解析。Just“正好，恰好”，符合语境。
51．A 【解析】由上文可知，作者让孩子们为帮助他人做出牺牲，所以孩子们都宣布(declared)
这周他们可以不要哪些东西，这样他们可以省下钱为乞讨者买东西。
52．C 【解析】根据第三段的第二句“They got apples, a sandwich and a bottle of juice”可知，
他们给这个乞讨者购买了一袋食物。
53．B 【解析】收到我们送给他的食物，他感动得热泪盈眶。watery eyes 表示“泪汪汪的”，
符合语境。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
54．B 【解析】作者送给他一张礼品卡，这样他和家人就可以用卡来买他们可能需要的东
西。Whatever “任何事物”，符合语境。
55．A 【解析】这次在超市的爱心行动是我们家一次愉快的经历 (experience)。
56．D 【解析】连续几天，孩子们都在找其他我们可以帮助(help)的人！
57．C 【解析】根据下句引号里的内容可知，如果作者那天拒绝为失业者买礼品卡，事情会
以不同的方式结束differently “不同地”，符合语境。
58．D 【解析】这里表示：不行，我们真没有钱(money)给（他）了。
59．C 【解析】这里表示这次爱心行动不仅帮助了一位处在困境中的兄弟，也让作者的孩子
们尝到了帮助他人的甜头。in need “在危难之中，在困难时”，符合语境。
60．B 【解析】参见上题解析。
第二节
61．Arrived 【解析】考查动词。主句为过去进行时，因此when 连接的时间状语从句应用
一般过去时，故本空填arrived。
62．before/earlier 【解析】考查副词。本句为过去完成时，描述的是作者来阳朔之前的情
况，因此填副词before/earlier。
63．its 【解析】考查代词。这里指香港的污浊空气，因此填物主代词its“它的”，指香港
的。
64．that/which 【解析】考查定语从句。空处引导定语从句修饰先行词“ the limestone mountain
tops and dark waters of the Li River”，且在从句中作主语，因此本空填关系代词that/which。
65．paintings【解析】考查名词。由前面的短语“so many”可知，本空应填名词复paintings。
66．by 【解析】考查固定搭配。从桂林乘车到这里仅用一个小时。By car“乘汽车”。
67．is 【解析】考查动词。本句描述阳朔景色之美，应用一般现在时。
68．conducted 【解析】考查非谓语动词。空处为过去分词短语作后置定语，修饰“A study of
travelers”。
69．regularly 【解析】考查副词。本空修饰动词，应填regularly。
70．Living 【解析】考查非谓语动词。空处与¨people¨之间为逻辑上的主谓关系．故用现在
分词短语作后置定语。
第四部分 写作
第一节 短文改错
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
When I was a child, I hoped to live in the city． I
think
thought
I would be happy there． Now
I am living in a city, but I miss my home in the
countryside． There the air is clean or
and
the
mountains are green ． Unfortunately,
on
with
the development of industrialization, the
environment has been polluted． Lots of studies have been shown that global warming has
already become a very seriously
serious
problem． The airs
air
we breathe in is getting dirtier and
dirtier． Much
Many
rare animals are dying out． We must found
find
ways to protect our
your
/ the
environment． If we fail to do so, we’ll live to regret it ．
第一处：think→thought。前两句是回忆童年的事情，因此应用一般过去时，把think 改为
thought。
第二处：在countryside 前加the。in the countryside“在农村”，应在 countryside 前加上冠词
the。
第三处：or→and。根据前后句之间为并列关系可知，此处应把or 改为and。
第四处：on→with。随着工业化的发展，环境被污染了。这里表示伴随状况，因此把on 改
为with。
第五处：去掉been。很多研究表明：全球变暖是一个非常严重的问题。本句应用主动语态，
因此去掉been。
第六处：seriouslyserious。应用形容词serous 修饰名词，因此把seriously 改为serious。
第七处：airs→air。air 为不可数名词，因此把airs 改为air。
第八处：Much→Many。Much 修饰不可数名词，rare animals 为复数形式，因此把Much 改
为Many。
第九处：found→find。在情态动词must 之后应用动词原形，因此把found 改为find。
第十处：your→our 或the。本句的主语为We，用了第一人称，因此把物主代词your 改为
our，此处也可以改为the。
第二节 书面表达
Dear Peter，
I’d like to ask you to write an article for our school’s English newspaper．
The “Foreign Cultures” section in our newspaper is very popular among us students． It
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
carries art written by foreign friends about the cultures of their home countries． Would you
please write something about the culture in your part, of the United States? And we would
especially welcome articles about how Americans spend their holidays and festivals, and the life
of American high school students． You can write anything relevant so long as it's interesting and
informative． 400 words would be fine． Could we have your article before June 28?
I'm looking forward to hearing from you．
Yours，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2015 年全国高考试题独家解析(新课标卷Ⅱ)
英语试题
本试卷分第Ⅰ卷（选择题）和第Ⅱ卷（非选择题）两部分。
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分 听力（共两节，满分30 分）
第一节（共5 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分7.5 分）
听下面5 段对话，每段对话后有一个小题。从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中选出最
佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题
和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What time is it now?
A．9:10. B．9:50. C．10:00.
2．What does the woman think of the weather？
A．It’s nice. B．It’s warm. C．It’s cold.
3．What will the man do?
A．Attend a meeting. B．Give a lecture. C．Leave his office.
4．What is the woman’s opinion about the course?
A．Too hard. B．Worth taking. C．Very easy.
5．What does the woman want the man to do?
A．Speak louder. B．Apologize to her. C．Turn off the radio.
第二节 （共15 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分22.5 分）
听下面5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个
选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个
小题，每小题5 秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答第6、7 题。
6．How long did Michael stay in China?
A．Five days. B．One week. C．Two weeks.
7．Where did Michael go last year?
A．Russia. B．Norway. C．India.
听第7 段材料，回答第8、9 题。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
8．What food does Sally like?
A．Chicken. B．Fish. C．Eggs.
9．What are the speakers going to do?
A．Cook dinner. B．Go shopping. C．Order dishes.
听第8 段材料，回答第10 至12 题。
10．Where are the speakers?
A．In a hospital. B．In the office. C．At home.
11．When is the report due?
A．Thursday. B．Friday. C．Next Monday.
12．What does George suggest Stephanie do with the report?
A．Improve it. B．Hand it in later. C．Leave it with him.
听第9 段材料，回答第13 至16 题。
13．What is the probable relationship between the speakers?
A．Salesperson and customer. B．Homeowner and cleaner.
C．Husband and wife.
14．What kind of apartment do the speakers prefer？
A．One with two bedrooms. B．One without furniture
C．One near market
15．How much rent should one pay for the one-bedroom apartment?
A．$350． B．$400． C．$415.
16．Where is the apartment the speakers would like to see?
A．On Lake Street. B．On Market Street. C．On South Street.
听第10 段材料，回答第17 至20 题。
17．What percentage of the world’s tea exports go to Britain?
A．Almost 15%. B．About 30%. C．Over 40%.
18．Why do tea taster taste tea with milk?
A．Most British people drink tea that way. B．Tea tastes much better with milk.
C．Tea with milk is healthy.
19．Who suggests a price for each tea?
A．Tea tasters. B．Tea exporters. C． Tea companies.
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
20．What is the speaker talking about?
A．The life of tea tasters. B．Afternoon tea in Britain.
C．The London Tea Trade Centre.
第二部分 阅读理解（共两节，满分40 分）
第一节（共15 小题：每小题2 分，满分30 分）
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C 和D）中，选出最佳选项。
A
My color television has given me nothing but a headache. I was able to buy it a little over a
year ago because I had my relatives give me money for my birthday instead of a lot of clothes
that wouldn’t fit. I let a salesclerk fool me into buying a discontinued model. I realized this a day
late, when I saw newspaper advertisements for the set at seventy-five dollars less than I had paid.
The set worked so beautifully when I first got it home that I would keep it on until stations signed
off for the night, Fortunately, I didn’t got any channels showing all-night movies or I would never
have gotten to bed.
Then I started developing a problem with the set that involved static (静电) noise. For some
reason, when certain shows switched into a commercial, a loud noise would sound for a few
seconds. Gradually, this noise began to appear during a show, and to get rid of it, I had to change
to another channel and then change it back. Sometimes this technique would not work, and I had
to pick up the set and shake it to remove the sound. I actually began to build up my arm
muscles(肌肉) shaking my set.
When neither of these methods removed the static noise, I would sit helplessly and wait for
the noise to go away. At last I ended up hitting the set with my fist, and it stopped working
altogether. My trip to the repair shop cost me $ 62, and the set is working well now, but I keep
expecting more trouble.
21.Why did the author say he was fooled into buying the TV set?
A. He got an older model than he had expected.
B. He couldn’t return it when it was broken.
C. He could have bought it at a lower price.
D. He failed to find any movie shows on it.
22.Which of the following can best replace the phrase “signed off ” in Paragraph 1?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A. ended all their programs B. provided fewer channels
C. changed to commercials D. showed all-night movies
23.How did the author finally get his TV set working again?
A. By shaking and hitting it. B. By turning it on and off.
C. By switching channels. D. By having it repaired.
24. How does the author sound when telling the story?
A. Curious. B. Anxious. C. Cautious. D. Humorous.
B
Your house may have an effect on your figure. Experts say the way you design your home
could play a role in whether you pack on the pounds or keep them off. You can make your
environment work for you instead of against you. Here are some ways to turn your home into
part of diet plan.
Open the curtains and turn up the lights. Dark environments are more likely to encourage
overeating, for people are often less self-conscious（难为情）when they’re in poorly lit
places — and so more likely to eat lots of food . If your home doesn’t have enough window
light , get more lamps and flood the place with brightness.
Mind the colors. Research suggests warm colors fuel our appetites. In one study, people who
ate meals in a blue room consumed 33 percent less than those in a yellow or red room. Warm
colors like yellow make food appear more appetizing, while cold colors make us feel less hungry.
So when it’s time to repaint, go blue.
Don’t forget the clock — or the radio. People who eat slowly tend to consume about 70
fewer calories（卡路里） per meal than those who rush through their meals. Begin keeping track
of the time, and try to make dinner last at least 30 minutes, And while you’re at it, actually sit
down to eat. If you need some help slowing down, turn on relaxing music. It makes you less likely
to rush through a meal.
Downsize the dishes, Big serving bowls and plates can easily make us fat. We eat about 22
percent more when using a 12-inch plate instead of a 10-inch plate. When we choose a large
spoon over a smaller one ,total intake（摄入）jumps by 14 percent. And we’ll pour about 30
percent more liquid into a short, wide glass than a tall, skinny glass.
25.The text is especially helpful for those who care about_______.
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A. their home comforts B. their body shape
C. house buying D. healthy diets
26.A home environment in blue can help people_________.
A. digest food better B. reduce food intake
C. burn more calories D. regain their appetites
27. What are people advised to do at mealtimes?
A. Eat quickly. B. Play fast music.
C. Use smaller spoons. D. Turn down the lights.
28.What can be a suitable title for the test?
A. Is Your House Making You Fat?
B. Ways of Serving Dinner
C. Effects of Self-Consciousness
D. Is Your Home Environment Relaxing?
C
More students than ever before are taking a gap-year (间隔年)before going to university. It
used to be called the “year off” between school and university. The gap-year phenomenon
originated(起源) with the months left over to Oxbridge applicants between entrance exams in
November and the start of the next academic year.
This year, 25,310 students who have accepted places in higher education institutions have
put off their entry until next year, according to statistics on university entrance provided by
University and College Admissions Service (UCAS).
That is a record 14.7% increase in the number of students taking a gap year. Tony Higgins
from UCAS said that the statistics are good news for everyone in higher education. “Students who
take a well-planned year out are more likely to be satisfied with, and complete, their chosen
course. Students who take a gap year are often more mature and responsible,” he said.
But not everyone is happy. Owain James, the president of the National Union of Students
(NUS), argued that the increase is evidence of student had ship – young people are being forced
into earning money before finishing their education. “New students are now aware that they are
likely to leave university up to ￡15,000 in debt. It is not surprising that more and More students
are taking a gap year to earn money to support their study for the degree. NUS statistics show
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
that over 40% of students are forced to work during term-time and the figure increases to 90%
during vacation periods,” he said.
29.What do we learn about the gap year from the text?
A. It is flexible in length. B. It is a time for relaxation.
C. It is increasingly popular. D. It is required by universities.
30.According to Tony Higgins, students taking a gap year______.
A. are better prepared for college studies
B. know a lot more about their future jobs
C. are more likely to leave university in debt
D. have a better chance to enter top universities
31.How does Owain James feel about the gap-year phenomenon?
A. He’s puzzled. B. He’s worried.
C. He’s surprised. D. He’s annoyed.
32.What would most students do on their vacation according to NUS statistics?
A. Attend additional courses. B. Make plans for the new term.
C. Earn money for their education. D. Prepare for their graduate studies.
D
Choose Your One-Day Tours
Tour A-Bath & Stonehenge including entrance fees to the ancient Roman bathrooms and
Stonehenge-￡37 until 26 March and ￡39 thereafter.
Visit the city with over 2,000 years of history and Bath Abbey, the Royal Crescent and the
Costume Museum. Stonehenge is one of the world’s most famous prehistoric monuments dating
back over 5,000 years.
Tour B-Oxford & Stratford including entrance fees to the University St Mary’s Church Tower and
Anne Hathaway's house-￡32 until 12 March and ￡36 thereafter.
Oxford: Includes a guided of England’s oldest university city and colleges. Look over the “city of
dreaming spires(尖顶)” form St Mary’s Church Tower. Stratford: Includes a guided tour exploring
much of the Shakespeare wonder.
Tour C-Windsor Castle & Hampton Court including entrance fees to Hampton Court Palace-£34
until March and £37 thereafter.
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Includes a guided tour of Windsor and Hampton Court, Henry Ⅷ’s favourite palace. Free time to
visit Windsor Castle（entrance fees not included）. With 500 years of history, Hampton Court was
once the home of four Kings and one Queen. Now this former royal palace is open to the public
as a major tourist attraction. Visit the palace and its various historic gardens, which include the
famous maze(迷宫)where it is easy to get lost!
Tour D-Cambridge including entrance fees to the Tower of Saint Mary the Great-£33 until 18 M
arch and £37 thereafter.
Includes a guided tour of Cambridge, the famous university town, and the gardens of the 18th
century.
33.Which tour will you choose if you want to see England’s oldest university city?
A. Tour A B. Tour B C. Tour C D. Tour D
34.Which of the following tours charges the lowest fee on 17 March?
A. Windsor Castle & Hampton Court. B. Oxford & Stratford
C. Bath &Stonehenge. D. Cambridge.
35.Why is Hampton Court a major tourist attraction?
A. It used to be the home of royal families.
B. It used to be a well-known maze.
C. It is the oldest palace in Britain.
D. It is a world-famous castle.
第二节（共5 小题：每小题2 分，满分10 分）
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余
选项。
Training for a marathon requires careful preparation and steady, gradual increases in the
length of the runs. 36 ,buy the best-fitting, best-built running shoes you can find. No one
can say which brand will work best for you or feel best on your feet, so you have to rely on your
experience and on the feel of each pair as you shop. When you have found shoes that seem right,
walk in them for a few days to double-check the fit. 37 . As always, you should stretch(伸展)
at least ten minutes before each run to prevent injuries.
During the first week, do not think about distance, but run five minutes longer each day.
38 , it is wise to take a day off to rest. But during the next week, set a goal of at least a mile and a
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
half per run. 39 . After two weeks, start timing yourself. 40 . Depending on the kind of race
you plan to enter, you can set up a timetable for the remaining weeks before the race.
A. After six days
B. For a good marathon runner
C. Before you begin your training
D. With each day, increase the distance by a half mile
E. If they still feel good, you can begin running in them
F. Time spent for preparation raises the quality of training
G. Now you are ready to figure out a goal of improving distance and time
第三部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分45 分）
第一节 完形填空（共20 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分30 分）
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给四个选项（A、B、C 和D）中，选出可以填入空白处
的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Where do you go when you want to learn something? School？A friend? A tutor? These are
all 41 places of learning. But it may well be that the learning you really want 42
somewhere else instead. I had the 43 of seeing this first hand on a 44 .
My daughter plays on a recreational soccer team. They did very well this season and so 45 a
tournament, which normally was only for more skilled club teams. This led to some 46
experiences on Saturday as they played against teams 47 trained. Through the first two
games, her 48 did not get on serious shot on goal. As apparent, I 49 seeing my daughter
playing her best, 50 still defeated.
It seemed that something clicked with the 51 between Saturday and Sunday. When they
52 or their Sunday game, they were 53 different. They had begun integrate (融合)the kinds
of play and teamwork they had 54 the day before into their 55 . They played aggressively
and 56 scored a goal.
It 57 me that playing against the other team was a great 58 moment for all the girls on
the team. I think it is a general principle. 59 is the best teacher. The lessons they may not be
60 what they would have gotten in school, but are certainly more personal and meaningful,
because they had to work them out on their own.
41.A.public B. traditional C. official D. special
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
42.A. passes B. works C. lies D. ends
43.A. dream B. idea C. habit D. chance
44.A. trip B. holiday C. weekend D. square
45.A. won B. entered C. organized D. watched
46.A. painful B.strange C. common D. practical
47.A. less B. poorly C. newly D. better
48.A. fans B. tutors C. class D. team
49.A. imagined B. hated C. avoided D. missed
50.A. if B. or C. but D. as
51.A. girls B. parents C. coaches D. viewers
52.A. dressed B. showed up C. made up D. planned
53.A. slightly B. hardly C. basically D. completely
54.A. seen B. known C. heard D. read
55.A. styles B. training C. game D. rules
56.A. even B. still C. seldom D. again
57.A. confused B. struck C. reminded D. warned
58.A. touching B. thinking C. encouraging D. learning
59.A. Experience B. Independence C. Curiosity D. Interest
60.A. harmful to B. mixed with C. different from D. applied to
第Ⅱ卷
第三部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分45 分）
第二节（共10 小题：每小题1.5 分，满分15 分）
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容（1 个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式。
The adobe dwellings(土坯房） 61 (build) by the Pueblo Indians of the American
Southwest are admired by even 62 most modern of architects and engineers. In addition to
their simple beauty, what makes the adobe dwellings admirable is their 63 (able) to “air
condition” a house without 64 （use）electric equipment. Walls made of adobe take in the
heat from the sun on hot days and give out that heat 65 （slow）during cool nights，thus
warning the house. When a new day breaks, the walls have given up their heat and are now cold
enough 66 (cool) the house during the hot day； 67 the same time, they warm up again
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
for the night. This cycle 63 (go) day after day: The walls warm up during the day and cool
off during the night and thus always a timely offset（抵消）for the outside temperatures. As 69
(nature) architects, the Pueblo Indians figured out exactly 70 thick the adobe walls needed
to be to make the cycle work on most days.
第四部分、改错 写作（共两节，满分35 分）
第一节 短文改错（共10 小题，每小题1 分，满分10 分）
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。作文
中共有10 处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧）并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（\）划掉。
修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2.只允许修改10 处，多者（从第11 处起）不计分。
One day, little Tony went to a shopping center with his parent. It was very crowded. Tony
saw a toy on a shop window. He liked it so very much that he quickly walked into the shop. After
looks at the toy for some time, he turned around and found where his parents were missing. Tony
was scared and begun to cry. A woman saw him crying and telling him to wait outside a shop.
Five minutes later. Tony saw parents. Mom said,” How nice to see you again! Dad and I were
terrible worried.” Tony promised her that this would never happen again.
第二节 书面表达（满分25 分）
假定你是李华，计划和同学去敬老院（nursing home）陪老人们过重阳节（the Double
Ninth Festival）。请给外教露西写封邮件，邀她一同前往，内容包括：
1.出发及返回时间；
2.活动：包饺子、表
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2015 年全国高考试题独家解析(新课标卷Ⅱ)
英语答案
第一部分 听力
1-5 ACABC 6-10 BABCB 11-15 ABCAB 16-20 CBAAC
第二部分 阅读理解
第一节 阅读理解
21．C 【解析】依据第一段中的“I let a salesclerk fool me into buying a discontinued model.
Idealized this a day later, when I saw newspaper advertisements for the set at seventy-five dollars
less than I had paid”。可知答案。
22．A 【解析】结合画线部分所在的句子“The set worked so beautifully when I first got it home
that I would keep it on until stations signed off for the night”可知，此处指作者一开始把它带
回家时，一切如此顺利以至于作者一直看到电视台“停止播放节目”。故选A。
23．D 【解析】 依据最后一段的“My trip to the repair shop cost me $62，and the set is working
well now”可知，最终作者到维修店才使电视机恢复正常。
24．D 【解析】由文章第一段的“My color television has given me nothing but a headache”，
第二段中的“I actually began to build up my arm muscles（肌肉）shaking my set”，以及最后
一段中的“but I keep expecting more trouble”可知，作者用幽默的语气描述了这台电视机给
自己带来的烦恼。
B
25．B 【解析】依据第一段中的“Your house may have an effect on your figure... whether you
pack on the pounds or keep them off”，再结合该段最后一句“Here are some ways to turn your
home into part of your diet plan”可知，B 项正确。
26．B 【解析】依据第三段第三句“In one study，people who ate meals in a blue room consumed
33 percent less than those in a yellow or red room”可知，在蓝色环境中人们的食量会减少33 %，
因此身处蓝色的环境中有助于减少食量。
27．C 【解析】依据第四段的内容可知，吃饭吃得快的话会吃得多，因此为了帮助减缓=吃
饭的速度，吃饭时可播放舒缓音乐，排除A、B 项；D 项与第二段首句的内容相矛盾；依据
第五段的内容可知，使用小型的餐具有助于减少食物摄人量。故选C。
28．A 【解析】本文主要讲的是房屋的窗帘、灯光设计、墙颜色、餐具大小等方面均会影
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
响食欲和食量，进而影响节食效果和身材，故A 项“你的房屋在使你发胖吗？”作为文章
标题最佳。
C
29．C 【解析】根据第一段中的“More students than ever before are taking a gap year（间隔
年）before going to university”和第三段中的“That is a record 14. 7% increase in the number of
students taking a gap year”可推断，间隔年这种现象越来越普遍。
30．A 【解析】根据第三段中的“Students who take a well-planned year out are more likely to
be satisfied with, and complete, their chosen course. Students who take a gap year are often
more mature and responsible”可推知，选择间隔年的学生将来能够更好地适应大学生活。
31．B 【解析】根据第四段的首句“But not ever one is happy”和下文内容可推断，Owain James
认为间隔年现象从一个侧面反映了目前大学生上学压力大、费用高的现状，因此他感到担忧。
32．C 【解析】根据第四段中的“It is not surprising that more and more students are taking a gap
year to earn money to support their study for the degree”和最后一句可知，大多数学生会充分
利用间隔年打工挣钱攒学费。
D
33．B 【解析】在Tour B 中提到“Oxford：Includes a guided tour of England's oldest university
city and colleges”,因此答案是B 项。
34．D 【解析】结合本文信息可知，在3 月17 日这一天四个景点的票价分别为：$ 37，$36，
$37，$33，因此最低票价在Cambridge。
35．A 【解析】根据Tour C 中的“With 500 years of history，Hampton Court was once the home
of four Kings and one Queen”可知，这里曾经是国王和皇后的住所，因此现在成为了主要的
旅游胜地。
第二节
36．C 【解析】根据上文中的“requires careful preparation”和下文中的“buy the best-fitting,
best-built running shoes”可知，此处指的应是在开始训练前需要购置合适的跑鞋，故选C。
37．E 【解析】根据上文中的“to double-check the fit”及E 项中的“still feel good”与上文
中的“seem right”相呼应可知答案。
38．A 【解析】根据上文中的“During the first week”及下文中的“take a day off to rest”可
推知，此处指六天后休息一天，故选A。
39．D 【解析】根据上文中的“set a goal of at least a mile and a half per run”及下文内容可
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
知，此处指的应是每天增加半英里，故选D。
40．G 【解析】G 项中的“improving distance and time”与上文中提到的延长跑步距离，记
录跑步时间的内容相呼应，故选G 。
第三部分 英语知识运用
第一节 完形填空
41．B 【解析】结合生活常识可知，在学校学习，向朋友学习，向老师学习都是“传统的”
学习方式。这也是与下文中的向对手学习相对而言的。
42．C 【解析】但是你真正需要的学习很可能“存在于”别的地方。
43．D 【解析】结合下文提到的女儿所在球队是在周六、周日比赛，因此作者“有机会”
在一个“周末”亲身体会这一点。
44．C 【解析】参见上题解析。
45．B 【解析】依据语境可知，女儿所在的球队表现不错，因此“进入”锦标赛。
46．A 【解析】依据下文该球队周六的比赛情况可知，这是些“痛苦的”经历。
47．D 【解析】结合语境可知，对手显然是训练有素的，故选better。
48．D 【解析】根据语境可知，此时是两个球队在比赛，故此处指女儿所在的“球队”。
49．B 【解析】作为父母，作者“讨厌”看到女儿非常尽力，“但是”球队最后还是输掉比
赛这样的结局。
50．C 【解析】结合语境可知，女儿所在的球队第一天还是输了。
51．A 【解析】根据语境，此处是说女儿所在球队的队员们，故选girls。
52．B 【解析】她们第二天“出现”在运动场上风格完全不同了。Show up“ 现，露面”。
53．D 【解析】依据下文中的“They played aggressively and 56 scored a goal”可知周日
们的表现“完全”不同。
54．A 【解析】她们把前一天从对手身上“看到”的技巧和合作精神融人
到自己的比赛中。
55．C 【解析】此空照应上文中的“for their Sunday game”。
56．A 【解析】她们表现得很有进攻性，“甚至”还进了一球。
57．B 【解析】这不由让作者想起和其他队比赛也是一个难得的学习机会。It strikes sb. that…
“让某人突然想到……”，为固定句型。
58．D 【解析】本句与文章首句“Where do you go when you want to learn something”照应。
59．A 【解析】结合上文的比赛情况可知，“经验”是最好的老师。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
60．C 【解析】这些经验与她们在学校学到的东西可能不会有太大的“不同”，但是肯定更
加深入、更加有意义，因为这是她们自己摸索出来的。different from“与…不同”，符合语
境。
第二节
61．built 【解析】考查过去分调短语作定语。本句主语是The adobe dwellings，谓语是are
admired，因此空白处不需要谓语动词，应用过去分词短语作定语表示一个被动的、已完成
的动作。
62．the 【解析】考查形容词最高级的用法。形容词最高级前用定冠词the。
63．ability 【解析】考查词类转换。分析句子结构可知，空处在句中作表语，且前有their
修饰，故填名词ability。
64．using 【解析】考查动名词作宾语的用法。介词without 之后接动名词作宾语。
65．slowly【解析】考查形容词转化为副词的用法。修饰动词应用副词。
66．to cool 【解析】考查不定式短语作结果状语的用法。这是enough to do 句型，表示“足
以……”，不定式短语作结果状语。
67．at【解析】 考查介词。at the same time 表示“同时”，是固定搭配。
68．goes 【解析】考查动词时态。结合语境可知，这里应用一般现在时表示现状。主语为
This cycle，故谓语动词应用第三人称单数形式。
69．natural 【解析】考查词类转换。修饰名词应用形容词。
70．how 【解析】查感叹句。这里是感叹句，修饰形容词thick 应副词how。
第四部分 写作
第一节 短文改错
One day, little Tony went to a shopping center with his parent
parents
. It was very crowded. Tony
saw a toy on
in
a shop window. He liked it so very much that he quickly walked into the shop.
After loo
looks
king
at the toy for some time, he turned around and found where
that
/ where his
parents were missing. Tony was scared and begun
began
to cry. A woman saw him crying and
telling
told
him to wait outside
a
the
shop. Five minutes later. Tony saw his
parents. Mom said,”
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
How nice to see you again! Dad and I were terrible
terribly
worried.” Tony promised her that this
would never happen again.
【解析】
第一处：parentsparents。综合下文的“his parents were missing”可知托尼是和爸爸妈妈
一起去购物的，因此应用复数形式parents。
第二处：onin。结合生活常识可知，这里表示在商店橱窗里摆放着一个玩具，故应用in。
第三处：去掉very。这里so…that…引导结果状语从句，表示“如此……以至于……”，因
此very 应去掉。
第四处：lookslooking。结合语境这里应用动名词作介词After 的宾语，故应把looks 改为
looking。
第五处：wherethat 或者去掉where。本句中连词that 引导的从句充当动词found 的宾语，
that 不作句子成分只起连接作用，同时宾语从句又可以省略掉连词that。
第六处：begunbegan。这里是对过去发生的事情的客观叙述，应用一般过去时，故应把
begun 改为began。
第七处：tellingtold。此处and 连接的两个先后发生的动作在时态上应保持一致，故应把
telling 改为told。
第八处：athe。结合语境可知，同一名词第二次提到应表示特指，故应把shop 前的a 改
为the。
第九处：parents 前加his。结合语境可知，这里parents 并不是表示泛指而是指托尼的爸爸
妈妈，故应在parents 前加his。
第十处：terribleterribly。修饰形容词应用副词，故用terribly。
第二节 书面表达
【范文】
Dear Lucy,
How are you doing? I am Li Hua, a 17-year-old teenager currently studying in your school.
Recently, our class plan to visit the nursing home this Sunday in order to help the old there and
enrich our afterschool life. As the vice monitor, I would like to invite you to come with us。
Here are some details about this activity. To begin with, we will leave the school by bus
at8:00 AM and return at 5:00 PM. Besides, there will be a lot of activities such as making Chinese
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
dumplings and giving performances, which will be not only meaningful but also interesting.
Hopefully, you would like the plan and join us. I have the confidence that we will have a
great time there. Thanks for reading my letter. I am looking forward to your reply and your
decision。
Yours,
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2016 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试·乙卷(新课标全国卷Ⅰ)
英语试题
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分 听力（共两节，满分 30 分）
第一节（共 5 小题；每小题 1．5 分，满分 7．5 分）
听下面 5 段对话，每段对话后有一个小题。从题中所给的 A，B，C 三个选项中选出
最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小
题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What are the speakers talking about?
A．Having a birthday party． B．Doing some exercise． C．Getting Lydia a gift
2．What is the woman going to do?
A．Help the man． B．Take a bus． C．Get a camera
3．What does the woman suggest the man do?
A．Tell Kate to stop． B．Call Kate, s friends． C．Stay away from Kate．
4．Where does the conversation probably take place?
A．In a wine shop． B．In a supermarket． C．In a restaurant．
5．What does the woman mean?
A．Keep the window closed． B．Go out for fresh air． C．Turn on the fan．
第二节 （共15 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分22.5 分）
听下面 5 段对话或独白，每段对话或独白后有一个小题。从题中所给的 A，B，C 三
个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各
个小题，每小题5 秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答第6、7 题。
6．What is the man going to do this summer?
A．Teach a course． B．Repair his house． C．Work at a hotel．
7．How will the man use the money?
A．To hire a gardener． B．To buy books． C．To pay for a boat trip．
听第7 段材料，回答第8、9 题。
8．What is the probable relationship between the speakers?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．Schoolmates． B．Colleagues． C．Roommates．
9．What does Frank plan to do right after graduation?
A．Work as a programmer． B．Travel around the world． C．Start his own business．
听第8 段材料，回答第10 至12 题
10．Why does the woman make the call?
A．To book a hotel room．
B．To ask about the room service．
C．To make changes to a reservation．
11．When will the women arrive at the hotel?
A．On September 15．
B．On September 16．
C．On September 23．
12．How much will the woman pay her room per night?
A． $179 B．$199 C． $219
听第9 段材料，回答第13 至16 题。
13．What is the woman’s plan for Saturday?
A．Going shopping． B．Going camping． C．Going boating．
14．Where will the woman stay in Keswick?
A．In a country inn． B．In a five-star hotel． C．In her aunt’s home．
15．What will Gordon do over the weekend?
A．Visit his friends． B．Watch DVDs． C．Join the woman．
16．What does the woman think of Gordon’s coming weekend?
A．Relaxed． B．Boring． C．Busy．
听第10 段材料，回答第17 至20 题
17．Who is Wang Ming?
A．A student． B． An employer． C．An engineer．
18．What does the speaker say about the college job market this year?
A．It’s unpredictable． B． It’s quite stable． C．It’s not optimistic．
19．What percentage of student job seekers have found a job by now?
A．20％． B． 22％． C． 50％．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
20．Why are engineering graduates more likely to accept a job?
A．They need more work experience．
B．The salary is usually good．
C．Their choice is limited．
第二部分 阅读理解（共两节，满分40 分）
第一节（共15 小题：每小题2 分，满分30 分）
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C 和D）中选出最佳选项。
A
You probably know who Marie Curie was，but you may not have heard of Rachel Carson．Of the
outstanding ladies listed below，who do you think was the most important woman of the past
100 years?
Jane Addams(1860-1935)
Anyone who has ever been helped by a social worker has Jane Addams to thank．Addams helped
the poor and worked for peace．She encouraged a sense of community(社区)by creating shelters
and promoting education and services for people in need In 1931,Addams became the first
American woman to win the Nobel Peace Prize．
Rachel Carson(1907-1964)
If it weren’t for Rachel Carson, the environmental movement might not exist today．Her popular
1962 book Silent Spring raised awareness of the dangers of pollution and the harmful effects of
chemicals on humans and on the world’s lakes and oceans．
Sandra Day O’Connor(1930-present)
When Sandra Day O’Connor finished third in her class at Stanford Law School, in 1952, she could
not find work at a law firm because she was a woman． She became an Arizona state senator(参
议员) and ,in 1981, the first woman to join the U.S．Supreme Court．O’Connor gave the deciding
vote in many important cases during her 24 years on the top court．
Rosa Parks(1913-2005)
On December 1,1955, in Montgomery，Alabama，Rosa Parks would not give up her seat on a bus
to a passenger．Her simple act landed Parks in prison．But it also set off the Montgomery bus
boycott． It lasted for more than a year, and kicked off the civil-rights movement．“The only tired
I was, was tired of giving in，”said Parks．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
21．What is Jane Addams noted for in history?
A．Her social work．
B．Her lack of proper training in law．
C．Her efforts to win a prize．
D．Her community background．
22．What is the reason for O’Connor’s being rejected by the law firm?
A．Her lack of proper training in law．
B．Her little work experience in court．
C．The discrimination against women．
D．The poor financial conditions．
23．Who made a great contribution to the civil-rights movement in the US?
A．Jane Addams． B．Rachel Carson． C．Sandra Day O’Connor． D．Rosa Parks
24．What can we infer about the women mentioned in the text?
A．They are highly educated． B．They are truly creative．
C．They are pioneers． D．They are peace-lovers．
B
Grandparents Answer a Call
As a third-generation native of Brownsville, Texas, Mildred Garza never pleased move away,
Even when her daughter and son asked her to move to San Antonio to help their children, she
politely refused．Only after a year of friendly discussion did Ms．Garza finally say yes．That was
four years ago．Today all three generations regard the move to a success，giving them a closer
relationship than they would have had in separate cities．
No statistics show the number of grandparents like Garza who are moving closer to the
children and grandchildren．Yet there is evidence suggesting that the trend is growing．Even
President Obama’s mother-in-law, Marian Robinson, has agreed to leave Chicago and into the
White House to help care for her granddaughters．According to a study grandparents com． 83
percent of the people said Mrs．Robinson ‘s decision will influence the grandparents in the
American family．Two-thirds believe more families will follow the example of Obama’s family．
“in the 1960s we were all a little wild and couldn’t get away from home far enough or fast
enough to prove we could do it on our own,” says Christine Crosby, publisher of Grand, a
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
magazine for grandparents．We now realize how important family is and how important it is to be
near them, especially when you’re raining children．”
Moving is not for everyone．Almost every grandparent wants to be with his or her
grandchildren and is willing to make sacrifices, but sometimes it is wiser to say no and visit
frequently instead．Having your grandchildren far away is hard, especially knowing your adult
child is struggling, but giving up the life you know may be harder．
25．Why was Garza’s move a success?
A．It strengthened her family ties．
B．It improved her living conditions．
C．It enabled her make more friends．
D．It helped her know more new places．
26．What was the reaction of the public to Mrs．Robinson’s decision?
A．17% expressed their support for it．
B．Few people responded sympathetically．
C．83% believed it had a bad influence．
D．The majority thought it was a trend．
27．What did Crosby say about people in the 1960s?
A．They were unsure of raise more children．
B．They were eager to raise more children．
C．They wanted to live away from their parents．
D．They bad little respect for their grandparent．
28．What does the author suggest the grandparents do in the last paragraph?
A．Make decisions in the best interests' of their own．
B．Ask their children to pay more visits to them．
C．Sacrifice for their struggling children．
D．Get to know themselves better．
C
I am peter Hodes，a volunteer stem cell courier．Since March 2012, I've done 89 trips of
those , 51 have been abroad, I have 42 hours to carry stem cells（干细胞）in my little box because
I've got two ice packs and that's how long they last, in all, from the time the stem cells are
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
harvested from a donor(捐献者) to the time they can be implanted in the patient, we’ve got 72
hours at most, So I am always conscious of time．
I had one trip last year where I was caught by a hurricane in America． I picked up the stem
cells in Providence, Rhode Island, and was meant to fly to Washington then back to London． But
when I arrived at the check-in desk at Providence, the lady on the desk said：“Well, I’m really
sorry, I’ve got some bad news for you-there are no fights from Washington．”So I took my box and
put it on the desk and I said：“In this box are some stem cells that are urgently needed for a
patient-please, please, you’ve got to get me back to the United Kingdom．”She just dropped
everything． She arranged for a flight on a small plane to be held for me．re-routed(改道)me
through Newark and got me back to the UK even earlier than originally scheduled．
For this courier job, you’re consciously aware than that box you’re got something that is
potentially going to save somebody’s life．
29．Which of the following can replace the underlined word “courier” in Paragraph1?
A．provider B．delivery man C．collector D．medical doctor
30．Why does Peter have to complete his trip within 42 hours?
A．He cannot stay away from his job too long．
B．The donor can only wait for that long．
C． The operation needs that much time．
D． The ice won't last any longer．
31．Which flight did the woman put Peter on first?
A． To London． B． To Newark． C． To Providence． D． To Washington．
D
The meaning of silence varies among cultural groups．Silences may be thoughtful, or they
may be empty when a person has nothing to say.A silence in a conversation may also show stubb
ornness, uneasiness，or worry．Silence may be viewed by some cultural groups as extremely
uncomfortable；therefore attempts may be made to fill every gap (间
隙)with conversation．Persons
in other cultural groups value silence and view it as necessary for understanding a person's
needs.
Many Native Americans value silence and feel it is a basic part of communicating among peo
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
ple, just as some traditional Chinese and Thai persons do．Therefore, when a person from one of
these cultures is speaking and suddenly stops, what maybe implied( 暗示) is that the person
wants the listener to consider what has been said before continuing． In these cultures, silence is
a call for reflection．
Other cultures may use silence in other ways, particularly when dealing with conflicts among
people or in relationships of people with different amounts of power． For example, Russian,
French, and Spanish persons may use silence to show agreement between parties about the
topic under discussion．However, Mexicans may use silence when instructions are given by a
person in authority rather than be rude to that person by arguing with him or her．In still another
use, persons in Asian cultures may view silence as a sign of respect, particularly to an elder or a
person in authority．
Nurses and other care-givers need to be aware of the possible meanings of silence when
they come across the personal anxiety their patients may be experiencing．Nurses should
recognize their own personal and cultural construction of silence so that a patient’s silence is not
interrupted too early or allowed to go on unnecessarily．A nurse who understands the healing(治
愈) value of silence can use this understanding to assist in the care of patients from their own
and from other cultures．
32．What does the author say about silence in conversations?
A．It implies anger． B．It promotes friendship．
C． It is culture-specific． D．It is content-based．
33．Which of the following people might regard silence as a call for careful thought?
A．The Chinese． B．The French．
C． The Mexicans． D．The Russians．
34．What does the author advise nurses to do about silence?
A．Let it continue as the patient pleases． B．Break it while treating patients．
C． Evaluate its harm to patients． D．Make use of its healing effects．
35．What may be the best title for the text?
A．Sound and Silence B．What It Means to Be Silent
C．Silence to Native Americans D．Speech Is Silver; Silence Is Gold
第二节 （共5 小题，每小题2 分，满分10 分）
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余
选项。
Secret codes (密码)keep messages private．Banks, companies, and government agencies use
secret codes in doing business, especially when information is sent by computer．
People have used secret codes for thousands of years． 36 Code breaking never lags(落
后) far behind code making．The science of creating and reading coded messages is called
cryptography．
There are three main types of cryptography． 37 For example, the first letters of “My
elephant eats too many eels” Spell out the hidden message “Meet me．”
__38__ You might represent each letter with a number, For example, Let’s number the
letters of the alphabet, in order, from 1 to 26．If we substitute a number for each letter, the
message “Meet me” would read “13 5 5 20 13 5．”
A code uses symbols to replace words, phrases, or sentences． To read the message of a real
code, you must have a code book． 39 For example, “bridge” might stand for “meet” and “out”
might stand for “me．” The message “bridge out” would actually mean “Meet me．” 40
However, it is also hard to keep a code book secret for long．So codes must be changed frequently．
A．It is very hard to break a code without the code book．
B．In any language, some letters are used more than others．
C．Only people who know the keyword can read the message．
D．As long as there have been codes, people have tried to break them．
E．You can hide a message by having the first letters of each word spell it out．
F．With a code book, you might write down words that would stand for other words．
G．Another way to hide a message is to use symbols to stand for specific letters of the alpha
bet．
第三部分 英语知识运用 （共两节，满分 45 分）
第一节 完形填空（共20 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分30 分）
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C 和 D）中，选出可以填入空
白处的最佳选项。
A Heroic Driver
Larry works with Transport Drivers．Inc．One morning in 2009．Larry was 41 along 165
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
north after delivering to one of his 42 ．suddenly, he saw a car with its bright lights on． 43
he got closer, he found 44 vehicle upside down on the road．One more look and he noticed
45 shooting out from under the 46 vehicle．Larry pulled over, set the brake and 47
the fire extinguisher (灭火器)． Two good bursts from the extinguisher and the fire was put out．
The man who had his bright lights on 48 and told Larry he had 49 an
emergency call． They 50 heard a woman’s voice coming from the wrecked (毁坏的)
vehicle． 51 the vehicle, they saw that a woman was trying to get out of the broken
window．They told her to stay 52 until the emergency personnel arrived, 53 she
thought the car was going to 54 ．Larry told her that he had already put out the fire and
she should not move 55 she injured her neck．
Once fire and emergency people arrive, Larry and the other man 56 and let them
go to work． Then, Larry asked the 57 if he was needed or 58 to go．They let
him and the other man go．
One thing is 59 -Larry went above and beyond the call of duty by getting so close to
the burning vehicle! His 60 most likely saved the woman’s life．
41．A．walking B．touring C．traveling D．rushing
42．A．passengers B．colleagues C．employers D． customers
43．A．Since B．Although C．As D．If
44．A．each B．another C．that D．his
45．A．flames B．smoke C．water D．steam
46．A．used B．disabled C．removed D．abandoned
47．A．got hold of B．prepared C．took charge of D．controlled
48．A．came down B．came through C．came in D．came over
49．A．returned B．received C．made D．confirmed
50．A．then B．again C．finally D．even
51．A．Starting B．Parking C．Passing D．Approaching
52．A．quiet B．still C．away D．calm
53．A．for B．so C．and D．but
54．A．explode B．slip away C．fall apart D．crash
55．A．as if B．unless C．in case D．after
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
56．A．stepped forward B．backed off C．moved on D．set out
57．A．woman B．police C．man D．driver
58．A．forbidden B．ready C．asked D．free
59．A．for certain B．for consideration C．reported D．checked
60．A．patience B．skills C．efforts D．promise
第 II 卷
第三部分 英语知识运用
第二节（共10 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分15 分）
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容（1 个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式。
Chengdu has dozens of new millionaires, Asia’s biggest building, and fancy new hotels． But
for tourists like me, pandas are its top 61 (attract)．
So it was a great honour to be invited backstage at the not-for-profit Panda Base, where
ticket money helps pay for research, I 62 （allow）to get up close to these cute animals at the
600-acre centre． From tomorrow, I will be their UK ambassador． The title will be 63
(official) given to me at a ceremony in London．But my connection with pandas goes back 64
my days on a TV show in the mid-1980s, ____65_ I was the first Western TV reporter 66
(permit) to film a special unit caring for pandas rescued from starvation in the wild． My
ambassadorial duties will include 67 (introduce) British visitors to the 120-plus pandas at
Chengdu and others at a research in the misty mountains of Bifengxia．
On mu recent visit, I help a lively three-month-old twin that had been rejected by 68
(it) mother． The nursery team switches him every few 69 ( day) with his sister so that while
one is being bottle-fed, 70 other is with mum-she never suspects．
第四部分 写作 （共两节，满分35 分）
第一节 短文改错（共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分）
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。
文中共有10 处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修
改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（╲）划掉。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10 处，多者（从第11 处起）不计分。
My uncle is the owner of a restaurant close to that I love．Though not very big ,but the
restaurant is popular in our area．It is always crowded with customers at meal times．Some
People even had to wait outside My uncle tells me that the key to his Success is honest．Every day
he makes sure that fresh vegetables or high quality oil are using for cooking． My uncle says that
he never dreams becoming rich in the short period of time．Instead，he hopes that our business
will grow steady．
第二节 书面表达（满分25 分）
假定你是李华，暑假想去一家外资公司兼职，已写好申请书和个人简历（resume）。给
外教Mr Jenkins 写信，请她帮你修改所附材料的文字和格式（format）
注意：
1．词数100 左右;
2．可以适当增加细节，已使行文连贯。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2016 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试·乙卷(新课标全国卷Ⅰ)
英语答案
第一部分 听力
1－5 CBACA 6－10 CBAAC 11－15 BBCAB 16－20 BACAB
第二部分 阅读理解
第一节
A
【文章大意】 本文主要介绍了在过去的一百年里四名杰出的女性以及她们对社会所做
出的贡献与影响。
21．A【解析】根据Jane Addams(1860－1935)部分的 “Anyone who has ever been helped by
a social worker has Jane Addams to thank. Addams helped the poor and worked for peace.
She encouraged a sense of community（社区）by creating shelters and promoting
education and services for people in need”可知，Jane Addams 因她的社会福利工作而
出名。故选A。
22．C【解析】根据Sandra Day 09Connor (1930－present)部分的“When Sandra Day O'Connor
finished third in her class at Stanford Law School, in 1952, she could not find. work at a
law firm because she was a woman”可知，她不能在律师事务所工作的原因是女性会
受到性别歧视。故选C。
23．D【解析】根据Rosa Parks (1913-2005)部分的“It lasted for more than a year, and kicked off
the civil-rights movement”可知，她的举动最终推动了民权运动。故选D。
24．C【解析】Jane Addams 是社会福利工作的带头人；Rachel Carson 是环境运动的发起者；
Sandra Day O’Connor 是反对性别歧视的领头人；Rosa Parks 是民权运动的推动者。由
此可见，这四位女性都是先驱者，故选C。
B
【文章大意】祖父母搬去子女身边照顾小孩是如今的一种趋势，但这是否应该成为每一
个祖父母的选择呢？
【长难句解读】Having your grandchildren far away is hard，especially knowing your adult
child is struggling, but giving up the life you know may be harder．
分析：but 前面是第一分句，but 后面是第二分句。动名词短语Having your grandchildren
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
far away 是第一分句的主语，现在分词短语especially knowing your adult child is struggling 是
第一分句中的状语；动名词短语giving up the life you know 是第二分句的主语，you know 是
定语从句，修饰先行词the life。
译文：与孩子们距离远是痛苦的，尤其是知道你的成年子女日子艰难，但是放弃你熟悉
的生活可能会更艰难。
25．A【解析】根据第一段的最后一句“Today all three generations regard the move as a success,
giving them a closer relationship than they would have had in separate cities”可知，三代
人将这一搬家视为一种成功，因为它使一家人的关系更为密切。故选A。
26．D【解析】根据第二段的“Yet there is evidence suggesting that the trend is growing. Even
President Obama's mother-in-law, Marian Robinson, has agreed to leave Chicago and
move into the White House to help care for her granddaughters…the example of Obama's
family”可知，大多数人认为Marian Robinson 搬进白宫的决定是符合潮流的，故选D。
27．C【解析】根据第三段的“In the 1960s we were all a little wild and couldn’t get away from
home far enough...”可知，20 世纪60 年代，人们想离开父母居住。故选C。
28．A 【解析】根据最后一段“Almost every grandparent wants to be with his or her grandchildren
and is willing to make sacrifices，but sometimes it is wiser to say no and visit frequently
instead．Having your… may be harder”可知，作者建议祖父母做决定时考虑他们自己
的利益。故选A。
C
【文章大意】本文介绍了一个名叫Peter Hodes 的人从事的有关干细胞传递的志愿者工
作，并主要讲述了他的一次难忘的经历。在传递干细胞的过程中，他深刻地意识到时间就是
生命。
【长难句解读】For this courier job, you're consciously aware that in that box you've got
something that is potentially going to save somebody's life．
分析：For this courier job 是介词短语，在句中作状语；that in that box you’ve got
something that is potentially going to save somebody’s life 是宾语从句，in that box 是宾语从句
中的地点状语，you’ve got something 是宾语从句中的主谓宾；that is potentially going to save
somebody’s life 是定语从句，修饰前面的something。
译文：对于这份传递员的工作而言，你会自觉地意识到你手中的那个箱子装着可能挽救
某人生命的东西。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
29．B【解析】根据第一段中的“Since March 2012，I’ve done 89 trips - of those, 51 have been
abroad. I have 42 hours to carry stem cells（干细胞）in my little box”可知，作者是干
细胞传递员，故选B。
30．D【解析】根据第一段中的“I have 42 hours to carry stem cells（干细胞）in my little box
because I’ve got two ice packs and that’s how long they last”可知，冰维持的最长时间是
42 小时，故选D。
31．B【解析】根据第二段的最后一句“She arranged for a flight on a small plane to be held for
me, re-routed（改道）me through Newark and got me back to the UK even earlier than
originally scheduled”可知，这位女士安排作者乘坐一架小型飞机改道经纽瓦克回到
了英国，故选B。
D
【文章大意】文章简单介绍了沉默在不同文化里所代表的含义以及沉默的治疗价值等内
容。
【长难句解读】Therefore，when a person from one of these cultures is speaking and
suddenly stops, what may be implied（暗示）is that the person wants the listener to consider what
has been said before continuing．
分析：when a person from one of these cultures is speaking and suddenly stops 是时间状语
从句，what may be implied 是主语从句，what 在主语从句中作主语，that the person wants the
listener to consider what has been said before continuing 是表语从句，表语从句中含有宾语从句
what has been said before continuing，what 在宾语从句中作主语。
译文：所以当一个来自这些文化之一的人在讲话时突然停住了，可能那个人是在继续（讲
话）之前暗示听众去思考他之前说了什么。
【全文翻译】沉默在不同文化群体里代表的意义也不相同，它可能意味着沉思或者是无
话可说时的空洞。某一谈话中的沉默可能也表示倔强、不安或者担忧。在某些文化群体眼中，
沉默可能代表着极其不舒服，所以人们可能会努力尝试来填满谈话中的每一个间隙。其他文
化群体的人重视沉默并认为它是理解人的需求所必需的。
就像—些传统的中国人和泰国人一样，很多美国本地人都认为沉默是有价值的，是人们
交流的基本部分之一。所以当一个来自这些文化之一的人在讲话时突然停住了，可能那个人
是在继续（讲话）之前暗示听众去思考他之前说了什么。在这些文化里，沉默是呼吁对方作
出反应。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
其他文化可能会以其他方式使用沉默，特别是在处理人与人之间的冲突或者是不同权利
阶层的人们的关系时。比如，俄罗斯人、法国人和西班牙人可能用沉默来表示对讨论话题的
双方的赞同。然而，墨西哥人可能在被有权有势的人下达命令时保持沉默而不是用争吵来粗
鲁地对待他／她。另一种沉默的使用方式是，亚洲文化中的人可能会将沉默视为尊重的表现，
特别是对长者或权威人士。
当护士和其他护理人员发现他们的患者可能经历的个人焦虑时，他们需要意识到沉默所
代表的可能含义。护士需要意识到他们对沉默的个人和文化的创造，以便于患者的沉默不会
被过早打断或被允许不必要地延长。一个懂得沉默的治愈价值的护士才能用这种理解来帮助
来自同一或其他文化的患者的护理。
32．C【解析】根据第一段第三句“A silence in a conversation may also show stubbornness,
uneasiness, or worry”
（某一谈话中的沉默可能也表示倔强、不安或者担忧）可知，silence
in conversations 具有文化特异性。故选C。
33．A【解析】根据第二段中的“Many Native Americans value silence and feel it is a basic part.
of communicating among people, just as some traditional Chinese and Thai persons do.
Therefore, when a person from one of these cultures is speaking and suddenly stops,
what may be implied（暗示）is that the person wants the listener to consider what has been
said before continuing”可知，中国人可能认为一个人在谈话时突然停顿是希望听话人
去仔细思考。故选A。
34．D【解析】根据最后一段，尤其是最后一句“A nurse who understands the healing(治愈)value
of silence can use this understanding to assist in the care of patients from their own and
from other cultures”可知，护士应该充分利用沉默的治愈价值。故选D。
35．B【解析】通读全文可知，文章介绍了沉默在不同文化里所代表的含义，故选B。文章
未谈及Sound，所以A 项不对；文章虽谈到了Silence to Native Americans，但这不是
文章的中心内容，故排除C 项；文章未涉及Speech Is Silver 的内容，所以D 项也不
对。
第二节
【文章大意】文章主要介绍了与密码学相关的一些情况。
36．D 根据后面一句“Code breaking never lags（落后）far behind code making”可知，此空
该选D（只要有密码的存在，人们就会试图去破解它们）。
37．E 根据后一句的“For example，the first letters of‘My elephant eats too many eels’ spell out
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
the hidden message ‘Meet me.’”可知，此空该选E（你可以拼写每个单词的第一个
字母来隐藏信息）。
38．G 上一段介绍了第一种密码类型，本段介绍的是第二种类型，再根据空后的内容可知，
空处选G（另外一种隐藏信息的方式是用符号来代表字母表中的特定字母）。
39．F 由前一句的“a code book”和空后的“‘bridge’might stand for...‘me．’”可知，此
空该选F（有了密码书，你就可以写下代表其他单词的单词）。
40．A 本段介绍的是密码书，根据空后的转折可知，此处该选A（没有密码书是很难破解密
码的）。
第三部分 英语知识运用
第一节 完形填空
【文章大意】文章讲述了Larry 用自己的努力挽救了一个女人的生命的英勇事迹。
【重点词语链接】1．heroic adj.英勇的，英雄的
Rescuers made heroic efforts to save the crew．救援人员不畏艰险努力营救全体船员。
2．upside down 颠倒，倒转，翻转
The canoe floated upside down on the lake．独木舟底朝天漂浮在湖面上。
41．C 由文章的标题A Heroic Driver 及上下文可知，Larry正沿着165公路往北行驶(traveling)
着。
42．D 根据前面的“Larry works with Transport Drivers，Inc”可知，此处表示他将货物运送
给一个顾客(customers)后。
43．C 根据语境可知，此处填As 表示当他离得更近一些的时候，符合语境要求。
44．B 此处的车与前一句的亮着灯的车并不是同一辆车，故此处指另一辆车，填another。
45．A 由后面的the fire extinguisher（灭火器）和the fire 可以判断，此处该填flames“火苗”。
46．B 根据第二段中的the wrecked（毁坏的）vehicle 可知，此处该填disabled。 disable 可
表示“使无效，使不能运转”，此处为过去分词作定语，表示被毁的车。
47．A Larry 把车停在路边，拉好手刹，拿出了灭火器。 get hold of 意为“找到所需要的
东西”，与语境吻合；take charge of 是“负责，掌管”的意思，显然不符合语境要求。
48．D 车灯一直亮着的车的车主走了过来( came over)。 come down“下降，降低，被拆毁”；
come through“经历……而活着，安然度过”；come in“进入，卷入”。
49．C make a call 是固定搭配，意为“打电话”。此处表示那个男子告诉Larry 他已经拨打
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
了急救电话。
50．A 就在那时(then)，他们听到从被毁坏的车里传来一个女人的声音。
51．D 靠近(Approaching)车，他们看到一个女人正试图从碎了的车窗里爬出来。
52．B 根据下文的“she should not move”可知，此处表示他们告诉她要保持不动(still)的
状态，直到救护人员到达。quiet“安静的”；away“不在，离开”；calm“镇静的”。
53．D 根据语境可知，此处存在转折关系。故填but。
54．A 根据后面的“Larry told her that he had already put out the fire and she should not move”
的安慰语言以及常识可知，此处表示但是她认为车子即将要爆炸(explode)了。
55．C 此处表示Larry 叫她不要动，以免(in case)伤到脖子。
56．B 由后面的“let them go to work”可知，当消防人员和救护人员到了后，Larry 和另一
个男子便往后退(backed off)，方便他们施救。
57．B 发生了交通事故，警察应该到场，且下文“They let him and the other man go”中的
“They”指代本空，故只能选B 项。
58．D Larry 问警察他需要留下来还是可以自由(free)离开。
59．A 有一件事情是可以肯定的(for certain)。
60．C 他的努力(efforts)在极大程度上挽救了那个女人的生命。
第二节
【文章大意】本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了作者的成都之旅及其与大熊猫之间的故事。
61．attraction 考查词性转换。但对于像我一样的游客，熊猫是成都最吸引人的事物。由形
容词性物主代词its 以及形容词top 可知此处应该填动词attract 的名词形式attraction，
意为“吸引人之物”。
62．was allowed 考查时态和语态。分析句子结构可知，主语I 与动词allow 之间存在被动
关系，且前一句的“was”表明此处应用一般过去时，故填was allowed。
63．officially 考查词性转换。修饰动词应该用副词，所以填officially。
64．to 考查介词。go back to 是固定搭配，意为“追溯到”。
65．when 考查定语从句。分析句子结构可知，空处在此引导定语从句，且在从句中作时
间状语，故填关系副词when。
66．permitted 考查非谓语动词。分析句子结构可知，permit 与其逻辑主语之间是被动关系，
故填过去分词permitted 作后置定语，相当于that/who was permitted。
67．introducing 考查非谓语动词。动词include后需跟动名词作宾语，所以此空填introducing。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
【知识拓展】下列动词后也需用动名词作宾语：dislike, imagine，delay, practise, finish,
avoid 等。
68．its 考查代词。由语境及后面的名词mother 可知，此空应该填it 的形容词性物主代词
its。
69．days 考查名词。由few 修饰可数名词复数可知，此空填days。every few days 是“每隔
几天”的意思。
70．the 考查冠词。这里考查的是one...the other...这一固定搭配，意为“一个……另一个……”。
第四部分 写作
第一节短文改错
My uncle is the owner of a restaurant close to
that
where
I live．Though not very big，
but the restaurant is popular in our area．It is always crowded with customers at meal times.
Some people even had
have
to wait outside. My uncle tells me that the key to his success is
honest
honesty
．Every day he makes sure that fresh vegetables or
and
high quality oil are using
used
for
cooking．My uncle says that he never dreams of
becoming rich in the
a
short period of time.
Instead，he hopes that our
his
business will grow steady
steadily
．
第一处：that→where。考查宾语从句。此处表达的是“靠近我所居住的地方”，故需将that
改为where。where 在此引导宾语从句，并在从句中作地点状语。
第二处：but 去掉。考查连词。从属连词Though（虽然）不可与并列连词but(但是)一起使
用，故需去掉but。
第三处：had→have。考查时态。整篇文章都是以现在时态写的，所以需将一般过去时改为
一般现在时。
第四处：honest→honesty。考查名词。根据语境“我叔叔告诉我他成功的关键在于诚实”可
知，此处该用名词形式作表语。
第五处：or→and。考查并列连词。根据语境可知，此处不是表示选择关系，而是表示“新
鲜的蔬菜和优质的油”，故把or 改为and。
第六处：using→used。考查被动语态。fresh vegetables 和high quality oil 与use 之间存在被
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
动关系，故用被动语态。
第七处：becoming 前加of。考查介词。dream of doing sth．是固定搭配，意为“梦想做某事”。
第八处：the→a。考查冠词。此处表示泛指，故该用不定冠词a，in a short period of time 意
为“短期内”。
第九处：our→his。考查代词。由语境及主语he 可知，此处指的是叔叔的生意，故将our 改
为his 才合乎语境。
第十处：steady→steadily。考查副词。修饰动词grow 该用副词，所以应用steady 的副词形
式steadily。
第二节 书面表达
【范文赏读】
Dear Ms Jenkins,
I'm writing to ask you for help. I'm applying for a part-time job in a overseas-funded
corporation. I think it'll be a new challenge to me.①Moreover, by doing the part-time job I can
get some precious experience so that I can better adapt to the development and changes of society.
I've already written the application and resume. But I'm afraid that there are some mistakes
about the words and format.②So I have no choice but to bother you to correct my mistakes in the
material I attach to the letter.③I'd appreciate it if you could do me a favor.
Sincerely yours,
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2016 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试·甲卷（全国卷Ⅱ）
英语
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分 听力（共两节，满分 30 分）
第一节（共5 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分7.5 分）
听下面5 段对话，每段对话后有一个小题。从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最
佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题
和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What will Lucy do at 11:30 tomorrow?
A．Go out for lunch.
B．See her dentise.
C．Visit a friend.
2．What is the weather like now?
A．It’s sunny.
B．It’s rainy.
C．It’s cloudy.
3．Why does the man talk to Dr. Simpson?
A．To make an apology.
B．To ask for help.
C．To discuss his studio
4．How will the woman get back from the railway station?
A．By train.
B．By car
C．By bus.
5．What does Jenny decide to do first?
A．Look for a job.
B．Go on a trip.
C．Get an assistant.
第二节 （共15 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分22.5 分）
听下面5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个
选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个
小题，每小题5 秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答第6、7 题。
6．What time is it now?
A．1:45.
B．2:10.
C．2:15.
7．What will the man do?
A．Work on a project. B．See Linda in the library. C．Meet with Professor Smith.
听第7 段材料，回答第8 至10 题.
8．What are the speakers talking about?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．Having guests this weekend.
B．Going out for sightseeing.
C．Moving into a new house.
9．What is the relationship between the speakers?
A．Neighbors.
B．Husband and wife.
C．Host and visitor.
10．What will the man do tomorrow?
A．Work in his garden.
B．Have a barbecue.
C．Do some shopping.
听第8 段材料，回答第11 至13 题.
11．Where was the man born?
A．In Philadelphia.
B．In Springfield.
C．In Kansas.
12．What did the man like doing when he was a child?
A．Drawing.
B．Traveling.
C．Reading.
13．What inspires the man most in his work?
A．Education.
B．Family love.
C．Nature.
听第9 段材料，回答第14 至17 题.
14．Why is Dorothy going to Europe?
A．To attend a training program.
B．To carry out some research.
C．To take a vacation.
15．How long will Dorothy stay in Europe?
A．A few days.
B．Two weeks.
C．Three months.
16．What does Dorothy think of her apartment?
A．It’s expensive.
B．It’s satisfactory.
C．It's inconvenient.
17．What docs Bill offer to do for Dorothy?
A．Recommend her apartment to Jim.
B．a new apartment for her.
C．Take care of her apartment.
听第10 段材料，回答第18 至20 题.
18．What are the tourists advised to do when touring London?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．Take their tour schedule B．Watch out for the tr C．Wear comfortable
shoe.
19．What will the tourists do in fifteen minutes?
A．Meet the speaker. B．Go to their rooms. C．Change some money.
20．Where probably is the speaker?
A．In a park.
B．In a hotel.
C．In a shopping centre.
第二部分 阅读理解（共两节，满分40 分）
第一节(共15 题：每小题2 分，满分30 分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
What’s On?
Electric Underground
7.30pm－1.00am Free at the Cyclops Theatre
Do you know who’s playing in your area? We’re bringing you an evening of live rock and pop
music from the best local bands. Are you interested in becoming a musician and getting a
recording contract(合同)? If so, come early to the talk at 7.30pm by Jules Skye, a successful
record producer. He’s going to talk about how you can find the right person to produce your
music.
Gee Whizz
8.30pm-10.30pm Comedy at Kaleidoscope
Come and see Gee Whizz perform. He’s the funniest stand-up comedian on the comedy scene.
This joyful show will please everyone, from the youngest to the oldest. Gee Whizz really knows
how to make you laugh! Our bar is open from 7.00pm for drinks and snacks(快餐).
Simon’s Workshop
5.00pm-7.30pm Wednesdays at Victoria Stage
This is a good chance for anyone who wants to learn how to do comedy. The workshop looks at
every kind of comedy, and practices many different ways of making people laugh. Simon is a
comedian and actor who has 10 years’ experience of teaching comedy. His workshops are exciting
and fun. An evening with Simon will give you the confidence to be funny.
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Charlotte Stone
8.00pm-11.00pm Pizza World
Fine food with beautiful jazz music; this is a great evening out. Charlotte Stone will perform songs
from her new best-selling CD, with James Pickering on the piano. The menu is Italian, with
excellent meat and fresh fish, pizzas and pasta(面食). Book early to get a table. Our bar is open all
day, and serves cocktails, coffee, beer, and white wine.
21．Who can help you if you want to have your music produced?
A．Jules Skye.
B．Gee Whizz.
C．Charlotte Stone.
D．James Pickering.
22．At which place can people of different ages enjoy a good laugh?
A．The Cyclops Theatre
B．Kaleidoscope
C．Victoria Stage
D．Pizza World
23．What do we know about Simon’s Workshop?
A. It requires membership status.
B．It lasts three hours each time.
C. It is run by a comedy club.
D．It is held every Wednesday.
24．When will Charlotte Stone perform her songs?
A．5.00pm-7.30pm.
B．7.30pm－1.00am.
C．8.00pm-11.00pm.
D．8.30pm-10.30pm.
B
Five years ago, when I taught art at a school in Seattle, I used Tinkertoys as a test at the
beginning of a term to find out something about my students. I put a small set of Tinkertoys in
front of each student, and said：”Make something out of the Tinkertoys．You have 45 minutes
today - and 45minutes each day for the rest of the week.”
A few students hesitated to start. They waited to see the rest of the class would do. Several
others checked the instructions and made something according to one of the model plans provided.
Another group built something out of their own imaginations.
Once I had a boy who worked experimentally with Tinkertoys in his free time. His
constructions filled a shelf in the art classroom and a good part of his bedroom at home. I was
delighted at the presence of such a student. Here was an exceptionally creative mind at work. His
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
presence meant that I had an unexpected teaching assistant in class whose creativity would
infect(感染) other students.
Encouraging this kind of thinking has a downside. I ran the risk of losing those students who
had a different style of thinking. Without fail one would declare, “ But I’m just not creative.”
“Do you dream at night when you’re asleep?”
“Oh, sure.”
“So tell me one of your most interesting dreams.” The student would tell something wildly
imaginative. Flying in the sky or in a time machine or growing three heads. “That’s pretty creative.
Who does that for you?”
“Nobody. I do it.”
“Really-at night, when you’re asleep?”
“Sure.”
“Try doing it in the daytime, in class, okay?”
25．The teacher used Tinkertoys in class in order to ________?
A．know more about the students
B．make the lessons more exciting
C．raise the students’ interest in art
D．teach the students about toy design
26．What do we know about the boy mentioned in Paragraph 3?
A．He liked to help his teacher.
B．He preferred to study alone.
C．He was active in class.
D．He was imaginative.
27．What does the underlined word “downside” in Paragraph 4 probably mean?
A．Mistake.
B．Drawback.
C．Difficulty.
D．Burden.
28．Why did the teacher ask the students to talk about their dreams?
A．To help them to see their creativity.
B．To find out about their sleeping habits.
C．To help them to improve their memory.
D．To find out about their ways of thinking.
C
Reading can be a social activity. Think of the people who belong to book groups. They
choose books to read and then meet to discuss them. Now, the website BookCrossing.com turns
the page on the traditional idea of a book group.
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Members go on the site and register the books they own and would like to share.
BookCrossing provides an identification number to stick inside the book. Then the person leaves it
in a public place, hoping that the book will have an adventure, traveling far and wide with each
new reader who finds it.
Bruce Pederson, the managing director of BookCrossing, says, “The two things that change
your life are the people you meet and books you read. BookCrossing combines both.”
Members leave books on park benches and buses, in train stations and coffee shops. Whoever
finds their book will go to the site and record where they found it.
People who find a book can also leave a journal entry describing what they thought of it.
E-mails are then sent to the BookCrossing to keep them updated about where their books have
been found. Bruce Pederson says the idea is for people not to be selfish by keeping a book to
gather dust on a shelf at home.
BookCrossing is part of a trend among people who want to get back to the “real” and not the
virtual(虚拟). The site now has more than one million members in more than one hundred
thirty-five countries.
29．Why does the author mention book groups in the first paragraph?
A．To explain what they are.
B．To introduce BookCrossing.
C．To stress the importance of reading.
D．To encourage readers to share their ideas.
30．What does the underlined word “it” in Paragraph 2refer to?
A．The book.
B．An adventure.
C．A public place.
D．The identification number.
31．What will a BookCrosser do with a book after reading it?
A．Meet other readers to discuss it.
B．Keep it safe in his bookcase.
C．Pass it on to another reader.
D．Mail it back to its owner.
32．What is the best title for the text?
A．Online Reading: A Virtual Tour
B．Electronic Books: A new Trend
C．A Book Group Brings Tradition Back
D．A Website Links People through Books
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
D
A new collection of photos brings an unsuccessful Antarctic voyage back to life.
Frank Hurley’s pictures would be outstanding----undoubtedly first-rate photo-journalism---if
they had been made last week. In fact, they were shot from 1914 through 1916, most of them
after a disastrous shipwreck(海滩), by a cameraman who had no reasonable expectation of
survival. Many of the images were stored in an ice chest, under freezing water, in the damaged
wooden ship.
The ship was the Endurance, a small, tight, Norwegian-built three-master that was intended
to take Sir Ernest Shackleton and a small crew of seamen and scientists, 27 men in all, to the
southernmost shore of Antarctica’s Weddell Sea. From that point Shackleton wanted to force a
passage by dog sled(雪橇) across the continent. The journey was intended to achieve more than
what Captain Robert Falcon Scott had done. Captain Scott had reached the South Pole early in
1912 but had died with his four companions on the march back.
As writer Caroline Alexander makes clear in her forceful and well-researched story The
Endurance, adventuring was even then a thoroughly commercial effort. Scott’s last journey,
completed as he lay in a tent dying of cold and hunger, caught the world’s imagination, and a film
made in his honor drew crowds. Shackleton, a onetime British merchant-navy officer who had
got to within 100 miles of the South Pole in 1908, started a business before his 1914 voyage to
make money from movie and still photography. Frank Hurley, a confident and gifted Australian
photographer who knew the Antarctic, was hired to make the images, most of which have never
before been published.
33．What do we know about the photos taken by Hurley?
A．They were made last week
B．They showed undersea sceneries
C．They were found by a cameraman
D．They recorded a disastrous adventure
34．Who reached the South Pole first according to the text?
A．Frank Hurley
B．Ernest Shackleton
C．Robert Falcon Scott
D．Caroline Alexander
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
35．What does Alexander think was the purpose of the 1914 voyage?
A．Artistic creation
B．Scientific research
C．Money making
D．Treasure hunting
第二节（共5 小题；每小题2 分，满分10 分）
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余
选项。
A garden that’s just right for you
Have you ever visited a garden that seemed just right for you, where the atmosphere of the
garden appeared to total more than the sum(总和) of its parts? 36 . But it doesn’t happen
by accident. It starts with looking inside yourself and understanding who you are with respect to
the natural world and how you approach the gardening process.
● 37
Some people may think that a garden is no more than plants, flowers, patterns and masses
of color. Others are concerned about using gardening methods that require less water and fewer
fertilizers(肥料). 38 . However, there are a number of other reasons that might explain
why you want to garden. One of them comes from our earliest years.
●Recall(回忆) your childhood memories
Our model of what a garden should be often goes back to childhood. Grandma’s rose garden
and Dad’s vegetable garden might be good or bad, but that’s not what’s important. 39
--how being in those gardens made us feel. If you’d like to build a powerful bond with your
garden, start by taking some time to recall the gardens of your youth. 40 then go outside
and work out a plan to translate your childhood memories into your grown-up garden. Have fun.
A．Know why you garden
B．Find a good place for your own garden
C．It’s our experience of the garden that matters
D．It’s delightful to see so many beautiful flowers
E．Still others may simply enjoy being outdoors and close to plants
F．You can produce that kind of magical quality in your own garden, too
G．For each of those gardens, writer down the strongest memory you have
第三部分：英语知识运用（共两节，满分45 分）
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
第一节完形填空（共20 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分30 分）
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C 和D）中，选出可以填入空白
处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Hundreds of people have formed impressions of you through that little device(装置) on your
desk. And they’ve never actually 41 you. Everything they know about you 42 through
this device, sometimes from hundreds of miles away. 43 they feel they can know you 44
from the sound of your voice. That’s how powerful the 45 is.
Powerful, yes, but not always 46 . For years I dealt with my travel agent only by phone.
Rani, my faceless agent whom I’d never met 47 , got me rock-bottom prices on airfares, cars,
and hotels. But her cold voice really 48 me. I sometimes wished to 49 another agent.
One morning, I had to 50 an immediate flight home for a family emergency. I ran into
Rani’s office 51 . The woman sitting at the desk, 52 my madness, sympathetically
jumped up. She gave me a 53 smile, nodded while listening patiently, and then printed out
the 54 immediately. “What a wonderful lady!” I thought.
Rushing out 55 I called out over my shoulder, “By the way, what’s your name?” “I’m
Rani,” she said. I turned around and saw a 56 woman with a big smile on her face waving to
wish me a safe trip. I was 57 ! Why had I thought she was cold? Rani was, well, so 58 .
Sitting back in the car on the way to the airport, I figured it all out. Rani’s 59 －her
warm smile, her nods, her ‘I’m here for you’ 60 －were all silent signals that didn’t travel
through wires.
41．A．accepted
B．noticed
C．heard
D．met
42．A．came
B．moved
C．ran
D．developed
43．A．Thus
B．Yet
C．Then
D．Indeed
44．A．rather
B．also
C．just
D．already
45．A．Telephone
B．voice
C．connection
D．impression
46．A．direct
B．useful
C．easy
D．accurate
47．A．in person
B．by myself
C．in public
D．on purpose
48．A．annoyed
B．interested
C．discouraged
D．confused
49．A．promote
B．train
C．find
D．know
50．A．arrange
B．postpone
C．confirm
D．book
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
51．A．for the first time
B．at any time C．from time to time
D. in good time
52．A．expecting
B．seeing
C．testing
D．avoiding
53．A．shy
B．comforting
C．familiar
D．forced
54．A．bill
B．form
C．ticket
D．list
55．A．hopefully
B．disappointedly
C．gratefully
D．regretfully
56．A．careful
B．serious
C．nervous
D．pleasant
57．A．amused
B．worried
C．helpless
D．speechless
58．A．calm
B．nice
C．proud
D．clever
59．A．forgiveness
B．eagerness
C．friendliness
D．skillfulness
60．A．explanation
B．attitude
C．concept
D．Behavior
第II 卷
第三部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分45 分）
第二节（共10 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分15 分）
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容（1 个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式。
If you feel stressed by responsibilities at work, you should take a step back and identify (识
别) those of 61 (great)and less importance. Then, handle the most important tasks first so
you’ll feel a real sense of 62 (achieve). Leaving the less important things until tomorrow
63 (be) often acceptable.
Most of us are more focused 64 our tasks in the morning than we are later in the day.
So, get an early start and try to be as productive 65 possible before lunch. This will give you
the confidence you need to get you through the afternoon and go home feeling accomplished.
Recent 66 (study) show that we are far more productive at work if we take short breaks
67 (regular). Give your body and brain a rest by stepping outside for 68 while, exercising,
or dong something you enjoy.
If you find something you love doing outside of the office, you’ll be less likely 69 (bring)
your work home. It could be anything-gardening, cooking, music, sports—but whatever it is,
70 (make) sure it’s a relief from daily stress rather than another thing to worry about.
第三部分写作（共两节，满分35 分）
第一节 短文改错（共10 小题，每小题1 分，满分10 分）
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共
有10 处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（﹨）划掉。
删除：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10 处，多者（从第11 处起）不计分。
The summer holiday is coming. My classmates and I are talking about how to do during the
holiday. We can chose between staying at home and take a trip. If we stay at home, it is
comfortable but there is no need to spend money. But in that case, we will learn little about
world. If we go on a trip abroad, we can broaden you view and gain knowledges we cannot get
from books. Some classmates suggest we can go to places of interest nearby. I thought that it is a
good idea. It does not cost many, yet we can still learn a lot.
第二节 书面表达（满分25 分）
假定你是李华，你校摄影俱乐部（photography club）将举办国际中学摄影展。请给你
的英国朋友Peter 写封信。请他提供作品。信的内容包括：
1．主题：环境保护；
2．展览时间；
3．投稿邮箱：intlphotoshow@gmschool.com.
注意：
1．词数100 左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2016 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试·甲卷（全国卷Ⅱ）
英语答案
第一部分 听力
1～5 BCACB 6～10 ACABC 11～15 BACAC 16～20 BACAB
第二部分阅读理解
第一节
A
【文章大意】本文是一篇应用文，介绍了四项即将举办的娱乐活动，包括相关的时间和
地点以及具体的活动事项。
21．A【解析】根据第一部分中的“…Jules Skye...He's going to talk about how you can find the
right person to produce your music”可知，该题选A 项。
22．B【解析】根据第二部分中的“This joyful show will please everyone, from the youngest to
the oldest”可知，该题选B 项。
23．D【解析】根据文中第三部分中的“Wednesdays at Victoria Stage”可知，Simon's Workshop
每周三举行活动。故选D 项。
24．C【解析】根据第四部分中的“8:00pm – 11:00pm”可知，该题选C 项。
B
【文章大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了作者五年前在西雅图教学生们美术时在教
学中所发生的事情，以及培养学生们的想象力的方法。
【长难句解读】 His presence meant that I had an unexpected teaching assistant in class
whose creativity would infect（感染）other students．
分析：句中that 引导宾语从句，且whose 引导定语从句，修饰an unexpected teaching
assistant。
译文：他的存在意味着我在班级有一位意想不到的教学助手，并且他的创造力会感染其
他的学生。
25．A【解析】根据文章第一段的“to find out something about my students”可知，作者使用
Tinkertoys 是为了弄清楚有关学生们的一些事情。故选A 项。
26．D【解析】根据第三段中的“Here was an exceptionally creative mind at work”可知，这
个男孩儿非常具有创造性，故选D 项。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
27．B【解析】根据下文的“I ran the risk of losing those students who had a different style of
thinking”可知，作者冒着失去那些有不同思维风格的学生的风险。故可知该词的意
思为“不足，缺点”，所以选B 项。
28．A【解析】根据第四段中的“Without fail one would declare，‘But I'm just not creative．’”
及下文内容可推知，作者问学生们他们是否做梦了是为了让他们看到自己的创造力。
故选A 项。
C
【文章大意】 本文是一篇说明文，介绍了BookCrossing.com 网站帮助喜爱读书的人
们互相交流和传递图书的内容。
【长难句解读】 Then the person leaves it in a public place，hoping that the book will have
an adventure, traveling far and wide with each new reader who finds it.
分析：句中现在分词短语hoping that...在句中作状语，且其中的that 引导宾语从句，且
从句中的现在分词短语traveling...在从句中充当状语，而who 引导定语从句，修饰each new
reader。
译文：然后，这个人把它放在一个公共场所，希望这本书会经历一次冒险，与发现它的
每一位新读者到处旅行。
29．B【解析】根据第一段的“Now，the website BookCrossing.com turns the page on the
traditional idea of a book group”可知，作者提到book groups 是为了引出BookCrossing。
故选B 项。
30．A【解析】根据第二段中的“hoping that the book will have an adventure，traveling far and
wide...”可知，此处的“it”指的是“the book”。故选A 项。
31．C【解析】根据第二段中的“BookCrossing provides an identification number to stick inside
the book．Then the person leaves it in a public place，hoping that the book will have an
adventure，traveling far and wide with each new reader who finds it”可知，读完书之后，
BookCrossers 将会把它继续传递给其他的读者。故选C 项。
32．D【解析】根据第一段的最后一句“Now，the website BookCrossing.com tums the page on
the traditional idea of a book group”以及其余的内容可知，本篇文章主要介绍了
BookCrossing.com 网站的功能及其创建的意义。故选D 项。
D
【文章大意】本文是一篇记叙文。一本新的影集把一次不成功的南极洲的旅行带回到现
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
实生活中，由此引出了历史上去南极洲探险的事迹。
【全文翻译】一本新的影集把一次不成功的南极洲的旅行带回到现实生活中。
弗兰克·赫尔利的照片是非常杰出的——毫无疑问是一流的摄影报道——如果它们是在
上周被拍摄的话。事实上，它们被拍摄于1914 至1916 年间，其中的大多数拍摄于一次灾难
性的海难之后，且是由一位没有合理证据表明其幸免于难的摄影师拍摄的。许多照片被保存
在极冷的水下受损木船中的一个冰盒子里。
这艘船就是“坚忍号”，一艘小的，牢固的，挪威建造的三桅船。它本打算带着欧内斯
特·沙克尔顿先生和一小队水手和科学家，总计27 人，到达南极洲的威德尔海的最南端的
海岸。从那里，沙克尔顿打算乘狗拉的雪橇强行穿过大陆。这次旅行原打算超过罗伯特·法
尔肯·斯科特船长所取得的成就。斯科特船长早在1912 年就已经到达过南极，但却与他的
四个同伴死在了回来的路上。
正如作家卡罗琳·亚历山大在她的有说服力的并且做了深入研究的故事《坚忍号》中所
清晰阐述的那样，探险在那时甚至是一种彻底的商业性的活动。斯科特船长最后的旅行以躺
在一个帐篷里饥寒交迫地死去而告终，这使世人入迷，并且为纪念他而拍摄的电影吸引了大
批观众。沙克尔顿曾经是一位英国的商船队官员，在1908 年就已经到达距南极100 英里的
范围内了。在1914 年的航行之前，他就创办了公司，以从电影和摄影业赚钱。弗兰克·赫
尔利，一位自信的并具有天赋的澳大利亚摄影师，了解南极洲，他被雇用来拍摄这些影像，
其中大多数（照片）以前从未出版过。
33．D【解析】根据第二段中的“In fact，they were shot from 1914 through 1916,most of them
after a disastrous shipwreck（海难）”可知，这些照片记录了一次灾难性的冒险，故选
D 项。
34．C【解析】根据第三段中的“From that point Shackleton wanted to force a passage by dog sled
（雪橇）across the continent. The journey was intended to achieve more than what Captain
Robert Falcon Scott had done...in 1912”可知Captain Robert Falcon Scott 是第一个到
达南极的人。故选C 项。
35．C【解析】根据最后一段中的“adventuring was even then a thoroughly commercial effort”
和“started a business before his 1914 voyage to make money from movie and still
photography”可知，Alexander 认为1914 年旅行的目的是赚钱。故选C 项。
第二节
【文章大意】本文是一篇说明文，介绍了如何种植一个正好适合你的花园。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
36．F 考查上下文的衔接。根据文章首句及下文的“But it doesn't happen by accident”可知，
这里是在讲“你是否曾去过一个花园……但是它不是偶然发生的”。故F 项“You can
produce that kind of magical quality in your own garden, too”符合语境。
37．A 考查子标题。根据下文中的“a number of other reasons that might explain why you want
to garden”可知，本段的主题应与你想要种植花园的原因有关，故选A 项。
38．E 考查上下文的衔接。根据上文的“Some people may think...”和“Others are concerned
about...”可知此处表达的是人们种植花园的不同原因，而E 项中的“Still others may
simply enjoy...”与上下文衔接自然，故选E 项。
39．C 考查上下文的衔接。根据上文的“…but that's not what's important”和下文中的“how
being in those gardens made us feel”可知此处讲的应是什么是重要的，故C 项符合语
境。
40．G 考查上下文的衔接。上文的“the gardens of your youth”以及下文的“your childhood
memories”与G 项中的“those gardens”和“the strongest memory you have”相呼应，
故选G 项。
第三部分 英语知识运用
第一节完形填空
【文章大意】本文是一篇夹叙夹议的文章。电话的确很强大，但传达的信息却不总是准
确的。作者通过自身的经历总结出，电话中感受到的有时与现实生活中感受到的并不一致，
因为像微笑这样无声的信号无法通过电话线传播。
【重点词语链接】figure n．数字；图形；形状；肖像 v．是重要部分；认为；计算
The central figure in the painting is the artist's daughter． 画中间的那个人是画家的女儿。
Have you figured in the cost of food for our holiday?你把咱们度假的食物费用计算进去了
吗？
Have you figured out what's wrong with your car?你找出你汽车的毛病了吗？
41．D 根据第一段中的“Hundreds of people have formed impressions of you through that little
device（装置）on your desk”以及第二段中的“Rani，my faceless agent whom I'd never
met”可知，此处表示“事实上他们从来没有见过你”。故选D 项。accept“妾受”；
notice“注意”；hear“听到”；meet“遇见”。
42．A 此处表示“他们对你的一切了解都是通过这个装置（传达的）”，故选A 项。come“来，
发生”；move“移动”；run“跑”；develop“发展”。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
43．B 根据上文的“…sometimes from hundreds of miles away”以及下文的“they feel they can
know you…That’s how powerful the 45 is”可知，上下文为转折关系，故选B 项。
44．C rather“在一定程度上，颇”；also“也”；just“仅仅”；already“已经”。根据语境可
知，此处表示他们认为仅仅通过你的声音他们就可以了解你，故C 项正确。
45．A 根据第一段中的“little device（装置）on your desk”及第二段中的“For years I dealt
with my travel agent only by phone”可知，此处指的是电话(telephone)。文章最后一段
中的“wires”亦是提示。故选A 项。
46．D 根据第二段的内容可知，作者通过电话听到他的旅游代理商的声音是冷淡的，让他
感到不悦。而根据第三段中的“What a wonderful lady!”可知，作者亲自见到了Rani
后，发现她本人与电话中的声音给人的感觉不一样。故该题选D 项，表示电话虽然
是强大的，但传达的信息却并不总是准确的。 direct“直接的”；useful“有用的”；
easy“容易的”；accurate“准确的”。
47．A 根据上文的“my faceless agent whom I'd never met”可知，作者从来没有亲自见过她，
故选A 项。in person“亲自”；by myself“我自己，独自”；in public“公开地，当众”；
on purpose“故意地”。
48.A 根据上文的“But her cold voice really”和下文的内容可知，此处指的是“让我不悦”，
故选A 项。annoy“使不悦，使生气”；interest“使感兴趣”；discourage“泄气”；confuse
“使困惑”。
49．C 因为Rani 的声音让作者感到不悦，所以作者有时希望能找到另一个代理商。故选C
项。promote“促进”；train“训练”；find“找到”；know“知道”。
50．D 根据第三段中的“an immediate flight home for a family emergency”以及最后一段中
的“Sitting back in the car on the way to the airport...”可知，作者不得不立刻预订机票
回家，故选D 项。arrange“安排”；postpone“推迟”；confirm“证实”；book“预订”。
51．A 第二段提到作者从未与Rani 见过面，而此处作者因家中有急事而不得不订票，所以
可推知此处表示作者第一次去Rani 的办公室。for the first time“第一次”；at any time
“在任何时候”；from time to time“有时”；in good time“及时地，迅速地”。故选A
项。
52．B 因为作者已经进入Rani 的办公室，所以此处表示“坐在桌旁的女士看到了我的疯狂”，
故选B 项。expect“期待”；see“看见”；test“测验，检测”；avoid“避免”。
53．B 根据上文的“...sympathetically jumped up”，空后的“smile…I thought”以及最后一
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
段中的“her warm smile”可知，此处表示“她给予我令人欣慰的（comforting）微笑”，
故选B 项。 shy“害羞的”；familiar“熟悉的”；forced“强迫的，勉强的”。
54．C 根据上文的“One morning，I had to 50 an immediate flight home for a family
emergency”可知，此处指的是“立刻打印出了票”。故选C 项。
55．C 因为Rani 帮助作者很快地打出了票，所以作者应是很感激地(gratefully)跑出去了。
故选C 项。 hopefully“充满希望地”；disappointedly“失望地”；regretfully“遗憾地”。
56．D 根据下文的“with a big smile on her face waving to wish me a safe trip”可知，此处表
示的是“一位友善的(pleasant)女士”。 careful“仔细的”；serious“认真的，严肃的”；
nervous“紧张的”。
57．D 根据下文的“Why had I thought she was cold? Rani was，well...”可知，作者亲自见到
Rani 之后，发现她本人与电话中的声音传达给自己的信息是很不同的，故作者应是
（因吃惊）说不出来话。故选D 项。amused“高兴的”；worried“担心的”；helpless
“无助的”；speechless“（尤指气得或惊讶得）说不出话的”。
58．B 根据上文的内容尤其是“What a wonderful lady”可知，B 项正确。 calm“镇定的”；
nice“友好的”；proud“骄傲的”；clever“聪明的”。
59．C 根据上文的内容（如Rani 帮助作者预订机票以及祝愿作者旅途愉快）可知，Rani 是
友好的。故选C 项。forgiveness“宽恕，饶恕”；eagerness“溻望”；friendliness“友
好”；skillfulness“有技巧，灵巧”。
60．B 根据语境可知，此处的“her‘I'm here for you’”应是属于工作态度，故选B 项。explanation
“解释”；attitude“态度”；concept“观念”；behavior“行为”。
第二节
【文章大意】 本文为说明文。本文主要介绍了缓解工作中的压力的一些方法。
61．greater 考查形容词的比较级。根据语境及下文的“and less importance”可知，此处应
用形容词的比较级来修饰importance，故填greater。
62．achievement 考查词性转换。首先处理最重要的工作以便你能感到一种真实的成就感。
介词后接名词，a real sense of achievement 意为“一种真实的成就感”。
63．is 考查主谓一致和时态。把不太重要的事情留到明天通常是可以接受的。分析句子结
构可知，该句中的主语为动名词短语“Leaving the less important things until tomorrow”，
故谓语动词为第三人称单数形式，且全文的基本时态为一般现在时。故填is。
64．on 考查介词。我们中的大多数人在早上的时候会比我们在一天中的晚些时候更加集中
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
于我们的工作。固定短语be focused on 意为“集中于……”。故填on。
65．as 考查连词。因此，早点儿开始并且在午饭前要尽可能高效。固定结构as...as possible
意为“尽可能……”。
66．studies 考查名词复数。最新的研究表明，如果我们有规律地短暂休息的话，我们在工
作中会变得高效得多。分析句子结构可知，谓语动词为show，为复数形式，且study
作“研究，调查”讲时为可数名词，故主语应为复数。故填studies。
67． regularly 考查词性转换。副词修饰谓语动词take，故填 regularly“有规律地”。
68．a 考查冠词。固定短语for a while 意为“一会儿”。
69．to bring 考查非谓语动词。固定短语be likely to do sth．意为“可能做某事”，故填to bring。
70．make 考查祈使句。分析句子结构可知，but 连接两个并列分句。其中第二个分句中，
whatever 引导让步状语从句，其后为祈使句充当主句。故填make。
第四部分 写作
第一节 短文改错
The summer holiday is coming．My classmates and I are talking about how
what
to do during
the holiday. We can chose
choose
between staying at home and
take
taking
a trip. If we stay at home, it
is comfortable but
and
there is no need to spend money. But in that case, we will learn little about
the
world. If we go on a trip abroad, we can broaden your
our
view and gain knowledges
knowledge
we
cannot get from books. Some classmates suggest we can
can
should
go to places of interest
nearby. I thought
think
that it is a good idea. It does not cost many
much
, yet we can still learn a lot.
第一处：how 改为what。考查宾语从句。分析句子可知，are talking about 后为宾语从句，
且从句中do 缺少宾语，故将how 改为what。
第二处：chose 改为choose。考查情态动词的用法。情态动词后接动词原形。
第三处：take 改为taking。考查非谓语动词。因为and 连接两个并列的成分，且介词后接动
名词形式，所以将take 改为taking。
第四处：but 改为and。考查连词。前后句之间为并列关系，故将but 改为and。
第五处：在world 前加the。考查冠词。根据语境可知，此处表示特指，故应用定冠词the。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
第六处：your 改为our。考查代词。因为句子的主语为“we”，故此处用our。
第七处：knowledges 改为knowledge。考查名词的数。 knowledge 为不可数名词，只能用单
数形式。
第八处：删除can 或将can 改为should。考查虚拟语气。suggest 意为“建议”时，其后的宾
语从句要使用虚拟语气，谓语动词用should+动词原形，should 可以省略。
第九处：thought 改为think。考查动词的时态。全文的时态均以一般现在时为主，故此处应
用一般现在时。
第十处：many 改为much。考查代词。表示“钱”的多少时，要用much 而不是many。
第二节 书面表达
【写作思路】该书面表达要求考生根据所给提示信息写一封信，属于半开放性的作文，
给考生适当的发挥空间。考生在解答此题时，首先要注意该文的体裁为书信，并且开头没有
给出，所以要注意书信的格式。其次，书信的内容一定要齐全，包括：举办者、展览主题及
时间、邀请对方提供作品及投稿邮箱等。根据要点可适当地增加细节内容以及过渡性语言，
以使行文连贯。再次，要恰当地使用高级句式以及词汇来增加文章的亮点，并且卷面的书写
要清晰、工整。
【范文赏读】
Dear Peter,
Our school photography club is going to hold an International High School Student
Photography Show. The theme of the show is environmental protection. It will start from June 15th
and last for three weeks. Any student who is interested is welcome to participate. I know you take
good pictures and you’ve always wanted to do something for environmental protection. I
remember you should me some photos on that theme the last time you visited our school. This is
surely a good change for more people to see them. If you want to join, you can send your photos
to intlphotoshow@gmschool.com.
Hope to hear from you soon.
Yours,
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2016 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试·丙卷（全国卷Ⅲ）
英语
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分 听力（共两节，满分 30 分）
第一节（共5 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分7.5 分）
听下面5 段对话，每段对话后有一个小题。从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最
佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题
和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What will Lucy do at 11:30 tomorrow?
A．Go out for lunch．
B．See her dentise．
C．Visit a friend．
2．What is the weather like now?
A．It’s sunny．
B．It’s rainy．
C．It’s cloudy．
3．Why does the man talk to Dr．Simpson?
A．To make an apology．
B．To ask for help．
C．To discuss his studio
4．How will the woman get back from the railway station?
A．By train．
B．By car
C．By bus．
5．What does Jenny decide to do first?
A．Look for a job．
B．Go on a trip．
C．Get an assistant．
第二节 （共15 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分22.5 分）
听下面5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个
选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个
小题，每小题5 秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答第6、7 题。
6．What time is it now?
A．1:45．
B．2:10．
C．2:15．
7．What will the man do?
A．Work on a project． B．See Linda in the library． C．Meet with Professor Smith．
听第7 段材料，回答第8 至10 题．
8．What are the speakers talking about?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．Having guests this weekend．
B．Going out for sightseeing．
C．Moving into a new house．
9．What is the relationship between the speakers?
A．Neighbors．
B．Husband and wife．
C．Host and visitor．
10．What will the man do tomorrow?
A．Work in his garden．
B．Have a barbecue．
C．Do some shopping．
听第8 段材料，回答第11 至13 题．
11．Where was the man born?
A．In Philadelphia．
B．In Springfield．
C．In Kansas．
12．What did the man like doing when he was a child?
A．Drawing．
B．Traveling．
C．Reading．
13．What inspires the man most in his work?
A．Education．
B．Family love．
C．Nature．
听第9 段材料，回答第14 至17 题．
14．Why is Dorothy going to Europe?
A．To attend a training program．
B．To carry out some research．
C．To take a vacation．
15．How long will Dorothy stay in Europe?
A．A few days．
B．Two weeks．
C．Three months．
16．What does Dorothy think of her apartment?
A．It’s expensive．
B．It’s satisfactory．
C．It's inconvenient．
17．What docs Bill offer to do for Dorothy?
A．Recommend her apartment to Jim．
B．a new apartment for her．
C．Take care of her apartment．
听第10 段材料，回答第18 至20 题．
18．What are the tourists advised to do when touring London?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．Take their tour schedule B．Watch out for the tr C．Wear comfortable shoe．
19．What will the tourists do in fifteen minutes?
A．Meet the speaker． B．Go to their rooms． C．Change some money．
20．Where probably is the speaker?
A．In a park．
B．In a hotel．
C．In a shopping centre．
第二部分 阅读理解（共两节，满分40 分）
第一节（共15 小题；每小题2 分，满分30 分）
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C 和D）中，选出最佳选项。
A
Music
Opera at Music Hall: 1243 Elm Street．The season runs June through August, with additional
performances in March and September．The Opera honors Enjoy the Arts membership
discounts．Phone: 241-2742． http://www．cityopera．com．
Chamber Orchestra: The Orchestra plays at Memorial Hall at 1406 Elm Street, which offers
several concerts from March through June．Call 723-1182 for more information．http:
//www．chamberorch．com．
Symphony Orchestra: At Music Hall and Riverbend．For ticket sales, call 381-3300．Regular
season
runs
September
through
May
at
Music
Hall
in
summer
at
Riverbend．http://www．symphony．org/home．asp．
College Conservatory of Music (CCM): Performances are on the main campus(校园) of the
university, usually at Patricia Cobbett Theater． CCM organizes a variety of events, including
performances by the well-known LaSalle Quartet, CCM’s Philharmonic Orchestra, and various
groups of musicians presenting Baroque through modern music． Students with I．D． cards can
attend the events for free． A free schedule of events for each term is available by calling the box
office at 556-4183． http://www．ccm．uc．edu/events/calendar．
Riverbend Music Theater: 6295 Kellogg Ave．Large outdoor theater with the closest seats under
cover
(price
difference)
．
Big
name
shows
all
summer
long!
Phone:
232-6220．http://www.riverbendmusic.com．
21．Which number should you call if you want to see an opera?
A．241-2742．
B．723-1182．
C．381-3300． D．232-6220．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
22．When can you go to a concert by Chamber Orchestra?
A．February．
B．May．
C．August．
D．November．
23．Where can students go for free performances with their I．D．cards?
A．Music Hall．
B．Memorial Hall．
C．Patricia Cobbett Theater．
D．Riverbend Music Theater．
24．How is Riverbend Music Theater different from the other places?
A．It has seats in the open air．
B．It gives shows all year round．
C．It offers membership discounts．
D．It presents famous musical works．
B
On one of her trips to New York several years ago，Eudora Welty decided to take a couple of
New York friends out to dinner．They settled in at a comfortable East Side cafe and within
minutes，another customer was approaching their table．
“Hey，aren’t you from Mississippi?” the elegant，white-haired writer remembered being
asked by the stranger．“I’m from Mississippi too．”
Without a second thought，the woman joined the Welty party．When her dinner partner
showed up, she also pulled up a chair．
“They began telling me all the news of Mississippi,” Welty said． “I didn’t know what my
New York friends were thinking．”
Taxis on a rainy New York night are rarer than sunshine．By the time the group got up to
leave, it was pouring outside．Welty’s new friends immediately sent a waiter to find a
cab．Heading back downtown toward her hotel, her big-city friends were amazed at the turn of
events that had changed their Big Apple dinner into a Mississippi state reunion (团聚)．
“My friends said: ‘Now we believe your stories,’” Welty added． “And I said: ‘Now you
know． These are the people that make me write them．’”
Sitting on a sofa in her room, Welty, a slim figure in a simple gray dress, looked pleased with
this explanation．
“I don’t make them up,” she said of the characters in her fiction these last 50 or so years． “I
don’t have to．”
Beauticians, bartenders, piano players and people with purple hats, Welty’s people come
from afternoons spent visiting with old friends, from walks through the streets of her native
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Jackson, Miss．, from conversations overheard on a bus．It annoys Welty that, at 78, her left ear
has now given out．Sometimes, sitting on a bus or a train, she hears only a fragment(片段) of a
particularly interesting story．
25．What happened when Welty was with her friends at the cafe?
A．Two strangers joined her．
B．Her childhood friends came in．
C．A heavy rain ruined the dinner．
D．Some people held a party there．
26．The underlined word “them” in Paragraph 6 refers to Welty’s ．
A．readers B．parties
C．friends D．stories
27．What can we learn about the characters in Welty’s fiction?
A．They live in big cities．
B．They are mostly women．
C．They come from real life．
D．They are pleasure seekers．
C
If you are a fruit grower — or would like to become one — take advantage of Apple Day to
see what’s around． It’s called Apple Day but in practice it’s more like Apple Month． The day
itself is on October 21, but since it has caught on, events now spread out over most of October
around Britain．
Visiting an apple event is a good chance to see, and often taste, a wide variety of apples． To
people who are used to the limited choice of apples such as Golden Delicious and Royal Gala in
supermarkets, it can be quite an eye opener to see the range of classical apples still in existence,
such as Decio which was grown by the Romans． Although it doesn’t taste of anything special, it’s
still worth a try, as is the knobbly (多疙瘩的) Cat’s Head which is more of a curiosity than
anything else．
There are also varieties developed to suit specific local conditions． One of the very best
varieties for eating quality is Orleans Reinette, but you’ll need a warm, sheltered place with
perfect soil to grow it, so it’s a pipe dream for most apple lovers who fall for it．
At the events, you can meet expert growers and discuss which ones will best suit your
conditions, and because these are family affairs, children are well catered for with apple-themed
fun and games．
Apple Days are being held at all sorts of places with an interest in fruit, including stately
gardens and commercial orchards (果园)．If you want to have a real orchard experience, try
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
visiting the National Fruit Collection at Brogdale，near Faversham in Kent．
28．What can people do at the apple events?
A．Attend experts’ lectures． B．Visit fruit-loving families．
C．Plant fruit trees in an orchard．
D．Taste many kinds of apples．
29．What can we learn about Decio?
A．It is a new variety．
B．It has a strange look．
C．It is rarely seen now．
D．It has a special taste．
30．What does the underlined phrase “a pipe dream” in Paragraph 3 mean?
A．A practical idea． B．A vain hope．
C．A brilliant plan． D．A selfish desire．
31．What is the author’s purpose in writing the text?
A．To show how to grow apples． B．To introduce an apple festival．
C．To help people select apples． D．To promote apple research．
D
Bad news sells．If it bleeds, it leads．No news is good news, and good news is no news．Those
are the classic rules for the evening broadcasts and the morning papers．But now that
information is being spread and monitored (监控) in different ways, researchers are discovering
new rules． By tracking people’s e-mails and online posts, scientists have found that good news
can spread faster and farther than disasters and sob stories．
“The ‘if it bleeds’ rule works for mass media,” says Jonah Berger, a scholar at the University
of Pennsylvania． “They want your eyeballs and don’t care how you’re feeling． But when you
share a story with your friends, you care a lot more how they react． You don’t want them to
think of you as a Debbie Downer．”
Researchers analyzing word-of-mouth communication—e-mails, Web posts and reviews,
face-to-face conversations—found that it tended to be more positive than negative(消极的), but
that didn’t necessarily mean people preferred positive news． Was positive news shared more
often simply because people experienced more good things than bad things? To test for that
possibility, Dr．Berger looked at how people spread a particular set of news stories: thousands of
articles on The New York Times’ website． He and a Penn colleague analyzed the “most e-mailed”
list for six months．One of his first findings was that articles in the science section were much
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
more likely to make the list than non-science articles． He found that science amazed Times’
readers and made them want to share this positive feeling with others．
Readers also tended to share articles that were exciting or funny, or that inspired negative
feelings like anger or anxiety, but not articles that left them merely sad． They needed to be
aroused(激发) one way or the other, and they preferred good news to bad． The more positive
an article, the more likely it was to be shared, as Dr．Berger explains in his new book, “Contagious:
Why Things Catch On．”
32．What do the classic rules mentioned in the text apply to?
A．News reports．
B．Research papers．
C．Private e-mails．
D．Daily conversations．
33．What can we infer about people like Debbie Downer?
A．They’re socially inactive． B．They’re good at telling stories．
C．They’re inconsiderate of others． D．They’re careful with their words．
34．Which tended to be the most e-mailed according to Dr．Berger’s research?
A．Sports news． B．Science articles．
C．Personal accounts． D．Financial reviews．
35．What can be a suitable title for the text?
A．Sad Stories Travel Far and Wide B．Online News Attracts More People
C．Reading Habits Change with the Times D．Good News Beats Bad on Social Networks
第二节 (共5 小题；每小题2 分，满分10 分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余
选项。
Everyone knows that fish is good for health． 36 But it seems that many
people don’t cook fish at home．Americans eat only about fifteen pounds of fish per
person per year, but we eat twice as much fish in restaurants as at home． Buying,
storing, and cooking fish isn’t difficult． 37 This text is about how to buy and
cook fish in an easy way．
38 Fresh fish should smell sweet: you should feel that you’re standing at
the ocean’s edge．Any fishy or strong smell means the fish isn’t fresh． 39
When you have bought a fish and arrive home, you’d better store the fish in the
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
refrigerator if you don’t cook it immediately, but fresh fish should be stored in your
fridge for only a day or two．Frozen fish isn’t as tasty as the fresh one．
There are many common methods used to cook fish． 40 First, clean it and
season it with your choice of spices (调料)． Put the whole fish on a plate and steam
it in a steam pot for 8 to 10 minutes if it weighs about one pound． (A larger one will
take more time．) Then, it’s ready to serve．
A．Do not buy it．
B．The easiest is to steam it．
C．This is how you can do it．
D．It just requires a little knowledge．
E．The fish will go bad within hours．
F．When buying fish, you should first smell it．
G．The fats in fish are thought to help prevent heart disease．
第三部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分45 分）
第一节 完形填空（共20 小题；每小题1. 5 分，满分30 分）
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C 和D）中，选出可以填入空白
处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
When I was 13 my only purpose was to become the star on our football team．That meant
41 Miller King, who was the best 42 at our school．
Football season started in September and all summer long I worked out． I carried my
football everywhere for 43 ．
Just before September, Miller was struck by a car and lost his right arm． I went to see him
after he came back from 44 ． He looked very 45 , but he didn’t cry．
That season, I 46 all of Miller’s records while he 47 the home games from the
bench．We went 10-1 and I was named most valuable player, 48 I often had crazy dreams in
which I was to blame for Miller’s 49 ．
One afternoon, I was crossing the field to go home and saw Miller 50 going over a
fence—which wasn’t 51 to climb if you had both arms． I’m sure I was the last person in
the world he wanted to accept 52 from． But even that challenge he accepted． I 53
him move slowly over the fence． When we were finally 54 on the other side, he said to
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
me, “You know, I didn’t tell you this during the season, but you did 55 ．Thank you for
filling in for 56 ．”
His words freed me from my bad 57 ． I thought to myself, how even without an arm
he was more of a leader． Damaged but not defeated, he was 58 ahead of me． I was right
to have 59 him． From that day on，I grew 60 and a little more real．
41． A． cheering for B． beating out C． relying on D． staying with
42． A． coach
B． student C． teacher D． player
43． A． practice
B． show C． comfort
D． pleasure
44． A． school
B． vacation C． hospital D． training
45． A． pale
B． calm C． relaxed D． ashamed
46． A． held
B． broke C． set D． tried
47． A． reported
B． judged C． organized D． watched
48． A． and
B． then C． but D． thus
49． A． decision B． mistake C． accident D． sacrifice
50． A． stuck
B． hurt C． tired D． lost
51． A． steady
B． hard C． fun D． fit
52． A． praise
B． advice C． assistance D． apology
53． A． let
B． helped C． had D． noticed
54． A． dropped
B． ready C． trapped D． safe
55． A． fine
B． wrong C． quickly D． normally
56． A． us
B． yourself C． me D． them
57． A． memories
B． ideas C． attitudes D． dreams
58． A． still
B． also C． yet D． just
59． A． challenged
B． cured C． invited D． admired
60． A． healthier
B． bigger C． cleverer D． cooler
第II 卷
第三部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分45 分）
第二节（共10 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分15 分）
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容（1 个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
In much of Asia, especially the so-called “rice bowl” cultures of China, Japan, Korea, 61
Vietnam, food is usually eaten with chopsticks．
Chopsticks are usually two long, thin pieces of wood or bamboo．They can also be made of
plastic, animal bone or metal．Sometimes chopsticks are quite artistic．Truly elegant chopsticks
might 62 (make) of gold and silver with Chinese characters．Skilled workers also combine
various hardwoods and metal 63 (create) special designs．
The Chinese have used chopsticks for five thousand years．People probably cooked their
food in large pots, 64 (use) twigs (树枝) to remove it．Over time, 65 the
population grew, people began cutting food into small pieces so it would cook more quickly．Food
in small pieces could be eaten easily with twigs which 66 (gradual) turned into
chopsticks．
Some people think that the great Chinese scholar Confucius, 67 lived from roughly
551 to 479 B．C．, influenced the 68 (develop) of chopsticks．Confucius believed knives
would remind people of killings and 69 (be) too violent for use at the table．
Chopsticks are not used everywhere in Asia． In India, for example, most people traditionally
eat 70 their hands．
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35 分）
第一节 短文改错（共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分）
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共
有10 处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线(＼)划掉。
修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10 处，多者(从第11 处起)不计分。
The teenage year from 13 to 19 were the most difficult time for me．They were also the best
and worse years in my life．At the first, I thought I knew everything and could make decisions by
yourself．However, my parents didn’t seem to think such．They always tell me what to do and how
to do it．At one time, I even felt my parents couldn’t understand me so I hoped I could be freely
from them．I showed them I was independent by wear strange clothes．Now I am leaving home to
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
college．At last, I will be on my own, but I still want to have my parents to turn to whenever need
help．
第二节 书面表达（满分25 分）
假定你是李华，与留学生朋友Bob 约好一起去书店，因故不能赴约。请给他写封邮件，
内容包括：
1．表示歉意；
2．说明原因；
3．另约时间。
注意：
1．词数100 左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2016 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试·丙卷（全国卷Ⅲ）
英语答案
第一部分 阅读理解
1－5 ABCAA 6－10 DCDCB 11－15 BACBD 16－20 GDFAB
第一部分 阅读理解
第一节
A
【文章大意】本文是一篇应用文，主要对五个网站上的歌剧及管弦乐等乐曲作品的演出
时间、内容及购票等细节作了介绍。
【长难句解读】CCM organizes a variety of events，including performances by the
well-known LaSalle Quartet, CCM’s Philharmonic Orchestra, and various groups of musicians
presenting Baroque through modem music．
译文：CCM 组织了多样的活动，包括知名的LaSalle 四重奏乐团和CCM 爱乐管弦乐团
的演出，还有各种代表巴罗克风格到现代音乐的音乐家团体所进行的演出。
21．A 【解析】根据第一则信息“Opera at Music Hall”及本段中的细节“The Opera honors Enjoy
the Arts membership discounts．Phone: 241 - 2742”可知答案。
22．B【解析】根据第二则信息“Chamber Orchestra”并结合“which offers several concerts from
March through June”的描述可知，四个选项中只有五月在此时间范围内。
23．C【解析】根据第四则信息“College Conservatory of Music(CCM)” 中的首句“Performances
are on the main campus(校园)of the university, usually at Patricia Cobbett Theater”及下文
中的“Students with I．D．cards can attend the events for free”可知答案。
24．A【解析】 第五则信息中提到了带座位的巨大户外剧场“Large outdoor theater with the
closest seats under cover”，选项A 与此描述一致。
B
【文章大意】本文是一篇记叙文，介绍了美国著名女作家Eudora Welty 在纽约的一次经
历，并以此作为背景说明她的创作源于生活。
【长难句解读】1．Heading back downtown toward her hotel，her big-city friends were
amazed at the turn of events that had changed their Big Apple dinner into a Mississippi state
reunion(团聚).
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
译文：在返回市区宾馆的途中，韦尔蒂的大都市的朋友们惊讶于他们活动的转变，他们
的聚会早已由纽约式的宴会变成了密西西比人的地方性团聚。
2. Beauticians, bartenders, piano players and people with purple hats，Welty's people come
from afternoons spent visiting with old friends，from walks through the streets of her native
Jackson，Miss.，from conversations overheard on a bus.
译文：Welty 小说中的角色——美容师、酒吧招待、钢琴演奏者及那些戴着紫色帽子的
人——源自于她与老朋友共度的下午，源自于她在土生土长的密西西比州杰克逊城的大街小
巷散步的过程中，还源自于她在公交车上无意间听到的闲谈。
25．A【解析】 第三段中的“the woman”指的是第二段中的那个陌生人，根据第三段中的
“When her dinner partner showed up，she also pulled up a chair”可知，陌生女子的晚餐
伙伴也加入了她们的行列中，故有两个陌生人加入到了Welty 和朋友的晚餐中。
26．D【解析】画线词所在句“These are the people that make me write them”的主语These
指的就是像那两位陌生人那样的人，换言之，这些新朋友就成了Welty 笔下的写作素
材，这些人就是让她写小说的人，故them 指的是“小说”。
27．C【解析】根据最后两段的内容可知，Welty 小说中的人物源于真实生活。
C
【文章大意】本文是一篇说明文，对英国苹果节的举办规模、活动安排、苹果种类及种
植环境等进行了介绍。
【长难句解读】To people who are used to the limited choice of apples such as Golden
Delicious and Royal Gala in supermarkets，it can be quite an eye opener to see the range of
classical apples still in existence, such as Decio which was grown by the Romans.
译文：对于那些已习惯了选择超市里有限的苹果种类如Golden Delicious 和Royal Gala
的人来说，目睹Decio 这种过去由罗马人种植的传统苹果品种如今依然存在可能会令他们大
开眼界。
28．D【解析】从第二段首句“Visiting an apple event... often taste，a wide variety of apples”
可直接获取答案。
29．C【解析】A 选项“Decio 是一种新品种”与第二段中的“it can be…still in existence”
不一致，且由这句话可知Decio 现在比较罕见，故C 项正确；文中并未提及Decio 的
外形奇异，故B 选项错误；D 选项“It has a special taste”与第二段中的原文“Although
it doesn't taste of anything special，it's still worth a try”表述相反。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
30．B【解析】根据第三段可知，Orleans Reinette 品种虽然口感好，但对种植环境和土壤要
求高，因此对于大多数喜欢它的人来说，大饱口福只是一种脱离实际的愿望，这与B
项“A vain hope”（徒劳的希望）一致。
31．B【解析】通读全文可知，这是一篇介绍英国苹果节的文章。
D
【文章大意】本文讲述了科学家对大众传媒的新发现：好消息比坏消息传得更快、更远，
越积极乐观的信息越容易被大众分享。
【长难句解读】Researchers analyzing word-of-mouth communication — e-mails, Web
posts and reviews，face-to-face conversations—found that it tended to be more positive than
negative（消极的）, but that didn9t necessarily mean people preferred positive news.
译文：分析口述交际如电子邮件、网帖、评论和面谈的研究者发现，它倾向于更积极而
不是消极（的内容），但这并不一定意味着人们更偏爱积极的消息。
【全文翻译】坏消息能促销。越血腥越吸引眼球。没有消息就是好消息，好消息就意味
着没有新闻。那些是晚间播报和晨报（选播新闻）的惯用规则。但是，因为眼下信息正在以
不同的方式传播并受到监控，所以研究人员发现一些新的规则。通过跟踪人们的电子邮件和
网上的帖子，科学家发现好消息要比不幸和非常悲伤的故事传播得更快更远。
“‘越血腥越吸引眼球’这一规则对大众传媒来说确实起作用。”宾夕法尼亚大学学者
Jonah Berger 坦言，“大众传媒希望吸引你的眼球，却不关心你的内心感受。但是当你和朋友
分享故事时，你对他们的反应要关心得多，你不希望他们把你视为类似大众传媒那样不会去
关心和体贴他人的那样一个人。”
分析口述交际如电子邮件、网贴、评论和面谈的研究者发现，它倾向于更积极而不是消
极（的内容），但这并不一定意味着人们更偏爱积极的信息。难道正面消息更频繁地被人们
分享的原因仅在于人们经历的好事比坏事多？为了测试这种可能性，Dr．Berger 观察人们是
如何传播一组特定的新闻内容的，即《纽约时报》网站上的成千上万的文章。他和宾夕法尼
亚大学的一个同事分析了半年来“电子邮件发送最多的内容”清单。他最初的一个发现是科
技文比非科技文更有可能入围榜单。他发现科学使时报读者感到惊奇，并使得他们想要与他
人分享这积极的感受。
读者也倾向于分享令人兴奋或有趣的文章，那些会激发像愤怒或焦虑等消极情绪的文章
也在其中，而不是只带给他们悲伤的文章。他们需要以一种或另一种方式来激发，他们喜欢
好消息胜过坏消息。正如Dr．Berger 在他的新书《疯传：让你的产品、思想、行为像病毒
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
一样入侵》中所解释的那样，文章越积极，越有可能被更多人分享。
32．A【解析】根据第一段的内容尤其是“Those are the classic rules for the evening broadcasts
and the morning papers”可知，新闻报道惯常报道坏消息来吸引人们的 眼球。
33．C【解析】根据第二段可知，大众传媒想要吸引你的眼球而不关心你的内心感受，但是
当你和朋友分享故事时，你对他们的反应要关心得多，你不希望他们把你看作Debbie
Downer。由此可以推断，Debbie Downer 和大众传媒是一样的，不会去关心他人的感
受，故选C 项，inconsiderate 意为“不为别人着想的，不考虑他人的”。
34．B【解析】根据第三段中的“One of his first findings was that articles in the science section
were much more likely to make the list than non-science articles”可知，选B 项。
35．D【解析】本文第一段的最后一句概括了文章的主要内容：通过追踪人们的电子邮件和
网上的帖子，科学家已经发现好消息要比坏消息传得更快更远。下文是对这一发现的
具体介绍，故选D 项。
第二节
【文章大意】本文向大家介绍了如何用简单的方法购买和烹制鱼。
36．G 考查与首句语意的一致性。由第16 空后的句意表示转折可知，转折前的句子在语意
上应该保持一致，即说明吃鱼对健康的益处。故选G。
37．D 考查句子的承上启下作用。空前一句提到对鱼的选购、储存和烹制并不困难，空后
一句讲本文是关于如何以一种简单的方式购买和烹制鱼的，故选D“这只需要一点点
知识就能做好”。
38．F 考查主题句。段落的支撑细节始终围绕主题句展开，本段中第二、三句围绕如何通
过嗅觉来鉴别鱼是否新鲜，因此可以判断F 项正确。
39．A 考查段落中句子间语意的连贯性和代词的正确使用。第19 空前提到，浓烈的气味说
明鱼已不新鲜，故不能买这种鱼。据此可知A 项正确。
40．B 考查段落中句子间语意的连贯性。本段的主题为如何烹制鱼，下文讲到了烹制鱼的
步骤：首先，洗净鱼；其次，添加调料；最后，将装有鱼的盘子放入蒸锅中，蒸8
至10 分钟即可食用（以重约为一磅的鱼为例）。故选B 项“最简单的方法是蒸”。
第二部分 英语知识运用
第一节 完形填空
【文章大意】文章讲述了作者通过刻苦训练，最终实现了成为学校足球队的明星球员的
目标。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
【重点词语链接】1．work out 锻炼；计算；制定；思考
John works out in the gym two hours every day．约翰每天在健身房锻炼两小时。
We must work out a better method of saving paper．我们必须想出更好的节约纸张的方法。
2．strike vt．撞；击，敲；（想法）忽然出现
The ship struck on a rock．轮船撞上了一块岩石。
A happy thought struck her．她突然有了一个开心的念头。
41．B 文章首句“When I was 13 my only purpose was to become the star on our football team”
提到，我13 岁时唯一的目标就是成为学校足球队的明星。结合下文的“Miller King，
who was the best”可推断出Miller King 是我们学校最出色的足球运动员(player)，而
实现我的目标就意味着打败(beating out)他。
42．D 参见上题解析。
43．A 根据上文的“all summer long I worked out”可知，此处表示我到哪里都带着足球练习。
44．C 根据本段中的“Miller was struck by a car and lost his right arm”可以推断出，我在Miller
出院后去看了他。C 项符合语境。
45．A Miller 出了车祸失去了右臂，根据常识可知，这里指Miller 出院后脸色苍白(pale)，却
没有哭。
46．B 根据下文的“I was named most valuable player”可知，我被提名为最有价值球员，故
可推断出我打破(broke)了Miller 的所有纪录。
47．D Miller 出车祸后不能再像往常一样踢球，因此只能坐在运动员休息区看(watched)主场
比赛。
48．C 空前的“I was named most valuable player”与空后的“I often had crazy dreams in which
I was to blame”语义间存在转折关系，故用but。
49．C 此处指我经常做一些疯狂的梦。在梦中，我是Miller 车祸的肇事者。根据上文可知
Miller 出了车祸，故这里选accident。
50．A Miller 由于失去了右臂，因此独自一人很难翻越围栏。stuck 在此作形容词，表状态，
指Miller 无法翻越围栏，被卡住了动不了。
51．B 通过本句话即可判断出答案，要是双臂健全，翻越这个围栏并不困难。
52．C 我一直梦想打败Miller，就在九月前Miller 出了车祸，只能坐在休息区看比赛无法上
场，而我却在场上破了他所有纪录还被提名MVP，所以我肯定他最不想接受我的帮
助。assistance 符合语境。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
53．B 根据上文可知Miller 接受了我的帮助，故这里指我帮助(helped)他慢慢翻越围栏。
54．D 在我的帮助下，我们最终安全地翻越了围栏。
55．A Miller 说我本赛季踢得不错，故选择fine。
56．C 这里指Miller 感谢我临时取代(fill in for)他参加比赛，故C 项符合语境。
57．D 这里指Miller 感谢我的话让我从先前的噩梦中解脱出来。
58．A Miller 身残志坚，他仍然领先于我。
59．D 与文章首段呼应，表示我对Miller 的钦佩和仰慕是正确的。
60．B 从那天起，我不断地成长，越加真实。
第二节
【文章大意】本文介绍了筷子的材质和中国使用筷子的悠久历史及文化内涵。
61．and 考查并列连词。分析句子结构及语境可知，Vietnam 与空前的“China，Japan，Korea”
之间是并列关系，故填并列连词and。
62. be made 考查被动语态。此处指真正雅致的筷子可能是由金和银做成的。根据make 与
句子主语Truly elegant chopsticks 之间是动宾关系及空前的“might”可知，此处应填
be made。
63．to create 考查非谓语动词。熟练的工人也会把各种各样的硬木和金属组合起来以创作
独特的设计。根据句意可知，此处应用不定式作目的状语。
64．using 考查非谓语动词。use 与其逻辑主语People 之间是主谓关系，故此处用现在分词
作状语。
65．as 或when 考查状语从句。随着人口的增长或当人口增长时，人们开始把食物切成小
片。根据句意和句子结构可知，空处引导状语从句，表示“随着”或“当……时”，
故填as 或when。
66．gradually 考查副词。应用副词修饰动词。
67．who 考查定语从句。分析句子结构可知，空处在此引导非限制性定语从句，先行词为
Confucius，且关系词在从句中作主语，故填who。
68．development 考查名词。根据空前的“the”及空后的“of”可知，此处应填名词development。
69．were 考查时态和主谓一致。根据句中的“believed”可知，此处描述的是过去的情况，
应用一般过去时；从句主语为knives，谓语动词应用复数。故填were。
70．with 考查介词。此处指大部分人用手吃饭，故填with。
第三部分 写作
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
第一节 短文改错
The teenage year
years
from 13 to 19 were the most difficult time for me. They were also the
best and worse
worst
years in my life. At the first，I thought I knew everything and could
make decisions by yourself
myself
．However, my parents didn't seem to think such
so
． They
always tell
told
me what to do and how to do it．At one time，I even felt my parents couldn't
understand me so I hoped I could be freely
free
from them．I showed them I was independent by
wear
wearing
strange clothes．Now I am leaving home to
for
college．At last，I will be on my own，
but I still want to have my parents to turn to whenever
I
need help．
第一处：year 改为years。考查名词复数。13 至19 岁不止一年的年龄差，此处为复数概念，
故用years。
第二处：worse 改为worst。考查形容词最高级。句中有表示范围的in my life，同时应与前
面的best 保持一致。
第三处：删除the。考查固定搭配。at first 表示“起初”。
第四处：yourself 改为myself。考查反身代词的一致性。由前面的代词I 可知，此处应用myself。
第五处：such 改为so。考查固定搭配。由“I don't think so．”的固定表达可知，应将such
改为so。
第六处：tell 改为told。考查语篇中时态的一致性。全文中心时态为一般过去时，故应将tell
改为told。
第七处：freely 改为free。考查形容词的句法功能。系动词be 后应为形容词作表语。
第八处：wear 改为wearing。考查动名词作宾语。介词后面应用动名词形式作宾语。
第九处：to 改为for。考查固定搭配。leave...for...表示“离开某地去某地”。
第十处：whenever 后加I。考查句子结构。whenever 为时间状语从句连词，其在此引导的从
句缺了主语，根据句意可知，此处应加主语I。
第二节 书面表达
【写作思路】这是一封道歉信。通常是在因自己的过失或疏忽给别人带来了麻烦或损失
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
并发觉的情况下，向对方表示歉意时写的信。道歉是一种礼貌，要写得诚恳，要写清楚给对
方造成不便的原因，并真诚道歉。必要时可以提出补救办法。
道歉信通常包括以下三个部分：
1．向对方表示歉意；
2．说明道歉的原因，对失误或错误进行解释；
3．提出弥补措施，请求原谅。
【范文赏读】
Dear Bob，
I'm sorry to say that I cannot go to the bookstore with you on Friday afternoon. I have just
found that I have to attend an important class meeting that afternoon. I hope the change will not
cause you too much trouble．
Shall we go on Saturday morning？We can set out early so that we'll have more time to read
and select books. If it's convenient for you, let's meet at 8:30 outside the school gate. If not, let me
know what time suits you best. I should be available any time after school next week．
Yours，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2017 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试（新课标I）
英 语
（考试时间：120 分钟 试卷满分：150 分）
第一部分 听力(共两节，满分30 分)
第一节 （共5 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分7．5 分）
听下面5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最
佳选项。听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对
话仅读一遍。
1．What does the woman think of the movie?
A．It’s amusing
B．It’s exciting
C．It’s disappointing
2．How will Susan spend most of her time in France?
A．Traveling around
B．Studying at a school
C．Looking after her aunt
3．What are the speakers talking about?
A．Going out
B．Ordering drinks
C．Preparing for a party
4．Where are the speakers?
A．In a classroom
B．In a library
C．In a bookstore
5．What is the man going to do?
A．Go on the Internet
B．Make a phone call
C．Take a train trip
第二节 （共15 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分22．5 分）
听下面5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个
选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5 秒钟；听
完后，各小题将给出5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答6、7 题。
6．What is the woman looking for?
A．An information office
B．A police station
C．A shoe repair shop
7．What is the Town Guide according to the man?
A．A brochure
B．A newspaper
C．A map
听第7 段材料，回答8、9 题。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
8．What does the man say about the restaurant?
A．It’s the biggest one around．
B．It offers many tasty dishes．
C．It’s famous for its seafood．
9．What will the woman probably order?
A．Fried fish． B．Roast chicken． C．Beef steak．
听第8 段材料，回答第10 至12 题。
10．Where will Mr. White be at 11 o’clock?
A．At the office． B．At the airport． C．At the restaurant．
11．What will Mr. White probably do at one in the afternoon?
A．Receive a guest． B．Have a meeting． C．Read a report．
12．When will Miss Wilson see Mr. White?
A．At lunch time B．Late in the afternoon． C．The next morning．
听第9 段材料，回答第13 至16 题。
13．Why is Bill going to Germany?
A．To work on a project． B．To study German． C．To start a new company．
14．What did the woman dislike about Germany？
A．The weather． B．The food． C． The schools．
15．What does Bill hope to do about his family？
A．Bring them to Germany．
B．leave them in England．
C．Visit them in a few months．
16．What is the probable relationship between the speakers?
A．fellow-travelers B．Colleagues． C．Classmates．
听第10 段材料，回答第17 至20 题。
17．When did it rain last time in Juarez?
A．Three days ago． B．A month ago． C．A year ago．
18．What season is it in Juarez?
A．Spring． B．Summer C．Autumn
19．What are the elderly advised to do?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．Take a walk in the afternoon．
B．Keep their homes cool．
C．Drink plenty of water．
20．What is the speaker doing?
A．Hosting a radio program．
B．Conducting a seminar．
C．Forecasting the weather．
第二部分 阅读理解(共两节，满分40 分)
第一节 (共15 小题；每小题2 分，满分30 分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C 和D 四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
A
Pacific Science Center Guide
◆Visit Pacific Science Center’s Store
Don’t forget to stop by Pacific Science Center’s Store while you are here to pick
up a wonderful science activity or remember your visit．The store is located(位于)
upstairs in Building 3 right next to the Laser Dome．
◆Hungry?
Our exhibits will feed your mind but what about your body? Our café offers a
complete menu of lunch and snack options, in addition to seasonal specials．The café
is located upstairs in Building 1 and is open daily until one hour before Pacific Science
Center closes．
◆Rental Information
Lockers are available to store any belongings during your visit．The lockers are
located in Building 1 near the Information Desk and in Building 3．Pushchairs and
wheelchairs are available to rent at the Information Desk and Denny Way
entrance．ID required．
◆Support Pacific Science Center
Since 1962 Pacific Science Center has been inspiring a passion(热情) for
discovery and lifelong learning in science, math and technology．Today Pacific Science
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Center serves more than 1．3 million people a year and beings inquiry-based science
education to classrooms and community events all over Washington State．It’s an
amazing accomplishment and one we cannot achieve without generous support from
individuals,
corporations,
and
other
social
organizations
．
Visit
pacificsciencecenter.org to find various ways you can support Pacific Science Center．
21．Where can you buy a souvenir at Pacific Science Center?
A．In Building 1．
B．In Building 3．
C．At the Last Dome．
D．At the Denny Way entrance．
22．What does Pacific Science Center do for schools?
A．Train Science teachers．
B．Distribute science books．
C．Distribute scientific research．
D．Take science to the classroom．
23．What is the purpose of the last part of the text?
A．To encourage donations．
B．To advertise coming events．
C．To introduce special exhibits．
D．To tell about the Center’s history．
B
I work with Volunteers for Wildlife, a rescue and education organization at Bailey Arboretum
in Locust Valley．Trying to help injured, displaced or sick creatures can be heartbreaking; survival
is never certain．However, when it works, it is simply beautiful．
I got a rescue call from a woman in Muttontown．She had found a young owl(猫头鹰) on the
ground．When I arrived, I saw a 2-to 3-week-old owl．It had already been placed in a carrier for
safety．
I examined the chick(雏鸟) and it seemed fine．If I could locate the nest, I might have been
able to put it back, but no luck．My next work was to construct a nest and anchor it in a tree．
The homeowner was very helpful．A wire basket was found．I put some pine branches into
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
the basket to make this nest safe and comfortable．I placed the chick in the nest, and it quickly
calmed down．
Now all that was needed were the parents, but they were absent． I gave the homeowner a
recording of the hunger screams of owl chicks．These advertise the presence of chicks to adults;
they might also encourage our chick to start calling as well．I gave the owner as much information
as possible and headed home to see what news the night might bring．
A nervous night to be sure，but sometimes the spirits of nature smile on us all! The
homeowner called to say that the parents had responded to the recordings．I drove over and saw
the chick in the nest looking healthy and active． And it was accompanied in the nest by the
greatest sight of all — LUNCH! The parents had done their duty and would probably continue to
do so．
24．What is unavoidable in the author’s rescue work according to paragraph 1?
A．Efforts made in vain．
B．Getting injured in his work．
C．Feeling uncertain about his future．
D．Creatures forced out of their homes．
25．Why was the author called to Muttontown?
A．To rescue a woman．
B．To take care of a woman．
C．To look at a baby owl．
D．To cure a young owl．
26．What made the chick calm down?
A．A new nest． B．Some food．
C．A recording． D．Its parents．
27．How would the author feel about the outcome of the event?
A．It’s unexpected． B．It’s beautiful．
C．It’s humorous． D．It’s discouraging．
C
Some of the world’s most famous musicians recently gathered in Paris and New Orleans to
celebrate the first annual International Jazz Day．UNESCO( United Nations Educational, Scientific
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
and Cultural Organization) recently set April 30 as a day to raise awareness of jazz music, its
significance, and its potential as a unifying(联合) voice across cultures．
Despite the celebrations, though, in the U．S． the jazz audience continues to shrink and
grow older, and the music has failed to connect with younger generations．
It’s Jason Moran’s job to help change that． As the Kennedy Center’s artistic adviser for jazz,
Moran hopes to widen the audience for jazz, make the music more accessible, and preserve its
history and culture．
“Jazz seems like it’s not really a part of the American appetite,” Moran tells National Public
Radio’s reporter Neal Conan． “What I’m hoping to accomplish is that my generation and
younger start to reconsider and understand that jazz is not black and write anymore． It’s
actually color, and it’s actually digital．”
Moran says one of the problems with jazz today is that the entertainment aspect of the
music has been lost． “The music can’t be presented today the way it was in 1908 or 1958． It
has to continue to move, because the way the world works is not the same,” says Moran．
Last year, Moran worked on a project that arranged Fats Waller’s music for a dance party,
“Just to kind of put it back in the mind that Waller is dance music as much as it is concert music,”
says Moran．“For me, it’s the recontextualization．In music, where does the emotion(情感) lie?
Are we, as humans, gaining any insight(感悟) on how to talk about ourselves and how something
as abstract as a Charlie Parker record gets us into a dialogue about our emotions and our
thoughts? Sometimes we lose sight that the music has a wider context,” says Moran, “so I want
to continue those dialogues．Those are the things I want to foster．”
28．Why did UNESCO set April 30 as International Jazz Day?
A．To remember the birth of jazz．
B．To protect cultural diversity．
C．To encourage people to study music．
D．To recognize the value of jazz．
29．What does the underlined word “that” in paragraph 3 refer to?
A．Jazz becoming more accessible．
B．The production of jazz growing faster．
C．Jazz being less popular with the young．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
D．The jazz audience becoming larger．
30．What can we infer about Moran’s opinion on jazz?
A．It will disappear gradually．
B．It remains black and white．
C．It should keep up with the times．
D．It changes every 50 years．
31．Which of the following can be the best title for the text?
A．Exploring the Future of Jazz．
B．The Rise and Fall of Jazz．
C．The Story of a Jazz Musician．
D．Celebrating the Jazz Day．
D
A build-it-yourself solar still（蒸馏器） is one of the best ways to obtain drinking water in
areas where the liquid is not readily available．Developed by two doctors in the U．S．Department
of Agriculture, it’s an excellent water collector．Unfortunately, you must carry the necessary
equipment with you, since it’s all but impossible to find natural substitutes． The only
components required, though, are a 5
5
sheet of clear or slightly milky plastic, six feet of
plastic tube, and a container — perhaps just a drinking cup — to catch the water．These pieces
can be folded into a neat little pack and fastened on your belt．
To construct a working still, use a sharp stick or rock to dig a hole four feet across and three
feet deep．Try to make the hole in a damp area to increase the water catcher’s productivity．Place
your cup in the deepest part of the hole．Then lay the tube in place so that one end rests all the
way in the cup and the rest of the line runs up — and out — the side of the hole．
Next, cover the hole with the plastic sheet, securing the edges of the plastic with dirt and
weighting the sheet’s center down with a rock． The plastic should now form a cone(圆锥体)
with 45-degree-angled sides． The low point of the sheet must be centered directly over, and no
more than three inches above, the cup．
The solar still works by creating a greenhouse under the plastic．Ground water evaporates
(蒸发) and collects on the sheet until small drops of water form, run down the material and fall
off into the cup． When the container is full, you can suck the refreshment out through the tube,
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
and won’t have to break down the still every time you need a drink．
32．What do we know about the solar still equipment from the first paragraph?
A．It’s delicate． B．It’s expensive． C．It’s complex． D．It’s portable．
33．What does the underlined phrase “the water catcher” in paragraph 2 refer to?
A．The tube． B．The still． C．The hole． D．The cup．
34．What’s the last step of constructing a working solar still?
A．Dig a hole of a certain size． B．Put the cup in place．
C．Weight the sheet’s center down． D．Cover the hole with the plastic sheet．
35．When a solar still works, drops of water come into the cup form ．
A．the plastic tube B．outside the hole
C．the open air
D．beneath the sheet
第二节 (共5 小题；每小题2 分，满分10 分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余
选项。
If anyone had told me three years ago that I would be spending most of my weekends
camping． I would have laughed heartily． Campers, in my eyes, were people who enjoyed insect
bites, ill-cooked meals, and uncomfortable sleeping bags． They had nothing in common with
me． 36 ．
The friends who introduced me to camping thought that it meant to be a pioneer． 37 We
sleep in a tent, cooked over an open fire, and walked a long distance to take the shower and use
the bathroom．This brief visit with Mother Nature cost me two days off from work, recovering
from a bad case of sunburn and the doctor’s bill for my son’s food poisoning．
I was, nevertheless, talked into going on another fun-filled holiday in the wilderness． 38
Instead, we had a pop-up camper with comfortable beds and an air conditioner ．My
nature-loving friends had remembered to bring all the necessities of life．
39 We have done a lot of it since． Recently, we bought a twenty-eight-foot travel
trailer complete with a bathroom and a built-in TV set．There is a separate bedroom, a modern
kitchen with a refrigerator． The trailer even has matching carpet and curtains．
40 It must be true that sooner or later, everyone finds his or her way back to
nature． I recommend that you find your way in style．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．This time there was no tent．
B．Things are going to be improved．
C．The trip they took me on was a rough one．
D．I was to learn a lot about camping since then, however．
E．I must say that I have certainly come to enjoy camping．
F．After the trip, my family became quite interested in camping．
G．There was no shade as the trees were no more than 3 feet tall．
第三部分 语言知识运用(共两节，满分45 分)
第一节 完形填空(共20 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分30 分)
阅读下面的短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C 和D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白
处的最佳选项。
While high school does not generally encourage students to explore new aspects of life，
college sets the stage for that exploration．I myself went through this 41 process and found
something that has changed my 42 at college for the better：I discovered ASL-American Sign
Language(美式手语)．
I never felt an urge to 43 any sign language before．My entire family is hearing，and so
are all my friends．The 44 languages were enough in all my interactions(交往)．Little did I
know that I would discover my 45 for ASL．
The 46 began during my first week at college． I watched as the ASL Club 47
their translation of a song． Both the hand movements and the very 48 of communicating
without speaking 49 me． What I saw was completely unlike anything I had experienced in
the 50 ．This newness just left me 51 more．
After that, feeling the need to 52 further, I decided to drop in on one of ASL club`s
meetings． I only learned how to 53 the alphabet that day． Yet instead of being
discouraged by my 54 progress，I was excited． I then made it a point to 55 those
meetings and learn all I could．
The following term, I 56 an ASL class．The professor was deaf and any talking
was 57 ． I soon realized that the silence was not unpleasant． 58 , if there had been
any talking, it would have 59 us to learn less．Now, I appreciate the silence and the 60
way of communication it opens．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
41．A．searching B．planning
C．natural D．formal
42．A．progress
B．experience
C．major
D．opinion
43．A．choose
B．read
C．learn
D．create
44．A．official
B．foreign
C．body D．spoken
45．A．love
B．concern
C．goal
D．request
46．A．meeting
B．trip
C．story
D．task
47．A．recorded
B．performed
C．recited
D．discussed
48．A．idea
B．amount
C．dream
D．reason
49．A．disturbed
B．supported
C．embarrassed
D．attracted
50．A．end
B．past
C．course
D．distance
51．A．showing
B．acting
C．saying
D．wanting
52．A．exercise
B．explore
C．express
D．explain
53．A．print
B．write
C．sign
D．count
54．A．slow
B．steady
C．normal
D．obvious
55．A．chair
B．sponsor
C．attend
D．organize
56．A．missed
B．passed
C．gave up
D．registered for
57．A．prohibited
B．welcomed
C．ignored
D． repeated
58．A．Lastly
B．Thus
C．Instead
D．However
59．A．required
B．caused
C．allowed D．expected
60．A．easy
B．popular
C．quick
D．new
第二节 (共10 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分15 分)
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入 1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
There has been a recent trend in the food service industry toward lower fat content and less
salt． This trend, which was started by the medical community（医学界） 61 a method
of fighting heart disease, has had some unintended side 62 (effect) such as overweight
and heart disease-the very thing the medical community was trying to fight．
Fat and salt are very important parts of a diet． They are required 63 (process)
the food that we eat, to recover from injury and for several other bodily functions． When fat
and salt 64 (remove) from food, the food tastes as if is missing something．As 65
result, people will eat more food to try to make up for that something missing． Even 66
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
(bad), the amount of fast food that people eat goes up． Fast food 67 (be) full of fat
and salt; by 68 (eat) more fast food people will get more salt and fat than they need in
their diet．
Having enough fat and salt in your meals will reduce the urge to snack(吃点心) between
meals and will improve the taste of your food． However, be 69 (care) not to go to
extremes．Like anything, it is possible to have too much of both, 70 is not good for the
health．
第四部分 写作(共两节，满分35 分)
第一节 短文改错(共10 小题；每小题l 分，满分10 分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共
有10 处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线(＼)划掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：
1． 每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2． 只允许修改10 处，多者(从第11 处起)不计分。
In the summer holiday following my eighteen birthday, I took driving lessons．I still
remember how hard first day was． Before getting into the car, I thought I had learned the
instructor’s orders, so once I started the car, my mind goes blank． I forgot what he had said to
me altogether． The instructor kept repeating the word, “Speed up!” “Slow down!” “Turning left!”
I was so much nervous that I could hardly tell which direction was left． A few minutes late, the
instructor asked me to stop the car． It was a relief and I came to a suddenly stop just in the
middle on the road．
第二节 书面表达(满分25 分)
假定你是李华，正在教你的英国朋友Leslie 学习汉语。请你写封邮件告知下次上课的计
划。内容包括：
1．时间和地点；
2．内容：学习唐诗；
3．课前准备：简要了解唐朝的历史。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
注意：
1．词数100 左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2017 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试·乙卷（全国卷Ⅰ）
英语答案
第一部分 听力
1-5 CACBA 6-10 CABCB 11-15 BCABA 16-20 BCACA
第二部分 阅读理解
21-25 BDAAC 26-30 ABDCC 31-35 ADBCD 36-40 DCAFE
第三部分 语言知识运用
41-45 ABCDA 46-50 CBADB 51-55 DBCAC 56-60 DACBD
第二部分 阅读理解
第一节
A
21．B【解析】根据文章第一段的“The store is located（位于）upstairs in Building 3right next
to the Laser Dome”可知，纪念品商店坐落于3 号楼，故选B。根据文章第二段的“The
cafe is located upstairs in Building l and is open daily until one hour before Pacific Science
Center closes”可知，咖啡馆在l 号楼，故A 项错误；根据第一段的最后一句可排除C
项；根据第三段的“Pushchairs and wheelchairs are available to rent at the Information Desk
and Denny Way entrance．ID required”可知，在Denny Way entrance 可租赁到折叠式婴
儿车和轮椅，故D 项错误。
22．D【解析】根据第四段的“Today，Pacific Science Center serves more than l.3 million people
a year and brings inquiry-based science education to classrooms and community events”可
知，太平洋科学中心把科学教育带人课堂，故选D。
23 ．A 【解析】根据最后一段的标题“ Support Pacific Science Center ” 和“ Visit
pacificsciencecenter.org to find various ways you can support Pacific Science Center”可知，
本段旨在鼓励人们为太平洋科学中心的发展捐款。最后一段并没有为该中心做广告，故
B 项的陈述错误；最后一段没有介绍特色展品，可排除C；最后一段提到这个中心创办
于1962 年，但是本段没有介绍它的历史，可排除D。
B
【难句分析】I gave the owner as much information as possible and headed home to see
what news the night might bring．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
分析：本句是一个复合句。and 连接两个并列的谓语部分；动词see 后为what 引导的
宾语从句。
译文：我给（这家）主人提供尽量多的信息，然后走向回家的路，看看这个晚上可能会
有什么消息。
24．A【解析】根据第一段的“Trying to help injured，displaced or sick creatures can be
heartbreaking；survival is never certain”可知，救助野生动物有时会让人感到心碎，因
为即使努力挽救它们，也不能保证它们都会活下来。因此答案为A。文中没有提到在救
助动物的过程中受伤，故B 项错误；原文中说的是不确定救助的动物能不能存活，故C
项错误；文中没有提到动物被赶出家园，故D 项错误。
25．C【解析】根据第二段的“I got a rescue call from a woman in Muttontown．She had found
a young owl(猫头鹰)on the ground”可知，这位女士给作者打电话是为了让他来救助一
只猫头鹰雏鸟。短文中没有信息支撑选项A、B，故可排除；根据第三段的第一句“I
examined the chick（雏鸟）and it seemed fine”可知这只猫头鹰雏鸟并未受伤，故可排
除D。
26．A【解析】根据第四段的“I put some pine branches into the basket to make this nest safe and
comfortable... it quickly calmed down”可知，作者做的鸟巢非常舒服，所以把这只猫头鹰
雏鸟放进去后，它很快安静下来。文中没有提到给它喂食，可排除B；根据第五段可知，
作者后来让这家主人播放饥饿的猫头鹰雏鸟发出的叫声的录音，是为了找到它的父母，
因此可排除C；当时作者还没有找到它的父母，可排除D。
27．B【解析】根据最后一段可知，通过播放猫头鹰雏鸟饥饿时发出的叫声的录音，这只猫
头鹰雏鸟最终与它的父母团聚，而且它的父母开始给它喂食，再结合第一段最后一句
“However，when it works，it is simply beautiful”可判断，作者付出的努力没有白费，
因而结果是美好的。
C
【难句分析】Despite the celebrations，though，in the U．S．the jazz audience continues
to -shrink and grow older，and the music has failed to connect with younger generations.
分析：本句是一个由and 连接的并列句。前句中的Despite“尽管”后加名词，相当于
一个让步状语从句。though 表示句意的转折。
译文：尽管有各种庆祝活动，美国爵士乐听众的数量在继续缩减并且趋于老龄化，并且
音乐不能引起年轻一代的共鸣。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
28．D【解析】根据第一段的第二句“UNESCO(United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization)recently set April 30 as a day to raise awareness of jazz music, its significance,
and its potential as a unifying（联合）voice across cultures”可知，联合国教科文组织近
来把4 月30 日设立为国际爵士乐日，旨在增强人们对爵士乐价值的认识，故答案为D。
29．C【解析】根据语境可知，画线词that 指代上段“Despite the celebrations, though, in the
U.S. the jazz audience continues to shrink and grow older, and the music has failed to
connect with younger generations”的内容，即爵士乐听众的数量减少并且趋于老龄化，
不受年轻人喜欢的现状。A 项是杰森·莫兰希望做到的事情，可排除；原文没有信息支
撑B 项，可排除；D 项与原文的意思相反，可排除。
30．C【解析】根据第五段的内容尤其是“It has to continue to move，because the way the world
works is not the same”可知，由于时代在改变，人们的娱乐方式已经发生改变，所以爵
士乐应该随着时代改变，才能吸引更多的听众。根据文章内容可知，A 项和B 项错误，
应排除；根据第五段中的“The music can't be presented today the way it was in 1908 or
1958”可知，当前的爵士乐不能按照1908 年或1958 年的方式向观众呈现，因此排除D
项。
31．A【解析】本文介绍了为保护爵士乐，联合国教科文组织设立国际爵士乐日。纵观全文
内容尤其是第三至第六段中提到的杰森·莫兰对爵士乐的看法及希望可知，A 项“探索
爵士乐的未来”作本文标题最佳。虽然文中提到了爵士乐的衰落，但B 项不能概括全文
的内容，应排除；本文并不是讲述爵士乐音乐家的故事，可排除C；本文并没有提到在
国际爵士乐日当天有哪些庆祝活动，可排除D。
D
32．D【解析】根据第一段的最后一句“These pieces can be folded into a neat little pack and
fastened on your belt”可知，这种自制的太阳能蒸馏器便于携带。
33．B【解析】根据语境，尤其是第二段的第一句“To construct a working still, use a sharp stick
or rock to dig a hole four feet across and three feet deep”可知，画线部分the water catcher
指代前句中的a working still，即自制的太阳能蒸馏器。
34．C【解析】根据第三段的内容，尤其是第一句“Next，cover the hole with the plastic sheet,
securing the edges of the plastic with dirt and weighting the sheet's center down with a rock”
可知，做好太阳能蒸馏器装置后，还要在塑料薄膜的中心放一块石头以使塑料薄膜的中
心下垂，进而形成圆锥体的构造，从而使该太阳能蒸馏器更好地发挥作用。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
35．D【解析】根据第四段的第二句“Ground water evaporates（蒸发）and collects on the sheet
until small drops of water form，run down the material，and fall off into the cup”可知，
水蒸气会附在塑料薄膜的表面，最后沿着塑料薄膜滴落到杯中。
第二节
36．D 上文说，作者一开始对野营产生过抵触情绪。但是，从下文可知，作者后来喜欢上了
野营活动。本空表示意义的转折，承上启下，为下文做铺垫。故选D。
37．C 根据下文可知，这次野营活动从住宿、饮食到洗澡都很艰苦。故选C，对下文内容进
行概括。
38．A 前句说，作者被说服参加另一次野营活动，后句说，这次野营活动有舒服的床和空调。
故选A，起承上启下的作用。
39．F 本段讲述作者一家开始野营，并采购很多野营的装备。由此可知，自上次活动以来作
者一家对野营活动非常感兴趣。故本空选F。
40．E 上文讲述了作者对野营活动由抵触到感兴趣的转变过程，由此可见，作者已经完全喜
欢上了野营活动。故本空选E。
第三部分 语言知识运用
第一节
41．A 根据上文中“While high school does not generally encourage students to explore new
aspects of life”的关键词“explore”及下文的内容可知，此处指作者在大学通过学习
美式手语经历了探索(searching)的过程。planning“计划制订”；natural“自然的”；formal
“正式的”。
42．B 根据下文的内容可知，作者发现了把自己的大学经历( experience)变得更美好的东西。
progress“进步”；major“专业”；opinion“意见，想法，看法”。
43．C 以前，作者从没感觉到（自己）有学习（learn）任何手语的强烈欲望。choose“选
择”；create“创造”。
44．D 根据上文中的“My entire family is hearing，and so are all my friends”及下文中的
“languages were enough in all my interactions（交往）”可知，口语对作者所有的（社
会）交往来说已经足够了。spoken language“口语”符合语境。official“正式的，官
方的”。
45．A 根据上下文语境可知，作者不知道自己会喜爱( love)美式手语。concern“关心，担心，
忧虑”；goal“目标”；request“要求”。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
46．C 这个故事( story)始于作者上大学的第一周。meeting“会议”；trip“旅行”；task“任
务”。
47．B 根据句中的关键词“watched”可知，此处指作者看到美式手语社团的成员表演
（performed）。 record“记录，录音”；recite“背诵”；discuss“讨论”。
48．A 手部动作和无需用语言交流的想法( idea)吸引了作者。amount“数额，数量”；dream
“梦想”；reason“原因，理由”。
49．D 参见上题解析。attract“吸引，引起……的注意”，符合语境。disturb“打扰，打搅”；
support“支持”；embarrass“使……尴尬，使……难堪”。
50．B 根据上下文语境可知，作者看到的完全不像自己过去( past)所经历过的任何事情。end
“结尾”,course“过程，课程”；distance“距离”。
51．D 这种新事物使作者想要（接触）更多。show“展示”；act“表演，扮演”；want“想
要”。
52．B 根据上下文语境和第一段中的关键词“explore”可知，作者觉得自己有进一步探索
(explore)美式手语的需要。exercise“锻炼，训练”；express“表达”；explain“解释”。
53．C 根据语境可知，作者那天只是学会了如何用手语来表示全部字母。print“打印，印刷”；
write“写”；sign“打手语”；count“数数”。
54．A 根据上文的“I only learned how to 53 the alphabet that day”可知，作者并没有对
自己缓慢的(slow)进步感到沮丧。steady“稳步的”；normal“正常的”；obvious“明
显的”。
55．C 根据语境，尤其是上文的“made it a point to”和下文的“and learn all I could”可知，
作者努力做到参加(attend)这些会议。 chair“主持（会议、讨论等）”；sponsor“赞助，
举办”；organize“组织”。
56．D 根据下文的内容可知，作者注册参加了一个美式手语课程。miss“想念，错过”；pass
“通过”；give up“放弃”；register for“注册，选课”。
57．A 根据上文的“The professor was deaf and any talking”可知，作者所参加的课程的教授
是个耳聋的人，故任何谈话都是被禁止(prohibited)的。welcome“欢迎，欣然接受”；
ignore“忽视”；repeat“重复”。
58．C 根据上下文的语境可知，作者很快意识到无声并非不愉快的，反而 (Instead)，如果
有任何谈话的话，会导致（caused）作者他们学习得更少。Lastly“最后，终于”；Thus
“因此”；However“然而”。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
59．B 参见上题解析。require“要求”；allow“允许”；expect“期望”。
60．D 根据语境可知，作者现在非常喜欢这种无声以及它打开的新的(new)沟通方式。easy
“容易的”；popular“受欢迎的”；quick“快速的”。
第二节
61．As 分析句子结构可知，此处在句中作状语，表示“作为一种抵御心脏病的方式”，所
以填as，意为“作为”。
62．Effects 考查名词复数。这种趋势产生了一些意想不到的副作用。根据空前的“some”
及空后的“such as overweight and heart disease”可知，此处指不止一种副作用，故
用名词复数形式effects。
63．to process 考查非谓语动词。 be required to do sth.为固定用法。
64．are removed 考查时态和语态。本文的主体时态为一般现在时，此处亦应用一般现在时；
又fat and salt 是动词remove 的承受者，应用被动语态。所以此处填are removed。
65．a 考查冠词。as a result 为固定搭配，意为“结果”。
66．worse 考查比较级。短语Even worse 意为“更糟糕的是”，表示意义的递进。故用worse。
67．is 考查时态和主谓一致。此处是对客观情况的描述，应用一般现在时；分析句子结构
可知，该句缺少谓语动词，又因主语为Fast food．故填is。
68．eating 考查非谓语动词。介词by 后跟名词、代词或动名词作宾语，故填eating。
69．careful 考查形容词。此处为形容词作表语，故填careful“当心的”构成系表结构。
70．which 考查关系代词。分析句子结构可知，此处为非限制性定语从句，空处指代前句的
内容，且在从句中作主语，故填关系代词which。
第四部分 写作
第一节 短文改错
In the summer holiday following my
eighteen
eighteenth
birthday，I took driving lessons. I still
remember how hard the / my
first day was．Before getting into the car，I thought I had learned
the instructor's orders，
so
but / yet
once I started the car，my mind
goes
went
blank．I forgot
what he had said to me altogether，The instructor kept repeating the
word
words
，“Speed up!”
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
“Slow down!”
“ Tur
Turn
left！”I was so much nervous that I could hardly tell which direction
was left．A few minutes
late
later
，the instructor asked me to stop the car．It was a relief and
I came to a
suddenly
sudden
stop just in the middle
on
of
the road．
第一处：eighteen 改为eighteenth。考查序数词。“我的18 岁生日”，应用序数词eighteenth。
第二处：在first day 前加the 或my。由序数词first 可知，其前应加定冠词the。也可以用形
容词性物主代词my 修饰first day。
第三处：so 改为but 或yet。考查上下文的逻辑关系。根据语境可知，前后两句之间为转折
关系，故把so 改为but 或yet。
第四处：goes 改为went。考查时态。本文讲述作者18 岁生日后的那个暑假发生的事情，且
通篇以过去时为主。此处应用一般过去时，故把goes 改为went。
第五处：word 改为words。考查名词的数。根据下文可知，教练发出了很多指令，故用word
的复数形式words。
第六处：Turning 改为Turn。考查谓语动词。此处为祈使句，并和上文中的“Speed up”和
“Slow down”并列，故改为动词原形Turn。
第七处：删除so 后的much。考查固定句型。此处含有“so…that…”引导的结果状语从句，
句中的much 多余，故删除。
第八处：late 改为later。考查副词。late 意为“迟，晚”。“一段时间+later”表示“一段时间
之后”，故把late 改为later。
第九处：suddenly 改为sudden。考查形容词。该句中的名词stop 应用形容词修饰，所以把
suddenly 改为sudden。
第十处：on 改为of。考查固定搭配。in the middle of 意为“在……的中间”，故把on 改为
of。
第二节 书面表达
【范文赏读】
Dear Leslie，
I am delighted to know you are interested in Tang poems．Now I'm writing to tell you the
plan for the next class．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Actually I am very fond of Tang poems．I think it great fun to learn the poems written in the
Tang Dynasty with you．We are to meet on Sunday morning in the People's Park, where the air is
fresh and the scenery is beautiful．We will learn from 8:00 am t0 10:00 am．Besides，I advise you
to go to the bookstore to borrow a history book and learn the history of the Tang Dynasty in
advance，which can help you better understand the poems to be learned．
If you have any questions，please let me know．Looking forward to your early reply．
Yours，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2017 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试（全国Ⅱ卷）
英 语
第一部分 听力（共两节，满分30 分）
第一节 （共5 小题，每小题1.5 分，满分7.5 分）
听下面5 段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最
佳答案。听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对
话仅读一遍。
1．What will the woman do this afternoon?
A．Do some exercise． B．Go shopping． C．Wash her clothes．
2．Why does the woman call the man?
A．To cancel a flight． B．To make an apology． C．To put off a meeting．
3．How much more does David need for the car?
A．$ 5，000． B．$20，000． C．$25，000．
4．What is Jane doing?
A．Planning a tour． B．Calling her father． C．Asking for leave．
5．How does the man feel?
A．Tied． B．Dizzy． C．Thirsty．
第二节（共15 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分22.5 分）
听下面5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个
选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5 秒钟；听
完后，各小题将给出5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答第6、7 题。
6．What does Jack want to do?
A．Watch TV． B．Play outside． C．Go to the zoo．
7．Where does the conversation probably take place?
A．At home． B．In a cinema． C．In a supermarket．
听第7 段材料，回答第8 至10 题。
8．What does Richard do?
A．He’s a newsman． B．He’s a manager． C．He’s a researcher．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
9．Where is Richard going next week?
A．Birmingham． B．Mexico City． C．Shanghai．
10．What will the speakers do tomorrow?
A．Eat out together． B．Visit a university． C．See Professor Hayes．
听第8 段材料，回答第11 至13 题。
11．What is the probable relationship between the speakers?
A．School friends．
B．Teacher and student．
C．Librarian and library user．
12．Why does Jim suggest Mary buy the book?
A．It’s sold at a discount price．
B．It’s important for her study．
C．It’s written by Professor Lee．
13．What will Jim do for Mary?
A．Share his book with her．
B．Lend her some money．
C．Ask Henry for help．
听第9 段材料，回答第14 至16 题。
14．Where does Stella live?
A．In Memphis B．In Boston C．In St Louis
15．What would Peter and his family like to do on Beale Street?
A．Visit a museum B．Listen to music C．Have dinner
16．What kind of hotel does Peter prefer?
A．A big one B．A quite one C．A modern one
听第10 段材料，回答第17 至20 题。
17．How many lab sessions will the students have every week?
A．One B．Two C．Three
18．What are the students allowed to wear in the lab ?
A．Long scarves B．Loose clothes C．Tennis shoes
19．Why should the students avoid mixing liquid with paper?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．It may cause a fire B．It may create waste C．It may produce pollution
20．What does the speaker mainly talk about?
A．Grades the student will receive．
B．Rules the students should follow．
C．Experiments the students will do．
第二部分 阅读理解（共两节，满分40 分）
第一节（共15 小题；每小题2 分，满分30 分）
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C 和D 四个选项中，选出最佳答案。
A
In the coming months， we are bringing together artists from all over the globe， to enjoy
speaking Shakespeare’s plays in their own language， in our Globe， within the architecture
Shakespeare wrote for． Please come and join us．
National Theatre of China Beijing | Chinese
This great occasion(盛会) will be the National Theatre of China’s first visit to the UK．The
company’s productions show the new face of 21st century Chinese theatre．This production of
Shakespeare’s Richard III will be directed by the National’s Associate Director，Wang Xiaoying．
Date & Time：Saturday 28 April，2.30pm & Sunday 29 April，1.30pm & 6.30pm
Marjanishvili Theatre Tbilisi | Georgian
One of the most famous theatres in Georgia，the Marjanishvili，founded in 1928，appears
regularly at theatre festivals all over the world．This new production of As You Like It is helmed
（指导）by the company’s Artistic Director Levan Tsuladze．
Date & Time：Friday 18 May，2.30pm & Saturday 19 May，7.30pm
Deafinitely Theatre London | British Sign Language（BSL）
By translating the rich and humorous text of Love’s Labour’s Lost into the physical language of BSL，
Deafinitely Theatre creates a new interpretation of Shakespeare’s comedy and aims to build a
bridge between deaf and hearing worlds by performing to both groups as one audience．
Date & Time：Tuesday 22 May，2.30pm & Wednesday 23 May，7.30pm
Habima National Theatre Tel Aviv | Hebrew
The Habima is the centre of Hebrew-language theatre worldwide，Founded in Moscow after the
1905 revolution，the company eventually settled in Tel Aviv in the late 1920s，Since 1958，they
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
have been recognised as the national theatre of Israel．This production of Shakespeare’s The
Merchant of Venice marks their first visit to the UK．
Date & Time：Monday 28 May，7.30 & Tuesday 29 May，7.30pm
21．Which play will be performed by the National Theatre of China?
A．Richard Ⅲ． B．Lover’s Labour’s Lost
C．As You Like It D．The Merchant of Venice
22．What is special about Deafinitely Theatre?
A．It has two groups of actors B．It is the leading theatre in London
C．It performs plays in BSL D．It is good at producing comedies
23．When can you see a play in Hebrew?
A．On Saturday 28 April． B．On Sunday 29 April
C．On Tuesday 22 May． D．On Tuesday 29 May
B
I first met Paul Newman in 1968，when George Roy Hill， the director of Butch Cassidy and
the Sundance Kid， introduced us in New York City． When the studio didn’t want me for the film
－it wanted somebody as well-known as Paul － he stood up for me．I don’t know how many
people would have done that; they would have listened to their agents or the studio powers．
The friendship that grew out of the experience of making that film and The Sting four years
later had its root in the fact that although there was an age difference， we both came from a
tradition of theater and live TV．We were respectful of craft（技艺）and focused on digging into
the characters we were going to play．Both of us had the qualities and virtues that are typical of
American actors：humorous，aggressive，and making fun of each other － but always with an
underlying affection．Those were also at the core（核心）of our relationship off the screen．
We shared the brief that if you’re fortunate enough to have success，you should put
something back - he with his Newman’s Own food and his Hole in the Wall camps for kids who
are seriously ill，and me with Sundance and the institute and the festival．Paul and I didn’t see
each other all that regularly，but sharing that brought us together．We supported each other
financially and by showing up at events．
I last saw him a few months ago．He’d been in and out of the hospital．He and I both knew
what the deal was，and we didn’t talk about it．Ours was a relationship that didn’t need a lot of
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
words．
24．Why was the studio unwilling to give the role to author at first?
A．Paul Newman wanted it． B．The studio powers didn’t like his agent．
C．He wasn’t famous enough． D．The director recommended someone else．
25．Why did Paul and the author have a lasting friendship?
A．They were of the same age． B．They worked in the same theater．
C．They were both good actors． D．They had similar characteristics．
26．What does the underlined word “that” in paragraph 3 refer to?
A．Their belief． B．Their care for children．
C．Their success． D．Their support for each other．
27．What is the author’s purpose in writing the test?
A．To show his love of films． B．To remember a friend．
C．To introduce a new movie． D．To share his acting experience．
C
Terrafugia Inc．said Monday that its new flying car has completed its first flight，bringing the
company closer to its goal of selling the flying car within the next year．The vehicle-named the
Transition – has two seats， four wheels and wings that fold up so it can be driven like a car． The
Transition，which flew at 1，400 feet for eight minutes last month， can reach around 70 miles per
hour on the road and 115 in the air．It flies using a 23-gallon tank of gas and bums 5 gallons per
hour in the air．On the ground， it gets 35 miles per gallon．
Around 100 people have already put down a $10，000 deposit to get a Transition when they
go on sale， and those numbers will likely rise after Terrafugia introduces the Transition to the
public later this week at the New York Auto Show．But don’t expect it to show up in too many
driveways．It’s expected to cost $279，000．And it won’t help if you’re stuck in traffic．The car
needs a runway．
Inventors have been trying to make flying cars since the 1930s，according to Robert Mann，
an airline industry expert． But Mann thinks Terrafugia has come closer than anyone to making
the flying car a reality．The government has already permitted the company to use special
materials to make it easier for the vehicle to fly．The Transition is now going through crash tests
to make sure it meets federal safety standards．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Mann said Terrafugia was helped by the Federal Aviation Administration’s decision five
years ago to create a separate set of standards for light sport aircraft，which are lower than those
pilots of larger planes Terrafugia says an owner would need to pass a test and complete 20 hours
of flying time to be able to fly the Transition，a requirement pilots would find relatively easy to
meet．
28．What is the first paragraph mainly about?
A．The basic data of the Transition． B．The advantages of flying cars．
C．The potential market for flying cars． C．The designers of the Transition．
29．Why is the Transition unlikely to show up in too many driveways?
A．It causes traffic jams． B．It is difficult to operate．
C．It is very expensive． D．It bums too much fuel．
30．What is the government’s attitude to the development of the flying car?
A．Cautious B．Favorable．
C．Ambiguous． D．Disapproving．
31．What is the best title for the text?
A．Flying Car at Auto Show B．The Transition’s Fist Flight
C．Pilots’ Dream Coming True D．Flying Car Closer to Reality
D
When a leafy plant is under attack，it doesn’t sit quietly．Back in 1983，two scientists，Jack
Schultz and Ian Baldwin，reported that young maple trees getting bitten by insects send out a
particular smell that neighboring plants can get．These chemicals come from the injured parts of
the plant and seem to be an alarm．What the plants pump through the air is a mixture of
chemicals known as volatile organic compounds，VOCs for short．
Scientists have found that all kinds of plants give out VOCs when being attacked．It’s a
plant’s way of crying out．But is anyone listening? Apparently．Because we can watch the
neighbors react．
Some plants pump out smelly chemicals to keep insects away．But others do double
duty．They pump out perfumes designed to attract different insects who are natural enemies to
the attackers．Once they arrive，the tables are turned．The attacker who was lunching now
becomes lunch．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
In study after study，it appears that these chemical conversations help the neighbors．The
damage is usually more serious on the first plant，but the neighbors，relatively speaking，stay
safer because they heard the alarm and knew what to do．
Does this mean that plants talk to each other? Scientists don’t know． Maybe the first plant
just made a cry of pain or was sending a message to its own branches， and so， in effect， was
talking to itself． Perhaps the neighbors just happened to “overhear” the cry． So information
was exchanged，but it wasn’t a true，intentional back and forth．
Charles Darwin， over 150 years ago， imagined a world far busier， noisier and more
intimate(亲密的) than the world we can see and hear． Our senses are weak． There’s a whole
lot going on．
32．What does a plant do when it is under attack?
A．It makes noises． B．It gets help from other plants．
C．It stands quietly D．It sends out certain chemicals．
33．What does the author mean by “the tables are turned” in paragraph 3?
A．The attackers get attacked．
B．The insects gather under the table．
C．The plants get ready to fight back．
D．The perfumes attract natural enemies．
34．Scientists find from their studies that plants can ．
A．predict natural disasters B．protect themselves against insects
C．talk to one another intentionally D．help their neighbors when necessary
35．What can we infer from the last paragraph?
A．The word is changing faster than ever．
B．People have stronger senses than before
C．The world is more complex than it seems
D．People in Darwin’s time were more imaginative．
第二节 （共5 小题；每小题2 分，满分10 分）
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余
选项。
Interruptions are one of the worst things to deal with while you’re trying to get work
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
done． 36 ，there are several ways to handle things．Let’s take a look at them now．
37 ．Tell the person you’re sorry and explain that you have a million things to
do and then ask if the two of you can talk at a different time．
When people try to interrupt you，have set hours planned and let them know to come
back during that time or that you’ll find them then． 38 ．It can help to eliminate(消除)
future interruptions．
When you need to talk to someone，don’t do it in your own office． 39 ．it’s much
easier to excuse yourself to get back to your work than if you try to get someone out of your
space even after explaining how busy you are.
If you have a door to your office， make good use of it． 40 ．If someone knocks
and it’s not an important matter． excuse yourself and let the person know you’re busy so they
can get the hint(暗示) than when the door is closed，you’re not to be disturbed．
A．If you’re busy，don’t feel bad about saying no
B．When you want to avoid interruptions at work
C．Set boundaries for yourself as your time goes
D．If you’re in the other person’s office or in a public area
E．It’s important that you let them know when you’ll be available
F．It might seem unkind to cut people short when they interrupt you
G．Leave it open when you’re available to talk and close it when you’re not
第三部分 语言知识运用（共两节，满分45 分）
第一节（共20 小题：每小题1.5 分，满分30 分）
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C 和D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处
的最佳选项。
In 1973， I was teaching elementary school．Each day， 27 kids 41 “The Thinking
Laboratory．”That was the 42 students voted for after deciding that “Room 104” was
too 43 ．
Freddy was an average 44 ，but not an average person． He had the rare balance
of fun and compassion（同情）．He would 45 the loudest over fun and be the saddest over
anyone’s 46 ．
Before the school year 47 ，I gave the kids a special 48 ，T-shirts with the
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
words “Verbs Are Your 49 ” on them．I had advised the kids that while verbs（动词）may
seem dull ，most of the 50 things they do throughout their lives will be verbs．
Through the years， I’d run into former students who would provide 51 on old
classmates．I learned that Freddy did several jobs after his 52 from high school and
remained the same 53 person I met forty years before．Once， while working overnight at
a store，he let a homeless man 54 in his truck． Another time， he 55 a friend money
to buy a house．
Just last year，I was 56 a workshop when someone knocked at the classroom
door．A woman 57 the interruption and handed me an envelope．I stopped teaching
and 58 it up．Inside were the “Verbs” shirt and a 59 from Freddy’s
mother． “Freddy passed away on Thanksgiving． He wanted you to have this．”
I told the story to the class．As sad as it was，I couldn’t help smiling． Although Freddy was
taken from us，we all 60 something from Freddy．
41．A．built B．entered C．decorated D．ran
42．A．name B．rule C．brand D．plan
43．A．small B．dark C．strange D．dull
44．A．scholar B．student C．citizen D．worker
45．A．speak B．sing C．question D．laugh
46．A．misfortune B．disbelief C．dishonesty D．mistake
47．A．changed B．approached C．returned D．ended
48．A．lesson B．gift C．report D．message
49．A．friends B．Awards C．Masters D．Tasks
50．A．simple B．unique C．fun D．clever
51．A．assessments B．comments C．instructions D．updates
52．A．graduation B．retirement C．separation D．resignation
53．A．daring B．modest C．caring D．smart
54．A．wait B．sleep C．study D．live
55．A．paid B．charged C．lent D．owed
56．A．observing B．preparing C．designing D．conducting
57．A．regretted B．avoided C．excused D．ignored
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
58．A．opened B．packed C．gave D．held
59．A．picture B．bill C．note D．diary
60．A．chose B．took C．expected D．borrowed
第二节（共10 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分15 分）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
In 1863 the first underground passenger railway in the world opened in London．It ran for
just under seven kilometers and allowed people to avoid terrible 61 (crowd) on the
roads above as they travelled to and 62 word．It took three years to complete and was
built using an interesting method．This included digging up the road， 63 (lay) the track
and then building a strong roof over 64 top． When all those had been done， the road
surface was replaced．
Steam engines 65 (use) to pull the carriages and it must have been 66 (fair)
unpleasant for the passengers，with all the smoke and noise．However，the railway quickly proved
to be a great success and within six months，more than 25，000 people were using 67 every
day．
Later，engineers 68 (manage) to construct railways in a system of deep tunnels (隧道），
which became known to the tube．This development was only possible with the 69 (introduce)
of electric-powered engines and lifts．The central London Railway was one of the most 70
(success) of these new lines，and was opened in 1900．It had white-painted tunnels and bright
red carriages，and proved extremely popular with the public．
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35 分）
第一节 短文改错（共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分）
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共
有10 处语言错误，每句中最多有两处；每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（\）划掉。
修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改的词。
注意：1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10 处，多者(从第11 处起)不计分。
Mr. and Mrs. Zhang all work in our school．They live far from the school，and it takes them
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
about a hour and a half to go to work every day．In their spare time，they are interesting in
planting vegetables in their garden，that is on the rooftop of their house．They often get up
earlier and water the vegetables together．They have also bought for some gardening
tools．Beside， they often get some useful informations from the internet．When summer came，
they will invite their students pick the vegetables！
第二节 书面表达（满分25 分）
假定你是李华，想邀请邀请外教Henry 一起参观中国剪纸（paper-cutting）艺术展。请
给他写封邮件，内容包括：
1．展览时间、地点；
2．展览内容。
注意：
1．词数100 左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2017 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试·甲卷（全国卷Ⅱ）
英语答案
第一部分 听力
1-5 BCACB 6-10 ACCBA 11-15 ABCAB 16-20 BACAB
第二部分 阅读理解
21-25 ACDCD 26-30 ABACB 31-35 DDABC 36-40 BAEDG
第三部分语言知识运用
41-45 BADBD 46-50 ADBAC 51-55 DACBC 56-60 DCACB
第二部分 阅读理解
第一节
A
21．A【解析】根据题干中的“the National Theatre of China”可将答案定位于National Theatre
of China 部分中的“Shakespeare's Richard Ⅲ”，故选A 项。
22．C【解析】根据Deafinitely Theatre 部分中的“By translating the rich and humorous text of
Love's Labour's Lost into the physical language of BSL， Deafinitely Theatre creates a new
interpretation of Shakespeare's comedy”可知，Deafinitely Theatre 的特别之处就是使用
BSL 表演戏剧，创造出了一种对莎士比亚喜剧的新的诠释。故选C 项。
23．D【解析】根据题干中的“Hebrew”可将该题答案定位在最后一部分中。根据最后一部
分中的“Date & Time：Monday 28 May，7. 30pm ＆Tuesday 29 May，7.30 pm”可知，
该题应选D 项。
B
【难句分析】The friendship that grew out of the experience of making that film and The
Sting four years later had its root in the fact that although there was an age difference，we both
came from a tradition of theater and live TV．
分析：该句中第一个that 引导定语从句，修饰先行词The friendship；第二个that 为限
定词，修饰film；第三个that 引导同位语从句，说明the fact 的内容，而该同位语从句中
although 引导让步状语从句。
译文：从拍摄那部电影以及四年后的《骗中骗》的经历中成长的友谊源于尽管有年龄的
差异，但是我们都来自于戏剧和现场直播电视的传统这个事实。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
24．C【解析】根据第一段中的“When the studio didn't want me for the film - it wanted somebody
as well known as Paul - he stood up for me”可知，摄影棚起初不愿意给作者角色的原因
是想找一个与Paul 一样著名的人物。故可知作者当时不够有名。该题选C 项。
25．D【解析】根据文章第二段中的“We were respectful of craft（技艺）and focused on digging
into the characters we were going to play．Both of us had the qualities and virtues that are
typical of American actors”可知，作者与Paul 之所以拥有持久的友谊是因为他们有相似
的性格特征。故D 项符合题意。该题文中只是给出了一些琐碎的信息，需要考生根据
这些信息总结出两人拥有持久友谊的原因，这就要求考生具有一定的归纳推理能力。文
中明确提到了作者与Paul 并不同龄，所以排除A 项；B 项文中并未提及；C 项不是两人
拥有持久友谊的原因。
26．A【解析】根据第三段中的“We shared the belief that if you're fortunate enough to have
success，you should put something back”可知，下文的内容是对，the belief 的解释，that
引导同位语从句，解释说明the belief 的具体内容。下文提到了我们并不经常见面，但
是分享这个信念把我们带到了一起。故选A 项。该题要求考生具有一定的句法分析能
力，能从一个长难句中找出关键词，并根据上下文信息判断出代词的指代内容。而B、
C 项只是the belief 后的同位语从句中的部分内容，故排除；根据画线词后一句可排除D
项。
27．B【解析】根据全文内容，尤其是第一段中的“I first met Paul Newman in 1968”以及最
后一段中的“I last saw him a few months ago”可知，该篇文章的写作目的是回忆一位朋
友，所以选B 项。写作目的题是考查作者写这篇文章是为了什么，达到什么目的。对于
记叙文而言，往往是开篇引出主题，并以时间顺序叙述全文，最后进行总结。主旨大意
题是考查文章讲什么，中心思想是什么。所以两者要有所区分。A、C 和D 项都过于片
面，故排除。
C
【难句分析】The Transition，which flew at 1，400 feet for eight minutes last month， can
reach around 70 miles per hour on the road and 115 in the air．
分析：句中which 引导非限制性定语从句，先行词为The Transition。
译文：飞行汽车Transition 上个月在1 400 英尺的高度飞行了8 分钟，它在公路上的行
驶速度能达到每小时70 英里，在空中能达到每小时1 15 英里。
28．A【解析】第一段的第二句“The vehicle...like a car”介绍了飞行汽车Transition 的构造，
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
第一段的后半部分介绍了它的空中飞行速度、路地行驶速度和油耗情况，这些都是飞行
汽车的基本数据。故选A 项。
29．C【解析】根据第二段中的“But don't expect it to show up in too many driveways. It's
expected to cost $ 279，000”可知，该飞行汽车是非常贵的，所以不太可能大量出现在
车道上。故选C 项。
30．B【解析】根据第三段中的“The government has already permitted the company to use
special materials to make it easier for the vehicle to fly”可推知，政府对该项目是支持的。
故选B 项。
31．D【解析】根据第一段中的“Terrafugia Inc．said Monday that its new flying car has completed
its first flight，bringing the company closer to its goal of selling the flying car within the next
year”可知，Terrafugia 公司的飞行汽车成功进行了第一次飞行，从而使飞行汽车更加
接近现实。所以选D 项。主旨大意题的解答要注意文章的首段和尾段，同时要结合文
章中大部分内容所讲述的观点。文章中只提及Transition 会出现在New York Auto Show，
但这不是文章主要内容，故排除A 项；B 项只是飞行汽车的第一次飞行，过于片面；C
项中的“Pilots' Dream”未在文中提及。
D
【难句分析】What the plants pump through the air is a mixture of chemicals known as
volatile organic compounds，VOCs for short．
分析：句中What 引导主语从句，而且过去分词短语known as volatile organic compounds
在句中作后置定语，修饰a mixture of chemicals。
译文：植物通过空气所输送出的是一种被称作挥发性有机化合物的混合化学物，简称
VOC。
32．D【解析】根据第一段的“young maple trees getting bitten by insects send out a particular
smell that neighboring plants can get. These chemicals．come from the injured parts of the
plant”可知，当植物受到攻击时，它会产生一些化学物质。故选D 项。
33．A【解析】根据第三段中的“The attacker who was lunching now becomes lunch”可知，
正吃午餐的袭击者变成了午餐，也就是袭击者被攻击了。故选A 项。
34．B【解析】根据第三段中的“Some plants pump out smelly chemicals to keep insects away.
But others do double duty”可知，植物能保护自己抵抗昆虫。故选B 项。
35．C【解析】根据最后一段中的“imagined a world far busier，noisier and more intimate（亲
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
密的）than the world we can see and hear. Our senses are weak”可推知，世界比它显现
出来的更加复杂。故选C 项。
第二节
【难句分析】If someone knocks and it's not an important matter，excuse yourself and let
the person know you're busy so they can get the hint(暗示)that when the door is closed， you're
not to be disturbed.
分析：句中If 引导条件状语从句，而主句部分为祈使句，其中know 后接宾语从句；so
连接并列句，其中that 引导同位语从句，说明the hint 的内容，在该同位语从句中when 引
导时间状语从句。
译文：如果有人敲门且不是什么重要的事情，就给自己找借口，并让那个人知道你很忙，
这样他们能得到暗示，即当门关着时，你不要被打扰。
36．B 考查承启句。根据上文的“Interruptions are one of the worst things to deal with”以
及下文的“there are several ways to handle things”可知，工作时被打断是要处理的最糟
糕的事情之一，有几个处理事情的办法。空处承上启下，应选B 项。
37．A 考查主题句。根据下文的“Tell the person you're sorry...ask if the two of you can talk at a
different time”可知，本段讲述的是当你忙的时候，要拒绝别人打断你。故A 项符合文
意。
38．E 考查承启句。根据上文的“let them know to come back during that time or that you'll
find them then”及下文的“It can help to...”可知，此处指让他们知道你什么时候有空
是很重要的。故选E 项。
39．D 考查承启句。根据上文的“don't do it in your own office”以及下文的 “excuse yourself
to get back to your work”可知，你如果不在自己的办公室里，就更容易给自己找到借口
返回来工作。故选D 项。
40．G 考查承启句。根据本段的首句“If you have a door to your office，make good use of it”
以及下文的“when the door is closed”可知，G 项符合文意。
第三部分 语言知识运用
第一节
41．B 考查动词。在1973 年，作者正在教小学。每天27 个小孩进入“思想实验室”。 enter
“进入”，符合语境。build“建造”；decorate“装饰”；run“管理，经营”。
42．A 考查名词。根据下文的“Room 104”可知，“The Thinking Laboratory”是学生们选举
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
出来的名字。name“名字”；rule“规则”；brand“品牌”；plan“计划”。故选A 项。
43．D 考查形容词。 Room 104 这个名字被学生们选举换成The Thinking Laboratory，所以可
判断出学生们认为Room 104 这个名字太乏味了。dull“枯燥的，无趣的”，符合语境。
故选D 项。
44．B 考查名词。根据上文中的“I was teaching elementary school”可知，作者正在教小学，
故可推知Freddy 是一个普通的学生。故选B 项。
45．D 考查动词。根据下文中的“the loudest over fun”可知，Freddy 对有趣的事情会笑得
最大声。故选D 项。
46．A 考查名词。根据上文中的the saddest 可知，Freddy 对别人的不幸是感到最悲伤的。
misfortune“不幸”；disbelief“不信，怀疑”；dishonesty“不诚实”；mistake“错误”。
故选A 项。
47．D 考查动词。根据语境可知，此处表示在学年结束前。end“结束”，符合语境。change
“改变”；approach“靠近”；return“返回”。
48．B 考查名词。在学年结束前，给孩子们的应是礼物。故选B 项。
49．A 考查名词。根据下文可知，作者认为尽管动词看起来是枯燥的，但是孩子们在一生中
所做的大多数趣事就是动词。再结合选项可知，A 项符合语境。
50．C 考查形容词。由while 可知，空处与dull 形成对比，故选C 项。 simple“简单的”；
unique“独特的”；clever“聪明的”。
51．D 考查名词。根据语境可知，很多年来，作者偶然遇到以前的学生会给他提供一些他们
老同学的最新消息，所以作者才了解到Freddy 的一些情况。update“最新消息”，符合
语境。 assessment“评估，评价”；comment“评论”；instruction“指导，教导”。
52．A 考查名词。根据空前的“did several jobs”可知，此处表示Freddy 从高中毕业后。
graduation。
“毕业”，符合语境，故选A项。retirement“退休”；separation“分离”；resignation
“辞职”。
53．C 考查形容词。根据下文中的“he let a homeless man…a friend money to buy a house”
可知，他让一个无家可归的人睡在他的卡车里，还借给朋友钱去买房子，故可推知他仍
然是作者四十年前遇到的那个乐于助人的人。 caring“乐于助人的”，符合语境。故选
C 项。
54．B 考查动词。根据上文中的“while working overnight”可知，Freddy 上夜班时，让一
位无家可归的人在他的卡车里睡觉。故选B 项。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
55．C 考查动词。因为Freddy 是一位乐于助人的人，所以是借给朋友钱买房子。lend“借
出”，符合语境。pay“支付”；charge“（向……）收费”；owe“欠（钱），负（债）”。
56．D 考查动词。根据下文中的“I stopped teaching”可知，作者正在举办一个研习班，这
时有人敲教室的门。conduct“实施，执行”，符合语境。故选D 项。 observe“观察”；
prepare“准备”；design“设计”。
57．C 考查动词。根据下文中的“I stopped teaching”可知，作者当时正在上课，所以这位
女士为打断作者讲课而请求原谅并递给作者一个信封。excuse“原谅（某人的小错）”，
符合语境。regret“遗憾，后悔”；avoid“避免”；ignore“忽视”。
58．A 考查动词。根据上文中的“handed me an envelope．I stopped teaching”可知，一位
女士递给作者一个信封，作者停止了教学并打开它。故选A 项。pack“打包，装箱”；
give“交给”；hold“握住，抓住”。
59．C 考查名词。根据下文中的“Freddy passed away on Thanksgiving...”可知，这个信封
里装着一张Freddy 的妈妈写的便条。故选C 项。picture“图片”；bill“账单”；diary“日
记”。
60．B 考查动词。根据上文中的“Although Freddy was taken from us”可知，尽管Freddy
从我们中被带走了，但是我们所有人都从Freddy 那儿拿走了一些东西，即从Freddy 的
身上学到了一些东西。故选B 项。
第二节
61．crowds 考查名词复数。因为crowd 为可数名词，并且其前没有限定词，所以此处用其
复数形式。
62．from 考查介词。此处是指“当他们来回上下班时”。
63．laying 考查非谓语动词。分析句子结构可知，该句的主语为This，谓语动词included 后
由and 连接了三个动名词短语作宾语。故填laying。
64．the 考查定冠词。此处指的是在顶端建造一个结实的顶，所以在top 前加the。
65．were used 考查动词时态和语态。因为是介绍1863 年的事情，而且Steam engines 与
use 之间为被动关系，故用一般过去时的被动语态。故填were used。
66．fairly 考查副词。副词修饰形容词unpleasant，故在其前填fairly。
67．it 考查代词。根据上文的“the railway quickly”可知，此处用it 代替the railway。
68．managed 考查动词时态。因为engineers 与manage 之间为主动关系，而且是发生在过
去的事情，所以填managed。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
69．introduction 考查词性转换。由前面的定冠词the 可知，其后应接名词，故填introduction。
70．successful 考查词性转换。根据语境并结合空前的the most 可知，空处表达最高级意义。
故填successful。
第四部分 写作
第一节 短文改错
Mr. and Mrs. Zhang
all
both
all work in our school．They live far from the school，and it
takes them about
a
an / one
hour and a half to go to work every day．In their spare time，
they are interesting
interested
in planting vegetables in their garden，
that
which
is on the rooftop of their
house．They often get up earlier
early
and water the vegetables together．They have also bought
for some gardening tools．
Beside
Besides
，they often get some useful informations
information
from
the Internet．When summer
came
comes
，they will invite their students to
pick the fresh
vegetables!
第一处：all 改为both 或将all 去掉。考查代词。因为主语是两个人，所以用 both 表示
两者都，而all 则表示三者或三者以上的全部。此处将all 去掉也可以。
第二处：a 改为an 或one。考查冠词。因为hour 的发音以元音音素开头，所以其前用an。
此处也可用one 表示数量“一”。
第三处：interesting 改为interested。考查形容词。因为是描述主语they 的心理状态，所以
使用interested“对……感兴趣的”。
第四处：that 改为which。考查关系代词。此处是非限制性定语从句，且关系代词在从句中
作主语，指代上文的garden，所以用which 来引导该定语从句。
第五处：earlier 改为early。考查副词。此处没有比较的含义，所以用early 的原级。
第六处：去掉for。考查介词。 buy 为及物动词，其后直接跟宾语，而buy sth．for sb．意
为“为某人买某物”。
第七处：Beside 改为Besides。考查副词。beside 意为“在……旁”，而besides 意为“此外”。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
第八处：informations 改为information。考查名词。 information 为不可数名词，无复数形式。
第九处：came 改为comes。考查动词时态。因为主句部分为一般将来时态，所以此处的时
间状语从句应使用一般现在时表将来意义。
第十处：在students 后加to。考查动词的固定用法。短语invite sb．to do sth．意为“邀请
某人做某事”。
第二节 书面表达
【范文赏读】
Dear Henry，
I am writing to invite you to attend the Chinese paper-cutting art exhibition to be held in the
art gallery from 8:00 am to 5:00 pm next Sunday in our city center．
Paper-cutting is a traditional art form in China， which has a history of more than l，500
years. People often beautify their home with paper-cutting during festivals and weddings．In this
exhibition，you can see paper-cutting with all kinds of patterns．In addition， there are famous
artists who will perform how to cut paper on the spot．I wish that you could grasp this
opportunity to learn traditional Chinese culture further．
Looking forward to your reply．
Yours sincerely，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2017 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试·丙卷（全国卷Ⅲ）
英 语
第一部分 听力（共两节，满分30 分）
第一节 （共5 小题，每小题1.5 分，满分7.5 分）
听下面5 段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最
佳答案。听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对
话仅读一遍。
1．What will the woman do this afternoon?
A．Do some exercise． B．Go shopping． C．Wash her clothes．
2．Why does the woman call the man?
A．To cancel a flight． B．To make an apology． C．To put off a meeting．
3．How much more does David need for the car?
A．$ 5，000． B．$20，000． C．$25，000．
4．What is Jane doing?
A．Planning a tour． B．Calling her father． C．Asking for leave．
5．How does the man feel?
A．Tied． B．Dizzy． C．Thirsty．
第二节（共15 小题；每小题1.5 分，满分22.5 分）
听下面5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个
选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5 秒钟；听
完后，各小题将给出5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答第6、7 题。
6．What does Jack want to do?
A．Watch TV． B．Play outside． C．Go to the zoo．
7．Where does the conversation probably take place?
A．At home． B．In a cinema． C．In a supermarket．
听第7 段材料，回答第8 至10 题。
8．What does Richard do?
A．He’s a newsman． B．He’s a manager． C．He’s a researcher．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
9．Where is Richard going next week?
A．Birmingham． B．Mexico City． C．Shanghai．
10．What will the speakers do tomorrow?
A．Eat out together． B．Visit a university． C．See Professor Hayes．
听第8 段材料，回答第11 至13 题。
11．What is the probable relationship between the speakers?
A．School friends．
B．Teacher and student．
C．Librarian and library user．
12．Why does Jim suggest Mary buy the book?
A．It’s sold at a discount price．
B．It’s important for her study．
C．It’s written by Professor Lee．
13．What will Jim do for Mary?
A．Share his book with her．
B．Lend her some money．
C．Ask Henry for help．
听第9 段材料，回答第14 至16 题。
14．Where does Stella live?
A．In Memphis B．In Boston C．In St Louis
15．What would Peter and his family like to do on Beale Street?
A．Visit a museum B．Listen to music C．Have dinner
16．What kind of hotel does Peter prefer?
A．A big one B．A quite one C．A modern one
听第10 段材料，回答第17 至20 题。
17．How many lab sessions will the students have every week?
A．One B．Two C．Three
18．What are the students allowed to wear in the lab ?
A．Long scarves B．Loose clothes C．Tennis shoes
19．Why should the students avoid mixing liquid with paper?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．It may cause a fire B．It may create waste C．It may produce pollution
20．What does the speaker mainly talk about?
A．Grades the student will receive．
B．Rules the students should follow．
C．Experiments the students will do．
第二部分 阅读理解(共两节，满分40 分)
第一节 (共15 小题；每小题2 分，满分30 分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C 和D 四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
A
San Francisco Fire Engine Tours
San Francisco Winery Tour
Running：February 1st through April 30th
This delicious tour goes through the city on its way to Treasure Island where we
will stop at the famous Winery SF．Here you can enjoy 4 pours of some of the best
wine San Francisco has to offer．(Included in tickets price)
Departing from the Cannery：Tell time upon request．
Duration(时长)：2 hours
Price：$90
Back to the Fifties Tour
Running：August 16th through August 31st
This tour transports you back in time to one of San Francisco’s most fantastic
periods, the 1950s! Enjoy fun history as we take you through San Francisco for a free
taste of ice cream．
Departing form the Cannery 5：00 pm and 7：00 pm
Duration：2 hours
Price：$90
Spooky Halloween Tour
Running：October 10th through October 31st
Join us for a ride through the historical Presidio district．Authentic fire gear （服装）is
provided for your warmth as our entertainers take you to some of the most thrilling parts of San
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Francisco．
Departing from the Cannery：6：30 pm and 8：30 pm
Duration ：1 hour and 30 minutes
Price： Available upon request
Holiday Lights Tour
Running：December 6th through December 23rd
This tractive four takes you to some of San Francis’s most cheerful holiday scenes．Authentic
fire gear is provided for your warmth as you get into the holiday spirit．
Departing from the Cannery 7：00 pm and 9：00 pm
Duration：1 hour and 30 minutes
Advance reservations required．
21．Which of the tours is available in March?
A．San Francisco Winery Tour．
B．Back to the Fifties Tour．
C．Spooky Halloween Tour．
D．Holiday Lights Tour．
22．What can tourists do on Back to the Fifties Tours?
A．Go to Treasure Island．
B．Enjoy the holiday scenes．
C．Have free ice cream．
D．Visit the Presidio district．
23．What are tourists required to do to go on Holiday Lights Tour?
A．Take some drinks．
B．Set off early in the morning．
C．Wear warm clothes．
D．Make reservations in advance．
B
Minutes after the last movie ended yesterday at the Plaza Theater, employees were busy
sweeping up popcorns and gathering coke cups． It was a scene that had been repeated many
times in the theater’s 75-year history． This time, however, the cleanup was a little different． As
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
one group of workers carried out the rubbish, another group began removing seats and other
theater equipment in preparation for the building’s end．
The film classic The Last Picture Show was the last movie shown in the old theater．Though
the movie is 30 years old, most of the 250 seats were filled with teary-eyed audience wanting to
say good-be to the old building．Theater owner Ed Bradford said he chose the movie because it
seemed appropriate．The movie is set in a small town where the only movie theater is preparing
to close down．
Bradford said that large modern theaters in the city made it impossible for the Plaza to
compete．He added that the theater’s location(位置) was also a reason．“This used to be the
center of town,” he said．“Now the area is mostly office buildings and warehouses．”
Last week some city officials suggested the city might be interested in turning the old
theater into a museum and public meeting place． However, these plans were abandoned
because of financial problems． Bradford sold the building and land to a local development firm,
which plans to build a shopping complex on the land where the theater is located．
The theater audience said good-by as Bradford locked the doors for the last time．After 75
years the Plaza Theater has shown its last movie．The theater will be missed．
24．In what way was yesterday’s cleanup at the Plaza special?
A．It made room for new equipment．
B．It signaled the closedown of the theater．
C．It was done with the help of the audience．
D．It marked the 75th anniversary of the theater．
25．Why was The Last Picture Show put on?
A．It was an all-time classic．
B．It was about the history of the town．
C．The audience requested it． D．The theater owner found it suitable．
26．What will probably happen to the building?
A．It will be repaired．
B．It will be turned into a museum．
C．It will be knocked down．
D．It will be sold to the city government．
27．What can we infer about the audience?
A．They are disappointed with Bradford．
B．They are sad to part with the old theater．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
C．They are supportive of the city officials．
D．They are eager to have a shopping center．
C
After years of heated debate, gray wolves were reintroduced to Yellowstone National
Park．Fourteen wolves were caught in Canada and transported to the park．By last year, the
Yellowstone wolf population had grown to more than 170 wolves．
Gray wolves once were seen here and there in the Yellowstone area and much of the
continental United States, but they were gradually displaced by human development．By the
1920s, wolves had practically disappeared from the Yellowstone area．They went farther north
into the deep forests of Canada, where there were fewer humans around．
The disappearance of the wolves had many unexpected results． Deer and elk populations
— major food sources (来源) for the wolf – grew rapidly． These animals consumed large
amounts of vegetation (植被), which reduced plant diversity in the park． In the absence of
wolves, coyote populations also grew quickly． The coyotes killed a large percentage of the park’
s red foxes, and completely drove away the park’ s beavers．
As early as 1966,biologists asked the government to consider reintroducing wolves to
Yellowstone Park．They hoped that wolves would be able to control the elk and coyote
problems．Many farmers opposed the plan because they feared that wolves would kill their farm
animals or pets．
The government spent nearly 30 years coming up with a plan to reintroduce the
wolvers． The U．S．Fish and Wildlife Service carefully monitors and manages the wolf packs in
Yellowstone．Today，the debate continues over how well the gray wolf is fitting in at
Yellowstone．Elk，deer，and coyote populations are down，while beavers and red foxes have made
a comeback．The Yellowstone wolf project has been a valuable experiment to help biologists
decide whether to reintroduce wolves to other parts of the country as well．
28．What is the text mainly about?
A．Wildlife research in the United States．
B．Plant diversity in the Yellowstone area．
C．The conflict between farmers and gray wolves．
D．The reintroduction of wolves to Yellowstone Park．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
29．What does the underlined word “displaced” in paragraph 2 mean?
A．Tested．
B．Separated．
C．Forced out．
D．Tracked down．
30．What did the disappearance of gray wolves bring about？
A．Damage to local ecology． B．A decline in the park’s income．
C．Preservation of vegetation． D．An increase in the variety of animals．
31．What is the author’s attitude towards the Yellowstone wolf project？
A．Doubtful． B．Positive． C．Disapproving． D．Uncaring．
D
The Intelligent Transport team at Newcastle University have turned an electric car into a
mobile laboratory named “DriveLAB” in order to understand the challenges faced by older drivers
and to discover where the key stress points are．
Research shows that giving up driving is one of the key reasons for a fall in health and
well-being among older people, leading to them becoming more isolated(隔绝) and inactive．
Led by Professor Phil Blythe, the Newcastle team are developing in-vehicle technologies for
older drivers which they hope could help them to continue driving into later life．
These include custom-made navigation(导航) tools, night vision systems and intelligent
speed adaptations． Phil Blythe explains： “For many older people, particularly those living alone
or in the country, driving is important for preserving their independence, giving them the
freedom to get out and about without having to rely on others．”
“But we all have to accept that as we get older our reactions slow down and this often
results in people avoiding any potentially challenging driving conditions and losing confidence in
their driving skills． The result is that people stop driving before they really need to．”
Dr Amy Guo，the leading researcher on the older driver study, explains, “The DriveLAB is
helping us to understand what the key points and difficulties are for older drivers and how we
might use technology to address these problems．
“For example, most of us would expect older drivers always go slower than everyone else
but surprisingly, we found that in 30mph zones they struggled to keep at a constant speed and so
were more likely to break the speed limit and be at risk of getting fined． We’re looking at the
benefits of systems which control their speed as a way of preventing that．
“We hope that our work will help with technological solutions(解决方案) to ensure that older
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
drivers stay safer behind the wheel．”
32．What is the purpose of the Drivel AB?
A．To explore new means of transport．
B．To design new types of cars．
C．To find out older driver`s problems．
D．To teach people traffic rules．
33．Why is driving important for older people according to Phil Blythe?
A．It keeps them independent．
B．It helps them save time．
C．It builds up their strength．
D．It cures their mental illnesses．
34．What do researchers hope to do for older drivers?
A．Improve their driving skills．
B．Develop driver-assist technologies．
C．Provide tips on repairing their cars．
D．Organize regular physical checkups．
35．What is the best title for the text?
A．A new Model Electric Car
B．A Solution to Traffic Problem
C．Driving Service for elders
D．Keeping Older Drivers on the Road
第二节 (共5 小题；每小题2 分，满分10 分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余
选项。
Lots of people find it hard to get up in the morning and put the blame on the alarm
clock． In fact, the key to easy morning wake-up lies in resting your body clock 36 Here is
how to make one．
● 37 In order to make a change, you need to decide why it's important． Do you
want to get up in time to have breakfast with your family, get in some exercise, or just be better
prepared for your day? Once you are clear about your reason, tell your family or roommates
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
about the change you want to make．
Rethink mornings．Now that you know why you want to wake up, consider re-arranging
your morning activities． If you want time to have breakfast with your family, save some time the
night before by setting out clothes, shoes, and bags． 38 That’s a quarter-hour more you
could be sleeping if you bought a coffee maker with a timer．
Keep your sleep/wake schedule on weekends． If you’re tired out by Friday night,
sleeping in on Saturday could sound wonderful． But compensating on the weekends actually
feeds into your sleepiness the following week, a recent study found． 39
Keep a record and evaluate it weekly． Keep track of your efforts and write down how
you feel． After you’ve tried a new method for a week, take a look at your record． 40 If not,
take another look at other methods you could try．
A．Get a sleep specialist．
B．Find the right motivation．
C．A better plan for sleep can help．
D．And consider setting a second alarm．
E．If the steps you take are working, keep it up．
F．Stick to your set bedtime and wake-up time, no matter the day．
G．Reconsider the 15 minutes you spend in line at the cafe to get coffee．
第三部分 语言知识运用(共两节，满分45 分)
第一节 (共20 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分30 分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C 和D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处
的最佳选项。
A Toronto man is offering a free round-the-world air to the right woman．But 41
apply. You must be named Elizabeth Gallahgher and have a Canadian 42 ．
Jordan Axani，28，said he and his then girlfriend，Elizabeth Gallagher，booked heavily
discounted round-the-world air tickets in May，but their 43 ended and he did not want
her ticket to 44 ． The ticket had a strict no-transfer（不可转让） 45 , but
since passport information was not required when 46 , any Canadian Elizabeth
Gallagher can 47 it．
“I just want to see the ticket go to good use and for someone to 48 a lot of joy,” said
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Axani．He posted his 49 on a social networking website, and received thousands of
e-mails, including thirty from actual Elizabeth Gallaghers with the 50 passports, “More
51 , there are hundreds of Canadians who are interested in 52 their name to
Elizabeth Gallagher,” Axani said． “It was absolutely out of 53 , thousands of e-mails,
people around the world 54 their stories of travel．”
Axani wrote in his post that he is not 55 anything in return and that the woman who
uses the 56 ticket can choose to either travel with him or 57 the ticket and travel on
her own．
The 58 is scheduled to start on December 21 in New York City and continue on to
Milan, Prague, Paris, Bangkok and New Delhi before 59 in Toronto on January 8． He said
the 60 woman will be announced on the website and the trip will be shared online．
41．A．benefits
B．deposits
C．restrictions
D．examinations
42．A．origin
B．passport
C．accent
D．friend
43．A．holiday
B．marriage
C．dream
D．relationship
44．A．go to waste
B．come to mind
C．go no sale
D．come into effect
45．A．policy
B．order
C．payment
D．schedule
46．A．applying
B．booking
C．checking
D．bargaining
47．A．use
B．borrow
C．choose
D．buy
48．A．sacrifice
B．express
C．experience
D．provide
49．A．answer
B．advice
C．offer
D．comment
50．A．same
B．right
C．now
D．real
51．A．interesting B．annoying C．satisfying D．convincing
52．A．writing B．giving C．lending D．changing
53．A．touch B．question C．date D．control
54．A．admiring B．advertising C．sharing D．doubting
55．A．leaving B．looking for C．losing D．dealing with
56．A．single B．stranger
C．regular
D．extra
57．A．return
B．take
C．reserve
D．hide
58．A．interview
B．program
C．trip
D．meeting
59．A．ending
B．calling
C．repeating
D．staying
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
60．A．honored
B．lovely C．intelligent
D． lucky
第二节 (共10 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分15 分)
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入 1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
She looks like any other schoolgirl, fresh-faced and full of life． Sarah Thomas is looking forward to
challenge of her new A-level course．But unlike school friends，16-year-old Sarah is not spending
half-term 61 (real)Instead, she is earning $6500 a day as 62 model in New York．
Sarah 63 (tell) that she could be Britain’s new supermodel earning a million dollars in the
new year．Her father Peter44,want her to give up school to model fulltime But Sarah, 64 has
taken part in shows along with top models wants 65 (prove) that she has brains as well as beauty
she is determined to carry on with her 66 (educate)．
She has turned down several 67 (invitation) to star at shows in order to concentrate
on her studies After school she plans to take a year off to model full time before going to university to get
a degree 68 engineering or architecture．
Sarah says, "My dad thinks I should take the offer now．But at the moment, school 69 (come)
first．I don't want to get too absorbed in modeling．It is 70 (certain) fun but the lifestyle is a little
unreal．I don't want to have nothing else to fall back on when I can't model my more．"
第四部分 写作(共两节，满分35 分)
第一节 短文改错(共10 小题；每小题l 分，满分10 分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共
有10 处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线(＼)划掉。
修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1． 每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2． 只允许修改10 处，多者(从第11 处起)不计分。
When I look at this picture of myself．I realize of how fast time flies．I had grown not only
physically．and also mentally in the past few years．About one month after this photo was took，
I entered my second year of high school and become a new member of the school music
club．Around me in picture are the things they were very important in my life at that time，car
magazines and musical instruments．I enjoyed studying difference kings of cars and planes，
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
playing pop music，and collecting the late music albums．This picture often brings back to me
many happy memories of your high school days．
第二节 书面表达(满分25 分)
假定你是李华。你所在的校乒乓球队正在招收新队员。请给你的留学生朋友Eric 写封邮
件邀请他假如，内容包括：
1．球队活动；
2．报名方式及截止日期。
注意：
1．词数100 左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2017 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试·丙卷（全国卷Ⅲ）
英语答案
第一部分：听力
1-5 BCACB 6-10 ACCBA 11-15 ABCAB 16-20 BACAB
第二部分：阅读理解
21-25 ACDBD 26-30 CBDCA 31-35 BCABD 36-40 CBGFE
第三部分：语言知识运用
41-45 CBDAA 46-50 BACCB 51-55 ADDCB 56-60 DBCAD
第二部分 阅读理解
第一节
A
21．A【解析】题干问的是三月份可参加的旅行，而第一个项目San Francisco Winery Tour
的时间是从2 月1 日到4 月30 日。故选A。
22．C【解析】第二个项目Back to the Fifties Tour 中提到在San Francisco 你能免费品尝冰淇
淋。而其他选项在这个旅行中没有被提到。故选C。
23．D【解析】第四个项目Holiday Lights Tour 的最后一句话提到“Advance reservations required”，
由此可知，该旅行需要提前预订。故选D。
B
【难句分析】Bradford sold the building and land to a local development firm，which plans to
build a shopping complex on the land where the theater is located．
分析：本句含有两个定语从句。 which 引导第一个定语从句，先行词是firm；where 引
导第二个定语从句，先行词是land。
译文：Bradford 把剧院和土地卖给了当地的开发公司，该公司计划在剧院所在地建一座
综合购物大楼。
24．B【解析】根据第一段的最后一句“As one group of workers carried out the rubbish, another
group began removing seats and other theater equipment in preparation for the building's
end”可推断出，工人们清理垃圾和清除座位及其他剧院设备是在为剧院的关闭作准备。
故选B。
25．D【解析】根据第二段中的“Theater owner Ed Bradford said he chose the movie because it
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
seemed appropriate”可知，剧院的老板亲自选定了The Last Picture Show 这部电影，因
为他认为这部电影很适合。原文中的“appropriate”和D 选项的“suitable”都表示“合
适的”。故选D。
26．C【解析】第四段最后一句说剧院被卖给了当地的开发公司，该公司计划在剧院所在地
建综合购物大楼，因此可推断出剧院将被推倒拆除。故选C。
27．B【解析】根据第二段第二句“Though the movie is 30 years old，most of the 250 seats were
filled with teary-eyed audience wanting to say good-bye to the old building”可知，观众含
泪观看最后一部电影，想向剧院告别；再结合最后一段最后一句“The theater．will be
missed”可以推断出观众对剧院恋恋不舍，与剧院告别让他们感到很悲伤。故选B。
C
28．D【解析】纵观全文可知，本文主要谈了将灰狼重新引入黄石国家公园的原因以及这一
举措的成效等，故选D。
29．C【解析】由第二段第一句话可知，曾经黄石公园里有灰狼，下文提到但后来由于人类
的发展灰狼数量逐渐减少，几乎消失了，因此可以推出，displaced 意为“被迫离开”，
故选C。
30．A【解析】第三段提到由于灰狼的消失，鹿和麇鹿的数量快速增长，消耗了大量的植被，
减少了植物种类同时丛林狼的数量增多，园内很多的红狐被猎杀，而河狸也完全消失了，
由此推断出灰狼的消失对公园内的生态环境产生了损害。故选A。
31．B【解析】根据第五段最后一句中的“a valuable experiment”可知，作者认为这项工程
很有价值，因此他的态度应当是积极肯定的。故选B。
D
32．C【解析】根据第一段最后一句中的“in order to understand the challenges faced by older
drivers and to discover where the key stress points are”可知，建立实验室的目的是要找出
老年人开车有困难的地方，故选C。
33．A【解析】根据第四段中的“For many older people，particularly those living alone or in the
country，driving is important for preserving their independence, giving them the freedom to
get out and about without having to rely on others”可知，对于老年人来说，开车对保持
他们生活的独立性至关重要，故选A。
34．B【解析】根据第三段中的“the Newcastle team are developing invehicle technologies for
older drivers which they hope could. help them to continue driving into later life”可知，研
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
究者正在研发车载式的技术以帮助老年人晚年依然能开车，故选B。
35．D【解析】本文的关键词是老年人驾车，重点讲述了为了让他们安全驾车所进行的研究。
C 项比较容易被误选，Services 一词不恰当，概括太宽泛，偏离了文章的主旨。
第二节
36．C 考查前后句的连贯。第一段最后一句说“以下是如何制作一个”，代词one 指代“计
划”一词，因此本空选C。
37．B 考查小标题概括。空后谈到要改变，先要说清楚做出改变很重要的原因；后面谈到一
旦明白了其中的原因，就可以告诉你的家人或室友你想做出改变；由此可以推断出这段
总的在说找到正确的动机，因此本空选B。
38．G 考查前后句的连贯。本段最后一句谈到如果买咖啡机自己弄咖啡，早上可以多睡一会
儿，因此前一句应该要与咖啡有关，本空选G。
39．F 考查前后句的连贯。本段谈到周末起床、睡觉的时间应该和平常一致，不然周末多睡
反而会增加接下来工作日的睡意。F 项中的no matter the day 指的就是周末也应该和工
作日的作息一致。因此本空选F。
40．E 考查前后句的连贯。本段谈到对自己所做的计划要记录、评价和调整。本空后的If not
说明前面是讨论计划有效就应该坚持，因此选E。
第三部分 语言知识运用
第一节
41．C 根据下文可知，他要找的这位女士必须叫Elizabeth Gallagher，而且必须持有加拿大
护照，这些都是赠送机票的限制要求。benefit“益处”；deposit“订金，押金”；restriction
“限制，约束”；examination“检查，考试”。
42．B 参见上题解析。25 空后的“passport information”亦是提示。
43．D 根据上文的“his then girlfriend”可知，他们的男女朋友关系结束了。
44．A 根据语境可知，这位男士免费赠送票是因为他不想把机票浪费了。
45．A 机票不可转让，这是民航政策。policy“政策”；order“命令”；payment“付款，报偿”；
schedule“时间表，计划表”。
46．B 这张机票在预订的时候没有填护照信息。apply“申请”；book“预订”；check“检查”；
bargain“讨价还价”。
47．A 任何一个叫Elizabeth Gallagher 的女士都能使用此机票。
48．C 此处指有了此机票的人可以体验到旅行的快乐。 sacrifice“牺牲”；express“表达”；
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
experience“经历，体验”；provide“提供”。
49．C 根据下文可知，他在社交网站上发布免费提供机票的消息。offer“提供，给予”。
50．B 根据语境可知，此处指符合条件的对的(right)护照。
51．A 根据语境可知，更有趣的是，几百个感兴趣的人把他们的名字改成Elizabeth Gallagher。
52．D 参见上题解析。 change.to…表示“把……改成……”。
53．D 根据下文提到的有成千上万的邮件可知，此处指已经完全失控了。out of control“失
控”。
54．C 根据语境可知，世界各地的人发邮件来与他分享他们的旅游故事。
55．B 根据语境可知，他赠送机票并不期望得到什么回报。look for“寻求，期待”。
56．D 此处强调这张机票是免费额外得到的。 single“单程的”；strange“奇怪的”；regular
“有规律的”；extra“额外的”。
57．B 免费使用此机票的女士可以选择与他一起旅游，也可以拿走机票自己旅行。
58．C 此旅行是从纽约市到多伦多。 trip“旅游，旅行”。
59．A 此处介绍机票行程，12 月21 日从纽约市出发，2 月8 日必须返回多伦多，因此是结
束于多伦多。 end“结束”。
60．D 根据语境可知，能得到免费机票的女士是幸运的。 honored“光荣的，尊敬的”；lovely
“可爱的”；intelligent“有智慧的，聪明的”。
第二节
61．resting 考查固定搭配。spend time doing sth．是固定搭配，故填resting。
62．a 考查冠词。该空后面model 是可数名词单数，此处表示“作为一名模特”，故填a。
63．has been told/was told 考查动词时态和语态。此处动词tell 与Sarah 是被动关系，因为
第二段在讲述父亲和Sarah 的想法时都是用现在时，因此可以用现在完成时表达过去对
现在的影响，故可以填has been told。此外，“被告知”这件事情发生在过去，故也可
填was told。
64．who 考查定语从句。此句Sarah 是主语，wants 是主句谓语，因此可以判断此处是非
限制性定语从句，先行词为Sarah，从句中缺主语且指人，故填who。
65．to prove 考查非谓语动词。 want to do 是固定搭配，故填to prove。
66．education 考查词性转换。形容词性物主代词her 后需用educate 的名词形式，故填
education。
67．invitations 考查名词单复数。 invitation 是可数名词，前面有several 修饰，要用复数
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
形式，故填invitations。
68．in 考查介词。degree 与介词in 搭配，表示在某方面的学位。故填in。
69．comes 考查动词时态。全文均为现在时，且school 是第三人称单数，故填comes 。
70．certainly 考查副词。此处fun 是名词，但空处修饰整个句子，作状语，故填certainly。
第四部分 写作
第一节 短文改错
When I look at this picture of myself，I realize of how fast time flies．I
had
have
grown not only physically，and
but
also mentally in the past few years．About one month after
this photo was
took
taken
，I entered my second year of high school and，become
became
a new
member of the school music club．Around me in this / the
picture are the things
they
that / which
were very important in my life at that time：car magazines and musical instruments．I enjoyed
studying difference
different
kinds of cars and planes，playing pop music，and collecting the
late
latest
music albums．This picture often brings back to me many happy memories of
your
my
．high school days．
第一处：删除of。考查介词。realize 后接宾语从句，介词of 多余。
第二处：had 改为have。考查时态。由时间状语“in the past few years”可知，此处强调的
是发生在过去的动作对现在的影响，故应用现在完成时。
第三处：and 改为but。考查连词。 not only…but also…是固定搭配。
第四处：took 改为taken。考查语态。photo 与take 为被动关系，故应用被动语态。 take
的过去分词是taken。
第五处：become 改为became 。考查动词时态。“我”进入高中第二学年并成为学校音乐俱
乐部的新成员这一系列动作发生在过去，所以谓语动词应用became。
第六处：picture 前面加this 或者the。考查限定词／冠词。 picture 作“照片”之意讲时是
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
可数名词，因为上文已提到过这张照片，因此要用定冠词the 表特指，或者用this。
第七处：they 改为that 或which 。考查定语从句。things 是个名词，后面接了一个定语从
句，修饰先行词things，既可以用that 也可以用which 作关系代词。
第八处：difference 改为different。考查形容词。名词kinds 前需要形容词来修饰，因此把名
词difference 改为形容词different。
第九处：late 改为latest。考查形近词辨析。结合句意，这里表示收集最新的音乐专辑，故
将late 改为latest。
第十处：your 改为my。考查人称指代一致。全文介绍的是“我”的故事，因此这里应该是
“我”高中时期的回忆。
第二节 书面表达
【范文赏读】
Dear Eric，
How is everything going? I have good news to tell you that our school's table tennis team
is recruiting new members．I know you are very interested in ping-pong，which is regarded as the
National Ball Sport of China，so you'd better take this opportunity to join our school team．Some
details about the team are as follows．
Athletes from our school team have won many gold medals of table tennis contests in recent
years and the coaching team is also very professional．Members of the team have regular training
on every Friday afternoon from 3:30 pm to 5:00 pm．New members will receive extra guidance
on Saturday mornings from 9:00 am to 11:00 am．If you want to apply for membership，you are
required to fill in the application form，and send an email to pingpong@123. com．The deadline
is July 20th．
I wish you success in your application!
Yours，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2018 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国卷Ⅰ)
英语
（考试时间：120 分钟 试卷满分：150 分）
第一部分 听力(共两节，满分30 分)
第一节 （共5 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分7．5 分）
听下面5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最
佳选项。听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对
话仅读一遍。
1．What will James do tomorrow?
A．Watch a TV program． B．Give a talk． C．Write a report．
2．What can we say about the woman?
A．She's generous．
B．She's curious．
C．She's helpful．
3．When does the train leave?
A．At 6:30．
B．At 8:30．
C．At 10:30．
4．How does the woman go to work?
A．By car．
B．On foot．
C．By bike
5．What is the probable relationship between the speakers?
A．Classmates． B．Teacher and student． C．Doctor and patient．
第二节（共15 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分22．5 分）
听下面5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个
选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5 秒钟；听
完后，各小题将给出5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答第6、7 题。
6．What does the woman regret?
A．Giving up her research．
B．Dropping out of college．
C．Changing her major．
7．What is the woman interested in studying now?
A．Ecology．
B．Education．
C．Chemistry．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
听第7 段材料，回答第8、9 题。
8．What is the man?
A．A hotel manager．
B．A tour guide．
C．A taxi driver．
9．What is the man doing for the woman?
A．Looking for some local foods．
B．Showing her around the seaside．
C．Offering information about a hotel．
听第8 段材料，回答第10 至12 题。
10．Where does the conversation probably take place?
A．In an office．
B．At home
C．At a restaurant．
11．What will the speakers do tomorrow evening?
A．Go to a concert．
B．Visit a friend
C．work extra hours．
12．Who is Alice going to call?
A．Mike ．
B．Joan
C．Catherine ．
听第9 段材料，回答第13 至16 题。
13．Why does the woman meet the man?
A．To look at an apartment．
B．To deliver some furniture．
C．To have a meal together．
14．What does the woman like about the carpet?
A．Its color．
B．Its design． C． Its quality ．
15．What does the man say about the kitchen?
A．It's a good size．
B．It's newly painted．
C． It's adequately equipped ．
16．What will the woman probably do next?
A．Go downtown．
B．Talk with her friend． C．Make payment ．
听第10 段材料，回答第17 至20 题。
17．Who is the speaker probably talking to?
A．Movie fans ．
B．News reporters．
C．College students ．
18．When did the speaker take English classes?
A．Before he left his hometown．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
B．After he came to America．
C．When he was 15 years old．
19．How does the speaker feel about his teacher?
A．He's proud．
B．He's sympathetic．
C．He's grateful ．
20．What does the speaker mainly talk about?
A．How education shaped his life．
B．How his language skills improved．
C．How he managed his business well．
第二部分 阅读理解(共两节，满分40 分)
第一节 (共15 小题；每小题2 分，满分30 分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C 和D 四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
A
Washington， D．C．Bicycle Tours
Cherry Blossom Bike Tour in Washington， D．C．
Duration :3 hours
This small group bike tour is a fantastic way to see the world-famous cherry trees with
beautiful flowers of Washington， D．C．Your guide will provide a history lesson about the trees
and the famous monuments where they blossom．Reserve your spot before availability — and the
cherry blossoms—disappear!
Washington Capital Monuments Bicycle Tour
Duration:3 hours (4 miles)
Join a guided bike tour and view some of the most popular monuments in Washington，
D．C．Explore the monuments and memorials on the National Mall as your guide shares unique
facts and history at each stop． Guided tour includes bike， helmet， cookies and bottled water．
Capital City Bike Tour In Washington，D．C．
Duration:3 hours
Morning or Afternoon，this bike tour is the perfect tour for D．C．newcomers and locals
looking to experience Washington，D．C． in a healthy way with minimum effort．Knowledgeable
guides will entertain you with the most interesting stories about Presidents， Congress，
memorials， and parks．Comfortable bikes and a smooth tour route(路线）make cycling between
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
the sites fun and relaxing．
Washington Capital Sites at Night Bicycle Tour
Duration：3 hours(7miles)
Join a small group bike tour for an evening of exploration in the heart of Washington，
D．C．Get up close to the monuments and memorials as your bike the sites of Capitol Hill and the
National Mall． Frequent stops are made for photo taking as your guide offers unique facts and
history．Tour includes bike， helmet， and bottled water． All riders are equipped with reflective
vests and safety lights．
21．Which tour do you need to book in advance?
A．Cherry Blossom Bike Tour in Washington，D．C．
B．Washington Capital Monuments Bicycle Tour．
C．Capital City Bike Tour in Washington，D．C．
D．Washington Capital Sites at Night Bicycle Tour．
22．What will you do on the Capital City Bike Tour?
A．Meet famous people． B．Go to a national park．
C．Visit well-known museums． D．Enjoy interesting stories．
23．Which of the following does the bicycle tour at night provide?
A．City maps．
B． Cameras． C．Meals D． Safety lights
B
Good Morning Britain’s Susanna Reid is used to grilling guests on the sofa every morning，
but she is cooking up a storm in her latest role — showing families how to prepare delicious and
nutritious meals on a tight budget．
In Save Money: Good Food，she visits a different home each week and with the help of chef
Matt Tebbutt offers top tips on how to reduce food waste， while preparing recipes for under £5
per family a day．And the Good Morning Britain presenter says she’s been able to put a lot of what
she’s leant into practice in her own home， preparing meals for sons，Sam，14，Finn，13，and
Jack， 11．
"We love Mexican churros，so I buy them on my phone from my local Mexican takeaway
restaurant，" she explains． "I pay £5 for a portion(一份)， but Matt makes them for 26p a portion，
because they are flour， water， sugar and oil． Everybody can buy takeaway food， but
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
sometimes we’re not aware how cheaply we can make this food ourselves．"
The eight-part series(系列节自)， Save Money: Good Food， follows in the footsteps of
ITV’s Save Money: Good Health， which gave viewers advice on how to get value from the vast
range of health products on the market．
With food our biggest weekly household expense， Susanna and Matt spend time with a
different family each week． In tonight’s Easter special they come to the aid of a family in need of
some delicious inspiration on a budget． The team transforms the family’s long weekend of
celebration with less expensive but still tasty recipes．
24．What do we know about Susanna Reid?
A．She enjoys embarrassing her guests．
B．She has started a new programme．
C．She dislikes working early in the morning．
D．She has had a tight budget for her family．
25．How does Matt Tebbutt help Susanna?
A．He buys cooking materials for her．
B．He prepares food for her kids．
C．He assists her in cooking matters．
D．He invites guest families for her．
26．What does the author intend to do in paragraph 4?
A．Summarize the previous paragraphs．
B．Provide some advice for the readers．
C．Add some background information．
D．Introduce a new topic for discussion．
27．What can be a suitable title for the text?
A．Keeping Fit by Eating Smart
B．Balancing Our Daily Diet
C．Making yourself a Perfect Chef
D．Cooking Well for Less
C
Languages have been coming and going for thousands of years，but in recent times there has
been less coming and a lot more going．When the world was still populated by hunter-gatherers，
small，tightly knit (联系)groups developed their own patterns of speech independent of each
other．Some language experts believe that 10，000 years ago，when the world had just five to ten
million people，they spoke perhaps 12，000 languages between them．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Soon afterwards，many of those people started settling down to become farmers，and their
languages too became more settled and fewer in number ．In recent centuries，trade，
industrialisation．the development of the nation-state and the spread of universal compulsory
education．especially globalisation and better communications in the past few decades，all have
caused many languages to disappear，and dominant languages such as English．Spanish and
Chinese are increasingly taking over．
At present，the world has about 6 800 languages． The distribution of these languages is
hugely uneven． The general rule is that mild zones have relatively few languages．often spoken
by many people，while hot，wet zones have lots， often spoken by small numbers．Europe has only
around 200 languages；the Americas about 1，000． Africa 2,400；and Asia and the Pacific perhaps
3，200，of which Papua New Guinea alone accounts for well over 800．The median number (中
位数)of speakers is a mere 6,000，which means that half the world’s languages are spoken by
fewer people than that．
Already well over 400 of the total of 6,800 languages are close to extinction(消亡)， with
only a few elderly speakers left．Pick，at random，Busuu in Cameroon (eight remaining speakers)，
Chiapaneco in Mexico(150)．Lipan Apache in the United States(two or three)or Wadjigu in
Australia (one，with a question-mark)：none of these seems to have much chance of survival．
28．What can we infer about languages in hunter-gatherer times?
A．They developed very fast． B．They were large in number．
C．They had similar patters． D．They were closely connected
29．Which of the following best explains "dominant " underlined in paragraph 2？
A．Complex． B．Advanced． C．Powerful． D．Modem．
30．How many languages are spoken by less than 6,000 people at present?
A．About 6, 800 B．About 3,400
C．About 2,400 D．About 1,200
31．What is the main idea of the text?
A．New languages will be created．
B．People’s lifestyles are reflected in languages
C．Human development results in fewer languages
D．Geography determines language evolution．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
D
We may think we're a culture that gets rid of our worn technology at the first sight of
something shiny and new，but a new study shows that we keep using our old devices(装置) well
after they go out of style． That’s bad news for the environment — and our wallets — as these
outdated devices consume much more energy than the newer ones that do the same things．
To figure out how much power these devices are using，Callie Babbitt and her colleagues at
the Rochester Institute of Technology in New York tracked the environmental costs for each
product throughout its life — from when its minerals are mined to when we stop using the
device．This method provided a readout for how home energy use has evolved since the early
1990s．Devices were grouped by generation．Desktop computers，basic mobile phones，and
box-set TVs defined 1992．Digital cameras arrived on the scene in 1997． And MP3 players，
smart phones， and LCD TVs entered homes in 2002，before tablets and e-readers showed up in
2007．
As we accumulated more devices，however，we didn't throw out our old ones． "The
living-room television is replaced and gets planted in the kids' room， and suddenly one day， you
have a TV in every room of the house，" said one researcher． The average number of electronic
devices rose from four per household in 1992 to 13 in 2007． We're not just keeping these old
devices — we continue to use them． According to the analysis of Babbitt's team， old desktop
monitors and box TVs with cathode ray tubes are the worst devices with their energy consumption
and contribution to greenhouse gas emissions（排放）more than doubling during the 1992 to 2007
window．
So what's the solution（解决方案）? The team's data only went up to 2007， but the
researchers also explored what would happen if consumers replaced old products with new
electronics that serve more than one function， such as a tablet for word processing and TV
viewing．They found that more on-demand entertainment viewing on tablets instead of TVs and
desktop computers could cut energy consumption by 44%．
32．What does the author think of new devices?
A．They are environment-friendly．
B．They are no better than the old．
C．They cost more to use at home．
D．They go out of style quickly．
33．Why did Babbitt's team conduct the research?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．To reduce the cost of minerals．
B．To test the life cycle of a product．
C．To update consumers on new technology．
D．To find out electricity consumption of the devices．
34．Which of the following uses the least energy?
A．The box-set TV． B．The tablet．
C．The LCD TV．
D．The desktop computer．
35．What does the text suggest people do about old electronic devices?
A．Stop using them．
B．Take them apart．
C．Upgrade them．
D．Recycle them．
第二节 (共5 小题；每小题2 分，满分10 分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余
选项。
Color is fundamental in home design——something you’ll always have in every room．A
grasp of how to manage color in your spaces is one of the first steps to creating rooms you’ll love
to live in． Do you want a room that’s full of life? Professional? Or are you just looking for a
place to relax after a long day? 36 ， color is the key to making a room feel the way you
want it to feel．
Over the years， there have been a number of different techniques to help designers approach
this important point． 37 ， they can get a little complex ．But good news is that there’re
really only three kinds of decisions you need to make about color in your home：the small ones，
the medium ones，and the large ones．
38 ． They’re the little spots of color like throw pillows，mirrors and baskets that most
of us use to add visual interest to our rooms ．Less tiring than painting your walls and less
expensive than buying a colorful sofa，small color choices bring with them the significant benefit
of being easily changeable．
Medium color choices are generally furniture pieces such as sofas，dinner tables or
bookshelves 39 ． They require a bigger commitment than smaller ones， and they
have a more powerful effect on the feeling of a space．
The large color decisions in your rooms concern the walls，ceilings，and floors．Whether
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
you’re looking at wallpaper or paint，the time，effort and relative expense put into it are
significant． 40 ．
A．While all of them are useful
B．Whatever you’re looking for
C．If you’re experimenting with a color
D．Small color choices are the ones we’re most familiar with
E．It’s not really a good idea to use too many small color pieces
F．So it pays to be sure，because you want to get it right the first time
G．Color choices in this range are a step up from the small ones in two major ways
第三部分 语言知识运用(共两节，满分45 分)
第一节 (共20 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分30 分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C 和D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处
的最佳选项。
During my second year at the city college，I was told that the education department was
offering a "free" course，called Thinking Chess，for three credits．I 41 the idea of taking the
class because，after all，who doesn't want to 42 a few dollars? More than that，I'd always
wanted to learn chess．And，even if I weren’t 43 enough about free credits，news about our
44 was appealing enough to me． He was an international grandmaster，which 45 I would
be learning from one of the game's 46 ．I could hardly wait to 47 him．
Maurice Ashley was kind and smart，a former graduate returning to teach，and this 48 was
no game for him；he meant business． In his introduction， he made it 49 that our credits
would be hard-earned．In order to 50 the class，among other criteria， we had to write a paper
on how we plan to 51 what we would learn in class to our future professions and， 52 ，
to our lives．I managed to get an A in that 53 and learned life lessons that have served me
well beyond the 54 ．
Ten years after my chess class with Ashley，I'm still putting to use what he 55 me：
“The absolute most important 56 that you learn when you play chess is how to make good
57 ．On every single move you have to 58 a situation，process what your opponent(对手）
is doing and 59 the best move from among all your options．”These words still ring true
today in my 60 as a journalist．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
41．A．put forward
B．jumped at
C．tried out D．turned down
42．A．waste
B．earn C．save D．pay
43．A．excited
B．worried
C．moved
D．tired
44．A．title
B．competitor
C．textbook
D．instructor
45．A．urged
B．demanded
C．held
D．meant
46．A．fastest
B．easiest
C．best
D．rarest
47．A．interview B．meet
C．challenge
D．beat
48．A．chance
B．qualification C．honor
D．job
49．A．real B．perfect C．clear D．possible
50．A．attend
B．pass
C．skip
D．observe
51．A．add
B．expose
C．apply
D．compare
52．A．eventually
B．naturally C．directly D．normally
53．A．game
B．presentation C．course
D．experiment
54．A．criterion B．classroom
C．department
D．situation
55．A．taught
B．wrote
C．questioned
D．promised
56．A．fact
B．step
C．manner
D．skill
57．A．grades
B．decisions
C．impressions D．comments
58．A．analyze
B．describe
C．rebuild
D．control
59．A．announce B．signal
C．block
D．evaluate
60．A．role
B．desire
C．concern
D．behavior
第二节（共10 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分15 分）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
According to a review of evidence in a medical journal，runners live three years 61 (long)
than non-runners． You don't have to run fast or for long 62 (see)the benefit． You may drink，
smoke，be overweight and still reduce your risk of 63 (die) early by running．
While running regularly can't make you live forever，the review says it 64 (be) more
effective at lengthening life 65 walking， cycling or swimming．Two of the authors of the
review also made a study published in 2014 66 showed a mere five to 10 minutes a day of
running reduced the risk of heart disease and early deaths from all 67 (cause)．
The best exercise is one that you enjoy and will do．But otherwise… it's probably
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
running．To avoid knee pain，you can run on soft surfaces，do exercises to 68 (strength)your
leg muscles(肌肉)，avoid hills and get good running shoes． Running is cheap，easy and it's
always 69 (energy)．If you are time poor， you need run for only half the time to get the same
benefits as other sports，so perhaps we should all give 70 a try．
第四部分 写作(共两节，满分35 分)
第一节 短文改错（共10 小题，每小题1 分，满分10 分）
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共
有10 处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（Λ），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的用斜线（\）划掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10 处，多者（从第l1 处起）不计分。
During my last winter holiday，I went to countryside with my father to visit my
grandparents．I find a big change there．The first time I went there，they were living in a small
house with dogs， ducks，and another animals．Last winter when I went here again，they had a
big separate house to raise dozens of chicken．They also had a small pond，which they raised
fish． My grandpa said last summer they earned quite a lot by sell the fish． I felt happily that
their life had improved． At the end of our trip， I told my father that I planned to return for every
two years， but he agreed．
第二节 书面表达(满分25 分)
假定你是李华，你的新西兰朋友Terry 将去中国朋友家做客，发邮件向你询问有关习俗。
请你回复邮件。内容包括：
1．到达时间；
2．合适的礼物；
3．餐桌礼仪。
注意：
1．词数100 左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2018 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国卷Ⅰ)
英语答案
第一部分 听力
1–5 BCCBA 6–10BABCC 11–15ABAAC 16–20BCBCA
第二部分 阅读理解
21–25ADDBC 26–30CDBCB
31–35CADBA 36–40BADGF
第三部分 语言知识运用
41–45BCADD
46–50CBDCB
51–55CACBA 56–60DBADA
61．longer 62．to see 63．dying 64．is 65．than 66．that/which
67．causes 68．strengthen 69．energetic 70．it/running
第二部分 阅读理解
A
21．A【解析】根据第一条旅行路线介绍的最后一句“Reserve your spot before availability – and
the cherry blossoms – disappear”可知，选择第一条旅行路线需要提前预订。
22．D【解析】根据第三条旅行路线介绍中的“Knowledgeable guides will entertain you with the
most interesting stories about Presidents, Congress，memorials，and parks”可知，选择这
条旅行路线的游客可以在观光过程中听导游讲故事。
23．D【解析】第四条旅行路线是夜间游览，根据该段介绍的最后一句“All riders are equipped
with reflective vests and safety lights”可知，该路线为夜间骑车观光的游客提供反光背心
和安全灯。
B
译文：在Save Money：Good Food 节目中，她每周拜访不同的家庭，并在厨师Matt Tebbutt
的协助下，针对如何减少食物浪费为他们提出建议，同时为他们准备每天花不到5 英镑（就
可以做一顿好吃的饭菜的）食谱。
24．B【解析】根据第一段中的“but she is cooking up a storm in her latest role – showing families
how to prepare delicious and nutritious meals on a tight budget”可推知，这位电视节目主
持人正在主持一档新的节目，介绍如何少花钱做出好吃的饭菜。A 项和C 项的表述与
第一段中的“Good Morning Britain's Susanna Reid is used to grilling guests on the sofa
every morning”意思不符，故可排除。文章中提及这个节目能够帮助预算紧张的家庭做
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
出好吃的饭菜，但并没有信息说明Susanna Reid 的家庭预算紧张，故可排除D 项。
25．C【解析】根据第二段的第一句“In Save Money：Good Food，she visits a different home
each week and with the help of chef Matt Tebbutt offers top tips on how to reduce food waste,
while preparing recipes for under ￡5 per family a day”可知，在节目中，厨师Matt Tebbutt
帮助Susanna Reid 给家庭提出关于如何减少食物浪费的建议和准备食谱。
26．C【解析】上文介绍了Save Money：Good Food 这个电视节目的情况，本段介绍了与此
相关的节目Save Money：Good Health 的情况，旨在提供一些背景信息。本段不是对前
三段内容的概括，可排除A 项；本段没有给读者提出建议，可排除B 项；本段的目的
不是介绍一个新的讨论话题，故可排除D 项。
27．D【解析】本文介绍了由Susanna Reid 主持的一档电视节目，给观众介绍如何少花钱做
出好吃的又有营养的饭菜，因此本文的最佳标题应为Cooking Well for Less。
C
28．B【解析】根据第一段的最后一句“Some language experts believe that 10,000 years ago, when
the world had just five to ten million people, they spoke perhaps 12,000 languages between
them”可知，在狩猎时代，人口少，语言却很丰富，故选B。根据第一段第二句“When
the world was still populated by hunter–gatherers, small, tightly knit（联系）groups developed
their own patterns of speech independent of each other”可知，在狩猎时代，小的紧密联系
的群体发展了各自独立的语言，故C、D 项错误；根据第一段的内容可知，文中未提及
狩猎时代语言的发展速度，可排除A 项。
29．C【解析】根据第二段最后一句“In recent centuries…all have caused many languages to
disappear，and dominant languages such as English，Spanish and Chinese are increasingly
taking over”可知，近几个世纪以来，随着社会的发展，很多语言已经消失，英语、西
班牙语、汉语逐渐占主导地位。complex“复杂的”；advanced“高级的，先进的”；powerful
“有影响力的”；modern“现代的”。故选C。
30．B【解析】根据第三段最后一句“The median number（中位数）of speakers is a mere 6,000,
which means that half the world's languages are spoken by fewer people than that”可知，目
前全球不同语言使用人数的中位数仅是6 000，这就意味着世界上有一半的语言的使用
人数不到6 000；结合第三段第一句“At present，the world has about 6，800 languages”
可知，选B。
31．C【解析】根据第一段第一句中的“but in recent times there has been less coming and a lot
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
more going”和第二段可知，随着人类社会的发展，尤其是工业化、全球化以来，很多
语言已经消失，即人类的发展使得语言的种类越来越少。故选C。本文并未提及新的语
言将会被创造，可排除A 项；本文并未提及人们的生活方式反映在语言上，可排除B
项；本文并未说明地理决定语言的进化发展，可排除D 项。
D
译文：虽然这个团队的数据只到2007 年，但研究人员也探索了如果消费者用多功能的
新电子设备（比如可进行文字处理和观看电视的平板电脑）来替换过时设备将会如何。
32．A【解析】根据对第一段的整体理解可知，与新的电子设备相比，过时电子设备不仅耗
能高，而且危害环境，所以可推断出，新的电子设备是环保的，故选A 项。根据文章
第一段中的“as these outdated devices consume much more energy than the newer ones that
do the same things” 可知，新的电子设备耗能低，比旧设备好，故B、C 项错；本文未
提及电子设备的过时速度快，故D 项错。
33．D【解析】根据文章第二段第一句中的“To figure out how much power these devices are
using, Callie Babbitt and her colleagues at the Rochester Institute of Technology in New York
tracked the environmental costs for each product throughout its life”可知，Babbitt 的团队
做这项研究的目的是计算电子设备的耗电情况，故选D 项。
34．B【解析】根据文章最后一段最后一句“They found that more on—demand entertainment
viewing on tablets instead of TVs and desktop computers could cut energy consumption by
44%”可知，用平板电脑替换电视机和台式电脑会节省44%的能耗，根据第二段中的
“LCD TVs entered…showed up in 2007”可知，平板电脑应比液晶电视耗能低，故选B
项。
35．A【解析】根据文章最后一段第二句中的“the researchers also explored what would happen
if consumers replaced old products with new electronics that serve more than one function”
可推断出，文章建议用多功能的新设备来替换过时设备，即停止使用过时设备，故选A
项。take apart“拆卸”；upgrade“使升级”；recycle“回收利用”。
第二节
36．B 上文给出了不同的房间风格选择，第一段最后一句又说到“making a room feel the way
you want it to feel”可知，此处指不管你在寻找哪种风格，颜色是关键。
37．A 结合第二段第一句中的“a number of different techniques”以及最后一句给出的三种
设计方案可知，此处表示“虽然这些技巧非常有用，但它们会有一点复杂”，故A 项
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
符合语境。
38．D 第二段最后一句出现了“the small ones，the medium ones，and the large ones”，第三
段提到了“small color choices”，由此可知空处所在段主要在讲“the small ones”，故
选D。
39．G 第四段最后一句提到了“a bigger commitment than smaller ones”和“a more powerful
effect”可知，此处是和上文中的“small color choices”作对比，故选G。
40．F 根据第五段第二句提到的“the time，effort and relative expense put into it are significant”
可知，此处意在强调所花费的时间、精力和费用是巨大的，由此可推知选F。
第三部分语言知识运用
第一节
41．B 我迫不及待地接受(jumped at)了参加这个课程学习的想法。put forward“提出”；try out
“试验”；turn down“关小，拒绝”。
42．C 毕竟，谁不想节省(save)一些钱呢？waste“浪费，花费”；earn“挣，赚得”；pay“付
款”。
43．A 即使我对免费学分不太激动(excited)。worried“担心的”；moved“感动的”；tired
“劳累的”。
44．D 关于我们的讲师(instructor)的消息足够吸引我。title“标题，题目”；competitor“竞争
者”；textbook“课本”。
45．D 他是一位国际象棋大师，这意味(meant)着我能向象棋界最优秀的人之一学习。urge
“敦促”；demand“要求”；hold“举行”。
46．C 参见上题解析。fastest“最快的”；easiest“最容易的”．best“最佳的”；rarest“最珍
贵的”。
47．B 根据上文对这位国际象棋大师的描述可知，我迫不及待地想见到(meet)他。interview
“采访”；challenge“挑战”；beat“打击”。
48．D Maurice Ashley 是善良又聪明的人，这份工作(job)对他来说不是游戏。chance“机会”；
qualification“资格”；honor“荣誉”。
49．C 在他的介绍里，他清楚地(clear)说明了我们的学分是必须经过努力才能得到的。real
“真的”；perfect“完美的”；possible“可能的”。
50．B 为了通过(pass)这门课程，我们必须写一篇关于如何把课堂所学运用到未来职业中的
文章。attend“参加”；skip“跳过”；observe“观察”。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
51．C 参见上题解析。add“添加”；expose“暴露，使面临”；apply“应用，运用”；compare
“比较”。
52．A 并且最后（eventually）运用到我们的生活中。naturally“自然地”；directly“直接地”；
normally“正常地”。
53．C 我设法在那门课程(course)获得了A。game“游戏”；presentation“授予，表现”；experiment
“实验”。
54．B 并且学到一些对我课堂(classroom)之外的生活有用的知识。criterion“标准”；department
“部门”；situation“形势”。
55．A 我仍然利用到他教(taught)我的东西。write“写”；question“提问”；promise“承诺”。
56．D 当你下象棋时，你学到的最重要的技能(skill)是如何作出好决定。fact“事实”；step
“步骤”；manner“方式”。
57．B 参见上题解析。grade“分数”；decision“决定”；impression“印象”comment“评论”。
58．A 每一步你不得不分析(analyze)情况。describe“描述”；rebuild“重建”；control“控制”。
59．D 在所有选择中评估(evaluate)出最好的选择。announce“宣布”；signal“发信号”;block
“阻止，限制”。
60．A 我作为记者这一角色(role)，这些话今天听起来仍然是真实的。desire“欲望”；concern
“关心”；behavior“行为”。
第二节
64．is 考查动词的时态和主谓一致。本文介绍了跑步的好处，通篇以一般现在时为主。本句
中宾语从句与主句的时态应保持一致，故用一般现在时；且宾语从句中的主语为it，
故用is。
65．than 考查介词。根据句中的more 可知，此处应用介词than 引出比较对象。此处表示跑
步比散步、骑行或游泳更能有效地延长寿命。故填than。
66．that/which 考查定语从句。分析句子结构可知，此处引导定语从句，先行词为a study，
且定语从句中缺少主语，故填关系代词that/which。
67．causes 考查名词。此处cause 是可数名词，意为“原因”，句中的all 表示“所有”，后
应用可数名词的复数形式，故填causes。
68．strengthen 考查非谓语动词。分析句子结构可知，此处为动词不定式作目的状语，故本
空应填动词strengthen，意为“增强，加强”。
69．energetic 考查形容词。and 连接两个并列分句，两个分句都表示跑步的特征，and 前面
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
的cheap 和easy 均为形容词，故此处应用形容词energetic 作表语，意为“需要能量
的，剧烈的”。
70．it/running 考查固定搭配。give it a try 为固定搭配，意为“试一试”，根据语境可知，it
指代running，故可填it 或running。
第四部分写作
第一节短文改错
During my last winter holiday， I went to the
countryside with my father to visit my
grandparents． I
find
found
a big change there． The first time I went there， they were living in a
small house with dogs， ducks， and another
other
animals． Last winter when I went here
there
again，
they had a big separate house to raise dozens of chicken
chickens
． They also had a small pond in
which
which
where
they raised fish． My grandpa said last summer they earned quite a lot by
sell
selling
the fish． I felt happily
happy
that their life had improved． At the end of our trip， I told my
father that I planned to return for every two years， but
and
he agreed．
第一处：在countryside 前加the。考查冠词。定冠词the 用于某些固定习语中，“go to the
countryside”意为“去乡下”。
第二处：find 改为found。考查时态。根据前一句中的时间状语“During my last winter holiday”
和下文内容可知，本文讲述作者去年寒假的故事。所以此处应用一般过去时，故把
find 改为found。
第三处：another 改为other。考查限定词。another“又一，再一”后跟可数名词单数，可数
名词复数前用other“其他的，别的”，故把another 改为other。
第四处：here 改为there。考查副词。come here“来这儿”，go there“去那儿”；此处指去那
儿，因此应用there。
第五处：chicken 改为chickens。考查名词的单复数。短语dozens of 之后应接可数名词复数，
而此处chicken 为可数名词“鸡”，故把chicken 改为chickens。
第六处：在which 前加in 或which 改为where。考查定语从句。本句中定语从句的先行词是
pond，在从句中作地点状语，故应在which 前加in 或把which 改为where。
第七处：sell 改为selling。考查非谓语动词。此处动词位于介词by 后，应用动名词作宾语。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
第八处：happily 改为happy。考查形容词。此处felt 是系动词，应跟形容词作表语，故把happily
改为happy。
第九处：删除for。考查介词。惯用语every two years 意为“每隔两年”，其前不用介词，故
介词for 多余。
第十处：but 改为and。考查连词。根据句意可知，此处表示顺承关系，故把but 改为and。
第二节书面表达
【写作思路】本文是邮件，与英语书信的格式基本相同。根据写作提示，考生应用英语
给新西兰朋友Terry 回复一封邮件，给他介绍到中国朋友家里做客的风俗习惯。写作内容主
要包括三项：1．告诉对方到达时间；2．建议他该带的合适的礼物；3．简单介绍一下中国
的餐桌礼仪。
这封邮件由三段组成：第一段陈述写信的背景和写信的目的；第二段陈述写作提示中所
列的三个要点；最后一段为结束语。
【范文赏读】
Dear Terry，
I am delighted to know you are invited to a dinner party by your Chinese friend. It is a really
good opportunity to experience Chinese culture．Now I'd like to offer you some advice.
First of all, you'd better arrive on time because it is polite to be punctual in China. Second, it
is a good idea to bring a small gift, such as a bunch of flowers or a box of chocolates if they have
young children. Most importantly, the elderly are usually the first to taste the food served on the
table because they are well respected in China. Don't forget to praise your friend for the delicious
foods he offers．
I hope you will have a great time.
Yours．
Li Hua
附：听力参考资料
Text 1
W：James，you’ve been watching TV for the whole evening．What’s on?
M：It’s a science program on the origin of the universe．I’ll give a presentation on it in my class
tomorrow．
Text 2
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
M：Hello，do you have The Best of Mozart?
W：Um，sorry． We’ve just sold out， but we can order one for you． If you give us your number，
we’ll call you when the CD arrives．
Text 3
W：We’d better be going now，or we’ll be late for the train．
M：No rush．It’s 8：30 now．We still have two hours．
Text 4
M：I am so tired of driving all those hours to work．
W：Yeah，I know what you mean．I used to drive two hours to work each way．But now I live
within walking distance of my office．I don’t even need a bike．
Text 5
W：Hi Andy．I didn’t see you in Professor Smith’s class yesterday．What happened?
M：Well，I had a headache，so I called him and asked for sick leave．
Text 6
W：The biggest mistake I made，uh，was leaving college in my last year， and not completing my
education．So I’m thinking of going back to school．
M：School? To study what?
W：Ecology．I’m interested in the relationship between humans and nature．
M：Cool! Is it what you studied years ago?
W：No，I majored in chemistry then．
Text 7
M：Good morning，madam．I’m your guide for this trip．
W：How lovely! Could you tell me about the hotel I’m going to stay at?
M：Yes，of course．The Grand Hotel opened in 1990 and it sits on the seaside along the South
Coast Highway．It is the most beautiful hotel here．
W：That sounds great!
M：And there are some restaurants outside． So at dinner time， you’d have a lot of choices．
W：That’s really nice． I like to have some local foods while traveling． What about the scenery
around it?
M：The hotel has the best views of the Pacific Ocean．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
W：Oh， I think I will love this hotel．
Text 8
W：Hi， Mike．
M：Hi， Alice． Nice to see you． You don’t often come here．
W：I usually have fast food delivered to my office． Just came here for a change today．
M：The environment here is good， clean and relatively quiet．
W：Yeah， and I heard the food is tasty． By the way， are you going to the concert tomorrow
evening?
M：Yes． Are you?
W：Yeah， Catherine was supposed to go with me， but she may have to work extra hours
tomorrow． Do you know anyone who might like to go?
M：No． But if you like， I can ask around． Er， Joan might want to go．
W：Oh， yes， she is a great fan of classical music． I’ll give her a ring after lunch．
Text 9
W：Hi， I’ve only just arrived．
M：Oh， good． Now here are the keys． Let’s go in． There are two apartments． The one for
rent is on the right．Do come in．
W：Thank you．I like the carpet．The color is nice， isn’t it?
M：Yes，and this apartment is in good condition． Here is your lounge．
W：Where would we eat?
M：There is this corner here， or you can use your kitchen． Come and see．
W：The kitchen is quite small．
M：Yes，but it has everything， cooker， fridge， even a dishwasher．
W：And there are lots of cupboards．
M：Let me show you the bedrooms． This is the smaller one．
W：It’s a good size， though．
M：Now come into the other bedroom． You can see the bathroom， too．
W：Yes， it is very nice． But I will have to ask my friend first， and we will come together． I
understand it is $800 a month．
M：Yes， but a few blocks downtown would be much more expensive．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
W：Well， thank you． I will be in touch．
Text 10
M：Thank you very much． Thank you Dr．Johnson．Well，it is really great to be back at
university again． The thing that I want to tell you today is this： education is important．When I
came to the U．S．，I was only thinking about being a carpenter，but I could not read the newspaper
and I could not understand the news on television or movies or anything like this， so I entered the
city college to take English classes for foreign students．I was very proud that I was going to a
college because no one in my family ever went to any college or to any university． You know，
when you are 15 years old in my country， you finish school and then you learn a trade．And that’s
exactly what I did． When I was 15 years old， I learned how to be a carpenter．A year later， I
came to America． Luckily， I met a very good teacher who encouraged me to take some math
classes， business classes and history classes and I became a full-time college student． And today
when I look back， I’m so happy because you never know where life will take you．All of a
sudden，I started making money， because I was really good at math．You know， how to work
out everything with math is so important．This is something that I learned when I started my own
business，which is doing really well．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2018 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国卷Ⅱ)
英语
（考试时间：120 分钟 试卷满分：150 分）
第一部分 听力（共两节，满分30 分）
第一节（共5 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分7．5 分）
听下面5 短对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最佳
选项。听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话
仅读一遍。
1．What does John find difficult in learning German？
A．Pronunciation．
B．Vocabulary． C．Grammar．
2．What is the probable relationship between the speakers？
A．Colleagues． B．Brother and sister． C．Teacher and student．
3．Where does the conversation probably take place？
A． In a bank． B． At a ticket office． C． On a train．
4． What are the speakers talking about？
A．A restaurant． B．A street． C．A dish．
5．What does the woman think of her interview？
A．It was tough． B．It was interesting． C．It was successful．
第二节（共15 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分22．5 分）
听下面5 段对话或独白，每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个
选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5 秒钟；听
完后，各小题将给出5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答第6、7 题。
6．When will Judy go to a party？
A．On Monday．
B．On Tuesday．
C．On Wednesday．
7．What will Max do next？
A．Fly a kite． B．Read a magazine． C．Do his homework．
听第7 段材料，回答第8、9 题。
8．What does the man suggest doing at first？
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．Going to a concert．
B．Watching a movie．
C．Playing a computer game．
9．What do the speakers decide to do？
A．Visit Mike ． B．Go boating．
C．Take a walk．
听第8 段材料，回答第10 至12 题。
10．Which color do cats see better than humans？
A．Red．
B．Green．
C．Blue．
11．Why do cats bring dead birds home？
A．To eat them in a safe place．
B．To show off their hunting skills．
C．To make their owners happy．
12．How does the man sound at the end of the conversation？
A．Grateful．
B．Humorous．
C．Curious．
听第9 段材料，回答第13 至16 题。
13．Who is Macy？
A．Ed’s mother． B．Ed’s teacher． C．Ed’s friend．
14．How does Ed usually go to kindergarten？
A．By car． B．On foot． C．By bus．
15．What does Ed enjoy doing at the kindergarten？
A．Telling stories．
B．Singing songs ．
C．Playing with others．
16．What do the teachers say about Ed？
A．He’s clever． B．He’s quiet． C．He’s brave．
听第10 段材料，回答第17 至20 题。
17．At what age did Emily start learning ballet？
A．Five． B．Six． C．Nine．
18．Why did Emily move to Toronto？
A．To work for a dance school． B．To perform at a dance theater．
C．To learn contemporary dance．
19．Why did Emily quit dancing？
A．She was too old to dance． B．She failed to get a scholarship．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
C．She lost interest in it．
20．How does Emily feel about stopping training？
A．She’s pleased． B．She’s regretful． C．She’s upset
第二部分 阅读理解(共两节，满分40 分)
第一节 (共15 小题；每小题2 分，满分30 分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C 和D 四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
A
Summer Activities
Students should read the list with their parents/careers, and select two activities they would
like to do．Forms will be available in school and online for them to indicate their choices and
return to school．Before choices are finalised，parents/careers will be asked to sign to confirm their
child’s choices．
Activity
Description
Member
of staff
Cost
Outdoor
Adventure
(OUT)
Take yourself out of your comfort zone for a
week, discover new personal qualities, and
learn new skills．You will be able to take part
in a number of activities from canoeing to wild
camping on Dartmoor．Learn rock climbing
and work as a team, and enjoy the great
outdoor environment．
Mr．
Clemens
£140
WWI
Battlefields
and Paris
(WBP)
On Monday we travel to London．After staying
overnight in London, we travel on Day 2 to
northern France to visit the World War I
battlefields ．On Day 3 we cross into
Belgium．Thursday sees us make the short
journey to Paris where we will visit Disneyland
Paris park, staying until late to see the parade
and the fireworks．Our final day, Friday, sees
Mrs．
Milson
£425
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
us visit central Paris and tour the main sights．
Crafty Foxes
(CRF)
Four days of product design centred around
textiles． Making lovely objects using recycled
and made materials ．Bags, cushions and
decorations．．．Learn skills and leave with
modern and unusual textiles．
Mrs．
Goode
£30
Potty about
Potter
(POT)
Visit Warner Bros Studio, shop stop to buy
picnic, stay overnight in an approved Youth
Hostel in Streatley-on-Thames, guided tour of
Oxford to see the film locations, picnic lunch
outside Oxford’s Christchurch, boating on the
River Cherwell through the University Parks,
before heading back to Exeter．
Miss
Drake
£150
21．Which activity will you choose if you want to go camping?
A．OUT．
B．WBP．
C．CRF． D．POT．
22．What will the students do on Tuesday with Mrs．Wilson?
A．Travel to London． B．See a parade and fireworks．
C．Tour central Paris． D．Visit the WWI battlefields．
23．How long does Potty about Potter last?
A．Two days．
B． Four days．
C．Five days．
D． One week．
B
Many of us love July because it’s the month when nature’s berries and stone fruits are in
abundance ．These colourful and sweet jewels form British Columbia’s fields are little
powerhouses of nutritional protection．
Of the common berries, strawberries are highest in vitamin C, although, because of their
seeds, raspberries contain a little more protein (蛋白质), iron and zinc (not that fruits have much
protein)． Blueberries are particularly high in antioxidants (抗氧化物质)． The yellow and orange
stone fruits such as peaches are high in the carotenoids we turn into vitamin A and which are
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
antioxidants．As for cherries (樱桃), they are so delicious who cares? However, they are rich in
vitamin C．
When combined with berries of slices of other fruits, frozen bananas make an excellent base
for thick, cooling fruit shakes and low fat “ice cream”．For this purpose, select ripe bananas for
freezing as they are much sweeter．Remove the skin and place them in plastic bags or containers
and freeze．If you like, a squeeze of fresh lemon juice on the bananas will prevent them turning
brown．Frozen bananas will last several weeks, depending on their ripeness and the temperature of
the freezer．
If you have a juicer, you can simply feed in frozen bananas and some berries or sliced
fruit．Out comes a “soft-serve” creamy dessert, to be eaten right away．This makes a fun activity
for a children’s party；they love feeding the fruit and frozen bananas into the top of the machine
and watching the ice cream come out below．
24．What does the author seem to like about cherries?
A．They contain protein．
B．They are high in vitamin A．
C．They have a pleasant taste． D．They are rich in antioxidants．
25．Why is fresh lemon juice used in freezing bananas?
A．To make them smell better． B．To keep their colour．
C．To speed up their ripening． D．To improve their nutrition．
26．What is “a juicer” in the last paragraph?
A．A dessert． B．A drink． C．A container． D．A machine．
27．From which is the text probably taken?
A．A biology textbook． B． A health magazine．
C．A research paper． D． A travel brochure．
C
Teens and younger children are reading a lot less for fun, according to a Common Sense
Media report published Monday．
While the decline over the past decade is steep for teen readers, some data in the report shows
that reading remains a big part of many children’s lives, and indicates how parents might help
encourage more reading．
According to the report’s key findings, “the proportion (比例) who say they ‘hardly ever’
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
read for fun has gone from 8 percent of 13-year-olds and 9 percent of 17-year-olds in 1984 to 22
percent and 27 percent respectively today．”
The report data shows that pleasure reading levels for younger children, ages 2-8, remain
largely the same．But the amount of time spent in reading each session has declined, from closer to
an hour or more to closer to a half hour per session．
When it comes to technology and reading, the report does little to counsel(建议) parents
looking for data about the effect of e-readers and tablets on reading．It does point out that many
parents still limit electronic reading, mainly due to concerns about increased screen time．
The most hopeful data shared in the report shows clear evidence of parents serving as
examples and important guides for their kids when it comes to reading． Data shows that kids and
teens who do read frequently, compared to infrequent readers, have more books in the home, more
books purchased for them, parents who read more often, and parents who set aside time for them
to read．
As the end of school approaches, and school vacation reading lists loom(逼近) ahead, parents
might take this chance to step in and make their own summer reading list and plan a family trip to
the library or bookstore．
28．What is the Common Sense Media report probably about?
A．Children’s reading habits．
B．Quality of children’s books．
C．Children’s after-class activities．
D．Parent-child relationships．
29．Where can you find the data that best supports "children are reading a lot less for fun"?
A．In paragraph 2．
B．In paragraph 3．
C．In paragraph 4．
D．In paragraph 5．
30．Why do many parents limit electronic reading?
A．E-books are of poor quality．
B．It could be a waste of time．
C．It may harm children’s health．
D．E-readers are expensive．
31．How should parents encourage their children to read more?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．Act as role models for them．
B．Ask them to write book reports．
C．Set up reading groups for them．
D．Talk with their reading class teachers．
D
We’ve all been there：in a lift, in line at the bank or on an airplane, surrounded by people who
are, like us, deeply focused on their smartphones or, worse, struggling with the uncomfortable
silence．
What’s the problem? It’s possible that we all have compromised conversational
intelligence．It’s more likely that none of us start a conversation because it’s awkward and
challenging, or we think it’s annoying and unnecessary．But the next time you find yourself
among strangers, consider that small talk is worth the trouble．Experts say it’s an invaluable social
practice that results in big benefits．
Dismissing small talk as unimportant is easy, but we can’t forget that deep relationships
wouldn’t even exist if it weren’t for casual conversation．Small talk is the grease(润滑剂) for
social communication, says Bernardo Carducci, director of the Shyness Research Institute at
Indiana University Southeast．＂Almost every great love story and each big business deal begins
with small talk,＂ he explains． ＂The key to successful small talk is learning how to connect
with others, not just communicate with them．＂
In a 2014 study, Elizabeth Dunn, associate professor of psychology at UBC, invited people
on their way into a coffee shop． One group was asked to seek out an interaction(互动) with its
waiter; the other, to speak only when necessary．The results showed that those who chatted with
their server reported significantly higher positive feelings and a better coffee shop experience． ＂
It’s not that talking to the waiter is better than talking to your husband,＂ says Dunn． ＂But
interactions with peripheral(边缘的) members of our social network matter for our well-being
also．＂
Dunn believes that people who reach out to strangers feel a significantly greater sense of
belonging, a bond with others． Carducci believes developing such a sense of belonging starts
with small talk．＂Small talk is the basis of good manners,＂ he says．
32．What phenomenon is described in the first paragraph?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．Addiction to smartphones．
B．Inappropriate behaviours in public places．
C．Absence of communication between strangers．
D．Impatience with slow service．
33．What is important for successful small talk according to Carducci?
A．Showing good manners．
B．Relating to other people．
C．Focusing on a topic．
D．Making business deals．
34．What does the coffee-shop study suggest about small talk?
A．It improves family relationships．
B．It raises people’s confidence．
C．It matters as much as a formal talk．
D．It makes people feel good．
35．What is the best title for the text?
A．Conversation Counts
B．Ways of Making Small Talk
C．Benefits of Small Talk
D．Uncomfortable Silence
第二节 (共5 小题；每小题2 分，满分10 分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余
选项。
If you are already making the time to exercise, it is good indeed! With such busy lives, it can
be hard to try and find the time to work out． 36 Working out in the morning provides
additional benefits beyond being physically fit．
Your productivity is improved． Exercising makes you more awake and ready to handle
whatever is ahead of you for the day． 37
Your metabolism(新陈代谢) gets a head start． 38 If you work out in the mornings,
then you will be getting the calorie(卡路里)burning benefits for the whole day, not in your sleep．
39 Studies found that people who woke up early for exercise slept better than those
who exercised in the evening． Exercise energizes you, so it is more difficult to relax and have a
peaceful sleep when you are very excited．
40 If you work out bright and early in the morning, you will be more likely to stick
to healthy food choices throughout the day． Who would want to ruin their good workout by
eating junk food? You will want to continue to focus on positive choices．
There are a lot of benefits to working out, especially in the mornings． Set your alarm clock
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
an hour early and push yourself to work out! You will feel energized all day long．
A．You will stick to your diet．
B．Your quality of sleep improves．
C．You prefer healthy food to fast food．
D．There is no reason you should exercise in the morning．
E．You can keep your head clear for 4-10 hours after exercise．
F．After you exercise, you continue to burn calories throughout the day．
G．If you are planning to do exercise regularly, or you’re doing it now, then listen up!
第三部分 语言知识运用(共两节，满分45 分)
第一节 (共20 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分30 分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C 和D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处
的最佳选项。
Two weeks earlier．my son．Ben ,had got in touch , he’d moved to England with his mum
when he was three and it had been 13 years since I’d 41 seen him．So imagine my 42
when he emailed me saying he wanted to come to visit me．
I was 43 ! I arrived early at Byron Bay where we were supposed to 44 ．The bay
was 45 in sunshine, and there was a group of kayakers around 150m off the shore． Getting
a little 46 ．I realized one kayak（皮划艇）was in 47 ． “Something’s not 48 !” I
took off my T-shirt and 49 into the water．I saw there were two instructors on board and a
man lying across the middle． He was 50 violently．Linking arms with one of the
instructors．I helped 51 the young man out of the water．He was unconscious and as I looked
at his face, something 52 to me．Those brown eyes were very 53 ．“What’s his name ?”
I asked the instructor． “Ben,” he replied, and immediately I 54 ．That stranger was my son!
The instructors called for an ambulance． 55 , after a brief stay in hospital, Ben was well
enough to be allowed to 56 and later the family met up for dinner． We chatted about
everything and then Ben 57 to me． “I just want to say thank you,” he said, “You 58
my life !”
I still can’t believe what a 59 it was． I’m just so glad I was there 60 to help my
son．
41．A． also
B． often
C． even
D． last
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
42．A． delight
B． relief
C． anger
D． worry
43．A． scared
B． shocked C． thrilled D． ashamed
44．A． talk
B． stay
C． meet
D． settle
45．A． bathed
B． clean
C． deep
D． formed
46．A． faster
B． closer
C． heavier D． wiser
47．A． trouble
B． advance C． question D． battle
48．A． real
B． right
C． fair
D． fit
49．A． stared
B． sank
C． dived
D． fell
50．A． arguing
B． fighting C． shouting D． shaking
51．A． lead
B． persuade C． carry
D． keep
52．A． happened
B． occurred C． applied D． appealed
53．A． sharp
B． pleasant C． attractive D． familiar
54．A． agreed
B． hesitated C． doubted D． knew
55．A． Fortunately
B． Frankly C． Sadly
D． Suddenly
56．A． return
B． relax
C． speak
D． leave
57．A． joked
B． turned
C． listened D． pointed
58．A． created
B． honored C． saved
D． guided
59．A． coincidence B． change C． pity
D． pain
60．A． on board
B． in time C． for sure D． on purpose
第二节 (共10 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分15 分)
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Diets have changed in China — and so too has its top crop． Since 2011，the country 61
（grow）more corn than rice． Corn production has jumped nearly 125 percent over 62 past 25
years, while rice has increased only 7 percent．
A taste for meat is 63 (actual) behind the change：An important part of its corn is used to
feed chickens, pigs, and cattle． Another reason for corn's rise：The government encourages
farmers to grow corn instead of rice 64 (improve) water quality． Corn uses less water 65
rice and creates less fertilizer(化肥) runoff．This switch has decreased 66 (pollute) in the
country's major lakes and reservoirs and made drinking water safer for people．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
According to the World Bank, China accounts for about 30 percent of total 67
(globe)fertilizer consumption． The Chinese Ministry of Agriculture finds that between 2005—
when the government 68 (start) a soil-testing program 69 gives specific fertilizer
recommendations to farmers - and 2011, fertilizer use dropped by 7．7 million tons． That
prevented the emission(排放) of 51．8 million tons of carbon dioxide． China's approach to
protecting its environment while 70 (feed) its citizens "offers useful lessons for agriculture and
food policymakers worldwide．" says the bank's Juergen Voegele．
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35 分）
第一节 短文改错（共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分）
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文，文中共
有10 处语言错误，每句中最多有两处，每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删改或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（\）划掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10 处，多者（从第11 处起）不计分。
When I was little, Friday’s night was our family game night．After supper, we would play
card games of all sort in the sitting room．As the kid, I loved to watch cartoons, but no matter how
many times I asked to watching them, my parents would not to let me．They would say to us that
playing card games would help my brain．Still I unwilling to play the games for them
sometimes． I didn’t realize how right my parents are until I entered high school．The games my
parents taught me where I was a child turned out to be very useful later in my life．
第二节 书面表达（满分25 分）
你受学生会委托为校宣传栏“英语天地”写一则通知，请大家观看一部英语短片Growing
Together，内容包括：
1．短片内容：学校的发展；
2．放映时间、地点；
3．欢迎对短片提出意见。
注意：
1．词数100 左右；
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2018 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国卷Ⅱ)
英语答案
第一部分 听力
1．C
2．A
3．B
4．A
5．C 6．B 7．B 8．A 9．C 10．C
11．A
12．B
13．A
14．B 15．C 16．A 17．B 18．C 19．C 20．A
第二部分 阅读理解
21．A
22．D
23．A
24．C
25．B
26．D
27．B
28．A
29．B
30．C
31．A
32．C
33．B
34．D
35．C
36．G
37．E
38．F
39．B
40．A
第三部分 语言知识运用
41．D
42．A
43．C
44．C
45．A
46．B
47．A
48．B
49．C
50．D
51．C
52．B
53．D
54．D
55．A
56．D
57．B
58．C
59．A
60．B
61．has grown
62．the
63．actually
64．to improve
65．than
66．pollution
67．global
68．started
69．that/which
70．feeding
第二部分阅读理解
第一节
A
译文：星期四我们去巴黎短途旅行，在那里我们将参观巴黎迪士尼乐园，一直待到很晚
去观看游行和烟花。
21．A【解析】题干中的go camping 是关键词，与Outdoor Adventure (OUT)活动栏目中的“wild
camping”呼应。
22．D【解析】根据题干中的Mrs．Wilson 可定位到WW I Battlefields and Paris(WBP)这一
栏，然后根据“After staying overnight in London, we travel on Day 2 to northern France to
visit the World War I battlefields”可知，这里的Day 2 就是题干中的Tuesday，由此可知
应该选D 项。A 项是周一(Monday)的旅游内容，B 项是周四的旅游内容，C 项是周五的
旅游内容。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
23．A【解析】通读Potty about Potter(POT)一栏的内容可知，参观完Warner Bros Studio 之
后在Streatley-on-Thames 过夜，第二天在Oxford's Christchurch 外野餐，据此可知该活
动历时两天。
B
24．C【解析】根据第二段的倒数第二句可知应该选C 项，樱桃很美味。have a pleasant taste
与be so delicious 表义相同。A 项是raspberries 的特征；B 项是对yellow and orange stone
fruits 的特征的曲解；D 项是blueberries 的特征。
25．B【解析】根据第三段倒数第二句“If you like，a squeeze of fresh lemon juice on the bananas
will prevent them turning brown”可知，把新鲜的柠檬汁挤到香蕉上会防止它变色。其他
选项是主观臆断，与本文所述内容不符。
26．D【解析】根据画线部分下文中的“they love feeding...into the top of the machine and
watching the ice cream come out below”可推断出，juicer 应该是“榨汁机”的意思。考
生很容易误选B 项，误认为画线部分是一种饮料，其实本段最后一句中的“the machine”
应该是猜测的关键，定冠词the 表示上文提到过的事物，这样就可以直接推出画线部分
指代的是什么。
27．B【解析】全文主要介绍了一些七月成熟的果实以及这些果实的营养成分等，而这自然
与健康饮食有关，介绍这类内容的文章应该是刊载在健康杂志上的。考生很容易误选C
项，这是受到了第二段对营养成分的介绍的干扰，因此误认为本文摘自研究性论文。
C
译文：虽然过去十年的下降对青少年读者来说是很急剧的，但报告中的一些数据表明阅
读仍然是许多孩子生活中的一个重要部分，并表明父母可以如何帮助鼓励孩子们更多地阅读。
28．A【解析】全文贯穿的一个重要线索词是report，这个report 就是Common Sense Media
发布的，因此从文章的第一段便可得出答案，常识媒体的报告内容是有关儿童阅读习惯
方面的。B 项意为“儿童书籍的质量”，C 项意为“儿童课后活动”，D 项意为“家长
和儿童的关系”，这几项文中均没有提及。
29．B【解析】文章第一段提出“儿童更少地为了乐趣而阅读”，文章第三段利用了一些数
据来支持这一论点。由此可推知应该选B 项。
30．C【解析】根据文章第五段最后一句中的“mainly due to concerns about increased screen time”
可以推出，家长限制孩子电子阅读的原因是担心孩子屏幕时间增加，使用电子产品的时
间增加自然会对健康造成危害。由此可知应该选C 项。如果没有抓住题干的关键词limit
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
electronic reading 则会误选其他选项，其他选项均为主观臆断。
31．A【解析】根据第六段第一句“The most hopeful data shared in the report shows clear evidence
of parents serving as examples and important guides for their kids when it comes to reading”
可知家长应该起模范带头作用，鼓励孩子多阅读。故选A 项。
D
译文：我们都曾处于这样的场合–在电梯里，在银行（排队的）队列里或在飞机上，我
们周围的人，像我们一样，认真地关注着他们的智能手机，或者更糟的是，他们在与令人不
安的沉寂作斗争。
32．C【解析】文章第一段描述了在公共场所人们之间不互相交流的现象，本段中的
“uncomfortable silence”与选项C 中的“Absence of communication”相呼应。A、B 两
项是对原文的曲解，文章提到smartphones 和一些公共场所中人们的行为只是为了说明
人们不互相交流。
33．B【解析】根据第三段中的“The key to successful small talk is learning how to connect with
others, not just communicate with them”可知，Carducci 认为成功的闲聊的关键在于学会
与其他人沟通。
34．D【解析】根据倒数第二段第三句“The results showed that those who chatted with their server
reported significantly higher positive feelings and a better coffee shop experience”可知，闲
聊使得人们感觉良好。故选D 项。题干中的coffee-shop study 是关键词，如果定位错误
则会脱离文章，从而主观臆断，误选B 项和C 项。
35．C【解析】通读全文可知，文章主要讨论了闲聊在人际交往中的重要作用。故C 项作本
文标题最佳。B 项干扰性很强，但是B 项是片面的，文章的主旨并不是介绍如何进行
闲聊。
第二节
36．G 空后一句及接下来的段落是在讲晨练的好处，所以G“如果你计划定期锻炼，或者你
现在正在锻炼，那就注意听”符合语境。
37．E 根据空处前两句（你的工作效率提高了；锻炼会让你更清醒，并准备好应付一天中摆
在你面前的一切）可知，此空应选E“运动后你可以保持头脑清醒4-10 个小时”。
more awake 与E 项中的clear 照应。
38．F 由此空后的“getting...the whole day”与F 项中的“burn calories throughout the day”
一致可知，答案为F“在你运动之后，你一整天都在消耗卡路里”。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
39．B 此空是本段的中心句，根据本段内容可知，本段主要讲了晨练对睡眠的益处，所以选
B“你的睡眠质量提高了”。空后一句中的“slept better”是关键信息。
40．A 根据本段中的“healthy food”和“junk food”与选项A 中的diet 有关可知，此空应
选A“你会坚持你的饮食（习惯）”。
第三部分语言知识运用
第一节
41．D 自从作者“上次”(last)见到他的儿子已经过去13 年了。
42．A 父子多年没联系，也没见面。得知儿子要来看望他，作者自然是“高兴”(delight)极
了。
43．C 根据语境可知，多年没有见面的儿子要来看望自己，作者自然是感到“激动的”
（thrilled）。
44．C 作者迫不及待地想见到自己的儿子，所以他早早地到达与儿子“会面”( meet)的地方。
45．A 海湾“沐浴”( bathed)在阳光下。
46．B 根据常识，“更靠近”(closer)点才能发现皮划艇出了问题。
47．A 从下文作者救人的描述可知，走近一点，作者发现一只皮划艇遇到了“麻烦”( trouble)。
48．B 根据下文的描述可知选B。本句跟前一句说的是一回事。something's not right 意为“某
事不对劲”。
49．C 从下文内容可知，作者要去水中救人，自然要“跳入”(dived)水中。
50．D 他在水中猛烈地摇摆(shaking)，以求别人把他拉上去。
51．C 这时，作者帮忙把那个年轻人从水里“抬”(carry)了出来。
52．B 他昏迷了，当作者看着他的脸时，突然想到了一些事情。something occurs to sb．是
固定搭配，意为“某人突然想起某事”。
53．D 从下文可知，作者救出来的是自己的儿子，父亲对自己的儿子的一些情况应该是“熟
悉的”(familiar)。
54．D 当教练说出这个年轻人的名字时，作者马上就“知道”(knew)了一切，原来那个被救
的年轻人就是他的儿子。
55．A 康复得很快，当然是一件幸运的事，故此处表示“幸运地”(Fortunately)。
56．D 经过短暂的住院治疗后，Ben 已经可以“离开”(leave)医院了。
57．B Ben 转过(turned)头来对作者说感谢的话。
58．C 从上文的描述可知，作者“救”(saved)了Ben 的命。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
59．A 作者下水救人，救出来的竟然是自己的儿子，真是“巧合”(coincidence)。
60．B 作者真的很高兴能“及时”(in time)帮助自己的儿子。
第二节
61．has grown 考查时态。由句中的时间状语Since 2011 可知，此空应用现在完成时。
62．the 考查冠词。此处是特指，故用定冠词the。over the past 25 years 表示“在过去的25
年里”。
63．actually 考查副词。这里需填副词来修饰谓语动词is。
64．to improve 考查非谓语动词。不定式to improve water quality 作目的状语。
65．than 考查介词。由空前的less 可知，此处应用介词than，表示“比”。
66．pollution 考查名词。此处应填pollute 的名词形式pollution 作宾语。
67．global 考查形容词。此处应填globe 的形容词形式global 作定语。
68．started 考查时态。根据语境可知，此处叙述发生在过去的情况，应用一般过去时，故填
started。
69．that/which 考查定语从句。分析句子结构可知，空处引导定语从句，a soil-testing program
是先行词，指物，且定语从句中缺主语，所以应填关系代词that 或which。
70．feeding 考查现在分词。while feeding its citizens 是时间状语从句while it is feeding its
citizens 的省略结构。又可理解为此处的feed(养活)与主语China 为逻辑上的主谓关系，
故用现在分词形式。
第四部分写作
第一节短文改错
When I was little, Friday's
Friday
night was our family game night． After supper, we would
play card games of all sort
sorts
in the sitting room．As the
a
kid, I loved to watch cartoons, but no
matter how many times I asked to watching
watch
them, my parents would not to let me． They
would say to us
me
that playing card games would help my brain． Still I was
unwilling to
play the games for
with
them sometimes． I didn’t realize how right my parents
are
were
until I
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
entered high school． The games my parents taught me where
when
I was a child turned out to be
very useful later in my life．
第一处：Friday's 改为Friday。考查名词作定语。“星期五晚上”习惯上说Friday night。
第二处：sort 改为sorts。考查名词的单复数。由前面的all“所有的”可知，sort 应用复数形
式，all sorts 意为“各种各样”。
第三处．the 改为a。考查冠词。此处表示“作为一个孩子”，kid 表泛指，且kid 的发音以辅
音音素开头，故用不定冠词a。
第四处：watching 改为watch。考查非谓语动词。ask to do sth．表示“要求做某事”，为固
定用法。
第五处：删除not 后的to。考查情态动词。would 是情态动词，表意愿，后需跟动词原形，
故to 多余。
第六处：us 改为me。考查代词。此处表示“他们会对我(me)说”。
第七处：在I 后加was。考查谓语动词。此句缺谓语动词，be unwilling to do sth.是固定用法，
表示“不愿做某事”。结合语境和时态可知，应用一般过去时，故在I 后加was。
第八处：for 改为with。考查介词。表示“和某人玩……”习惯用play…with sb．，故将for
改为with。
第九处：are 改为were。考查时态。描述过去发生的事应用一般过去时。
第十处：where 改为when。考查连词。此处表示“当我还是个孩子的时候”，故将where 改
为when（引导时间状语从句）。
第二节书面表达
【写作思路】题目要求写一则书面通知，给出了三个要点。要点没有提供具体的信息，
留给学生自由发挥的空间很大。写这类作文时，不但要紧扣三个要点，还要学会写与题目有
关的细节。这样，文章内容才会完整且丰富。
【范文赏读】
Notice
There is a short English film – Growing Together this weekend．The film is mainly related to
the development of our school, which will greatly help us students know the school's history better
and appeal to us to make contributions to our school's development. Anyone who shows interest
in the film is welcome to the school's lecture hall, located on the first floor of the third teaching
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
building, to enjoy it．The film will be shown this Sunday afternoon, lasting 2 hours, from 4:00 to
6:00. In order to get a good seat for seeing, you'd better arrive a bit earlier. If you have any opinion
about the film, please send emails to studentunion@126.com. Looking forward to your valuable
advice.
Student Union
附：听力参考资料
Text 1
W：So，how is your German class going，John?
M：Well，not bad．The pronunciation is fine with me，and its vocabulary is similar to English．But
I’m finding the grammar awful．
W：Well，it takes a while to get it right．
Text 2
W：I hope you can come to the party on Saturday．
M：I didn’t know I was invited．
W：Sure you are．Everyone in our office is invited．
Text 3
W：May I help you?
M：Yes．When is the next train to London?
W：Oh，let me check．It leaves in twenty minutes．
M：One ticket，please．
Text 4
W：Charlie，do you know a restaurant called Bravo?
M：Bravo … I know the name．But I’m not sure where it is．
W：It’s on George Street．The food there is excellent．
Text 5
W：Brian，I just had an interview．They said they would make a decision soon．
M：What are your chances of getting the job?
W：Quite good．I think the interview went very well．
Text 6
M：Let’s go kite flying，Judy．It’s such a lovely day．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
W：Okay，but let me finish my chemistry homework first．Would you mind waiting for half an
hour，Max? There are a few sports magazines on the table．
M：Isn’t the chemistry homework due next Wednesday?
W：Yeah，but I have a full day of classes on Monday and a birthday party to attend on Tuesday．
M：All right，then．You go ahead，and I’ll catch up on some sports news while waiting．
Text 7
W：We’ve been on the computer all the time lately． Why don’t we do something different Sunday
afternoon?
M：Well，we could go to a concert．
W：But I don’t think we can get the tickets this late．
M：Then what about playing a computer game? There’s a really cool new one we could
download．
W：Hmm，I don’t know． I feel like I need to do some exercise． We could probably just walk
by the lake， and I’ll ask Mike to join us．
M：That sounds like fun．Let’s do it!
Text 8
W：Welcome to our program，Dr．Peterson．Let’s see what questions we’ve got for you
today．Here’s one：Can cats see color?
M：Sort of．In the wild，many cats hunt at night because their eyes are designed for low light．Your
cat can’t see bright colors such as red and green．But it picks up more shades of blue， yellow，
and grey than humans do．
W：And why do cats give dead birds to their owners?
M：When your cat drops a dead bird at your feet， she isn’t bringing you a present．Most cats just
drag food home because it’s a safe place to eat．A cat’s mom also brings home things to her
children to help them practice hunting．So，a female cat without children may bring these
“treats” to her owner instead．You may not like them，but at least you don’t have to write her
a thank-you note．
Text 9
W：How is little Ed doing at the kindergarten，Jack?
M：Oh，he’s doing fairly well．It’s been three weeks since he first started going， so Macy and I
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
are pretty used to it now．You should have seen Macy cry when Ed was about to set off on the
first day，though．
W：I think that’s a normal reaction for mothers． You live quite close to the kindergarten， don’t
you? How does he get there?
M：Macy walks there with him every morning unless the weather is bad． When it rains， they’ll
drive．
W：And is Ed enjoying kindergarten?
M：Yeah，he loves to have other kids to play with．He keeps telling us things they do together．
W：What do the teachers at the kindergarten say about him?
M：They said he’s bright，and that he’s starting to learn how to tell time． Isn’t that fantastic?
W：That is fantastic．It sounds like everything goes well．
Text 10
W：My name is Emily．I had been a dancer for quite a long time．I started studying ballet
when I was six years old．By the time I was nine，I was dancing five days a week．When I was
eighteen，I decided that I really preferred contemporary dance and that I wanted to do it
professionally．So I applied successfully for the training program at the School of Toronto Dance
Theater，and moved to Toronto to attend the program．That was the period of time I enjoyed most
in Toronto．I graduated on scholarship and danced professionally for ten years．But after all those
years，I found that dance was gradually becoming something that felt like more of a burden than a
joy．I found myself increasingly unwilling to drag myself to dance performances，so I quit．I do
miss dance often．But it makes me happy to think that I’ll never have to go to another training
session again．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2018 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国卷Ⅲ)
英语
（考试时间：120 分钟 试卷满分：150 分）
第一部分 听力（共两节，满分30 分）
第一节（共5 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分7．5 分）
听下面5 短对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最佳
选项。听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话
仅读一遍。
1．What does John find difficult in learning German？
A．Pronunciation．
B．Vocabulary．
C．Grammar．
2．What is the probable relationship between the speakers？
A．Colleagues． B．Brother and sister． C．Teacher and student．
3．Where does the conversation probably take place？
A． In a bank． B． At a ticket office． C． On a train．
4． What are the speakers talking about？
A．A restaurant． B．A street．
C．A dish．
5．What does the woman think of her interview？
A．It was tough． B．It was interesting． C．It was successful．
第二节（共15 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分22．5 分）
听下面5 段对话或独白，每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个
选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5 秒钟；听
完后，各小题将给出5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答第6、7 题。
6．When will Judy go to a party？
A．On Monday．
B．On Tuesday．
C．On Wednesday．
7．What will Max do next？
A．Fly a kite． B．Read a magazine． C．Do his homework．
听第7 段材料，回答第8、9 题。
8．What does the man suggest doing at first？
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．Going to a concert．
B．Watching a movie．
C．Playing a computer game．
9．What do the speakers decide to do？
A．Visit Mike ． B．Go boating．
C．Take a walk．
听第8 段材料，回答第10 至12 题。
10．Which color do cats see better than humans？
A．Red．
B．Green．
C．Blue．
11．Why do cats bring dead birds home？
A．To eat them in a safe place．
B．To show off their hunting skills．
C．To make their owners happy．
12．How does the man sound at the end of the conversation？
A．Grateful．
B．Humorous．
C．Curious．
听第9 段材料，回答第13 至16 题。
13．Who is Macy？
A．Ed’s mother． B．Ed’s teacher． C．Ed’s friend．
14．How does Ed usually go to kindergarten？
A．By car． B．On foot． C．By bus．
15．What does Ed enjoy doing at the kindergarten？
A．Telling stories．
B．Singing songs ．
C．Playing with others．
16．What do the teachers say about Ed？
A．He’s clever． B．He’s quiet． C．He’s brave．
听第10 段材料，回答第17 至20 题。
17．At what age did Emily start learning ballet？
A．Five． B．Six． C．Nine．
18．Why did Emily move to Toronto？
A．To work for a dance school． B．To perform at a dance theater．
C．To learn contemporary dance．
19．Why did Emily quit dancing？
A．She was too old to dance． B．She failed to get a scholarship．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
C．She lost interest in it．
20．How does Emily feel about stopping training？
A．She’s pleased． B．She’s regretful． C．She’s upset
第二部分 阅读理解(共两节，满分40 分)
第一节 (共15 小题；每小题2 分，满分30 分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C 和D 四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
A
Welcome to Holker Hall & Gardens
Visitor Information
How to Get to Holker
By Car：Follow brown signs an A590 from J36, M6．Approximate travel times: Windermere–
20 minutes, Kendal–25 minutes, Lancaster–45 minutes, Manchester–1 hour 30 minutes．
By Rail：The nearest station is Cark-in-Cartmel with trains to Carnforth, Lancaster and
Preston for connections to major cities & airports．
Opening Times
Sunday-Friday (closed on Saturday)11:00 am–4:00pm,30th March–2nd November．
Admission Charges
Hall & Gardens
Gardens
Adults:
£ 12.00
£ 8.00
Groups
£ 9.00
£ 5.50
Special Events
Producers’ Market 13th April
Join us to taste a variety of fresh local food and drinks．Meet the producers and get some
excellent recipe ideas．
Holker Garden Festival 30th May
The event celebrate its 22nd anniversary with a great show of the very best of gardening,
making it one of the most popular events in gardening．
National Garden Day 28th August
Holker once again opens its gardens in aid of the disadvantaged．For just a small donation
you can take a tour with our garden guide．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Winter Market 8th November
This is an event for all the family．Wander among a variety of shops selling gifts while
enjoying a live music show and nice street entertainment．
21．How long does it probably take a tourist to drive to Holker from Manchester?
A．20 minutes． B．25 minutes． C．45 minutes． D．90 minutes．
22．How much should a member of a tour group pay to visit to Hall & Cardens?
A．£ l2.00．
B．£ 9.00． C．£ 8.00
D．£ 5.50
23．Which event will you go to if you want to see a live music show?
A．Producers' Market．
B．Holker Garden Festival．
C．National Garden Day．
D．Winter Market．
B]
Cities usually have a good reason for being where they are, like a nearby port or
river． People settle in these places because they are easy to get to and naturally suited to
communications and trade．New York City, for example, is near a large harbour at the mouth of the
Hudson River．Over 300 years its population grew gradually from 800 people to 8 million．But not
all cities develop slowly over a long period of time．Boom towns grow from nothing almost
overnight． In 1896, Dawson, Canada, was unmapped wilderness(荒野)．But gold was discovered
there in 1897，and two years later, it was one of the largest cities in the West, with a population of
30,000．
Dawson did not have any of the natural conveniences of cities like London or Paris．People
went there for gold．They travelled over snow-covered mountains and sailed hundreds of miles up
icy rivers．The path to Dawson was covered with thirty feet of wet snow that could fall without
warming．An avalanche(雪崩) once closed the path, killing 63 people． For many who made it to
Dawson, however, the rewards were worth the difficult trip．Of the first 20,000 people who dug
for gold, 4,000 got rich．About 100 of these stayed rich men for the rest of their lives．
But no matter how rich they were, Dawson was never comfortable．Necessities like food and
wood were very expensive． But soon, the gold that Dawson depended on had all been found．The
city was crowded with disappointed people with no interest in settling down, and when they heard
there were new gold discoveries in Alaska, they left Dawson City as quickly as they had
come．Today, people still come and go — to see where the Canadian gold rush happened．Tourism
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
is now the chief industry of Dawson City — its present population is 762．
24．What attracted the early settlers to New York City?
A．Its business culture．
B．Its small population．
C．Its geographical position．
D．Its favourable climate．
25．What do we know about those who first dug for gold in Dawson?
A．Two-thirds of them stayed there．
B．One out of five people got rich．
C．Almost everyone gave up．
D．Half of them died．
26．What was the main reason for many people to leave Dawson?
A．They found the city too crowded．
B．They wanted to try their luck elsewhere．
C．They were unable to stand the winter．
D．They were short of food．
27．What is the text mainly about?
A．The rise and fall of a city．
B．The gold rush in Canada．
C．Journeys into the wilderness．
D．Tourism in Dawson．
C
While famous foreign architects are invited to lead the designs of landmark buildings in
China such as the new CCTV tower and the National Center for the Performing Arts, many
excellent Chinese architects are making great efforts to take the center stage．
Their efforts have been proven fruitful．Wang Shu，a 49-year-old Chinese architect, won the
2012 Pritzker Architecture Prize — which is often referred to as the Nobel Prize in architecture —
on February 28．He is the first Chinese citizen to win this award．
Wang serves as head of the Architecture Department at the China Academy of Art
(CAA)．His office is located at the Xiangshan campus(校园) of the university in Hangzhou,
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Zhejiang Province．Many buildings on the campus are his original creations．
The style of the campus is quite different from that of most Chinese universities．Many
visitors were amazed by the complex architectural space and abundant building types．The
curves(曲线) of the buildings perfectly match the rise and fall of hills, forming a unique view．
Wang collected more than 7 million abandoned bricks of different ages．He asked the workers
to use traditional techniques to make the bricks into walls, roofs and corridors．This creation
attracted a lot of attention thanks to its mixture of modern and traditional Chinese elements(元素)．
Wang’s works show a deep understanding of modern architecture and a good knowledge of
traditions．Through such a balance, he had created a new type of Chinese architecture, said Tadao
Ando, the winner of the 1995 Pritzker Prize．
Wang believes traditions should not be sealed in glass boxes at museums． "That is only
evidence that traditions once existed," he said．
"Many Chinese people have a misunderstanding of traditions． They think tradition means
old things from the past．In fact, tradition also refers to the things that have been developing and
that are still being created, " he said．
"Today, many Chinese people are learning Western styles and theories rather than focusing on
Chinese traditions．Many people tend to talk about traditions without knowing what they really are,
" said Wang．
The study of traditions should be combined with practice．Otherwise, the recreation of
traditions would be artificial and empty, he said．
28．Wang’s winning of the prize means that Chinese architects are ___________．
A．following the latest world trend
B．getting international recognition
C．working harder than ever before
D．relying on foreign architects
29．What impressed visitors to the CAA Xiangshan campus most?
A．Its hilly environment．
B．Its large size．
C．Its unique style．
D．Its diverse functions．
30．What made Wang’s architectural design a success?
A．The mixture of different shapes．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
B．The balance of East and West．
C．The use of popular techniques．
D．The harmony of old and new．
31．What should we do about Chinese traditions according to Wang?
A．Spread them to the world．
B．Preserve them at museums．
C．Teach them in universities．
D．Recreate them in practice．
D
Adults understand what it feels like to be flooded with objects．Why do we often assume that
more is more when it comes to kids and their belongings? The good news is that I can help my
own kids learn earlier than I did how to live more with less．
I found the pre-holidays a good time to encourage young children to donate less-used things,
and it worked．Because of our efforts, our daughter Georgia did decide to donate a large bag of
toys to a little girl whose mother was unable to pay for her holiday due to illness．She chose to sell
a few larger objects that were less often used when we promised to put the money into her school
fund(基金）(our kindergarten daughter is serious about becoming a doctor)
For weeks, I've been thinking of bigger, deeper questions：How do we make it a habit for
them? And how do we train ourselves to help them live with, need, and use less? Yesterday, I sat
with my son, Shepherd, determined to test my own theory on this． I decided to play with him
with only one toy for as long as it would keep his interest．I expected that one toy would keep his
attention for about five minutes, ten minutes, max． I chose a red rubber ball-simple, universally
available．We passed it, he tried to put it in his mouth, he tried bouncing it, rolling it, sitting on it,
throwing it．It was totally, completely enough for him．Before I knew it an hour had passed and it
was time to move on to lunch．
We both became absorbed in the simplicity of playing together．He had my full attention and
I had his．My little experiment to find joy in a single object worked for both of us．
32．What do the words “more is more” in paragraph 1 probably mean?
A．The more, the better．
B．Enough is enough．
C．More money, more worries．
D．Earn more and spend more．
33．What made Georgia agree to sell some of her objects?
A．Saving up for her holiday
B．Raising money for a poor girl
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
B．Adding the money to her fund
D．Giving the money to a sick mother
34．Why did the author play the ball with Shepherd?
A．To try out an idea
B．To show a parent's love
C．To train his attention
D．To help him start a hobby
35．What can be a suitable title for the text?
A．Take It or Leave It
B．A Lesson from Kids
C．Live More with Less
D．The Pleasure of Giving
第二节 (共5 小题；每小题2 分，满分10 分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余
选项。
Before there was the written word, there was the language of dance．Dance expresses love
and hate, joy and sorrow，life and death, and everything else in between．
36 We dance from Florida to Alaska, from north to south and sea to sea．We dance
at weddings, birthdays , office parties and just to fill the time．
“I adore dancing,” says Lester Bridges, the owner of a dance studio in Iowa． “I can't
imagine doing anything else with my life．" Bridges runs dance classes for all ages． "Teaching
dance is wonderful． 37 It's great to watch them．For many of them, it's a way of meeting
people and having a social life．"
38 "I can tell you about one young couple," says Bridges． “They're learning to do
traditional dances．They arrive at the class in low spirits and they leave with a smile． 39 ”
So, do we dance in order to make ourselves feel better, calmer, healthier? Andrea Hillier says，
“Dance, like the pattern of a beating heart, is life．Even after all these years, I want to get better
and better． 40 I find it hard to stop! Dancing reminds me I'm alive．"
A．So why do we dance?
B．Dance in the U．S．is everywhere．
C．If you like dancing outdoors, come to America．
D．My older students say it makes them feel young．
E．I keep practicing even when I'm extremely tired．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
F．Dancing seems to change their feeling completely．
G．They stayed up all night long singing and dancing．
第三部分 语言知识运用(共两节，满分45 分)
第一节 (共20 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分30 分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C 和D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处
的最佳选项。
When most of us get a text message on our cell phone from an unknown person, we usually
say＂sorry, 41 number!＂ and move on．But when Dennis Williams 42 a text
that clearly wasn’t intended for him, he did something 43 ．
On March 19, Dennis got a group text 44 him that a couple he didn’t know were at
the hospital, waiting for the 45 of a baby．
＂Congratulations! But I think someone was mistaken,＂Dennis 46 ．The baby was
born and update texts were 47 quickly from the overjoyed grandmother, Teresa． In her
48 , she didn’t seem to realize that she was 49 the baby’s photos with a complete
stranger．＂Well, I don’t 50 you all but I will get there to take pictures with the baby,＂
replied Dennis before asking which room the new 51 were in．
Much to the family’s surprise, Dennis stuck to his 52 ! He turned up at the
hospital 53 gifts for the new mother Lindsey and her baby boy．Lindsey’s husband was
totally 54 by the unexpected visit．＂I don’t think we would have randomly invited him
over but we 55 it and the gifts．＂
Teresa 56 a photo of the chance meeting on a social networking website 57 by
the touching words：＂What a 58 this young man was to our family! He was so 59
and kind to do this．＂The post has since gained the 60 of social media users all over the
world, receiving more than 184,000 shares and 61,500 likes in just three days．
41．A．unlucky
B．secret
C．new
D．wrong
42．A．received
B．translated
C．copied D．printed
43．A．reasonable
B．special
C．necessary D．practical
44．A．convincing
B．reminding
C．informing D．warning
45．A．wake-up
B．recovery
C．growth
D．arrival
46．A．responded
B．interrupted
C．predicted D．repeated
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
47．A．coming in
B．setting out
C．passing down D．moving around
48．A．opinion
B．anxiety
C．excitement D．effort
49．A．comparing
B．exchanging
C．discussing D．sharing
50．A．accept
B．know
C．believe D．bother
51．A．parents
B．doctors
C．patients
D．visitors
52．A．dream
B．promise
C．agenda D．principle
53．A．bearing
B．collecting
C．opening
D．making
54．A．discouraged B．relaxed
C．astonished D．defeated
55．A．admit
B．need
C．appreciate D．expect
56．A．found
B．selected
C．developed D．posted
57．A．confirmed
B．simplified
C．clarified D．accompanied
58．A．pity
B．blessing
C．relief
D．problem
59．A．smart
B．calm
C．sweet
D．fair
60．A．sympathy
B．attention
C．control
D．trust
第二节 (共10 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分15 分)
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
I'm not sure 61 is more frightened, me or the female gorilla(大猩猩）that suddenly
appears out of nowhere ．I'm walking on a path in the forest in the Central African
Republic．Unexpectedly, I'm face-to-face with the gorilla, who begins screaming at 62 top
of her lungs． That makes her baby scream, and then a 400-pound male appears． He screams the
63 (loud)of all． The noise shakes the trees as the male beats his chest and charges
toward me．I quickly lower myself, ducking my head to avoid 64 (look) directly into his
eyes so he doesn't feel 65 (challenge)．
My name is Mireya Mayor．I'm a 66 (science)who studies animals such as apes and
monkeys．I was searching 67 these three western lowland gorillas I'd been observing．No
one had seen them for hours, and my colleagues and I were worried．
When the gorillas and I frightened each other, I was just glad to find 68 (they)
alive．True to a gorilla's unaggressive nature, the huge animal 69 (mean)me no real
harm．He was just saying："I'm king of this forest, and here is your reminder!" Once his message
was delivered, he allowed me 70 (stay)and watch．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35 分）
第一节 短文改错（共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分）
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文，文中共
有10 处语言错误，每句中最多有两处，每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删改或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（\）划掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10 处，多者（从第11 处起）不计分。
It was Monday morning, and the writing class had just begin．Everyone was silent, wait to
see who would be called upon to read his and her paragraph aloud．Some of us were confident and
eager take part in the class activity；others were nervous and anxious．I had done myself
homework but I was shy．I was afraid that to speak in front of a larger group of people．At that
moment, I remembered that my father once said, "The classroom is a place for learning and that
include leaning from textbooks, and mistake as well．" Immediate, I raised my hand．
第二节 书面表达（满分25 分）
假定你是李华，你的英国朋友Peter 来信询问你校学生体育运动情况。请给他回信，内
容包括：
1．学校的体育场馆；
2．主要的运动项目；
3．你喜欢的项目。
注意：
1．词数100 左右：
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2018 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国卷Ⅲ)
英语答案
第一部分 听力
1．C
2．A
3．B
4．A
5．C
6．B
7．B
8．A
9．C
10．C
11．A
12．B
13．A
14．B
15．C
16．A
17．B
18．C
19．C
20．A
第三部分 阅读理解
21．D
22．B
23．D
24．C
25．B
26．B
27．A
28．B
29．C
30．D
31．D
32．A
33．C
34．A
35．C 36．B
37．D
38．A
39．F
40．E
第三部分 语言知识运用
第一节 完形填空
41—45 DABCD 46—50 AACDB 51—55 ABACC 56—60 DDBCB
第二节
61．who
62．the 63．loudest
64．looking 65．challenged
66．scientist 67．for 68．them
69．meant 70．to stay
第二部分 阅读理解
第一节
A
21．D【解析】根据Visitor Information 部分的“How to Get to Holker”，“Manchester –1 hour
30 minutes”可知，从曼彻斯特到霍克庄园需要1 小时30 分钟，即90 分钟。
22．B【解析】根据“Admission Charges”可知，参观霍克庄园时，购买团体票(Croups)的
价格为￡9.00，即每人9 英镑。
23．D【解析】根据Special Events 部分的“Winter Market”，“enjoying a live music show”
可知，Winter Market 为正确答案。
B
24．C【解析】根据第一段中的“New York City，for example，is near a large harbour at the mouth
of the Hudson River. Over 300 years its population grew gradually from 800 people to 8
million”可推知，由于纽约市地处哈德逊河入海口，其优越的地理位置吸引了早期的定
居者。C 选项“Its geographical position”正确。A 选项“它的贸易文化”，B 选项“它
的少量人口”，D 选项“它的有利气候”在文中均无信息支撑。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
25．B【解析】根据第二段中的“Of the first 20，000 people who dug for gold，4，000 got rich”
可知，在最先的两万淘金者中，有4 000 人变得富有了，换言之，即有五分之一的人(One
out of five people)变得富有了，故答案为B。A 项属无中生有，文中并未提及最先到达
道森的20，000 人中有三分之二的人留在了那里；C 项说几乎大家都放弃了，这与下文
描述的五分之一的人变得富有矛盾；文中第二段提到在前往道森的途中，雪崩造成了
63 人死亡，并非是10，000 人死亡，故D 项错误。
26．B【解析】根据第三段中的“But soon...and when they heard there were new gold discoveries
in Alaska，they left Dawson City as quickly as they had come”可知，当道森的黄金都被
发掘后，人们听说在阿拉斯加发现了新的金矿，他们便很快离开道森了。由此可推知，
他们是想去阿拉斯加碰碰运气。A 项属偷换概念，文中说的是“The city was crowded with
disappointed people with no interest in settling down.”（这个城市到处都是感到失望且无
心定居下来的人们）。C 项属无中生有，文中并未说他们不能忍受这里的冬季。D 项属
曲解文意，文章提到“Necessities like food and wood were very expensive”（诸如食品和
木材这样的生活必需品非常昂贵），并非是说他们缺少食品。
27．A【解析】本文主要以道森为例，讲述了城市的兴衰，故A 项正确。B 项“加拿大淘金
热”，以偏概全；C 项“荒野之旅”，曲解文意；D 项“道森的旅游业”，不符合文意。
C
28．B【解析】根据第二段中的“Wang Shu，a 49–year–old Chinese architect, won the 2012
Pritzker Architecture Prize - which is often referred to as the Nobel Prize in architecture – on
February 28”可知，中国49 岁的建筑师王澍获得了2012 年普利兹克建筑奖，即他的作
品赢得了国际的认同和肯定，故选B。A 项曲解文意。王澍获奖并不意味着中国的建筑
设计师正紧跟世界最新潮流；C 项和D 项均属无中生有，与文中信息不符。
29．C【解析】根据第四段中的“The style of the campus is quite different from that of most
Chinese universities”和“The curves（曲线）of the buildings perfectly match the rise and fall
of hills, forming a unique view”可知，杭州香山学院的建筑风格与中国其他大学的校园
建筑有很大差异，建筑曲线与山峦起伏完美融合，形成了一道独特的风景。故选C。A
项“Its hilly environment”（丘陵环境）曲解文意；B 项和D 项属无中生有。
30．D【解析】根据第五段中的“This creation attracted a lot of attention thanks to its mixture of
modem and traditional Chinese elements(元素)”可知，王澍的作品之所以引起了广泛的关
注，是因为他在作品中将中国建筑的传统和现代元素进行了有机融合，构成了传统与现
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
代的和谐，故选D。A 项曲解文意，是传统与现代元素的融合而非不同形状的混合，B
项指中西建筑文化的平衡，C 项为时尚技术的运用，均不符合文意。
31．D【解析】根据最后一段可知，中国的传统应该与实践紧密联系，否则它的再创造就会
是不自然的、无意义的。故选D。A 项“Spread them to the world”，属无中生有；B 项
将其保存在博物馆，属颠倒是非；文章以大学校园为例说明建筑艺术的规划，而非在大
学里教授传统建筑艺术，故C 项错误。
D
译文：当我们承诺卖玩具所得费用将存入她的上学基金时，女儿就挑选了一些平时不经
常玩的较大玩具卖了（我们上学前班的女儿对以后当医生的想法可是认真的）。
32．A【解析】根据第一段内容可知，成年人明白到处堆满物品是什么感觉，但当提及孩子
和他们的物品时，为什么我们总是认为越多越好呢？故选A项。B项“Enough is enough”
意为：够了，行了，适可而止。C 项“More money，more worries”意为：钱多烦恼多。
D 项“Earn more and spend more”意为：挣得多花得多。
33．C【解析】根据第二段中的“She chose to sell a few larger objects that were less often used
when we promised to put the money into her school fund（基金）”可知，当我们承诺卖
玩具所得费用将存入她的上学基金时，女儿就挑选了一些平时不经常玩的较大玩具卖了。
第二段第一句话“I found the pre–holidays a good time to encourage young children to
donate less-used things, and it worked”说的是节前是一个鼓励孩子捐赠物品的好时机，
而非攒钱度假，故排除A 项；Georgia 是为自己的学习基金而不是为一个贫穷的女孩攒
钱，故排除B 项；D 项曲解文意，第二段中的“Georgia did decide to donate a large bag of
toys to a little girl whose mother was unable to pay for her holiday due to illness”说的是小
女孩的妈妈由于患病不能给她支付假期所需的费用。
34．A【解析】根据第三段中的“Yesterday，I sat with my son，Shepherd，determined to test
my own theory on this”可知作者与儿子进行球类游戏的目的是验证自己的想法，故选A。
35．C【解析】全文围绕“Live More with Less”提出论点，逐层展开论述，最后得出论点的
正确性。A 项“Take It or Leave It”（要么接受，要么放弃），文章并未讨论两种非此
即彼的选择，故错误。B 项“A Lesson from Kids”（从孩子那里获得的教训）属过度
概括。D 项“The Pleasure of Giving”（给予的乐趣），属曲解文意，语篇的重点并非
是给予。
第二节
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
36．B 待填处为本段主题句。根据本段内容可知，本段主要描述了在美国，舞蹈无处不在，
故选B。
37．D 本句起到承上启下的作用。根据设空前一句“Teaching dance is wonderful”可知，下
文应与教别人跳舞有关，又根据设空后一句“It's great to watch them”中的“them”
可知，待填句中应包含一个表示人的复数名词，故选D。
38．A 本段主要讲了跳舞之后人们心情会变好，由此可知，待填处提出问题，与下文构成因
果关系。故选A。
39．F 此处表示跳过舞后人们心情的积极变化，再根据设空前的“one young couple”可知，
待填处的代词应为复数，故选F。
40．E 根据设空前的“I want to get better and better”及设空后的“I find it hard to stop”可知，
待填处应表明Andrea Hillier 对舞蹈的热爱，故选E。
第三部分 语言知识运用
第一节
41．D 根据上文中的“When most of us get a text message on our cell phone from an unknown
person”“sorry”可知，此处表示“错误的号码”，所填词的词义与“unknown”是
同一范畴，故选wrong“错误的”。
42．A 根据上文中的“get a text message”可知，此处所填词的词义与“get”相同，故选received，
意为“收到”。translate“翻译”；copy“复印，抄写，模仿，作弊”；print“印刷，
刊载”。
43．B 根据句中的“But”及下文内容可知，Dennis 所做的事有别于常人，故选special“不
寻常的”。reasonable“合理的，公道的”；necessary“必要的”；practical“实际的，
切实可行的，有用的，明智的”。
44．C 根据语境可知，手机短信告诉(informing)他一对夫妇正在医院等待孩子的到来。
convince“使确信，说服”；remind“提醒，使想起”；warn“警告”。
45．D 根据第46 空后的“The baby was born and...”可知，此处填入的词在语义上应与“born”
一致，故选arrival。wake-up“唤醒”；recovery“痊愈，复苏”；growth“生长，增
加”。
46．A 根据“Congratulations! But I think someone was mistaken”可知此处是Dennis 回复的
短信内容，故选responded“回复”。interrupt“插嘴，打扰，使中断，阻断”；predict
“预言，预报”；repeat“重复”。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
47．A 根据语境可知，Dennis 又收到了更新的短信(update texts)，此处表示短信又“进入”
了手机，故选coming in。set out“启程，开始工作”；pass down“流传，使世代相
传”；move around“四处走动”。
48．C 根据上文中的“The baby was born and... the overjoyed grandmother，Teresa”可知，此
处填入的词应与“overjoyed（欣喜若狂的）”在语义范畴上一致，故选excitement。
49．D 根据语境可知，此处表示Teresa 似乎没意识到她正在和一个陌生人分享(sharing)婴儿
的照片。compare“比较，对比”；exchange“交换，交谈，交流”；discuss“讨论”。
50．B 根据上下文语境可知，此处表示虽然我不认识(know)你们，但我会来医院和小婴儿拍
合影。
51．A 此处表示Dennis 没有问这对新手父母在哪个房间，故选parents。
52．B 根据下文中的“He turned up at the hospital...the unexpected visit”可知，Dennis 履行
了他的承诺(promise)，他带着(bearing)礼物去看了新手妈妈Lindsey和她的宝宝。dream
“梦想”；agenda“议事日程”；principle“原则，规范，信条”。
53．A 参见上题解析。
54．C Lindsey 的丈夫对Dennis 突如其来的到访感到震惊(astonished)。discouraged“泄气
的”；relaxed“放松的”；defeated“沮丧的”。
55．C Dennis 的到访虽然出乎他们的意料，但他们对此还是非常感激(appreciate)的。
56．D 根据本段最后一句中的“The post has since gained...”可知，此处指Teresa 在社交网
站上张贴(posted)了一张照片。
57．D 根据语境可知，Teresa 在发布照片的同时，还附(accompanied)了感人的话语。confirm
“确认”；simplify“使简化”；clarify“阐明，澄清，净化”。
58．B 这个年轻人（的到来）对我们家来说就是一种祝福( blessing)。Relief“宽慰，解脱，
缓和”。
59．C 根据语境可知，此处填入的词应与其后的“kind”在语义范畴上保持一致，故选sweet
（善良的，好心的）。smart“衣着讲究的，聪明的，高档的，敏捷的”；calm“沉
着的，风平浪静的”；fair“合理的，公正的，晴朗的”。
60．B 根据下文中的“receiving more than 184，000 shares and 61，500 likes in just three days”
可知，帖子引起了全世界社交媒体用户的关注（attention）。sympathy“同情”；control
“控制”；trust“信任”。
第二节
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
61．who 考查宾语从句。句意：我不确定谁受到了更大的惊吓，是我还是那只不知从何处突
然蹦出来的雌性大猩猩。根据句意和句子结构可知，空处引导宾语从句，在从句中
作主语，表示“谁”，故填who。
62．the 考查冠词。at the top of“在……顶端”，此处表示“大声地”。
63．loudest 考查副词最高级。根据语境和空后的of all 的修饰可知，空处应用副词的最高级。
64．looking 考查非谓语动词。avoid 后常接动名词作宾语，故空处填looking。
65．challenged 考查语态。此处表示“我迅速低下头避免和它直视，以便它不会感到受到挑
战”，主语he 和challenge 构成被动关系，故填challenged。
66．scientist 考查名词。根据空前的a 可知，空处应填名词，且意为“科学家”，故填scientist。
67．for 考查介词。search for 意为“寻找”，为固定搭配。
68．them 考查代词。这里用them 指代上文的the gorillas。
69．meant 考查时态。由于此处描述的动作已经发生，故用一般过去时。
70．to stay 考查非谓语动词。allow sb. to do sth．“允许某人做某事”，为固定用法，故填
to stay。
第四部分 写作
第一节 短文改错
It was Monday morning, and the writing class had just begin
begun
． Everyone was silent,
wait
waiting
to see who would be called upon to read his and
or
her paragraph aloud． Some of us
were confident and eager to
take part in the class activity；others were nervous and anxious． I
had done myself
my / the
homework but I was shy． I was afraid that to speak in front of a
larger
large
group of people． At that moment, I remembered that my father once said, "The
classroom is a place for learning and that include
includes
leaning from textbooks, and mistake
mistakes
as
well．"
Immediate
Immediately
, I raised my hand．
第一处：begin 改为begun。考查时态。根据语境可知，此处为过去完成时，故应用过去分
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
词。
第二处：wait 改为waiting。考查非谓语动词。此处表示伴随，且与Everyone 为逻辑上的主
谓关系，故用现在分词。
第三处：and 改为or。考查连词。此处表示选择而非并列，故将and 改为or。
第四处：eager 后加to。考查固定搭配。be eager to do sth．“渴望做某事”为固定搭配，故在
eager 后加to。
第五处：myself 改为my/the。考查限定词。此处特指“我的作业”，故将 myself 改为my/the。
第六处：删除afraid 后的that。考查连词。be afraid to do sth．“害怕做某事”为固定搭配，
故that 多余。
第七处：larger 改为large。考查形容词。此处无比较级含义，故用原级。
第八处：include 改为includes。考查主谓一致。该句为一般现在时，主语为that，故谓语动
词用第三人称单数形式。
第九处：mistake 改为mistakes。考查名词的数。根据语境可知，此处表示“从课本和错误
中学习”，mistake“错误”为可数名词，应使用复数形式，即mistakes，
第十处：Immediate 改为Immediately。考查副词。此处为副词作状语，故将Immediate 改为
Immediately。
第二节书面表达
【写作思路】本篇书面表达为介绍性说明文，围绕学校体育运动开展情况展开，梳理要
点时应根据表达需要作适当拓展，如体育馆的地理位置；也可将运动项目和自己喜欢的项目
进行整合，使表达连贯自然。此外，由于是说明文，全文的中心时态应为一般现在时。最后，
注意写作的段落层次和段落间必要的过渡词语的使用。
【范文赏读】
Dear Peter．
I'm happy to hear from you. As for the physical exercise in our school，here is something
about it．
Our school has built a new stadium recently, which is located behind the library. It has
well-equipped facilities. Besides, it is big enough to hold all the teachers and students in our
school. We can use it to organize sports events such as playing basketball and table tennis. My
favorite sport is running. What's more, the stadium opens from 9 am to 5 pm Monday to Friday.
On weekends, it opens from 10 am to 6 pm.
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
I'm looking forward to your arrival and joining me in experiencing it in the near future.
Yours，
Li Hua
附：听力参考资料
Text 1
W：So，how is your German class going，John?
M：Well，not bad．The pronunciation is fine with me，and its vocabulary is similar to English．But
I’m finding the grammar awful．
W：Well，it takes a while to get it right．
Text 2
W：I hope you can come to the party on Saturday．
M：I didn’t know I was invited．
W：Sure you are．Everyone in our office is invited．
Text 3
W：May I help you?
M：Yes．When is the next train to London?
W：Oh，let me check．It leaves in twenty minutes．
M：One ticket，please．
Text 4
W：Charlie，do you know a restaurant called Bravo?
M：Bravo … I know the name．But I’m not sure where it is．
W：It’s on George Street．The food there is excellent．
Text 5
W：Brian，I just had an interview．They said they would make a decision soon．
M：What are your chances of getting the job?
W：Quite good．I think the interview went very well．
Text 6
M：Let’s go kite flying，Judy．It’s such a lovely day．
W：Okay，but let me finish my chemistry homework first．Would you mind waiting for half an
hour，Max? There are a few sports magazines on the table．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
M：Isn’t the chemistry homework due next Wednesday?
W：Yeah，but I have a full day of classes on Monday and a birthday party to attend on Tuesday．
M：All right，then．You go ahead，and I’ll catch up on some sports news while waiting．
Text 7
W：We’ve been on the computer all the time lately． Why don’t we do something different Sunday
afternoon?
M：Well，we could go to a concert．
W：But I don’t think we can get the tickets this late．
M：Then what about playing a computer game? There’s a really cool new one we could
download．
W：Hmm，I don’t know． I feel like I need to do some exercise． We could probably just walk
by the lake， and I’ll ask Mike to join us．
M：That sounds like fun．Let’s do it!
Text 8
W：Welcome to our program，Dr．Peterson．Let’s see what questions we’ve got for you
today．Here’s one：Can cats see color?
M：Sort of．In the wild，many cats hunt at night because their eyes are designed for low light．Your
cat can’t see bright colors such as red and green．But it picks up more shades of blue， yellow，
and grey than humans do．
W：And why do cats give dead birds to their owners?
M：When your cat drops a dead bird at your feet， she isn’t bringing you a present．Most cats just
drag food home because it’s a safe place to eat．A cat’s mom also brings home things to her
children to help them practice hunting．So，a female cat without children may bring these
“treats” to her owner instead．You may not like them，but at least you don’t have to write her
a thank-you note．
Text 9
W：How is little Ed doing at the kindergarten，Jack?
M：Oh，he’s doing fairly well．It’s been three weeks since he first started going， so Macy and I
are pretty used to it now．You should have seen Macy cry when Ed was about to set off on the
first day，though．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
W：I think that’s a normal reaction for mothers． You live quite close to the kindergarten， don’t
you? How does he get there?
M：Macy walks there with him every morning unless the weather is bad． When it rains， they’ll
drive．
W：And is Ed enjoying kindergarten?
M：Yeah，he loves to have other kids to play with．He keeps telling us things they do together．
W：What do the teachers at the kindergarten say about him?
M：They said he’s bright，and that he’s starting to learn how to tell time． Isn’t that fantastic?
W：That is fantastic．It sounds like everything goes well．
Text 10
W：My name is Emily．I had been a dancer for quite a long time．I started studying ballet
when I was six years old．By the time I was nine，I was dancing five days a week．When I was
eighteen，I decided that I really preferred contemporary dance and that I wanted to do it
professionally．So I applied successfully for the training program at the School of Toronto Dance
Theater，and moved to Toronto to attend the program．That was the period of time I enjoyed most
in Toronto．I graduated on scholarship and danced professionally for ten years．But after all those
years，I found that dance was gradually becoming something that felt like more of a burden than a
joy．I found myself increasingly unwilling to drag myself to dance performances，so I quit．I do
miss dance often．But it makes me happy to think that I’ll never have to go to another training
session again．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2019 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国Ⅰ卷)
英语
第一部分 听力（共两节，满分30 分）
第一节 （共5 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分7．5 分）
听下面5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最
佳选项。听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对
话仅读一遍。
1．Where does this conversation take place?
A．In a classroom．
B．In a hospital． C．In a museum．
2．What does Jack want to do?
A．Take fitness classes． B． Buy a pair of gym shoes． C． Change his work schedule．
3．What are the speakers talking about?
A．What to drink．
B．Where to meet．
C．When to leave．
4．What is the relationship between the speakers?
A．Colleges．
B．Classmates．
C．Strangers．
5．Why is Emily mentioned in the conversation?
A．She might want a ticket．
B．She is looking for the man．
C．She has an extra ticket．
第二节（共15 小题，每小题1．5 分，满分22．5 分）
听下面5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个
选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5 秒钟；听
完后，各小题将给出5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答第6、7 题。
6．How long did James run his business？
A．10 years．
B．13years．
C．15 years．
7．How does the woman feel about James' situation？
A．Embarrassed．
B．Concerned．
C．Disappointed．
听第7 段材料，回答第8 至10 题。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
8．What has Kate's mother decided to do？
A．Return to school．
B．Change her job．
C．Retire from work．
9．What did Kate's mother study at college？
A．Oil painting． B．Art history．
C．Business administration．
10．What is Kate's attitude toward her mother's decision?
A．Disapproving．
B．Ambiguous．
C．Understanding．
听第8 段材料，回答第11 至13 题。
11．What is the man doing？
A．Chairing a meeting． B．Hosting a radio program．C．Conducting a job interview．
12．What benefits Mary most in her job？
A．Her wide reading． B．Her leaders' guidance．
C．Her friends' help
13．Who will Mary talk about next？
A．Her teacher．
B．Her father
C．Her mother．
听第9 段材料，回答第14 至17 题。
14．Why does the man seldom do exercise？
A．He lacks motivation．
B．He has a heart problem． C．He works all the time．
15．What does Jacob Sattelmair probably do？
A．He's an athlete． B．He's a researcher． C．He's a journalist．
16．Why does the woman speak of a study？
A．To encourage the man． B．To recommend an exercise． C．To support her findings．
17．How much time will the man probably spend exercising weekly？
A．300 minutes． B．150 minutes．
C．75 minutes．
听第10 段材料，回答第18 至20 题。
18．What did the scientists do to the road？
A． They repaired it． B． They painted it．
C． They blocked it
19．Why are young birds drawn to the road surface？
A． It's warm． B． It's brown． C． It's smooth．
20．What is the purpose of the scientists' experiment？
A．To keep the birds there for a whole year．
B．To help students study the birds well．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
C．To prevent the birds from being killed．
第二部分 阅读理解（共两节，满分40 分）
第一节 （共15 小题；每小题2 分，满分30 分）
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C 和D 四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
A
Need a Job This Summer?
The provincial government and its partners offer many programs to help students find
summer jobs． The deadlines and what you need to apply depend on the program．
Not a student? Go to the government website to learn about programs and online tools
available to help people under 30 build skills, find a job or start businesses all year round．
Jobs for Youth
If you are a teenager living in certain parts of the province, you could be eligible（符合条件）
for this program． Which provides eight weeks of paid employment along with training．
Who is eligible： Youth 15-18 years old in select communities（社区）．
Summer Company
Summer Company provides students with hands-on business training and awards of up to
$3,000 to start and run their own summer businesses．
Who is eligible：Students aged 15-29, returning to school in the fall．
Stewardship Youth Ranger Program
You could apply to be a Stewardship Youth Ranger and work on local natural resource
management projects for eight weeks this summer．
Who is eligible：Students aged 16 or 17 at time of hire, but not turning 18 before December
31 this year．
Summer Employment Opportunities（机会）
Through the Summer Employment Opportunities program, students are hired each year in a
variety of summer positions across the Provincial Public Service, its related agencies and
community groups．
Who is eligible： Students aged 15 or older．Some positions require students to be 15 to 24 or
up to 29 for persons with a disability．
21．What is special about Summer Company?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．It requires no training before employment．
B．It provides awards for running new businesses．
C．It allows one to work in the natural environment．
D．It offers more summer job opportunities．
22．What is the age range required by Stewardship Youth Ranger Program?
A．15-18． B．15-24． C．15-29． D．16-17．
23．Which program favors the disabled?
A．Jobs for Youth．
B．Summer Company．
C．Stewardship Youth Ranger Program． D．Summer Employment Opportunities．
B
For Canaan Elementary’s second grade in Patchogue, N．Y．，today is speech day ,and right
now it’s Chris Palaez’s turn． The 8-year-old is the joker of the class． With shining dark eyes, he
seems like the of kid who would enjoy public speaking．
But he’s, nervous．
“I’m here to tell you today why you should … should…”Chris trips on the
“–ld,”a pronunciation difficulty for many non-native English speakers． His teacher ,Thomas
Whaley, is next to him, whispering support．“…Vote for …me …”Except for some stumbles,
Chris is doing amazingly well．When he brings his speech to a nice conclusion, Whaley invites the
rest of the class to praise him．
A son of immigrants, Chris stared learning English a little over three years ago． Whaley
recalls（回想起）how at the beginning of the year，when called upon to read，Chris would excuse
himself to go to the bathroom．
Learning English as a second language can be a painful experience． What you need is a
great teacher who lets you make mistakes． “It takes a lot for any student，” Whaley explains，
“especially for a student who is learning English as their new language，to feel confident enough
to say，‘I don’t know，but I want to know．’”
Whaley got the idea of this second-grade presidential campaign project when he asked the
children one day to raise their hands if they thought they could never be a president． The answer
broke his heart． Whaley says the project is about more than just learning to read and speak in
public． He wants these kids to learn to boast（夸耀）about themselves．
“Boasting about yourself，and your best qualities,” Whaley says，“is very difficult for a child
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
who came into the classroom not feeling confident．”
24．What made Chris nervous？
A．Telling a story．
B．Making a speech．
C．Taking a test．
D．Answering a question．
25．What does the underlined word “stumbles” in paragraph 2 refer to?
A．Improper pauses．
B．Bad manners．
C．Spelling mistakes．
D．Silly jokes．
26．We can infer that the purpose of Whaley’s project is to _________．
A．help students see their own strengths
B．assess students’ public speaking skills
C．prepare students for their future jobs
D．inspire students’ love for politics
27．Which of the following best describes Whaley as a teacher?
A．Humorous．
B．Ambitious．
C．Caring．
D．Demanding．
C
As data and identity theft becomes more and more common, the market is growing for
biometric（生物测量）technologies—like fingerprint scans—to keep others out of private
e-spaces． At present, these technologies are still expensive, though．
Researchers from Georgia Tech say that they have come up with a low-cost device（装置）that
gets around this problem： a smart keyboard． This smart keyboard precisely measures the
cadence（节奏）with which one types and the pressure fingers apply to each key． The keyboard
could offer a strong layer of security by analyzing things like the force of a user's typing and the
time between key presses． These patterns are unique to each person． Thus, the keyboard can
determine people's identities, and by extension, whether they should be given access to the
computer it's connected to—regardless of whether someone gets the password right．
It also doesn't require a new type of technology that people aren't already familiar
with． Everybody uses a keyboard and everybody types differently．
In a study describing the technology, the researchers had 100 volunteers type the word
“touch”four times using the smart keyboard． Data collected from the device could be used to
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
recognize different participants based on how they typed, with very low error rates． The
researchers say that the keyboard should be pretty straightforward to commercialize and is mostly
made of inexpensive, plastic-like parts． The team hopes to make it to market in the near future．
28．Why do the researchers develop the smart keyboard?
A．To reduce pressure on keys． B．To improve accuracy in typing
C．To replace the password system． D．To cut the cost of e-space protection．
29．What makes the invention of the smart keyboard possible？
A．Computers are much easier to operate．
B．Fingerprint scanning techniques develop fast．
C．Typing patterns vary from person to person．
D．Data security measures are guaranteed．
30．What do the researchers expect of the smart keyboard？
A．It'll be environment-friendly． B．It'll reach consumers soon．
C．It'll be made of plastics． D．It'll help speed up typing．
31．Where is this text most likely from?
A．A diary． B．A guidebook C．A novel． D．A magazine．
D
During the rosy years of elementary school（小学）, I enjoyed sharing my dolls and jokes,
which allowed me to keep my high social status． I was the queen of the playground． Then came
my tweens and teens, and mean girls and cool kids． They rose in the ranks not by being friendly
but by smoking cigarettes, breaking rules and playing jokes on others, among whom I soon found
myself．
Popularity is a well-explored subject in social psychology． Mitch Prinstein, a professor of
clinical psychology sorts the popular into two categories： the likable and the status seekers． The
likables’
plays-well-with-others
qualities
strengthen
schoolyard
friendships,
jump-start
interpersonal skills and, when tapped early, are employed ever after in life and work． Then
there’s the kind of popularity that appears in adolescence： status born of power and even
dishonorable behavior．
Enviable as the cool kids may have seemed, Dr．Prinstein’s studies show unpleasant
consequences． Those who were highest in status in high school, as well as those least liked in
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
elementary school, are “most likely to engage（从事）in dangerous and risky behavior．”
In one study, Dr．Prinstein examined the two types of popularity in 235 adolescents, scoring
the least liked, the most liked and the highest in status based on student surveys（调查研究）． “We
found that the least well-liked teens had become more aggressive over time toward their
classmates． But so had those who were high in status． It clearly showed that while likability can
lead to healthy adjustment, high status has just the opposite effect on us．"
Dr．Prinstein has also found that the qualities that made the neighbors want you on a play
date-sharing, kindness, openness — carry over to later years and make you better able to relate
and connect with others．
In analyzing his and other research，Dr．Prinstein came to another conclusion： Not only is
likability related to positive life outcomes, but it is also responsible for those outcomes,
too． "Being liked creates opportunities for learning and for new kinds of life experiences that
help somebody gain an advantage, ” he said．
32．What sort of girl was the author in her early years of elementary school?
A．Unkind．
B．Lonely．
C．Generous．
D．Cool．
33．What is the second paragraph mainly about？
A．The classification of the popular．
B．The characteristics of adolescents．
C．The importance of interpersonal skills．
D．The causes of dishonorable behavior．
34．What did Dr．Prinstein’s study find about the most liked kids?
A．They appeared to be aggressive．
B．They tended to be more adaptable．
C．They enjoyed the highest status．
D．They performed well academically．
35．What is the best title for the text?
A．Be Nice-You Won’t Finish Last
B．The Higher the Status, the Beer
C．Be the Best-You Can Make It
D．More Self-Control, Less Aggressiveness
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
第二节 （共5 小题；每小题2 分，满分10 分）
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余
选项。
Is Fresh Air Really Good for You?
We all grew up hearing people tell us to “go out and get some fresh air．” 36
According to recent studies，the answer is a big YES，if the air quality in your camping area is
good．
37 If the air you’re breathing is clean-which it would be if you’re away from the
smog of cities-then the air is filled with life-giving，energizing oxygen． If you exercise out of
doors，your body will learn to breathe more deeply，allowing even more oxygen to get to your
muscles（肌肉）and your brain．
Recently，people have begun studying the connection between the natural world and healing
（治愈）． 38 In these places patients can go to be near nature during their recovery． It turns
out that just looking at green，growing things can reduce stress，lower blood pressure，and put
people into a better mood（情绪）．Greenery is good for us． Hospital patients Who see tree
branches out their window are likely to recover at a faster rate than patients who see buildings or
sky instead． 39 It gives us a great feeling of peace．
40 While the sun's rays can age and harm our skin, they also give is beneficial
Vitamin D． To make sure you get enough Vitamin D—but still protect your skin— put on
sunscreen right as you head outside． It takes sunscreen about fifteen minutes to start working,
and that's plenty of time for your skin to absorb a day's worth of Vitamin D．
A．Fresh air cleans our lungs．
B．So what are you waiting for?
C．Being in nature refreshes us．
D．Another side benefit of getting fresh air is sunlight．
E．But is fresh air really as good for you as your mother always said?
F．Just as importantly, we tend to associate air with health care．
G．All across the country, recovery centers have begun building Healing Gardens．
第三部分 语言知识运用（共两节，满分45 分）
第一节 （共20 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分30 分）
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C 和D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处
的最佳选项。
Every year about 40,000 people attempt to climb Kilimanjaro, the highest mountain in
Africa．They 41 with them lots of waste． The 42 might damage the beauty of the
place． The glaciers（冰川）are disappearing, changing the 43 of Kilimanjaro．
Hearing these stories, I’m 44 about the place — other destinations are described as
“purer” natural experiences．
However, I soon 45 that much has changed since the days of disturbing reports of
46 among tons of rubbish． I find a 47 mountain, with toilets at camps and along the
paths． The environmental challenges are 48 but the efforts made by the Tanzania National
Park Authority seem to be 49 ．
The best of a Kilimanjaro 50 , in my opinion, isn’t reaching the top． Mountains are
51 as spiritual places by many cultures． This 52 is especially evident on Kilimanjaro as
53 go through five ecosystems（生态系统）in the space of a few kilometers． At the base is a
rainforest． It ends abruptly at 3, 000 meters, 54 lands of low growing plants． Further up,
the weather 55 — low clouds envelope the mountainsides, which are covered with thick
grass． I 56 twelve shades of green from where I stand． Above 4, 000 meters is the
highland 57 ： gravel（砾石）, stones and rocks． 58 you climb into an arctic-like zone
with 59 snow and the glaciers that may soon disappear．
Does Kilimanjaro 60 its reputation as a crowded mountain with lines of tourists ruining
the atmosphere of peace？I found the opposite to be true．
41． A． keep
B． mix
C． connect
D． bring
42． A． stories
B． buildings
C． crowds
D． reporters
43． A． position
B． age
C． face
D． name
44． A． silent
B． skeptical
C． serious
D． crazy
45． A． discover
B． argue
C． decide
D． advocate
46． A． equipment
B． grass
C． camps
D． stones
47． A． remote
B． quiet
C． all
D． clean
48． A． new
B． special
C． significant
D． necessary
49． A． paying off
B． spreading out
C． blowing up
D． fading away
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
50． A． atmosphere
B． experience
C． experiment
D． sight
51． A． studied
B． observed
C． explored
D． regarded
52． A． view
B． quality
C． reason
D． purpose
53． A． scientists
B． climbers
C． locals
D． officials
54． A． holding on to
B． going back to
C． living up to
D． giving way to
55． A． changes
B． clears
C． improves
D． permits
56． A． match
B． imagine
C． count
D． add
57． A． village
B． desert
C． road
D． lake
58． A． Obviously
B． Easily
C． Consequently
D． Finally
59． A． permanent
B． little
C． fresh
D． artificial
60． A． enjoy
B． deserve
C． save
D． acquire
第二节 （共10 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分15 分）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
The polar bear is found in the Arctic Circle and some big land masses as far south as
Newfoundland． While they are rare north of 88°,there is evidence 61 they range
all the way across the Arctic, and as far south as James Bay in Canada． It is difficult to figure out
a global population of polar bears as much of the range has been 62 (poor) studied；
however, biologists calculate that there are about 20,000-25,000 polar bears worldwide．
Modem methods 63 tracking polar bear populations have been employed only
since the mid-1980s,and are expensive 64 (perform) consistently over a large area． In
recent years some Inuit people in Nunavut 65 (report) increases in bear sightings around
human settlements, leading to a 66 (believe) that populations are increasing． Scientists
have responded by 67 (note) that hungry bears may be congregating(聚集) around human
settlements, leading to the illusion(错觉) that populations are 68 (high) than they actually
are． Of 69 nineteen recognized polar bear subpopulations, three are declining, six 70
(be) stable, one is increasing, and nine lack enough data．
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35 分）
第一节 短文改错（共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分）
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共
有10 处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（\）划掉。
修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10 处，多者（从第11 处起）不计分。
I became interesting in playing football thanks to a small accident． One afternoon where I
was in primary school, I was walking by the school playground． Suddenly football feel just in
front of me but almost hit me． I stopped the ball and kicked it hardly back to the playground． To
everyone`s surprising, the ball went into the net． All the football player on the playground
cheered loudly, say that I had a talent for football． From now on, I started to play my football
with classmates after school． I am a good player now．
第二节 书面表达（满分25 分）
假定你是李华，暑假在伦敦学习，得知当地美术馆要举办中国画展。请写一封信申请做
志愿者，内容包括：
1．写信目的：
2．个人优势：
3．能做的事情。
注意：
1．词数100 左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3．结束语已为你写好。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2019 年全国普通高等学校招生统一考试(全国Ⅰ卷)
英语答案
答案速查：
第一部分听力
1–5 BABCA 6–10 CBACC 11–15 BACAB 16–20 ACBAC
第二部分 阅读理解
21–25 BDDBA 26–30 ACDCB 31–35 DCABA 36–40 EAGCD
第三部分 语言知识运用
41–45 DCCBA 46–50 CDCAB 51–55 DABDA 56–60 CBDAB
61． that 62． poorly 63． of／for 64． to perform 65． have reported
66． belief 67． noting 68． higher 69．the 70．are
第二部分 阅读理解
第一节
A
体裁：应用文 题材：广告 主题：兼职活动
【文章大意】 本文介绍了学生在暑期可以兼职的四个项目。
21．B【解析】根据Summer Company 中的“Summer Company provides students with hands-on
business training and awards of up to $3，000 to start and run their own summer businesses”
可知，这个项目给创业的学生提供高达三千美元的奖金。Summer Company 并没有提到
在工作前不需要培训，故可排除A 项；Summer Company 没有提到工作环境，因此可排
除C 项；对比四个项目可知，这四个项目都是关于暑期工作的信息，Summer Company
并没有提供更多的工作信息，因此可排除D 项。
22．D【解析】本题问Stewardship Youth Ranger Program 要求的参与活动的学生的年龄范围。
根据本部分中的“Who is eligible：Students aged 16 or 17 at time of hire, but not turning 18
before December 31 this year”可知，学生的年龄应该在16–17 岁，故选D。选项A 的
15–18 是Jobs for Youth 的年龄要求；选项 B 的15–24 属于Summer Employment
Opportunities 某些职位对参与者年龄的要求；选项C 的15–29 是Summer Company 对参
与者年龄的要求。这三项都不符合题目的要求。
23．D【解析】题干问：哪一个项目对残疾人特别照顾？根据文章的最后一句“Some positions
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
require students to be 15 to 24 or up to 29 for persons with a disability”可知：Summer
Employment Opportunities 对残疾人特别照顾，故选D。其他三个项目均未提到残疾人，
因此可排除其他三个选项。
B
体裁：记叙文 题材：教育 主题：竞选演说
【文章大意】本文由学生Chris 发表竞选演说的经历引出老师Thomas Whaley 利用竞选
演说鼓励同学们学会赞美自己，帮助其提升自信，走向成功。
24．B【解析】根据第一段中的“today is speech day…Chris Palaez’s turn”和第二段中的“But
he’s nervous”可知，Chris 在进行竞选演说，他感到非常紧张。
25．A【解析】根据文章内容可知，老师借助竞选演说鼓励同学们学会赞美自己。文中Chris
Palaez 的母语不是英语，他学英语才三年多，说话不流利，而且他在演讲时非常紧张，
所以说话磕磕绊绊，因此选A。
26．A【解析】根据倒数第二段的“Whaley says the project is about more than just learning to read
and speak in public．He wants these kids to learn to boast（夸耀）about themselves”和最
后一段的内容可知，老师让学生参加竞选演说不仅仅是让学生们学会在公开场合演说，
更重要的是让他们发现自己的长处，从而树立自信。这项活动的目的不是评估学生公共
场合演说的能力，可排除B 项；文中并未说这样做是为了让学生为未来的工作做准备，
可排除C 项；这样做不是为了激发学生对政治的热爱，故可排除 D 项。
27．C【解析】根据第二段可知，当Chris Palaez 发表竞选演说遇到问题时，老师耳语为他
提示。文章最后两段解释了老师举办这项活动的初衷，我们可以判断这个老师是关心他
人的人，因此选C。从文中我们无法判断老师是”幽默的”，故可排除A 项，也看不出
老师是”雄心勃勃的”，可排除B 项。文中列举的事实不能判断老师是”苛刻的”，故
可排除D 项。
C
体裁：说明文 题材：科学技术 主题：智能键盘身份识别技术
【文章大意】本文介绍了一种用智能键盘进行身份识别的技术。
28．D【解析】根据第一段的内容，尤其是第二句“At present，these technologies are still
expensive，though”可知，现有的生物识别技术价格昂贵。根据第二段的第一句
“Researchers from Georgia Tech say that they have come up with a low-cost device（装置）
that gets around this problem : a smart keyboard”可知，同样能够保护私人电子空间的智
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
能键盘成本较低，故选D。
29．C【解析】根据第二段的内容可知，智能键盘能够准确地测量人们打字的节奏和力度，
而打字模式因人而异，因此，智能键盘通过分析用户的打字模式进行身份识别，故选C。
原文没有信息支撑A、B 项，可排除；根据第一段的内容可知，数据和身份盗窃变得越
来越普遍，数据安全并未得到保障，故可排除D 项。
30．B【解析】根据第四段的最后一句“The team hopes to make it to market in the near future”
可知，该研究团队希望在不久的将来将智能键盘推向市场，故选B。
31．D【解析】本文是一篇科技类说明文，可能出自杂志。diary“日记”；guidebook“旅行
指南”；novel“小说”；magazine“杂志”，故选D。
D
体裁：说明文 题材：研究发现 主题：青少年中小学阶段的受欢迎类型
【文章大意】本文主要探讨了青少年小学与中学阶段的受欢迎类型及其影响。
32．C【解析】根据第一段的第一句“During the rosy years of elementary school（小学），I enjoyed
sharing my dolls and jokes, which allowed me to keep my high social status”可知，作者在
小学时乐于分享。unkind“不友好的”，lonely“孤独的”，generous“慷慨的，大方的”，
cool“酷的”，故选C。
33．A【解析】根据第二段的第二句“Mitch Prinstein，a professor of clinical psychology sorts
the popular into two categories: the likable and the status seekers”可知，受欢迎的人被分为
两类：受人喜爱的人和追求地位的人，接着第三、四句分别描述了两类受欢迎的人的特
征，故A 项最能概括本段主要内容。B 项青少年的特征，可排除；第二段没有提到人
际交往能力的重要性和不光彩行为的原因，故可排除C、D。
34．B【解析】 根据第四段的最后一句“It clearly showed that while likability can lead to healthy
adjustment, high status has just the opposite effect on us”可知，受人喜爱的人能够进行健
康的调整，故选B。根据第四段的第二句可知，最不受欢迎的青少年变得越来越好斗，
故可排除A；原文没有信息支撑C、D 两项，可排除。
35．A【解析】根据全文内容尤其是最后一段的第一句“In analyzing his and other
research．Dr．Prinstein came to another conclusion: Not only is likability related to positive
life outcomes, but it is also responsible for those outcomes，too”可知，受人喜爱与积极的
人生结果相关，是这些结果的成因。因此，对人友好，你的人生不会太差，故选A。
第二节
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
体裁：说明文 题材：健康 主题：新鲜空气有益人体健康
【文章大意】本文是一篇说明文，介绍了新鲜空气对身体的保健作用。
36．E 本句为承上启下句。上句提到人们告诉我们应出去呼吸新鲜空气，下句的关键信息
“the answer is a big YES”是对某个问题作出的回答，由此可判断空处应是一个一般
疑问句，故E 项“But is fresh air really as good for you as your mother always said?”
符合语境。
37．A 本句为细节支撑句。本段陈述了呼吸洁净的室外空气使身体受益，因此A 项“新鲜
空气清洁我们的肺”符合语境。
38．G 本句为细节支撑句。上句提到人们开始研究自然界和治愈之间的联系，G 项“在全
国范围内，康复中心已经开始建设康复花园”是对上句的延伸，且下句中的“these
places”指代的就是G 项中的“Healing Gardens”。我们可以从意义和词语指代两方
面的暗示来解题。
39．C 本句为细节支撑句。前文提到“Greenery is good for us”，C 项与前文在意义上构成递
进关系，解释了绿色植物为人体带来益处，且与下句“It gives us a great feeling of
peace”意思上承接。
40．D 本句为段落主题句。本段陈述了阳光对人体的好处，因此段落主题应为D 项“呼吸
新鲜空气的另一个附带好处是阳光”。
第三部分 语言知识运用
第一节
体裁：夹叙夹议文 题材：环境保护 主题：保护乞力马扎罗山
【文章大意】文章围绕人与自然的主题，讲述了乞力马扎罗山（Kilimanjaro）环境遭到
破坏的现状，同时也介绍了它独特的生态系统，旨在呼吁人们去保护这一奇观。
41．D 根据首段第一句“Every year about 40，000 people attempt to climb Kilimanjaro”和
下文的“The 42 might damage the beauty of the place”可知，此处指他们带来了大
量垃圾。keep“保留”；mix“混合”；connect“联结”。
42．C 根据首段第一句中的“40，000 people”可知，此处指人群可能破坏了这个地方的
美景。crowd“人群”，符合语境。story“故事”;building“建筑物”；reporter“记者”。
43．C 根据上文的“damage the beauty of the place”和“The glaciers(冰川)are disappearing”
可知，这里指冰川正在消失，改变了乞力马扎罗山的地貌。face“面貌，外观特征”，
符合语境。position“位置”；age“年龄，时代”；name“名称，名字”。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
44．B 上文提到乞力马扎罗山已经遭到破坏，我对这个地方开始持怀疑态度——其他的目
的地被描述为“更纯粹”的自然体验。silent“沉默的”；skeptical“怀疑的”；serious
“严肃的”；crazy“疯狂的”。
45．A 根据下文可知，不久，我就发现，自从读到关于营地里有很多垃圾的令人不安的报
道以来，情况已经发生了很大变化。discover “发现”；argue“争论”；decide“决
定”；advocate“提倡，主张”。
46．C 根据下文的“with toilets at camps and along the paths”可知，此处指营地里有很多垃
圾。camp“营地”，符合语境。equipment“设备”；grass“草地”；stone“石块”。
47．D 上文提到营地里有很多垃圾的情况已经发生了很大变化，此处指我发现了一座干净
的山，营地和沿途都有厕所。此处旨在说明乞力马扎罗山营地的变化。remote“偏
远的”；quiet“安静的”；tall“高的”；clean“干净的”。
48．C 由上文的“tons of rubbish”可知，此处指环境的挑战是巨大的。new“新的”；special
“特别的，格外的”；significant“有重大意义的，重大的”；necessary“必要的”。
49．A 挑战虽大，但坦桑尼亚国家公园管理局的努力似乎正在取得成效。pay off“奏效，取
得成功”；spread out“伸展，散开”；blow up“爆炸”；fade away“逐渐消失”。
50．B 乞力马扎罗山最好的体验不是到达顶峰。atmosphere“气氛，大气”；experience“体
验”；experiment“实验”；sight“视力，景物”。
51．D 在许多文化中，山被认为是精神之所在。study“研究”；observe“观察”；explore“探
索”；regard“认为”。
52．A 在几公里的空间里，登山者经历五个生态系统，这种观点（山被认为是精神之所在）
在乞力马扎罗山体现得尤其明显。view“观点”；quality“质量”；reason“原因”；
purpose“目的”。
53．B 此处指登山者。scientist“科学家”；climber“登山者”；local“当地人”；official“官
员”。
54．D 在乞力马扎罗山的不同海拔高度，生长着不同的植被。乞力马扎罗山的底部是一片
热带雨林，它在海拔3 000 米的地方突然中断，取而代之的是低矮的植物。hold on to
“保住”；go back to“追溯到”；live up to“不辜负”；give way to“被……代替”。
55．A 再往上走，天气变了——低垂的云笼罩着山坡，山坡上长满了茂密的草。change“变
化”；clear“放晴”；improve“改善，提高”；permit“许可，允许”。
56．C 从我站的地方，我数了数有十二种绿色。match“相配”；imagine“想象”；count“数
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
数”；add“增加”。
57．B 根据空后的“gravel（砾石），stones and rocks”可知，海拔4 000 米以上是高原沙漠：
砾石、石头和岩石。village“村庄”；desert“沙漠”；road“道路”；lake“湖泊”。
58．D 最后，你会爬进一个像北极一样的地带，那里终年积雪，冰川可能很快就会消失。
obviously“明显地”；easily“容易地”；consequently“结果”；finally“最后，终于”。
59．A 参见上题解析。permanent“永久的，永恒的”；little“小的”；fresh“新鲜的”；artificial
“人造的，人工的”。
60．B 乞力马扎罗山是一座拥挤的山，络绎不绝的游客正在破坏和平的氛围，它值得这样
赞誉吗？enjoy“享受……的乐趣”；deserve“值得”；save“节省，保存”；acquire
“获得”。
第二节
体裁：说明文 题材：人与自然 主题：环境恶化导致北极熊数量减少
【文章大意】本文是说明文，主题语境是人与自然，介绍了由于生存环境恶化，北极熊
数量减少的状况。
61．that 考查名词性从句。本句含有一个同位语从句，解释了名词evidence“证据”的具
体内容，空处在从句中不充当成分，也无意义，故本空填连接代词that。
62．poorly 考查副词。应用副词poorly“不好地”修饰动词studied。
63．of/for 考查介词。名词method 后接介词of/for，表示“……的方法”。
64．to perform 考查非谓语动词。本句含有“Sth．+be+ adj．+不定式”结构，主语通常是
不定式动作的承受者，不定式用主动形式表示被动含义。句意：自20 世纪80 年代中期
以来，人们就在使用现代的方法来跟踪北极熊的种群数量，这些方法在很大范围内连续
执行起来非常昂贵。
65．have reported 考查时态和主谓一致。句中的时间状语In recent years 多与现在完成时连
用，主语some Inuit people 为复数意义，因此本空填have reported。
66．belief 考查名词。根据空前的a 可知，短语leading to 后接的是名词作宾语，故本空填
belief“信念”。
67．noting 考查非谓语动词。在介词by 后，应用动名词作宾语，故本空填noting。
68．higher 考查比较级。根据空后的连词than 可知，本句表示比较意义，因此本空应填higher。
69．the 考查冠词。Of the nineteen recognized polar bear subpopulations“在这19 个已知的
北极熊亚种群当中”，本空应填定冠词the，表示特指。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
70．are 考查时态和主谓一致。本句其他谓语用了一般现在时，本句的主语SiX 表示复数
意义，故本空应填谓语动词are。
第四部分写作
第一节 短文改错
I became
interesting
interested
in playing football thanks to a small accident．One afternoon
where
when
I was in primary school, I was walking by the school playground．Suddenly
a
football fell just in front of me
but
and
almost hit me． I stopped the ball and kicked it
hardly
hard
back to the playground． To everyone's
s u r p r i s i n
s u r p r i s e
, the ball went into the
net． All the football
player
players
on the playground cheered loudly,
say
saying
that I had a
talent for football．From
now
then
on, I started to play my football with classmates after
school． I am a good player now．
第一处：interesting 改为interested。 考查形容词。短语become interested in 意为“对……
感兴趣”。interesting“有趣的，吸引人的”，通常描述事物。interested“感兴趣的”，
通常描述人的感受。本句主语是人，故把 interesting 改为interested。
第二外：where 改为when。 考查定语从句。本句含有一个定语从句，先行词为One afternoon，
且引导词在从句中作时间状语，应用关系副词 when。故把where 改为when。
第三处：在football 前加a。 考查冠词。football“足球”是可数名词，且其发音以辅音音
素开头，故需加不定冠词a 表示泛指。
第四处：but 改为and。 考查逻辑关系。连词but 表示转折，而此处表示两个动作的顺承，
故用并列连词and。
第五处：hardly 改为hard。 考查副词。副词hardly 意为“几乎不”，而hard 作副词讲时，
意为“用力地”。此处表示“我用力把球踢回操场”，故把hardly 改为hard。
第六处：surprising 改为surprise。 考查习惯用语。短语to one's surprise 意为“使某人惊讶
的是”，one’s 之后应接名词，故把surprising 改为surprise。
第七处：player 改为players。 考查名词单复数。句中的player“运动员”为可数名词，且
all 之后应用名词复数。all the football players“所有的足球运动员”。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
第八处：say 改为saying。 考查非谓语动词。句中的say 与其逻辑主语是主谓关系，且其
表示的动作与谓语动作同时发生，应用现在分词作状语，表示伴随状况。
第九处：now 改为then。 考查副词。此处表示“从那时起”，应用from then on，故把now
改为then。
第十处：删除my。 考查代词。动词play 与球类名词连用时，名词前不加冠词或代词，故
删除代词my。
第二节 书面表达
【范文赏读】
Dear Sir，
I am Li Hua，a student from China． who is studying in London during the summer
holidayKnowing an exhibition of Chinese painting will be held at the gallery next month, I am
writing to apply for the chance to become a volunteer．
I have the following advantages．First of all, I speak English fluently, which allows me to
communicate with visitors without difficulty． Second, as a Chinese painting lover，I know a lot
about this art form．If accepted, I can introduce Chinese painting skills to visitors, which can help
them know more about Chinese culture．
I think I am qualified to be a volunteer． Please give me a chance．
Yours,
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2019 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国II 卷)
英语
第一部分 听力（共两节，满分30 分）
第一节 （共5 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分7．5 分）
听下面5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最
佳选项。听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对
话仅读一遍。
1．Where does the conversation probably take place?
A．In a library．
B．In a bookstore．
C．In a classroom．
2．How does the woman feel now?
A．Relaxed．
B．Excited．
C．Tired．
3．How much will the man pay?
A．$20．
B．$80．
C．$100．
4．What does the man tell Jane to do?
A．Postpone his appointment．
B．Meet Mr．Douglas． C．Return at 3 o’clock．
5．Why would David quit his job?
A．To go back to school．
B．To start his own firm． C．To work for his friend．
第二节（共15 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分22．5 分）
听下面5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个
选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5 秒钟；听
完后，各小题将给出5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答第6、7 题。
6．What does the man want the woman to do?
A．Check the cupboard．
B．Clean the balcony．
C．Buy an umbrella．
7．What is the probable relationship between the speakers?
A．Husband and wife． B．Employer and employee． C．Shop assistant and customer．
听第7 段材料，回答第8 至10 题。
8．Where did the woman go at the weekend?
A．The city centre．
B．The forest park．
C．The man’s home．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
9．How did the man spend his weekend?
A．Packing for a move． B．Going out with Jenny． C．Looking for a new house．
10．What will the woman do for the man?
A．Take Henry to hospital． B．Stay with his kid．
C．Look after his pet．
听第8 段材料，回答第11 至13 题。
11．What is Mr．Stone doing now?
A．Eating lunch．
B．Having a meeting．
C．Writing a diary．
12．Why does the man want to see Mr． Stone?
A．To discuss a program． B．To make a travel plan．
C．To ask for sick leave．
13．When will the man meet Mr． Stone this afternoon?
A．At 3:00．
B．At 3:30．
C．At 3:45．
听第9 段材料，回答第14 至16 题。
14．What are the speakers talking about?
A．A company．
B．An interview．
C．A job offer．
15．Who is Monica Stansfield?
A．A junior specialist． B．A department manager． C．A sales assistant．
16．When will the man hear from the woman?
A．On Tuesday．
B．On Wednesday．
C．On Thursday．
听第10 段材料，回答第17 至20 题。
17．What did John enjoy doing in his childhood?
A．Touring France．
B．Playing outdoors．
C．Painting pictures．
18．What did John do after he moved to the US?
A．He did business．
B．He studied biology．
C．He worked on a farm．
19． Why did John go hunting?
A．For food．
B．For pleasure．
C．For money．
20．What is the subject of John’s works?
A．American birds．
B．Natural scenery．
C．Family life．
第二部分 阅读理解（共两节，满分40 分）
第一节 （共15 小题；每小题2 分，满分30 分）
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C 和D 四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A
My Favourite Books
Jo Usmar is a writer for Cosmopolitan and co-author of the This Book Will series（系列）of
lifestyle books． Here she picks her top reads．
Matilda
Roald Dahl
I once wrote a paper on the influence of fairy tales on Roald Dahl's writing and it gave me a
new appreciation for his strange and delightful words． Matilda's battles with her cruel parents and
the bossy headmistress, Miss Trunchbull，are equally fumy and frightening, but they're also
aspirational．
After Dark
Haruki Murakami
It’s about two sisters — Eri, a model who either won’t or can’t stop sleeping, and Mari, a
young student． In trying to connect to her sister, Mari starts changing her life and discovers a
world of diverse "night people" who are hiding secrets．
Gone Girl
Gillian Flynn
There was a bit of me that didn't want to love this when everyone else on the planet did, but
the horror story is brilliant． There's tension and anxiety from the beginning as Nick and Amy
battle for your trust． It's a real whodunit and the frustration when you realise what's going on is
horribly enjoyable．
The Stand
Stephen King
This is an excellent fantasy novel from one of the best storytellers around． After a serious
flu outbreak wipes out 99．4% of the world's population, a battle unfolds between good and evil
among those left． Randall Flagg is one of the scariest characters ever．
21．Who does "I" refer to in the text?
A．Stephen King．
B．Gillian Flynn．
C．Jo Usmar．
D．Roald Dahl．
22．Which of the following tells about Mari and Eri?
A．Cosmopolitan．
B．Matilda．
C．After Dark． D．The Stand．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
23．What kind of book is Gone Girl?
A．A folk tale．
B．A biography． C．A love story． D．A horror story．
B
"You can use me as a last resort（选择）, and if nobody else volunteers, then I will do it．"
This was an actual reply from a parent after I put out a request for volunteers for my kids' lacrosse
（长曲棍球）club．
I guess that there's probably some demanding work schedule, or social anxiety around
stepping up to help for an unknown sport． She may just need a little persuading． So I try again
and tug at the heartstrings． I mention the single parent with four kids running the show and I talk
about the dad coaching a team that his kids aren’t even on… At this point the unwilling parent
speaks up, "Alright． Yes, I’ll do it．"
I’m secretly relieved because I know there’s real power in sharing volunteer responsibilities
among many． The unwilling parent organizes the meal schedule, sends out emails, and collects
money for end-of-season gifts． Somewhere along the way, the same parent ends up becoming an
invaluable member of the team． The coach is able to focus on the kids while the other parents are
relieved to be off the hook for another season． Handing out sliced oranges to bloodthirsty kids
can be as exciting as watching your own kid score a goal．
Still, most of us volunteers breathe a sigh of relief when the season comes to a close． That
relief is coupled with a deep understanding of why the same people keep coming back for more:
Connecting to the community（社区）as you freely give your time, money, skills, or services
provides a real joy． Volunteering just feels so good．
In that sense, I’m pretty sure volunteering is more of a selfish act than I’d freely like to
admit． However, if others benefit in the process, and I get some reward too, does it really matter
where my motivation lies?
24．What can we infer about the parent from her reply in paragraph l?
A．She knows little about the club．
B．She isn't good at sports．
C．She just doesn't want to volunteer．
D．She's unable to meet her schedule．
25．What does the underlined phrase "tug at the heartstrings" in paragraph 2 mean?
A． Encourage team work．
B． Appeal to feelings．
C． Promote good deeds．
D． Provide advice．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
26．What can we learn about the parent from paragraph 3?
A． She gets interested in lacrosse．
B． She is proud of her kids．
C． She’ll work for another season．
D． She becomes a good helper．
27．Why does the author like doing volunteer work?
A． It gives her a sense of duty．
B． It makes her very happy．
C． It enables her to work hard．
D． It brings her material rewards．
C
Marian Bechtel sits at West Palm Beach’s Bar Louie counter by herself, quietly reading her
e-book as she waits for her salad． What is she reading? None of your business! Lunch is
Bechtel’s "me" time． And like more Americans, she’s not alone．
A new report found 46 percent of meals are eaten alone in America． More than half（53
percent）have breakfast alone and nearly half（46 percent）have lunch by themselves． Only at
dinnertime are we eating together anymore, 74 percent, according to statistics from the report．
"I prefer to go out and be out． Alone, but together, you know?" Bechtel said, looking up
from her book． Bechtel, who works in downtown West Palm Beach, has lunch with coworkers
sometimes, but like many of us, too often works through lunch at her desk． A lunchtime escape
allows her to keep a boss from tapping her on the shoulder． She returns to work feeling
energized． "Today, I just wanted some time to myself," she said．
Just two seats over, Andrew Mazoleny, a local videographer, is finishing his lunch at the
bar． He likes that he can sit and check his phone in peace or chat up the barkeeper with whom
he's on a first-name basis if he wants to have a little interaction（交流）． "I reflect on how my
day's gone and think about the rest of the week," he said． "It's a chance for self-reflection, You
return to work recharged and with a plan．"
That freedom to choose is one reason more people like to eat alone． There was a time when
people may have felt awkward about asking for a table for one, but those days are over． Now, we
have our smartphones to keep us company at the table． "It doesn't feel as alone as it may have
before all the advances in technology," said Laurie Demeritt, whose company provided the
statistics for the report．
28．What are the statistics in paragraph 2 about?
A．Food variety．
B．Eating habits．
C．Table manners．
D ．Restaurant
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
service．
29．Why does Bechtel prefer to go out for lunch?
A．To meet with her coworkers．
B．To catch up with her work．
C．To have some time on her own．
D．To collect data for her report．
30．What do we know about Mazoleny?
A．He makes videos for the bar．
B．He’s fond of the food at the bar．
C．He interviews customers at the bar．
D．He’s familiar with the barkeeper．
31．What is the text mainly about?
A．The trend of having meals alone．
B．The importance of self-reflection．
C．The stress from working overtime．
D．The advantage of wireless technology．
D
Bacteria are an annoying problem for astronauts． The microorganisms（微生物） from our
bodies grow uncontrollably on surfaces of the International Space Station, so astronauts spend
hours cleaning them up each week． How is NASA overcoming this very tiny big problem? It’s
turning to a bunch of high school kids． But not just any kids． It depending on NASA HUNCH
high school classrooms, like the one science teachers Gene Gordon and Donna Himmelberg lead
at Fairport High School in Fairport, New York．
HUNCH is designed to connect high school classrooms with NASA engineers． For the past
two years, Gordon’s students have been studying ways to kill bacteria in zero gravity, and they
think they’re close to a solution（解决方案）． “We don’t give the students any breaks． They have
to do it just like NASA engineers,” says Florence Gold, a project manager．
"There are no tests," Gordon says． "There is no graded homework． There almost are no
grades, other than 'Are you working towards your goal?' Basically, it’s 'I’ve got to produce this
product and then, at the end of year, present it to NASA．' Engineers come and really do an
in-person review, and．．． it’s not a very nice thing at times． It’s a hard business review of your
product．"
Gordon says the HUNCH program has an impact（影响） on college admissions and practical
life skills． "These kids are so absorbed in their studies that I just sit back． I don’t teach．" And
that annoying bacteria? Gordon says his students are emailing daily with NASA engineers about
the problem, readying a workable solution to test in space．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
32．What do we know about the bacteria in the International Space Station?
A．They are hard to get rid of．
B．They lead to air pollution．
C．They appear in different forms．
D．They damage the instruments．
33．What is the purpose of the HUNCH program?
A．To strengthen teacher-student relationships．
B．To sharpen students’ communication skills．
C．To allow students to experience zero gravity．
D．To link space technology with school education．
34．What do the NASA engineers do for the students in the program?
A．Check their product．
B．Guide project designs．
C．Adjust work schedules．
D．Grade their homework．
35．What is the best title for the text?
A．NASA: The Home of Astronauts
B．Space: The Final Homework Frontier
C．Nature: An Outdoor Classroom
D．HUNCH: A College Admission Reform
第二节 （共5 小题；每小题2 分，满分10 分）
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余
选项。
Imagine a child standing on a diving board four feet high and asking himself the question:
"Should I jump? " This is what motivation or the lack of it can do． Motivation and goal
setting are the two sides of the same coin． 36 Like the child on the diving board,
you will stay undecided．
37 More than that, how should you stay motivated to achieve the goal? First, you
need to evaluate yourself, your values your strengths, your weaknesses, your achievements, your
desires, etc． Only then should you set your goals．
You also need to judge the quality and depth of your motivation． This is quite important,
because it is directly related to your commitment． There are times when your heart is not in your
work． 38 So, slow down and think what you really want to do at that moment． Clarity
（清晰）of thoughts can help you move forward．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Another way of setting realistic goals is to analyze your short and long term objectives,
keeping in mind your beliefs, values and strengths． Remember that goals are flexible． 39
They also need to be measurable． You must keep these points in mind while setting your goals．
Your personal circumstances are equally important． For example, you may want to be a
Pilot but can’t become one because your eyesight is not good enough． 40 You should
reassess your goals, and motivate yourself to set a fresh goal．
You will surely need to overcome some difficulties, some planned, but most
unplanned． You cannot overcome them without ample motivation． Make sure that you plan for
these difficulties at the time of setting your goals．
A．This can affect your work．
B．So how should you motivate yourself?
C．However, this should not discourage you．
D．So why should we try to set specific goals?
E．They can change according to circumstances．
F．Motivation is what you need most to do a good job．
G．Without motivation, you can neither set a goal nor reach it．
第三部分 语言知识运用（共两节，满分45 分）
第一节 （共20 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分30 分）
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C 和D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处
的最佳选项。
It’s about 250 miles from the hills of west-central Iowa to Ehlers’ home in
Minnesota． During the long trip home, following a weekend of hunting, Ehlers 41 about
the small dog he had seen 42 alongside the road． He had 43 to coax（哄）the dog to
him but, frightened, it had 44 ．
Back home, Ehlers was troubled by that 45 dog． So, four days later, he called his
friend Greg, and the two drove 46 ． After a long and careful 47 , Greg saw, across a
field, the dog moving 48 away． Ehlers eventually succeeded in coaxing the animal to
him． Nervousness and fear were replaced with 49 ． It just started licking（舔）Ehlers’ face．
A local farmer told them the dog sounded like one 50 as lost in the local paper． The
ad had a 51 number for a town in southern Michigan． Ehlers 52 the number of Jeff
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
and Lisa to tell them he had 53 their dog．
Jeff had 54 in Iowa before Thanksgiving with his dog, Rosie, but the gun shots had
scared the dog off． Jeff searched 55 for Rosie in the next four days．
Ehlers returned to Minnesota, and then drove 100 miles to Minneapolis to put Rosie on a
flight to Michigan． "It’s good to know there’s still someone out there who 56 enough to
go to that kind of 57 ," says Lisa of Ehlers’ rescue 58 ．
"I figured whoever lost the dog was probably just as 59 to it as I am to my dogs," says
Ehlers． "If it had been my dog, I’d hope that somebody would be 60 to go that extra mile．"
41． A． read
B． forgot
C． thought
D． heard
42． A． fighting
B． trembling
C． eating
D． sleeping
43． A． tried
B． agreed
C． promised
D． regretted
44． A． calmed down B． stood up
C． rolled over
D． run off
45． A． injured
B． stolen
C． lost
D． rescued
46． A． home
B． past
C． back
D． on
47． A． preparation
B． explanation
C． test
D． search
48． A． cautiously
B． casually
C． skillfully
D． angrily
49． A． surprise
B． joy
C． hesitation
D． anxiety
50． A． predicted
B． advertised
C． believed
D． recorded
51． A． house
B． phone
C． street
D． car
52． A． called
B． copied
C． counted
D．remembered
53． A． fed
B． adopted
C． found
D． cured
54． A． hunted
B． skied
C． lived
D． worked
55． A． on purpose
B． on time
C． in turn
D． in vain
56． A． cares
B． sees
C． suffers
D． learns
57． A． place
B． trouble
C． waste
D． extreme
58． A． service
B． plan
C． effort
D． team
59． A． equal
B． allergic
C． grateful
D． close
60． A． suitable
B． proud
C． wise
D． willing
第二节 （共10 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分15 分）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A 90-year-old has been awarded "Woman Of The Year" for 61 （be）Britain's oldest
full-time employee — still working 40 hours a week． Now Irene Astbury works from 9am to 5pm
daily at the pet shop in Macclesfield, 62 she opened with her late husband Les． Her years
of hard work have 63 （final）been acknowledged after a customer nominated（提名）her to
be Cheshire's Woman Of The Year．
Picking up her“Lifetime Achievement”award, proud Irene 64 （declare） she had no
plans 65 （retire） from her 36-year-old business． Irene said, "I don't see any reason to give
up work． I love coming here and seeing my family and all the friends I 66 （make） over the
years． I work not because I have to, 67 because I want to．"
Granddaughter Gayle Parks, 31 — who works alongside her in the family business — said it
remained unknown as to who nominated Irene for the award． She said, "We don't have any idea
who put grandma forward． When we got a call 68 （say） she was short-listed, we thought
it was 69 joke． But then we got an official letter and we were blown away． We are so
proud of her． It's 70 (wonder）．”
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35 分）
第一节 短文改错（共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分）
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共
有10 处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（\）划掉。
修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1． 每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2． 只允许修改10 处，多者（从第11 处起）不计分。
Since I was a kid, I’ve considered different job I would like to do． First, I wanted to be a
fireman, whose uniform looked so coolly． Then, when I was in the five grade, I wanted to be a
teacher because I liked my English teacher too much． When I studied chemistry high school, I
reconsidered my goal or decided to be a doctor． They were two reasons for the decision． One
was that I was amazing at the fact that a sick person could feel much more better after seeing a
doctor． And the other is that I wanted to help people in need．
第二节 书面表达（满分25 分）
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
假定你是校排球队队长李华。请写封邮件告知你的队友Chris 球队近期将参加比赛，内
容包括：
1．比赛信息；
2．赛前准备；
3．表达期待。
注意：
1．词数100 左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2019 年全国普通高等学校招生统一考试(全国Ⅱ卷)
英语解析
解析速查：
第一部分听力
1–5 BCBAC 6–10 CABAC 11–15 BACCB 16–20 ACABA
第二部分阅读理解
21–25 CCDCB 26–30 DBBCD 31–35 AADAB 36–40 GBAEC
第三部分语言知识运用
41–45 CBADC 46–50 CDABB 51–55 BACAD 56–60 ABCDD
61．being 62．which 63．finally 64．declared 65．to retire 66．have made
67．but 68．saying 69．a 70．wonderful
第二部分 阅读理解
第一节
A
体裁：应用文 题材：文化生活 主题：书籍介绍
【文章大意】本文介绍了Jo Usmar 最喜欢的四本书。
21．C【解析】由标题My Favourite Books 以及第一段最后一句话“Here she picks her top
reads”可知，文章是以Jo Usmar 的口吻进行写作的。故选C。
22．C【解析】根据After Dark 部分中的“It’s about two sisters - Eri，a model who either won’t
or can’t stop sleeping, and Mari, a young student”可知解析为C。
23．D【解析】根据Gone Girl 部分中的“but the horror story is brilliant”可知解析为D。
B
体裁：记叙文 题材：志愿者工作 主题：志愿者工作的意义
【文章大意】本文介绍作者自己参与并鼓励他人参与志愿者工作的经历，论述了志愿者
工作的独特意义。
24．C【解析】根据第一段第一句“You can use me as a last resort（选择），and if nobody else
volunteers，then I will do it”和第二段中的“the unwilling parent”可推断，这位家长不
想做志愿者工作。故选C。
25．B【解析】根据前一句“She may just need a little persuading”以及后面的“the unwilling
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
parent speaks up，‘Alright． Yes，I’ll do it．’”可知，tug at the heartstrings 的意思是“打
动（她）”。
26．D【解析】根据第三段第三句中的“the same parent ends up becoming an invaluable member
of the team”可知，这位家长最后成了一个好帮手。
27．B【解析】根据第四段中的“Connecting to the community（社区）as you freely give your
time, money, skills, or services provides a real joy．Volunteering just feels so good”很容易
看出来，作者觉得做志愿者工作很快乐。所以选B。
分析：if 引导的条件状语从句是由并列连词and 连接的并列句构成；does it really matter
where my motivation lies 是主句，其中的it是形式主语，where my motivation lies 是主语从句，
作真正的主语。
译文：然而，如果别人在这个过程中受益，而我也得到了一些奖励，那么我的动机是什
么真的重要吗？
C
体裁：说明文 题材：社会生活 主题：用餐趋势
【文章大意】随着技术的进步，单独用餐在美国变得流行起来。
28．B【解析】根据第二段的统计数据可知，该段主要讲美国人的用餐习惯。故选B。
29．C 【解析】根据第三段内容，尤其是最后一句中的“Today，I just wanted some time to myself
可知，Bechtel 喜欢独自外出吃饭因为她想拥有属于自己的时间。故选C。
30．D【解析】根据第四段中的“chat up the barkeeper with whom he’s on a first-name basis if he
wants to have a little interaction（交流）”可知，Mazoleny 与barkeeper 交流时可以直呼其
名，可见他们之间是熟悉的。
31．A【解析】根据全文内容，尤其是最后一段中的“It doesn’t feel as alone as it may have before
all the advances in technology”可知，本文主要讲单独用餐的趋势。
D
体裁：说明文 题材：文化教育 主题：开发创新思维
【文章大意】本文介绍了美国一所中学与NASA 合作的联合科研项目，鼓励学生开发
创新思维，培养实际生活技能。
32．A【解析】根据第一段第二句“The microorganisms（微生物）from our bodies grow
uncontrollably on surfaces of the International Space Station，so astronauts spend hours
cleaning them up each week”可知，细菌很难被清除掉。故选A。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
33．D【解析】根据第二段第一句“HUNCH is designed to connect high school classrooms with
NASA engineers”可知，HUNCH 项目的目的是把太空技术和学校教育结合起来。
34．A【解析】 根据第三段中的“Engineers come and really do an inperson review．…It’s a hard
business review of your product”可知，NASA 的工程师们会检查学生们的作品。
35．B【解析】本文讲述的是美国一所中学与NASA 合作的联合科研项目，让学生完成与
太空技术有关的任务。B 项与此内容密切相关，故选B。
分析：Gordon says 是句子的主语和谓语，his students…in space 是省略了连接词that 的
宾语从句，readying a workable solution to test in space 是宾语从句中的伴随状语。
译文：戈登说，他的学生每天都在与美国航空航天局的工程师们就这个问题发电子邮件，
为太空测试的可行性办法做好准备。
第二节
体裁：说明文 题材：社会生活 主题：如何保持动力来实现自己的目标
【文章大意】没有动力，你既无法设定目标，也无法实现目标。本文就如何保持动力来
实现自己的目标提出了一些建议。
36．G 根据空前一句“Motivation and goal setting are the two sides of the same coin”可知，
此处在讲动力和设定目标之间的关系，故G 项“没有动力，你既无法设定目标，
也无法实现目标”符合语境。
37．B 第一段阐述了动力和设定目标之间的关系，结合空后的“More than that，how should
you stay motivated to achieve the goal”可知，空处与空后内容形成递进关系，故B
项符合语境。
38．A 空前讲有时候你的心思并不在工作上，由此可知空处应选A“这会影响你的工作”。
39．E 根据空前一句中的“goals are flexible”可知，目标是可变动的，因此E 项“它们可
以根据情况发生改变”符合语境。
40．C 空前一句说你可能想当飞行员，但因为视力不好，你的目标不能实现。再结合空后
一句中的“reassess your goals… set a fresh goal”可知C 项符合语境。
第三部分语言知识运用
第一节
体裁：记叙文 题材：个人经历 主题：帮人找回宠物狗
【文章大意】本文讲述了一位男士帮助素不相识的人找回丢失的宠物狗的故事。
41．C Ehlers 想起(thought)了他在路边看到的那只颤抖的小狗。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
42．B 参见上题解析。
43．A 他尽力(tried)把小狗哄到他身边，但它感到害怕，跑开(run off)了。
44．D 参见上题解析。
45．C 根据第三段第一句中的“as lost in the local paper”可知，Ehlers 很担心那只丢失的(lost)
狗。
46．C 根据空处所在句可知，四天后，他叫上朋友Greg，两人一起开车回去( back)。
47．D 此处指经过长时间且仔细的寻找( search)。
48．A 根据第一段中的“frightened”可知，那只狗正在谨慎地(cautiously)移动。
49．B 根据空后内容可知，此处指小狗的紧张和害怕被高兴(joy)所取代了。
50．B 由下一句中的“ad”可知，此处应选B。advertise“登广告”。
51．B 根据下文Ehlers 跟狗的主人取得了联系可知，广告上留有电话( phone)号码。
52．A 此处指Ehlers 打电话(called)给Jeff 和Lisa，告诉他们他已经找到(found)了他们的狗。
53．C 参见上题解析。
54．A 由下文中的“the gun shots”可知，Jeff 当时带着他的狗在爱荷华州打猎( hunted)。
55．D Jeff 寻找他的狗Rosie 无果。in vain 是固定短语，意为“徒劳无益，白费力气”。
56．A 很高兴知道仍然有人非常关心(cares)，不怕麻烦(trouble)。
57．B 参见上题解析。
58．C 此处是Lisa 在评价Ehlers 为营救所做出的努力(effort)。
59．D Ehlers 认为，丢失这只狗的主人很可能跟这只狗的关系很密切(close)，就像他与他
的狗之间的关系一样。
60．D Ehlers 表示“如果那是我的狗，我希望有人愿意(willing)为我的狗多走一些路程。
willing“愿意”。
第二节
体裁：记叙文 题材：人物介绍 主题：90 岁的英国女士获得“年度女性奖”
【文章大意】本文讲述了一位90 岁的英国女士因每周仍然坚持工作而获得“年度女性
奖”的事迹。
61．being 查非谓语动词。介词for 后应该用v ．–ing 形式，故填being。
62．which 考查关系代词。先行词是the pet shop，非限制性定语从句中缺宾语，故填which。
63．finally 考查词性转换。修饰动词应该用副词，故填finally。
64．declared 考查动词的时态。陈述过去发生的事需用一般过去时，故填declared。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
65．to retire 考查非谓语动词。不定式作名词plans 的后置定语，故填to retire。
66．have made 考查动词的时态。根据定语从句中的时间状语over the years 可知从句时态
应为现在完成时，故填have made。
67．but 考查并列连词。这是not…but…搭配，表达“不是……而是……”的意思。
68．saying 考查非谓语动词。此处该用现在分词作后置定语，故填saying。
69．a 考查冠词。此处表示“我们以为那是一个玩笑”，为泛指，且joke 的发音以辅音音
素开头，故填a。
70．wonderful 考查词性转换。此处该用形容词作表语，故填wonderful。
第四部分 写作
第一节 短文改错
Since I was a kid, I've considered different
job
jobs
I would like to do． First, I wanted to
be a fireman, whose uniform looked so coolly
cool
，Then, when I was in the
five
fifth
grade, I
wanted to be a teacher because I liked my English teacher
t o o
v e r y / s
much． When I
studied chemistry in / at
high school, I reconsidered my goal
or
and
decided to be a
doctor．
They
There
were two reasons for the decision． One was that I was
amazing
amazed
at the
fact that a sick person could feel much more better after seeing a doctor． And the other
is
was
that I wanted to help people in need．
第一处：job—jobs。 考查名词的单复数。job“工作”为可数名词，其前的different 说明
此处为复数概念，故用job 的复数形式，所以将job 改为 jobs。
第二处：coolly→cool。 考查形容词。look 在此是系动词，其后接形容词作表语。故将coolly
改为cool。
第三处：five→fifth。 考查数词。此处表达的是“我在读五年级时”，应用序数词。故将five
改为fifth。
第四处：too→ very/so。 考查副词。too much 是“太”的意思；而very/so much 是“很”
的意思，在此修饰动词liked。故将too 改为very/so。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
第五处：high 前加in/at。 考查介词。in/at high school 是固定短语，在此作状语。
第六处：or→and。 考查并列连词。两个分句之间为顺承关系，并非选择关系，故将or 改
为and。
第七处：They→There。 考查there be 句型。此处为there be 句型，是“（存在）有”的意
思。
第八处：amazing→amazed。 考查形容词。amazing 意为“令人惊讶的”，常用来说明物；
amazed 意为“（感到）惊讶的”，常用来说明人。根据语境，此处需将amazing 改
为amazed。
第九处：删除more。 考查形容词的比较级。better 已是形容词的比较级，其前不用再加
more，故删除more。
第十处：is→was。 考查动词的时态。根据语境，时态应为一般过去时，故将is 改为was。
第二节书面表达
【范文赏读】
Dear Chris,
Are you excited about our coming volleyball game against Yucai Middle School next Friday?
Here I’d like to inform you of some detailed information so that you can make full preparations
for it．
First and foremost, the competition to be held in our school stadium will begin at 2 pm and
last for roughly 3 hours． So significant is the game that it is required that everyone should present
themselves punctually．Further, it is necessary for you to take a good rest, which will provide
enough energy for you．To sum up，I wish you could live up to the expectations of our school．And
I firmly believe hard work will pay off！
Looking forward to our victory!
Yours truly，
Li Hua
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2019 年全国普通高等学校招生考试(全国Ⅲ卷)
英语
第一部分 听力（共两节，满分30 分）
第一节 （共5 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分7．5 分）
听下面5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最
佳选项。听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对
话仅读一遍。
1．Where does the conversation probably take place?
A．In a library．
B．In a bookstore．
C．In a classroom．
2．How does the woman feel now?
A．Relaxed．
B．Excited．
C．Tired．
3．How much will the man pay?
A．$20．
B．$80．
C．$100．
4．What does the man tell Jane to do?
A．Postpone his appointment． B．Meet Mr． Douglas． C．Return at 3 o’clock．
5．Why would David quit his job?
A．To go back to school．
B．To start his own firm． C．To work for his friend．
第二节（共15 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分22．5 分）
听下面5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个
选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5 秒钟；听
完后，各小题将给出5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6 段材料，回答第6、7 题。
6．What does the man want the woman to do?
A．Check the cupboard．
B．Clean the balcony．
C．Buy an umbrella．
7．What is the probable relationship between the speakers?
A．Husband and wife．
B．Employer and employee．
C．Shop assistant and customer．
听第7 段材料，回答第8 至10 题。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
8．Where did the woman go at the weekend?
A．The city centre．
B．The forest park．
C．The man’s home．
9．How did the man spend his weekend?
A．Packing for a move．
B．Going out with Jenny．
C．Looking for a new house．
10．What will the woman do for the man?
A．Take Henry to hospital． B．Stay with his kid． C．Look after his pet．
听第8 段材料，回答第11 至13 题。
11．What is Mr． Stone doing now?
A．Eating lunch．
B．Having a meeting．
C．Writing a diary．
12．Why does the man want to see Mr． Stone?
A．To discuss a program． B．To make a travel plan． C．To ask for sick leave．
13．When will the man meet Mr． Stone this afternoon?
A．At 3:00．
B．At 3:30．
C．At 3:45．
听第9 段材料，回答第14 至16 题。
14．What are the speakers talking about?
A．A company．
B．An interview．
C．A job offer．
15．Who is Monica Stansfield?
A．A junior specialist．
B．A department manager．
C．A sales assistant．
16．When will the man hear from the woman?
A．On Tuesday．
B．On Wednesday．
C．On Thursday．
听第10 段材料，回答第17 至20 题。
17．What did John enjoy doing in his childhood?
A．Touring France．
B．Playing outdoors．
C．Painting pictures．
18．What did John do after he moved to the US?
A．He did business．
B．He studied biology．
C．He worked on a farm．
19．Why did John go hunting?
A．For food．
B．For pleasure．
C．For money．
20．What is the subject of John’s works?
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
A．American birds．
B．Natural scenery．
C．Family life．
第二部分 阅读理解（共两节，满分40 分）
第一节 （共15 小题；每小题2 分，满分30 分）
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C 和D 四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
A
OPENINGS AND PREVIEWS
Animals Out of Paper
Yolo！Productions and the Great Griffon present the play by Rajiv Joseph, in which an
origami（折纸术）artist invites a teenage talent and his teacher into her studio． Merri Milwe
directs． In previews． Opens Feb．12．（West Park Presbyterian Church,165 W．86th
St．212-868-4444．）
The Audience
Helen Mirren stars in the play by Peter Morgan，about Queen Elizabeth II of the UK and her
private meetings with twelve Prime Ministers in the course of sixty years． Stephen Daldry
directs． Also starring Dylan Baker and Judith Ivey． Previews begin Feb．14．（Schoenfeld，
236 W．45th St．212-239-6200．）
Hamilton
Lin-Manuel Miranda wrote this musical about Alexander Hamilton，in which the birth of
America is presented as an immigrant story． Thomas Kail directs． In previews． Opens
Feb．17．（Public，425 Lafayette St．212-967-7555．）
On the Twentieth Century
Kristin Chenoweth and Peter Gallagher star in the musical comedy by Betty Comden and
Adolph Green，about a Broadway producer who tries to win a movie star’s love during a
cross-country train journey． Scott Ellis directs, for Roundabout Theatre Company． Previews
begin Feb．12．（American Airlines Theatre, 227 W．42nd St．212-719-1300．）
21．What is the play by Rajiv Joseph probably about?．
A．A type of art．
B．A teenager's studio．
C．A great teacher．
D．A group of animals．
22．Who is the director of The Audience?
A．Helen Mirren．
B．Peter Morgan．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
C．Dylan Baker．
D．Stephen Daldry．
23．Which play will you go to if you are interested in American history?
A．Animals Out of Paper．
B．The Audience．
C．Hamilton．
D．On the Twentieth Century．
B
For Western designers, China and its rich culture have long been an inspiration for Western
creative．
"It's no secret that China has always been a source(来源)of inspiration for designers," says
Amanda Hill, chief creative officer at A+E Networks, a global media company and home to some
of the biggest fashion(时尚)shows．
Earlier this year, the China Through A Looking Glass exhibition in New York exhibited 140
pieces of China-inspired fashionable clothing alongside Chinese works of art, with the aim of
exploring the influence of Chinese aesthetics(美学)on Western fashion and how China has fueled
the fashionable imagination for centuries． The exhibition had record attendance, showing that
there is huge interest in Chinese influences．
"China is impossible to overlook," says Hill． "Chinese models are the faces of beauty and
fashion campaigns that sell dreams to women all over the world, which means Chinese women are
not just consumers of fashion — they are central to its movement． "Of course, only are today's
top Western designers being influenced by China — some of the best designers of contemporary
fashion are themselves Chinese．" Vera Wang, Alexander Wang, Jason Wu are taking on Galiano,
Albaz, Marc Jacobs-and beating them hands down in design and sales," adds Hill．
For Hill, it is impossible not to talk about China as the leading player when discussing
fashion． "The most famous designers are Chinese, so are the models, and so are the consumers,"
she says． "China is no longer just another market; in many senses it has become the market． If
you talk about fashion today, you are talking about China —its influences, its direction, its
breathtaking clothes, and how young designers and models are finally acknowledging that in many
ways．"
24．What can we learn about the exhibition in New York?
A．It promoted the sales of artworks．
B．It attracted a large number of visitors．
C．It showed ancient Chinese clothes．
D．It aimed to introduce Chinese models．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
25．What does Hill say about Chinese women?
A．They are setting the fashion．
B．They start many fashion campaigns．
C．They admire super models．
D．They do business all over the world．
26．What do the underlined words
"taking on" in paragraph 4 mean?
A．learning from
B．looking down on
C．working with
D．competing against
27．What can be a suitable title for the text?
A．Young Models Selling Dreams to the World
B．A Chinese Art Exhibition Held in New York
C．Differences Between Eastern and Western Aesthetics
D．Chinese Culture Fueling International Fashion Trends
C
Before the 1830s,most newspapers were sold through annual subscriptions in America,
usually $8 to $10 a year． Today $8 or $10 seems a small amount of money, but at that time these
amounts were forbidding to most citizens． Accordingly, newspapers were read almost only by
rich people in politics or the trades． In addition, most newspapers had little in them that would
appeal to a mass audience． They were dull and visually forbidding． But the revolution that was
taking place in the 1830s would change all that．
The trend, then, was toward the "penny paper"— a term referring to papers made widely
available to the public． It meant any inexpensive newspaper; perhaps more importantly it meant
newspapers that could be bought in single copies on the street．
This development did not take place overnight． It had been possible(but not easy)to buy
single copies of newspapers before 1830,but this usually meant the reader had to go down to the
printer's office to purchase a copy． Street sales were almost unknown． However, within a few
years, street sales of newspapers would be commonplace in eastern cities． At first the price of
single copies was seldom a penny—usually two or three cents was charged —and some of the
older well-known papers charged five or six cents． But the phrase "penny paper " caught the
public's fancy, and soon there would be papers that did indeed sell for only a penny．
This new trend of newspapers for "the man on the street" did not begin well． Some of the
early ventures(企业)were immediate failures． Publishers already in business, people who were
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
owners of successful papers, had little desire to change the tradition． It took a few youthful and
daring businessmen to get the ball rolling．
28．Which of the following best describes newspapers in America before the 1830s?
A．Academic．
B．Unattractive．
C．Inexpensive．
D．Confidential．
29．What did street sales mean to newspapers?
A．They would be priced higher．
B．They would disappear from cities．
C．They could have more readers．
D．They could regain public trust．
30．Who were the newspapers of the new trend targeted at?
A．Local politicians．
B．Common people．
C．Young publishers．
D．Rich businessmen．
31．What can we say about the birth of the penny paper?
A．It was a difficult process．
B．It was a temporary success．
C．It was a robbery of the poor．
D．It was a disaster for printers．
D
Monkeys seem to have a way with numbers．
A team of researchers trained three Rhesus monkeys to associate 26 clearly different symbols
consisting of numbers and selective letters with 0-25 drops of water or juice as a reward． The
researchers then tested how the monkeys combined—or added—the symbols to get the reward．
Here's how Harvard Medical School scientist Margaret Livingstone, who led the team,
described the experiment: In their cages the monkeys were provided with touch screens． On one
part of the screen, a symbol would appear, and on the other side two symbols inside a circle were
shown． For example, the number 7 would flash on one side of the screen and the other end would
have 9 and 8． If the monkeys touched the left side of the screen they would be rewarded with
seven drops of water or juice; if they went for the circle, they would be rewarded with the sum of
the numbers—17 in this example．
After running hundreds of tests, the researchers noted that the monkeys would go for the
higher values more than half the time, indicating that they were performing a calculation, not just
memorizing the value of each combination．
When the team examined the results of the experiment more closely, they noticed that the
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
monkeys tended to underestimate（低估）a sum compared with a single symbol when the two were
close in value—sometimes choosing, for example, a 13 over the sum of 8 and 6． The
underestimation was systematic: When adding two numbers, the monkeys always paid attention to
the larger of the two, and then added only a fraction（小部分）of the smaller number to it．
"This indicates that there is a certain way quantity is represented in their brains,
"Dr． Livingstone says． “But in this experiment what they're doing is paying more attention to
the big number than the little one．”
32．What did the researchers do to the monkeys before testing them?
A．They fed them．
B．They named them．
C．They trained them．
D．They measured them．
33．How did the monkeys get their reward in the experiment?
A．By drawing a circle．
B．By touching a screen．
C．By watching videos．
D．By mixing two drinks．
34．What did Livingstone's team find about the monkeys?
A．They could perform basic addition．
B．They could understand simple words．
C．They could memorize numbers easily．
D．They could hold their attention for long．
35．In which section of a newspaper may this text appear?
A．Entertainment．
B．Health． C．Education．
D．Science．
第二节 （共5 小题；每小题2 分，满分10 分）
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余
选项。
In an online class, developing healthy patterns of communication with professors is very
important． 36 While I have only listed two of each, these are obviously many other situations
that can arise． Students should be able to extend the logic（逻辑）of each to their particular
circumstance．
Do's
• 37 Questions about subject content are generally welcomed． Before asking
questions about the course design, read the syllabus（教学大纲）and learning management system
information to be sure the answer isn't hiding in plain sight．
• Participate in discussion forums（论坛）, blogs and other open-ended forums for
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
dialogue． 38 Be sure to stay on topic and not offer irrelevant information． Make a
point, and make it safe for others to do the same．
Don'ts
• Don't share personal information or stories． Professors are not trained nurses, financial aid
experts or your best friends． If you are in need of a deadline extension, simply explain the
situation to the professor． 39
• Don't openly express annoyance at a professor or class． 40 When a student
attacks a professor on the social media, the language used actually says more about the student． If
there is truly a concern about a professor's professionalism or ability, be sure to use online course
evaluations to calmly offer your comments．
A．That's what they are for．
B．Turn to an online instructor for help．
C．If more information is needed, they will ask．
D．Remember that online professors get a lot of emails．
E．Below are some common do’s and don’ ts for online learners．
F．Everyone has taken a not-so-great class at one time or another．
G．Ask questions, but make sure they are good, thoughtful questions．
第三部分 语言知识运用（共两节，满分45 分）
第一节 （共20 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分30 分）
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C 和D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处
的最佳选项。
The small town of Rjukan in Norway is situated between several mountains and does not get
direct sunlight from late September to mid-March— 41 six months out of the year．
Of course, we 42 it when the sun is shining," says Karin Ro, who works for the town’s
tourism office． “We see the sky is 43 , but down in the valley it’s darker — it’s like on a
44 day．”
But that 45 when a system of high-tech 46 was introduced to reflect sunlight
from neighboring peaks（山峰）into the valley below． Wednesday, residents（居民）of Rjukan
47 their very first ray of winter sunshine: A row of reflective boards on a nearby mountainside
were put to 48 ． The mirrors are controlled by a computer that 49 them to turn along
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
with the sun throughout the 50 and to close during windy weather． They reflect a
concentrated beam（束）of light onto the town’s central 51 , creating an area of sunlight
roughly 600 square meters． When the light 52 , Rjukan residents gathered together．
“People have been 53 there and standing there and taking 54 of each other," Ro
says． "The town square was totally 55 ． I think almost all the people in the town were
there． "The 3,500 residents cannot all 56 the sunshine at the same time． 57 , the new
light feels like more than enough for the town’s 58 residents．
"It's not very 59 ,” she says, "but it is enough when we are 60 ．”
41． A． only
B． obviously
C． nearly
D． precisely
42． A． fear
B． believe
C． hear
D． notice
43． A． empty
B． blue
C． high
D． wide
44． A． cloudy
B． normal
C． different
D． warm
45． A． helped
B． changed
C． happened
D． mattered
46． A． computers
B． telescopes
C． mirrors
D． cameras
47． A． remembered
B． forecasted
C． received
D． imagined
48． A． repair
B． risk
C． rest
D． use
49． A． forbids
B． directs
C． predicts
D． follows
50． A． day
B． night
C． month
D． year
51． A． library
B． hall
C． square
D． street
52． A． appeared
B． returned
C． faded
D． stopped
53． A． driving
B． hiding
C． camping
D． siting
54． A． pictures
B． notes
C． care
D． hold
55． A． new
B． full
C． flat
D． silent
56． A． block
B． avoid
C． enjoy
D． store
57． A． Instead
B． However
C． Gradually
D． Similarly
58． A． nature-loving
B． energy-saving
C． weather-beaten
D． sun-starved
59． A． big
B． clear
C． cold
D． easy
60． A． trying
B． waiting
C． watching
D． sharing
第二节 （共10 小题；每小题1．5 分，满分15 分）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
On our way to the house，it was raining 61 hard that we couldn't help wondering how
long it would take 62 （get）there． It was in the middle of Pearl City．
We were first greeted with the barking by a pack 63 dogs，seven to be exact． They
were well trained by their masters 64 had great experience with caring for these
animals． Our hosts shared many of their experiences and 65 （recommend）wonderful places
to eat，shop，and visit． For breakfast，we were able to eat papaya（木瓜）and other fruits from
their trees in the backyard．
When they were free from work，they invited us to local events and let us know of an
interesting 66 （compete）to watch，together with the story behind it． They also shared with
us many 67 （tradition）stories about Hawaii that were 68 （huge）popular with
tourists． On the last day of our week-long stay，we 69 （invite）to attend a private concert
on a beautiful farm on the North Shore under the stars， 70 （listen）to musicians and meeting
interesting locals．
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35 分）
第一节 短文改错（共10 小题；每小题1 分，满分10 分）
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共
有10 处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（\）划掉。
修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：
1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10 处，多者（从第11 处起）不计分。
I've had many dreams since I was a child． Now my dream is to opens a cafe． Though it
may appear simple, it required a lot of ideas and efforts． What I want is not just an ordinarily cafe
but a very special one． I want my cafe have a special theme such as like "Tang Dynasty"． In the
cafe, customers will enjoy yourselves in the historical environment what is created for them． If I
succeed in manage one, I will open more． I wish to have a chain of cafes in many different
city． Each of my cafes will have a different theme and an unique style．
第二节 书面表达（满分25 分）
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
假定你是李华，你校将举办音乐节。请写封邮件邀请你的英国朋友Allen参加，内容包
括：
1．时间；
2．活动安排；
3．欢迎他表演节目。
注意：
1．词数100左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
2019 年全国普通高等学校招生统一考试(全国Ⅲ卷)
英语答案
第一部分听力
1–5 BCBAC 6–10 CABAC 11–15 BACCB 16–20 ACABA
第一部分 阅读理解
第一节
A
体裁：应用文 题材：广告 主题：戏剧预告
【文章大意】本文主要预告了四出戏剧的梗概及演出信息。
21．A【解析】根据第一出戏剧的名称Animals Out of Paper 及该部分中的“Productions and
the Great Griffon present the play by Rajiv Joseph, in which an origami（折纸术）artist
invites a teenage talent and his teacher into her studio”可知答案。
22．D【解析】题干问的是“谁执导了The Audience?”。根据该部分中的“Stephen Daldry directs”
可知答案。
23．C【解析】根据第三出戏剧Hamilton 首句“Lin-Manuel Miranda wrote this musical about
Alexander Hamilton, in which the birth of America is presented as an immigrant story”可知，
Hamilton 是关于美国历史的戏剧。
B
体裁：说明文 题材：社会文化 主题：中国引领国际时尚潮流
【文章大意】本文以国外视角介绍中国文化及中国美学对国际时尚的影响，展现了中国
对国际时尚和设计发展的引领作用。
24．B【解析】根据第三段最后一句“The exhibition had record attendance, showing that there is
huge interest in Chinese influences”可知，这次在纽约的展览拥有破纪录的出席人数，故
选B。
25．A【解析】根据第四段中的“Chinese models are the faces of beauty and fashion campaigns
that sell dreams to women all over the world, which means Chinese women are not just
consumers of fashion - they are central to its movement”可知，中国女性不仅是时尚的消
费者，她们还是时尚发展的核心。据此可知答案为A。
26．D【解析】根据第四段最后一句中的“Vera Wang，Alexander Wang, Jason Wu are taking on
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
Galliano, Albaz, Mare Jacobs - and beating them hands down in design and sales”可知，三
位中国最优秀的时装设计者在设计和销量方面击败了三位顶尖西方设计师，据此可推知
take on 在该句中表示“与……较量”，故选D。
27．D【解析】本文主要介绍了中国文化及中国美学对国际时尚的影响，展现了中国对国际
时尚和设计发展的引领作用。故选D。A 项(向世界推销梦想的年轻模特）与文章内容
不符；B 项（在纽约举办的 一次中国艺术展）以偏概全；C 项（东西方美学的差异）
范畴过大。
C
体裁：说明文 题材：社会文化 主题：报业的发展变化
【文章大意】本文讲述了十九世纪上半叶美国报业的发展变化。
28．B【解析】根据第一段中的“In addition，most newspapers had little in them that would appeal
to a mass audience． They were dull and visually forbidding”可知，在十九世纪三十年代
前，大多数报纸对广大读者缺乏吸引力。故选B。academic“学业的”；unattractive“不
吸引人的”；inexpensive“不昂贵的”；confidential“机密的”。
29．C【解析】根据第二段首句“The trend，then，was toward the ‘ penny paper’–a term referring
to papers made widely available to the public”以及第三段中的“However，within a few
years，street sales of newspapers would be commonplace in eastern cities”可知，“便士报”
指的是公众可广泛购得的报纸，便士报有更多的读者，而正是街头销售使其变得随处可
见。
30．B【解析】第四段首句“This new trend of newspapers for‘ the man on the street’did not
begin well”中的“the man on the street”指普通人。故选B。
31．A【解析】根据第三段中的“This development did not take place overnight． It had been
possible( but not easy) to buy single copies of newspapers before 1830, but this usually
meant the reader had to go down to the printer’s office to purchase a copy”及第四段的内容
可知，便士报的发展变化绝非发生在一夜之间，而是经历了一个艰难的过程。故选A。
文章只是描述了便士报当时的状况，并未对其作出成功与否的评价，故B 项错误；C
和D 选项均曲解了文意。
D
体裁：说明文 题材：实验 主题：猴子能算算术
【文章大意】本文讲述了哈佛医学院科学家Margaret Livingstone 及其带领的团队通过
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
反复实验得出结论：猴子能算算术，且它们对大数值的关注胜过小数值。
32．C【解析】根据第二段首句“A team of researchers trained three Rhesus monkeys to associate
26 clearly different symbols consisting of numbers and selective letters with 0–25 drops of
water or juice as a reward”可知答案为C。
33．B【解析】根据第三段中的“If the monkeys touched the left side of the screen they would be
rewarded with seven drops of water or juice; if they went for the circle, they would be
rewarded with the sum of the numbers—17 in this example”可知答案为B。
34．A【解析】根据第四段“After running hundreds of tests，the researchers noted that the monkeys
would go for the higher values more than half the time，indicating that they were performing
a calculation，not just memorizing the value of each combination”可知，大多数时候，猴
子倾向于触摸更高的数值，这表明它们会进行简单的计算，而不仅仅是记住每个数字组
合的数值。
35．D【解析】根据全文可知，本文讲述了科学家们通过科学实验得出猴子能够算算术的结
论。故选D。
分析：to associate 26 clearly different symbols consisting of numbers and Selective letters 为
动词不定式短语作宾补，with 0—25 drops of water or juice as a reward 为方式状语。
译文：一组研究人员使用零至二十五滴水或果汁作奖励来训练三只恒河猴将26 个明显
不同的符号关联起来，这些符号含有数字和认真挑选过的字母。
第二节
体裁：说明文 题材：人际沟通 主题：网络课上与教授建立互动交流的注意事项
【文章大意】本文介绍在选修网络课程时如何与教授建立起健康有益的互动交流。
36．E 本空承接上句中的“patterns”，启示下句中的“two of each”。故选E。
37．G 本空应填入该段的主题句。下文始终围绕“questions”一词展开，故选G。
38．A 前一句中提及discussion forums，blogs 和other open-ended forums 等交流方式，空
处强调这些方式为交流而存在，A 项符合语境。
39．C 本段主要讲不要和教授分享私人信息或故事，故C 项“如果他们需要更多的信息，
他们将会询问”符合语境。
40．F 本空为过渡句，围绕主题句展开。根据下文中的“a concern about a professor’s
professionalism or ability”可知，此处选F 项，表示每个人都曾上过不太满意的在
线课程，衔接下文。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
第二部分 语言知识运用
第一节
体裁：说明文 题材：社会生活 主题：科技改变生活
【文章大意】挪威小镇 Rjukan 一年中几乎半年都无法得到阳光直射，但这种状况在电
脑控制的反射板投入使用后得以改善。
41．C 根据上文中的“form late September to mid-March”可知，这段时间将近半年。故选
C。only“仅仅”；obviously“显而易见地”；precisely“准确地”。
42．D 当阳光照耀时，我们就可以注意到它。句中的“it”指代第一段中的“sunlight”。
43．B 天空是蔚蓝色的，但山谷却是比较阴暗的，犹如阴天一般。根据句中的“but”可知，
本空填入的词语与“darker”相对应，故blue“蓝色的，蔚蓝色的”符合语境。
44．A 参见上题解析。
45．B 根据下文内容可知，采用反射板后，小镇的面貌发生了改变。
46．C 根据下文中的“The mirrors”可知答案。
47．C 星期三，Rjukan 的居民接收到了他们的第一束冬日阳光。remember “记得”；forecast
“预报”；imagine“想象”。
48．D 根据语境可知，镇上的居民们能享受到冬日的阳光是因为小镇将引进的高科技反射
板投入了使用。故选D。repair“维修”；risk“风险”； rest“休息”。
49．B 本空填人的词应与空前的“controlled”在语义上保持一致，故direct“指示，命令，
管理”符合语境。forbid“禁止，阻碍”；predict“预言，预告”；follow“跟随”。
50．A 白天，电脑控制的镜子随着太阳的转动而转向。throughout the day “整个白天”。
51．C 根据下一段中的“The town square”可知答案为square。
52．A 阳光出现时，Rjukan 的居民便聚集在广场上。
53．D 根据语境可知，人们坐的坐，站的站，彼此拍着照片。
54．A 参见上题解析。take notes of“记录”；take care of“照顾”；take hold of“握住”。
55．B 根据语境可知，广场上挤满了人。
56．C 3 500 名居民不能同时享受阳光。block“阻塞”；avoid“避免”；store“贮藏”。
57．B 根据语境可知，此处表示转折，应用However。
58．D 根据上文提到的Rjukan 的居民将近半年都享受不到阳光可知，此处指镇上急需阳
光的居民，故选D。
59．A 广场不是很大，但居民们彼此分享时，它足够了。
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
60．D 参见上题解析。
第二节
体裁：记叙文 题材：个人经历 主题：跨文化交际
【文章大意】本文讲述了作者在美国夏威夷寄宿家庭的经历。
61．so 考查固定结构。此处表示“雨下得如此大以至于我们不禁琢磨着要多久才能到那
里”。so…that…“如此……以至于……”。
62．to get 考查动词不定式。此处考查“it takes sb． some time to do sth，”这一句型结构，
表示“花某人多长时间做某事”。
63．of 考查介词。a pack of 是固定用法，意为“一群……”。
64．who 考查定语从句。先行词是their masters 且关系代词在从句中作主语，故用who。
65．recommended 考查时态。根据句中的“shared”可知，此处应用一般过去时。
66．competition 考查词形转换。根据空前的不定冠词an 可知，此处应填名词单数形式，
表示一个有趣的比赛。
67．traditional 考查词形转换。修饰名词stories 应用形容词。
68．hugely 考查副词。修饰形容词popular 应用副词hugely。
69．were invited 考查时态和语态。文章讲述发生在过去的事情，此处应为一般过去时。
we 和invite 之间是被动关系，应用被动语态。
70．listening 考查现在分词。listen 与其逻辑主语之间是主谓关系，应用现在分词作伴随状
语。
第三部分写作
第一节 短文改错
I've had many dreams since I was a child．Now my dream is to
opens
open
a cafe． Though
it may appear simple, it
required
requires
a lot of ideas and efforts．What I want is not just an
ordinarily
ordinary
cafe but a very special one． I want my café to
have a special theme such as
like “Tang Dynasty”．In the cafe, customers will enjoy
yourselves
themselves
in the historical
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
environment
what
that / which
is created for them． If I succeed in
manage
managing
one, I will open
more．I wish to have a chain of cafes in many different
city
cities
．Each of my cafes will have a
different theme and
an
a
unique style．
第一处：opens 改为open。 考查非谓语。分析句子结构可知，此处为动词不定式在句中作
表语。
第二处：required 改为requires。 考查时态。文章着重讲自己的梦想——打算开一家咖啡馆，
故时态为一般现在时。
第三处：ordinarily 改为ordinary。 考查形容词。根据句中的an 和cafe 可知，此处应用形
容词，在句中作定语。
第四处：在have 前加to。 考查不定式。不定式在句中作宾语补足语。
第五处：删除like。 考查介词。句中such as 已表“像，例如”，故like 多余。
第六处：yourselves 改为themselves。 考查代词。句中反身代词应与主语保持 一致。
第七处：what 改为that/which。 考查定语从句的关系词。分析句子结构可知，此处引导定
语从句，且在定语从句中作主语，先行词为environment，故用that 或which。
第八处：manage 改为managing。 考查非谓语。介词后常接动词的-ing 形式。
第九处：city 改为cities。 考查名词。根据语境中的many 以及city 作“城市”讲时为可数
名词可知，此处应为名词复数。
第十处：an 改为a。 考查冠词。unique 发音以辅音音素开头，故应用冠词a。第二节书面
表达
第二节 书面表达
【范文赏读】
Dear Allen，
I am delighted to inform you that this year’s music festival will be held shortly．There will be
a wide variety of activities to mark this unforgettable occasion．The details are as follows：
Firstly, the festival will start at 9:00 a．m．on August 15th, which will last 3 hours．At the
beginning, the chair of the students’ union will give us a look into the past, present and future of
the festival．Following this, staff and students from different clubs will stage singing, dancing and
drama performances．You are welcome to give performances as well．
【斐然英语十年真题系列】
I’d love it if you could attend the upcoming celebration．Please do not hesitate to ask me if
you have questions or require more information．
Yours ,
Li Hua
